
( I.ISS 

llodk 



I'KK.ShNTKI) IIY 



I 



THE AMERICAN 

FLOWER GARDEN DIRECTORY : 

CONTAINING 

PRACTICAL DIRECTIONS FOR THE CULTURE OF PLANTS 

IN THE 

FLOWER GARDEN, HOT-HOUSE, GREEN-HOUSE, ROOMS, 
OR PARLOUR WINDOWS, 

FOR EVERY MONTH IN THE YEAR. 

WITH 

A Description of the Plants most desirable in each, the Nature of the Soil, and 

Situation best adapted to their Growth, the proper Season for 

Transplanting, &c. 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR ERECTING A 

HOT-HOUSE, GREEN-HOUSE, AND LAYING OUT A 
FLOWER GARDEN. 

ALSO, 

Table of Soils most congenial to the Plants contained in the Work. 

THE WHOLE ADAPTED 

To either Large or Small Gardens, with instructions for preparing the Soil, 
Propagating, Planting, Pruning, Training, and Fruiting the 

GRAPE VINE. 

With Descriptions of the best Sorts for cultivating in the open Air. 

NEW EDITION, WITH NUMEROUS ADDITIONS. 

BY ROBERT BUIST, 
NURSERYMAN AND FLORIST. 

PHILADELPHIA : 

CAREY AND HART. 

1841. 






Entered, according to the Act of Congress, in the year 1839, by Caket 
& Hart, in the District Court for the Eastern District of Pennsylvania. 



Gift 

Judg.* jnd Mrs. I R. HItt 
June ^'3 1-^36 






/ • / i:iO'-^'^ 



PREFACE 

TO THE FIRST EDITION 



This volume owes its existence principally to the 
repeated requests of a number of our fair patrons 
and amateur supporters, whose inquiries and wishes 
for a practical manual on Floriculture, at last in- 
duced us to prepare a work on the subject. That 
now offered is given unaffectedly and simply as a 
plain and easy treatise on this increasingly inte- 
resting subject. It will at once be perceived that 
there are no pretensions to literary claims — the di- 
rections are given in the simplest manner — the ar- 
rangement made as lucidly as was in our power — 
and the whole is presented with the single wish 
of its being practically useful. How far our object 
has been attained, of course our readers must judge. 
Nothing has been intentionally concealed ; and all 
that is asserted is the result of minute observation, 
close apphcation, and an extended continuous ex- 
perience from, childhood. We pretend not to in- 
fallibility, and are not so sanguine as to declare our 
views the most perfect that can be attained. But 
we can so far say, that the practice here recommend- 
ed has been found very successful. 

Some very probably may be disappointed in not 
having the means of propagating as clearly deli- 



IV PREFACE. 

neated as those of culture ; but to have entered into 
all the minutiae connected therewith, would have 
formed materials for two volumes larger than the 
present. We might have described that branch, as 
it has already been done in works published both 
on this continent and in Europe. In one of the 
former it is said, " You may now propagate many 
kinds (Exolic Plants) by suckers, cuttings, and lay- 
ers, which should be duly attended to, particularly 
such as are scarce and difficult to be obtained.-" And 
the directions given in one of the most extensive 
works in Europe on the propagation of an extensive 
genus, varied in character and constitution, run 
thus : *' Cuttings of most kinds will strike root. 
From the strongest growing kinds, take off large 
. cuttings at a joint, and plunge them in a pot of sand 
under a hand-glass in the bark bed. Of the smaller 
kinds take younger kinds, and put them under a 
bell-glass, also plunged in heat. The sooner the 
plants are potted off after they are rooted the better." 
Such instructions to the inexperienced are im- 
perfect and unavailing, which, we flatter ourselves, 
is not the character that will attach to the present 
Avork. We are well aware that there are persons 
who, to show their own superior abilities, may cavil 
and say that there is nothing new. To such critics 
it may bo answered, if arranging, simplifying, di- 
gesting, and rendering Floriculture attainable by 
the humblest capacity, with useful hsts and tables 
on a plan quite novel, as we believe — ofTer nothing 
new, it may at least be called an improvement. 
However, we submit all to a generous public, ta 
whom we are already under many obligations. 

HiBBERT & BUIST. 

Philadelphia, April l&th, 1832. 




INTRODUCTION 



In presenting to the lovers of Floriculture our 
second edition, we congratulate them on the on- 
ward and very prosperous condition of horticulture, 
since this work first appeared. We have no desire 
to take upon us to say how much ive have improved 
our time ; but merely state, that we have condensed 
the former edition as much as possible, and de- 
prived it of any matter that has not withstood the 
test, a few years more, of tried experience. We 
have also introduced many new and beautiful plants, 
and given minute instructions for their culture. 
The new descriptions of the rose and camelha alone 
exceed two hundred, and those of the most choice 
description, (of which we have any knowledge,) 
we have added their synonyms ; which, with other 
improvements, we cheerfully throw before the ge- 
nerous and discriminating lovers of Flora. We 

1* 



\i INTRODUCTION. 

have also annexed a few brief directions for the cul- 
tivation of foreign grapes J a subject which now ab- 
sorbs the attention of all who have any taste or re- 
lish for fine fruits^ and described some of the most 
choice sorts for open air culture. 

In arrangement, a monthly calendar has its ob- 
jections ; but it must be conceded that it has fewer 
than any other that has as yet been adopted, and it 
is, at all times, more accessible to the uninitiated 
student. We also admit some verbal mistakes, 
which, no doubt, have occurred, for which we beg 
indulgence — confessing that our business has been 
more with the ralce and the spade^ the plant and the 
soil, than the composer's bureau. Our descriptions 
of plants have been conveyed more with the view 
of giving an idea of their character to the general 
reader, than an accurate botanical synopsis, which 
would have been known to the botanist alone. 
All that we have described and recommended, have, 
with few exceptions, passed under our own observa- 
tion, and are such as are worthy of cultivation, either 
for beauty of flower, foliage, or habit, together with 
those celebrated in arts and medicine. Many may 
possibly have passed unobserved, either from their 
being very generally known, or difficult to obtain ; 
but in no case has there been suppression from 
business prejudices. Where the words " our col- 



\ 



INTRODUCTION. VU 

lections " occur, it is meant for those of the coun- 
ty, generally. 

All our observations have been guided by dint 
of practice, and although others may differ, this 
is designedly and professedly given as the result 
of our own experience — the plan laid down is 
our own routine of culture; the soils are those 
which we adopt ; but, at the same time, conceding 
that every art and profession is subject to im- 
provement, and none more so than American hor- 
ticulture. The table of soils was originally con- 
structed at the expense of much investigation and 
labour, and has, also, in this Edition, undergone 
considerable improvement ; to every one that has 
but a single plant, it will be found invaluable. 
Although the publications in Europe, on Gar- 
dening and Floriculture, are profuse ; yet many 
of their directions, when practised in the United 
States, prove almost a dead letter — not so with 
their architectural and horticultural designs. The 
estates of the wealthy are susceptible of great im- 
provement ; they want more of the picturesque, and 
(to use the word of the veteran pioneer of horti- 
culture) gardenesque effect, to relieve their pre- 
mises from the monotonous erections and improve- 
ments which seem to govern all. On culture, a 



{ 



Vlll INTRODUCTION. 

work adapted to the climate must (and no other 
can) be the guide in this country: on this ac- 
count, a work Hke the present has been a desi- 
deratum to aid the very rapid advancement of 
the culture of flowers among the intelligent of our 
flourishing republic. 

Philadelphia, March, 1839. 



AMERICAN FLOWER GARDEN 

DIRECTORY. 



ON LAYING OUT A FLOWER GARDEN. 

The Flower Garden is chiefly devoted to the cultivation 
of showy flowering plants, shrubs, and trees, either natives 
of this country or those of a foreign clime : it is a refined ap- 
pendage to a country-seat, " suburban " villa, or city resi- 
dence ; every age has had its principles of taste, and every 
country its system of gardening. Our limits do not permit 
us to enter minutely into the details of any of these systems, 
but a few hints may not be out of place to those whose de- 
sign is the laying out or improvement of the garden. The 
Italian style is characterized by broad terraces and parallele 
walks, having the delightful shade and agreeable fragrance 
of the orange and the myrtle. Terraces may be advantageous- 
ly adopted to surmount steep declivities; and, if judiciously 
laid out, would convert a steril bank into a beautiful pro- 
menade or choice flower garden. 

The French partially adopt the above system, interspersing 
it with parterres and figures of statuary work of every cha- 
racter and description. When such is well designed and 
neatly executed, it has a lively and interesting effect ; but 
now the refined taste says these vagaries are too fantastic, 
and entirely out of place. A late writer says of Dutch gar- 



10 ON LAYING OUT 

dening, that it " is rectangular formality :" they take great 
pride in trimming their trees of yew, holly, and other ever- 
greens, into every variety of form, such as mops, moons, 
lialbcrds, chairs, &c. In such a system it is indispensable to 
order that the compartments correspond in formality, nothing 
being more offensive to the eye than incongruous mixtures of 
character. 

The beauty of English gardening consists in an artful 
imitation of nature, and is consequently much dependant on 
aspect and locality. It is a desideratum where wood and 
water can be combined with the flower garden, and the prac- 
tical eye can dispose of an object to advantage by inter- 
spersing shrubbery and walks, that the combined objects form 
an agreeable whole. They are not to be disposed with a view 
to their appearance in a picture, but to the use and enjoy- 
ment of them in real life. 

We will now endeavour to give an explicit exposition of 
a system adapted to our variable climate of extreme heat 
and excessive cold. Where choice of aspects can be ob- 
tained, preference should be given to a south-east or east ; 
but, if not, south or south-west, and, if possible, sheltered 
by rising ground or full-grown woods from the north-west 
and north. But to lay down directions for a flower gar- 
den is not a little difficult, seeing that there cannot be any 
given area or any description of local circumstances appli- 
cable to all situations. A good soil is the sure foundation 
on which to rear the grand floral superstructure, and the most 
genial is a sandy loam : I mean by sandy loam a soil which 
contains from one-sixth to one-tenth of sand ; and if on a 
gravelly or sandy bottom, so much the better. Where the 
general surface is gently undulating, it w^ill greatly add to 
the beauty of arrangement ; if access to a spring can be ob- 
tained, it will prove a desideratum in completing the whole : 
it can be available for a fish-pond or an aquarium, or can be 
converted into a swamp for the cultivation of many of our 



A FLOWER GARDEN. 11 

most beautiful and interesting native plants, such as Haba- 
naria, Lilium, Sarracenia, Dionea, &c., and on the margin of 
which (if partially shaded) can be planted the beautiful vari- 
eties of Azaleas, and the splendid flowering Rhododendron, 
which, by the by, are alniost entirely neglected in all our 
floral decorations. With many, the arrangement of a flower 
garden is rather a matter for the exercise of fancy, than one 
calling for the application of refined taste : true, it may be 
said there is no mathematical law to guide the designer, so 
that if he avoid incongruity of arrangement the end is accom- 
plished. But, in commencing these operations, a design 
should be kept in view that will tend to expand, improve, and 
beautify the situation ; not, as we too frequently see it, the 
parterre and borders with narrow walks up to the very 
household entrance : such is decidedly bad taste, unless com- 
pelled for want of room. For perspicuity, admit that the 
area to be enclosed should be from one to three acres, a 
circumambient walk should be traced at some distance within 
the fence, by which the whole is enclosed ; the inferior walks 
should partly circumscribe and intersect the general surface 
in an easy serpentine and sweeping manner, and at such dis- 
tances as would allow an agreeable view of the flowers when 
walking for exercise. Walks may be in breadth from three 
to twenty feet, although from four to ten feet is generally 
adopted ; and, to have these dry and permanent, those that 
are to be much used should have six to eight inches of the 
bottom soil dug out in a concave manner, and in the centre 
of the concave dig out a trench of about nine inches square 
to form a drain, which may be made with brick or filled 
with rough stone, and the concave may be filled with re- 
fuse of buildings or broken stone to within three inches of 
the desired height, which should be covered with gravel, and 
then firmly rolled with a heavy roller. Where the gravel 
cannot be obtained sand may be used, mixed with a few small 
stones tobind it, but such needs very repeated rolling. Walks, 



/ 



I 



12 ON LAYING OUT 

sucli as described, when completely finished, will last for 
ages ; but many will not be disposed to go to such expense : 
to those we say use Tanner's bark, which is very cheap and 
accessible to all. The outer margin of the garden should 
be planted with the largest trees and shrubs : the interior ar- 
rangement may be in detached groups of shrubbery and par- 
terres. In order that the whole should not partake of an uni- 
form and graduated character, it should be broken and diver- 
sified by single trees planted in the turf, or arising in scattered 
groups from a base of shrubs. In some secluded spot rock- 
work or a fountain, or both, may be erected ; the foundation 
of the former should consist of mounds of earth, which will 
answer the purpose of more solid erections, and will make 
the stones go farther : rocks of the same kind and colour 
should be placed together, and the greatest possible variety 
of character, size, and form, should be studied, the whole 
showing an evident and well defined connexion. These erec- 
tions generally are stiff artificial disjointed masses, and 
often decorated with plants having no affinity to their arid 
location. The undertaking, wh^n well completed, will pre- 
sent a field of varied and interesting study, and more than 
compensate for the labour and expense bestowed upon it. If 
it is desired that the flower garden should be a botanical study, 
there should be some botanical arrangement adopted. 

The Linnean system is the most easily acquired. A small 
compartment laid out in beds might contain plants of all the 
twenty-four classes, and a few of all the hardy orders, which 
do not exceed one hundred. Or, to have their natural cha- 
racters more assimilated, the Jussieuean system could be car- 
ried into effect by laying down a grass plat to any extent 
above one quarter of an acre, and cut therein small figures to 
contain the natural families, which of hardy plants we do 
not suppose would exceed one hundred and fihy. The 
diflicullies of this arrangement are, that many of the charac- 
ters are imperfectly known even to the most scientific. {Pro- 



Jan.] A FLOWER GARDEN, 13 

fessor Lindley has given addilional light on the subject by his 
last publication.) All the large divisions should be intersect- 
ed by small alleys, or paths, about one and a half or two feet 
wide. When there is not a green-house attached to the flower 
garden, there should be at least a few sashes of framing or a 
forcing pit to bring forward early annuals, &c,, for early 
blooming. These should be situate in some spot detached 
from the garden by a fence of Roses, trained to trellises, Chi- 
nese Arbour vitae, Privet, or even Madura makes excellent 
fences ; and, when properly trimmed, are very ornamental : 
they require to be neatly and carefully clipped with shears 
every September. In the southern states Noisette and China 
Roses, with a profusion of Sweetbrier, would make the mast 
beautiful of all fences, and could be very easily obtained ; a 
fence three hundred feet long would only cost about one hun- 
dred and twenty dollars. Frames forforcing should be made of 
plank two inches thick, and well put together ; the sash should 
be from five to seven feet long, and from three to four feet 
wide, and filled with six by eight glass. In the framing ground 
should be kept the various soils required for plants, and also 
various characters of manure at all times ready for use, the 
whole in regular heaps, and kept free from weeds. Having 
given these brief outlines of a flower garden, we now pro- 
ceed to give monthly directions for planting and keeping the 
same in order. 



JANUARY. 

If the covering of the beds of choice bulbs, herbaceous 
plants, or tender shrubs, has been neglected last month, let it 
be done forthwith. The season is now precarious and delays 

2 



14 FRAMING. [Jan. 

are dangerous. For particular directions, see December. 
Any bulbous roots that have been kept out of the ground 
should be planted immediately, according to directions in 
October. Some writers have recommended keeping some 
of the bulbs until this month, in order to have a continued 
succession. Experience will prove the inefficacy of the plan, 
and will satisfactorily show that the difference is almost im- 
perceptible, while the flowers are very inferior and much 
degenerated ; and in place of having " a long-continued suc- 
cession of bloom," there appear, along with your finest spe- 
cimens, very imperfect flowers, calculated to discourage the 
admirers of these " gaudy " decoralives of our flower gar- 
dens. Whereas, every art employed should be to the ad- 
vancement and perfection of nature. 

OF FRAMING, &c. 

The plants and roots that are in frames, should be pro- 
tected with straw mats and boards, and the frame surrounded 
•with litter, or leaves, or what is more advisable, banked with 
lurf — the former being a harbour for mice and other ver- 
min. For full directions, see December. Under this head 
the plants, such as Auriculas, Polyanthus, Daisies, Car- 
nations, Pinks, Pentstemons, Campanula pyramidalis. 
Double rocket. Double stock, or Stockgillys, Double Wall- 
Jloioer, Anemone, Ranunculus, &cc., as previously enume- 
rated as frame plants, will require very little water, and be 
sure to give none while they are in a frozen state. If snow 
should cover them, the plants will keep in a fine slate under 
it, so never remove snow from covering cold frames, even 
suppose it should lie for weeks, — nature will operate here 
herself. But when framing cannot be obtained, they will in 
this latitude keep tolerably, if gently covered with leaves or 
litter, using means to secure them from being blown over 
the garden. 



Jan.] OF PRUNING. 15 



OF PRUNING. 

It is not advisable to carry on a general system of pruning 
in this month, in whatever state the weather may be. The 
severest frosts generally are yet to come, and too frequently 
what is done now in this operation has to be repeated in the 
spring, causing, at that time, work to a disadvantage; because, 
if pruning, when done just now is accomplished judiciously, 
whatever more is requisite to be done in the spring on the 
same bush, will be injudicious. Hence, it is far preferable 
to delay it till the frost is nearly over, when all can be done 
to advantage. There are, undoubtedly hardy trees and some 
shurbs, that may be pruned and thinned out any time from 
the first of November to the first of March ; such as Cra- 
toegus, Sorbus, Spirea, and even Althea, in the middle states ; 
(the Double white Althea is very tender and requires to be 
covered.) The tying together the loose branches of Juni- 
per, Cedar, and Arbour vitae should be particularly attended 
to, as heavy snow frequently destroys the shape of those 
handsome shrubs by breaking down the branches, &c. — 
When the snow is heavy, the precaution of shaking it off 
should be resorted to. In many seasons, the beginning of 
this month is open and admits of the operation of digging in 
open quarters, which if not done, as advised last month, 
ought not to be delayed. The fruits of it will appear in 
the mellowed state of your soil in spring. 

If there is any spare time, tallies, straight sticks or stakes, 
may be prepared for summer use. Tie them up in neat bun- 
dles, which will be of great service during the hurried period 
of the year. An opportunity of this kind should always 
be laid hold of; the beneficial results will in season be dis- 
played. 



16 OF PRUNING, (kc. [Feb. 



FEBRUARY. 

When the borders and various compartments were dug in 
the autumn, and compost, or a thin coating of well decom- 
posed manure given, the advantage will now, in part, be ex- 
perienced. If the weather is open about the end of the 
montli, the pruning should be done with the utmost despatch, 
that all may be prepared for a general dressing next month, 
and let nothing be delayed which can now properly be ac- 
complished, under the idea that there is time enough. 

OF PRUNING, &c. 

Generally, about the end of the month, the very severe 
frosts are over, and when none need be apprehended tha» 
would materially injure hardy shrubs, they may be freely 
pruned, and the points cut of such shoots as may have been 
damaged by the winter. Most of shrubs require nothing 
more than to be thinned of straggling, irregular, and injured 
branches, or of suckers that rise round the root, observing, 
that they do not intermingle with each other. Never trim 
them up in a formal manner ; regular shearing of shrubs, and 
topiary work, have been expelled as unwortiiy a taste, the 
least improved by reflections on beauty, simplicity, and 
grandeur of nature. 

In fact, the pruning of deciduous hardy shrubs, should be 
done in such a manner as not to be observable when the 
plants are covered with verdure. It may frequently be ob- 
served in flower gardens, that roses and shrubs of every 
description are indiscriminately cut with the shears, the 
Amuj'phas, Viburnums^ and Altheas sharing the same fate. 



Feb.] OF PRUNING, &c. 17 

Rohinias, Colilteas, Cyticus, Rhus, Genistas, with several 
of the Viburnums, and many others, bear their flowers on the 
wood of last year, and when thus sheared aflford no gratifica- 
tion in flowering. And those shrubs that thus flower on the 
shoots of last year are perhaps worse to keep in regular order, 
than those to which the knife can be freely applied ; but good 
management while young will ensure handsome free flower- 
ing plants. 

Climbing shrubs, and others that are trained against out- 
buildings, walls, or such as are sheltered thereby, and not 
now in danger of suff'ering by frost, may be pruned and 
dressed. These should be neatly trimmed, and the branches 
moderately thinned out, tying in all the shoots straight and 
regular. Avoid, at all times, the crossing of any shoots. 

There is not a shrub in the garden that agrees so well with 
close cutting, as the Althea, and all its varieties. These can 
be made either bushes or trees, and kept at any desired 
height. Wiiere the wood of last year is cut to about two or 
three inches from the vvood of the former year, the yotmg 
shoots of the coming season will produce the largest and 
finest flowers, and likewise more profusely. When they 
have attained the desired height, let them be kept in the 
most natural and handsome shape that the taste of the ope- 
rator can suggest. They will bear cutting to any degree. 

Honeysuckles of every description may, with all freedom, 
be trimmed, providing the frost is not very severe. These 
are very frequently allowed to become too crowded with 
wood, and then superficially sheared or cut. The flowers 
would be much finer, and the brush handsomer, if they were 
regularly thinned out, divesting them of all naked and super- 
fluous shoots. Of those that remain, shorten the shoots of 
last year. Where any of the honeysuckle kind has become 
naked at the bottom, and flowering only at the top of the 
trellis, or extremities of the shoots, one half of the bush 
should be cut to within four inches of the ground. It will 

2* 



18 OF PRUNING, &;c. [Feb. 

throw out plenty of fine young wood, which give room for, 
and train them straight, and to the full extent, during sum- 
mer. These shoots will flower profusely the following sea- 
son, and in like manner, when thought proper, the olher half 
can be cut. 

Roses of the hardy kinds (termed garden roses) that were 
not attended to in November, should, if the weather permit, 
be dressed and pruned forthwith. In small gardens, where 
these are generally attached to the walls and fences, neatness 
should be a very particular object. If any of such bushes 
have got strong and irregular, the most proper method to 
bring them to order, will be to cut down each alternate shoot 
of the bush to wuthin a few inches of the surface, thereby 
renovating it, and, in part, preserving the flowers. Those 
that are cut down will put out several luxuriant shoots, which 
must be regularly tacked in, spreading them in a fan shape. 
These, in another year, will flower well, when the others 
may go through the same operation. Thus, in two or three 
years, the bushes will have resumed a different, and more 
agreeable aspect. By the above treatment, these ornaments 
of the garden will always have a neat and healthful appear- 
ance, and the roses will be much finer. Where they are in- 
tended for the borders, they should never be allowed to get 
too high. In a border from four to six feet, they ought 
never to exceed four feet at the back of the border, and in 
front one foot, after being pruned ; they can be kept down by 
the above method. It is not advisable to cut down rose 
bushes all at once, unless no regard is paid to flowering. 
The roses that are in grass plats, and interspersed through the 
garden, would have a superior appearance in every respect, 
if they were kept and trimmed like small trees. They may 
be of different sizes and heights, according to the distance 
they are from the walk. A single stem may arise from six 
inches to six feet, with a head in proportion to the height of 
the stem, \^'here it is necessary to have them above two 



Feb.] OF PLANTING SHRUBS, &€, l9 

feet, and likewise to carry a good head, inoculation must be 
resorted to, which, in the months of July and August, will 
be fully treated of. All under two feet (except the weak 
growing kinds) will do on their own stems, taking care not 
to allow shoots to arise from the bottom during the summer. 
For directions for pruning climbing roses, see March and 
April- 

OF PLANTING SHRUBS, &c. 

As soon as the frost is out of the ground, these should be 
planted if the soil is not loo wet. Where soil is binding, 
upon no consideration plant in it while wet, rather defer it 
until the end of March. 

Trees and shrubs, if they are well arranged, are the chief 
ornaments, give the m.ost pleasure, and afford the greatest de- 
light that we enjoy in our gardens. Although they give no 
sort of nourishment, nor produce any edible fruits, yet they 
are particularly grateful and conducive to our enjoyments. 
Our walks in summer would be oppressive, but for their 
agreeable shade ; in the fall and winter, we would be left ex- 
posed to the chilling winds, but for the shelter they afford. 

Likewise they produce a great variety of flowers, a varied 
foliage, and are standing ornaments that give no great trou- 
ble. In the character of screens they are particularly useful, 
whether to hide disagreeable objects, or as a guard against 
the weather; or, if they are planted in masses at a distance, 
they soon become agreeable objects, frequently very much 
improve the scenery of the place, become objects of utility 
as well as ornament, and, in such case, afford the highest sa- 
tisfaction. When formed so as to exclude offices from the 
view of the house, or for sheltering the latter, or for connect- 
ing the house with the garden, orchard, or any similar pur- 
pose, shrubs are both useful and interesting. 

Where many shrubs are to be planted, the disposing of 



20 OF PLANTING SHRUBS, &C. [Feb. 

them properly is a matter of considerable importance to the 
future welfare of the whole ; and, whether deciduous or ever- 
greens be mixed or grouped, that is, indiscriminately planted 
together, or the evergreens planted by themselves, as is fre- 
quently done, a regular and natural arrangement is indispen- 
sable for establishing ornament. 

Arranging, no doubt, depends very much on fancy ; still, 
there ought always to be plenty of evergreens planted, that 
the whole may be more cheerful in winter. 

If shrubberies were made to a great extent, the scenery 
would be much more varied and characteristic by grouping 
judiciously than by indiscriminately planting. 

However, in small flower gardens and shrubberies, the 
latter has to be adopted. In such places, tall growing kinds 
should never be introduced, unless merely as a screen from 
some disagreeable object, for they crowd and confuse the 
whole. The dwarf and more bushy sorts should be placed 
nearest to the eye, in order that they may conceal the naked 
stems of the others. Generally when shrubs are planted, 
they are small ; therefore, to have a good effect from the be- 
ginning, they should be planted closer than they are intend- 
ed to stand. When they have grown a few years, and in- 
terfere with each other, they can be lifted, and such as have 
died, or become sickly, replaced, and the remainder can be 
planted in some other direction. Keep them always dis- 
tinct, one from another, in order that they may be the better 
shown oflf. But, if it is not desired that they should be 
thicker planted than it is intended to let them remain, the 
small growing kinds may be six or eight feet apart ; the 
larger, or taller sorts, ten to twenty feet, according to the 
condition of the soil. 

Thick masses of shrubbery, called thickets, are sometimes 
wanted. In these there should be plenty of evergreens. A 
mass of deciduous shrubs has no imposing effect during win- 
ter ; and, as this is not the proper season for planting ever- 



Feb.] OF PLANTING SHRUBS, &C. 2l 

greens, (April, and the end of September, or first of October 
being best,) small stakes can be placed in the destined spot. 
Planting in rows, or in any plan of a formal character, should 
at all times be avoided. 

In planting at this season, observe that the roots are not 
much exposed to the air, especially if the wind be high and 
sharp ; but it is always better, if possible, to defer the busi- 
ness until good, mild weather. According to directions in 
November, the ground will be well prepared, and only re- 
quires a hole dug for the reception of the roots, which must 
be considerably larger, that the roots may not be in the least 
confined. Break the earth well at bottom, put in as much as 
will receive the plant from one to two inches (according to 
its size) lower than it has previously been in the Nursery. 
If any of the roots are bruised or broken, cut them off; then 
place the plant in the centre of the hole, breaking fine all the 
soil that is put in, at the same time shaking the stem a little, 
that the earth may mix with the roots ; when full up, press 
all the soil down with the foot, that it may, in some degree, 
consolidate about the roots, and support the plant. Tall 
plants should have a good stake for support, and place a small 
bandage between the stake and stem of the shrub or tree, 
where the tie is made, to prevent the bark from suffering by 
friction. Observe, always, before planting, if the soil is not 
suitable, to supply that which is congenial to the nature of the 
intended plant. When shrubs or trees are to be carried to 
any distance, the roots should be carefully kept from air, by 
tying damp moss, straw or mats about them, as circum- 
stances will admit : the success, in part, depends on due at- 
tention being paid, to prevent the roots drying before plant- 
ing. Although we have given the above directions for 
planting, in this month, it will frequently occur, that they 
can only be put into practice during the next, as this month 
is often the severest of the season. 



22 OF HYACINTH AND OTHER BULBS. [March. 



OF HYACINTH AND OTHER BULBS. 

Towards the end of the month, if the weather proves fa- 
vourable, the covering should be partially taken off from the 
Hyacinihs, Tulips, and other bulbous roots. It sometimes 
occurs, that, by careless planting in the autumn, they are 
thrown above ground by the frost, especially if the ground 
is inclined to moisture, and they not being deep enough 
planted : if such is the case, cover them with decayed leaves, 
old tan, or soil, whichever is most convenient ; if not done, 
the sun and air will overpower the bulbs, and, although the 
fibres have hold of the ground, the flowers will be miserably- 
weak. 



MARCH. 

As soon as the frost is entirely gone, uncover all plants or 
shrubs that have beeu protected, preserving carefully such of 
the materials as will answer the same purpose next season. 
Cut off all decayed shoots, or such as have been hurt by the 
frost. The Lagerstramias will flower in greater perfection, 
if they are pruned closely ; that is, cut the shoots of last year, 
to within two or three eyes of the wood of the previous 
year, at the same time, having regard to the regular and na- 
tural shape of the bush. Cut off the injured foliage of any 
of the evergreens that have suffered by the severity of the 
winter, but leave every green part which is essential to the 
support of these kind of plants. It is expected that all 
pruning of the shrubbery is finished ; if not, get all expedi- 
tiously done according to directions given in the preceding 
months. All work that can be done in this month, should 



March.] of framing. 23 

not be delayed, such as hoeing, digging, raking, and clearing 
away all leaves and litter of every description that have been 
brought or blown into the garden during autumn or winter. 



OF FRAMING. 

Where it is desired to have the more showy annuals early 
in bloom, it is necessary to prepare a hot-bed frame, for the 
purpose of bringing them forward. It is time about the first 
of the month, to collect and prepare manure for the desired 
hot-bed ; and, as that operation, in many instances, is very 
imperfectly performed, a few observations on the subject 
may be useful. 

Take three parts of fresh hot stable manure, with one part 
of fresh oak leaves. Have a sufficient quantity to make the 
intended bed or beds from three to four feet high. Shake 
and mix up both together in a compact conical heap, in order 
to encourage fermentation. If the weather is cold and windy, 
cover it with straw or leaves and boards, which is necessary 
to produce the desired effect. If fermentation soon takes 
place, it will need to be thoroughly turned over in eight or 
ten days. If any of it has become dry and musty from ex- 
cessive heat, as you proceed, water the affected parts, pile all 
up neatly, and leave it protected in part as before. In five 
or six days more, it will have to be turned again, repeating 
it until the first extreme heat has been over. In neglect of 
this, the heat, after making up the bed, will be vehement for 
a week or two, frequently destroying the vegetative purity 
of the soil, and proving destructive to the seeds. 

Allowing the manure to come to a lively heat, having no 
unpleasant, rancid smell, proceed to mark off your intended 
bed, running it east and west as nearly as possible, measure 
your frame, and allow the site of the bed eight inches each 
way larger than the frame : at the corners, place a stick or 



24 OP FRAMING. [March. 

rod perpendicularly. The ground ought to be higher than 
that around it, to prevent water from getting into the bed, 
which, if low, must be filled up ; or, if supposed that water 
may lodge there, a little brushwood might be put under the 
manure, which would keep it from being inundated. The 
manure must be built up square and level, shaking, mixing, 
and beating it regularly with the back of the fork. When 
you have it to the desired height, (from two to three feet 
will be sufficient for annuals,) leave the centre of the bed a 
little higher than the sides, thus allowing it more to subside. 
When finished, put on the frame and sash or sashes, keep 
them close until the heat arises, covering them at night with 
mats or shutters. As soon as you feel the heat increased, 
give air by tilting the sashes a few inches to let off the steam 
and stagnated air, observing to close in the afternoon, and 
cover at night. If the heat is violent, about half an inch of 
air might be left during the night. In about three days, if 
all has been properly attended to, the bed will be what is 
termed sweet. Then put in about six inches of fine garden 
soil; if heavy, mix a little sand with it. Spread it level, and, 
when the soil is heated through, sow in small drills from one 
eighth to an inch deep, according to the size of the seeds, 
cover with very fine sifted soil. Some very small kinds do 
best when sown upon the surface. When sown, give gentle 
sprinklings of water until they come up, when it will be 
necessary to give air freel}^ during the day to prevent them 
from being weak, or damping off, which many of them will 
do if they have not air regularly admitted. 



March.] list of choice annuals, &;c. 25 



LIST OF CHOICE FLOWERING ANNUALS ADAPTED 
FOR SOWING ON A HOT-BED. 

Argeratum mexicana, blue flowered Argeratum. 
Asclepias curassavica, swallow wort, orange, and red flow- 
ered. 
Aster Chinensis, China Aster, or Queen Margarets, in great 
variety. The late imported German Asters are of ex- 
traordinary beauty. 
Balsamine hortensis, Balsam, commonly called Ladies Slip- 
per. 
Browallia alata, upright blue and white Browallia. 
Cacalia coccinea, scarlet Cacalia. 
Calandrinia grandiflora, rose-coloured Calandrin, 

discolor, rosy purple. 
Celosia cristata, Coxcomb, two varieties, red and yellow. 
Centaurea americana, American Sultan. 

suaveolens, yellow sweet Sultan. 
Clarkia elegans. elegant rose-coloured Clarkia. 
Dulchella, showy purple Clarkia. 

alba, white flowery Clarkia. 
Cleome-grandiflora, large lilac flowering spider plant. 
Clintonia elegans, elegant blue Clintonia. 
Collinsia bicolor, two-coloured Collinsia. 

heterophylla, lilac and white. 
Comraelina ccelestis, blue flowering Commelina. 
Dianthus chinensis, china pink, many fine double varieties, 
Gomphorina globosa, red and white Globe Amaranthus. 
Hibiscus raanihot, large yellow Hibiscus. 

africanus major, buff" with black centre. 
Helichrysum bracteatum } 
ZerantJiemum luccidum, ^ ^^^^^ everlasting. 

3 



26 LIST OF CHOICE ANNUALS, &C. [Ma7cJl. 

, , , ^ Rose-coloured flowers like 

Lopnospermum erubescens, , t^. • ,. r v i. 

^ ^ , > the Digitalis, a fine climb- 



scandens, 



J er for arbours. 
Malope alba, white flowering Malope. 

grandiflora, large red flowering Malope. 
Mathiola annua, all the varieties of ten week stocks should 
be industriously cultivated, and seed sown also in 
April and May for autumn blooming. 

"] Climbing plants 

Maurandia Barclay ana, blue flowering, U^^ pillars trel- 

semperflorens, pink flowering, / jj^^^^ ^^ ^^^^^^^^ 

Mesembryanthemum glaciale, Frozen plant, 

crystallinum, Ice plant. 
Mimosa pudica, Sensitive plant. 
Mimulus Wheelerii, Monkey flower, yel- 
low and crimson. 
Smithii, Smith's yellow and red. v Will grow best 
Variegatus, variegated pink and j inwetplaces. 

white, 
cardinalis, scarlet, 
roseus, rose-coloured. 
Petunias of variety, a beautiful genus of plants of every va- 
riety of colour, from deep purple to pure white, 
blooming from June till frost; the seeds are .<:mall 
and require to be very lightly covered. 
Portulaca grandiflora, great flowered Purslane. 

Gilesii, rosy purple flowered Purslane. 
Salpiglossus picta, atropurpurea, &c., delight in a cool si- 
tuation. 
Schizanthus rctusus, orange-coloured ^ 

Schizanthus, Like a rich soil, and 

Scliizanthus pinnalus calico Schizan- \ a cool and parlial- 
ihus, I ly shaded situa- 

Schizanthus Hookcrii, and afew other | tion. 

varieties. J 

Shortia californica, yellow Shortia, very profuse flowering 



]\[arcJl.] LIST OF CHOICE ANNUALS, &C. 27 

Tao-etes, Mary-gold, the new varieties of the French are 

very pretty — they hke rich soil and plenty of 

moisture. 
Tropaeolum aduncum, Canary bird flower, a climber and a 

very scarce plant. 
Tropaeolum atrosanguineum, crimson Nastartium, -n 
Thumbergia alata, buff with black centre. > ^^ ^"^ 

alba or Fragrans, white flowered. ) P ' , 
Verbena aubletia, rose-coloured. 

bonariensis, blue. 

erinoides, liglit lilac 



A lovely family 
of pretty and 



ingplantsgene. 
rally of a pro. 
cumbent habit. 



Drummondii, rosy lilac. > P'°^f ^ ^°'^^^ 

pulchella, Procumbens, purple 

lilac. 

sabiniana. 

Vinca rosea, Madagascar Periwinkle. ^ Thrive best in a 

alba, white flowered Peri- ( warm, dry, silua- 

winkle. ) tion with rich soil. 

Zennia elegans, splendid Zennia. 1 -rr , , , 

1 I Very showy plants, and 

coccinea, scarlet, i / , -^ , 

,, , - 'i do best when thev 

alba, white. y v j 1 

•a 1 I are well supphed with 

paucmora, yel- ^^ 

, 'i water, 

low. J 

Though the above will bloom much earlier by being sown 
on a hot-bed, yet where that convenience cannot be obtained 
they will all succeed treated as hardy annuals. 

After sowing, if the weather be clear, the sun acting on 
the glass, will produce a too rapid evaporation of the mois- 
ture of the soil, and may otherwise aff'ect seeds but thinly 
covered, which must be guarded against by shading with 
mats for a few hours during bright sunshine. In giving 
water it ought always to be about milk warm, and passed 
through a fine rose, to prevent the stems being broken or 
bruised. Weeds must be draw out as soon as they ap- 
pear. 



28 HARDY ANNUALS. [Morch. 



HARDY ANNUALS. 

Many annual plants, though of short duration, are pos- 
sessed of much beauty of hue and elegance of form : they are 
farther valuable from their adaptation in filling up vacant 
spots through the flower garden or parterre. They are, be- 
sides, of easy culture, many requiring nothing more than to 
have the seeds sown in the spot where they are to grov/* 
The first sowing may take place about the end of the month' 
when the ground is prepared and the weather fine, but avoid 
it at all times when the ground will not pulverize properly. 
The neatest and most expeditious method is to take a rod 
about one foot long and one inch in diameter, rounding at 
the end, with which draw a circle from four to nine inches 
in diameter, and from one-eighth of an inch to an inch deep, 
according to the size of the seeds. Many very small seeds 
will grow best, if sown on the surface of fine mould. When 
sown, cover with fine mould, placing a small twig or tally, 
with the name in the centre of the circle to prevent mistakes, 
either in sowing, planting, or hoeing. When they have 
grown from one to two inches — the first moist day should 
be taken to remove such as are too crowded, which can be 
generally transplanted to some other situation, taking care 
to shade them, a few days, with flower pots, or some other 
substitute. A few kinds do best with removing, such as 
Balsams, China Asters, Mary-gold, 10 week stocks. Hibis- 
cus, Zennias, and several others, of a free growing, and 
strong-wooded nature. Annuals are such plants as grow 
from seed, flower, and perfect their productions, and then 
die within one year. The following sorts are well deserving 
of culture : 

Adonis miniata, Flos Adonis or Pheasant's eye, red. 
Amaranlhus caudatus, Love lies Bleeding, red and yellow 
variety. 



March.] hardy annuals. 29 

Amaranthus hypocondriacus, Prince's Feather, red. 

tricolor, three-coloured Amaranthus should 
be sown on rather poor soil — on rich soil it 
has little beauty. 
Calendula hybrida, great Cape Mary-gold. 
Centaurea nioschata, purple sweet Sultan. 
Centaurea cretica, white sweet Saltan. 
Centaurea suaveolens, yellow sweet Sultan. 
Collinsia grandiflora, blue Collins' flower. 
Convolvulus purpureus, major of the gardens, dwarf blue 
Bindwed, and decidedly the most beautiful of 
the group. 
Calliopsis bicolor, formerly Coreopsis tinctoria or Fair Eye ; 
a very gay plant, and flowers best when sown in 
October. 
Calliopsis atrosanguinea, crimson Calliopsis. 
Delphinum ajacis, Rocket Larkspur, many varieties, all su- 
perb, and do best to be sown in rich mould in 
October. 
Delphinum consolida, branching Larkspur, various colours. 
Euphorbia variegata, variegated Euphorbia. 
Elscholtzia crocea Orange. (Now chryseis.) 
californica yellow, 
cristata, red, 
Gilia tricolor, three-coloured Gilia, ] 

capitata, blue-coloured. ^Blooms all summer, 

lacinata, pink-coloured. J 

Heliophila araboides, blue sun love, very pretty. 
Hunnemannia fumarifolia, yellow, blooms from June to 

October. 
Iberis amara, white Candytuft. 

umbellata, purple Candytuft, 
violacea, violet Candytuft. 
i odorata, white sweet-scented Candytuft, 
splendens, large purple, sweet-scented Candytuft. 
Ipomoea quamoclit, cypress vine, the seed will grov/ freely, 
if soaked two or three hours in hot water. 



30 HARDY ANNUALS. [March, 

Ipomoea quamoclit, flore alba, a dull white, 
Lathyrus odoralus, sweet Pea of many varieties. 
Leptosiphon densiflorus, dense-flowered Leptosiphon. 
Loasa lateritia, orange-coloured Loasa, a clinibing plant. 
Lupinus, many varieties ; they require to be partially shaded 

from hot suns. 
Malope-trifida, scarlet Malope. 

Mirabilis jalapa, marvel of Peru, many varieties. If the 
roots of this plant are lifted in October, and 
placed in a dry cellar, free from frost, and planted 
out next April, they will bloom much finer. 
Nemophila insignis, or blue Grove Love, a pretty dwarf 
plant, requiring rich soil and a half shaded situa- 
tion. 
(Enoihera or tree Primrose ; many varieties of the annual 
species, produce their flowers in much greater 
perfection, if planted or sown in poor soil. To 
this ansiloba, sinuata, and tetraptera, are excep- 
tions, as they flower the finest in a rich light 
loam. 
Phlox Drummondi, rosy red, a superb article, and blooms 
from May till October. In dry situations it is apt 
to die off unless partially shaded. 
Reseda odorata. Mignonette ; to have it in perfection the 
whole season, there should be a sowing in May 
and July. It delights in a rich loamy soil, 
Silene elegans, elegant white Catch-fly. 
Silene picta painted. 

Viola tricolor, Pansy or Heart's-ease, require very rich soil, 
and should be shaded from hot sun ; if sown early in 
the season, they will flower profusely in the autumn. 

For other varieties of Annuals, see list adapted for hot-bed 
sowing. We have omitted many not agreeing with our cli- 
mate, or those very common for such, we refer our readers 
to the lists published, annually, by respectable seedsmen. 



March.] box edgings. 31 



BOX EDGINGS. 

May be planted any time this month, or beginning of next, 
which in most seasons will be preferable. We will give a 
few simple directions how to accomplish the work. In the 
first place, dig over the ground deeply where the edging is 
intended to be planted, breaking the soil fine, and keeping it 
to a proper height, namely, about onejnch higher than the 
side of the walk ; but the taste of the operator will best de- 
cide, according to the situation. Rake the surface even, and 
tread it down with the feet, or beat it with the spade. Where 
it gives most, continue to add, keeping the surface at the de- 
sired height. If the edging is to be in a direct hne, either 
on a level or inclined plane, you may be correctly and sim- 
ply regulated by making the desired level at each end of the 
line. Take three rods about four feet long each, having a 
piece of one foot to cross at one end, two of these pieces 
painted black, the other white. Have a black one at each 
end of the line on the level, take the white one for the cen- 
tre, going along the line, and about every twenty feet, level 
a spot to the exact height, which will be seen by looking 
over the top of the rods from one end. Having found the 
level, drive in a peg to it, so that no mistake may occur ; 
beat and level between them, leaving a smooth surface. This 
being done, strain the line, and with the spade proceed to 
cut out the trench perpendicularly on the side next the walk, 
six, eight, ten, or twelve inches deep, according to the length 
of the plants. Afterwards take the plants, and cut the tops 
even, with the knife or shears, at the same time shortening 
the roots. Then with the left hand next the line, plant for- 
ward, keeping the tops of the plants level, and from one to 
two inches above ground, keeping the plants close according 
to the required thickness. Put in the earth as you proceed, 
and tread it firm, then rake the surface even, and with the 
spade beat it smooth. If the weather sets in very dry, the 



32 HARDY BIENNIALS. [March. 

box will be the better of a few waterings. Sometimes box- 
wood is planted without roots, but it seldom gives satisfac- 
tion ; not growing equally. 

GRASS AND OTHER EDGINGS. 

Grass verges for walks and borders, although frequently- 
used, are, by no means, desirable, except where variety is 
required ; they are the most laborious to keep in order, and 
at best are inelegant, and the only object in their favour is, 
there being everywhere accessible. Iris humilis, Viola 
tricolor, thyme, Sea Pink, (Stattice Armeria,) Mignonette, 
Phlox subulata, and Phlox procumbens, all make tolerable 
edgings. In the southern states. Verbena Tweediana — v, 
alba, V, intermedia and other varieties, will make the most 
lovely edging for walks and borders that can be imagined, 
and will bloom profusely from May till November. 

HARDY BIENNIALS. 

Biennial plants are such as are of two years' duration. 
Being sown this year they flower, seed, or fruit next year, 
and soon after decay : the seeds should be sown about the end 
of this month or beginning of next, either in the spot where 
they are to remain or a compartment by themselves, regularly 
marked, and to be transplanted in May or September. When 
they appear above ground thin them out distinctly, that, 
when they are to be removed, a little earth may adhere to 
them ; and, if sown where they are to stand, leave only three 
or four plants in each patch. The following list are a few of 
the free-blooming and more elegant sorts : 

Agrostema coronaria, Rose Campion, blooms all summer. 

Althea rosea, Plollyhock, and all its varieties, very showy in 
July and August. When any very desirable variety is 
procured, it can be multiplied by dividing the root. 



Blooms in June 
and July. 



March.] hardy biennials, 33 

Anterhinum majus, Snap-dragon, and its varieties, require 
to be protected during winter with a few leaves 
or litter. 
Cantua coronopifolia, flowers in August and September,beau- 
liful scarlet, delights in dry gravelly soil. 
Ipomopsis elegans. 
Campanula Siberia, Blue Siberian, Bell flower, flowers in July 

and August. 
Campanula media, dark blue Canterbury ' 

bell, 
Campanula media, semi-pleno, half dou- 
ble Canterbury bell, 
Campanula media, alba, white Canterbury 

bell, 

Campanula thyrsoides. 
Cheiranthuscheiri,Wall-flower,shouldbe protected by leaves 

or boards during winter. 
Digitalis purpurea, purple Fox glove. 

alba, white Fox glove, 
lutea, yellow Fox glove. 
Dianthus barbatus. Sweet William pink. 

coccineus crimson pink, 
fl. pi. double flowered ; the double sorts 
can be propagated by laying, same as 
carnations. 
Gerardia purpurea, purple Gerardia, "] Natives of 

flava, yellow Gerardia, ^this coun- 

quercifolia, spotted flowered Gerardia, J try. 
Hedysarum coronarium, red flowered French Honeysuckle, 
Humea elegans, scarlet Humea, flowers in June and Septem- 
ber. 
Lunaria biennis. Honesty, various colours, not beautiful, but 

curious in seed. 
Oenothera corymbosa, dwarf Evening Primrose, 
Papaver nudicaule, naked-stemmed yellow Poppy. 



34 HARDY BIENNIALS — PERENNIALS. \March. 

Scabiosa alropurpurea, musk-scented Scabius. 
Silene multiflora, many-flowered Catch-fly. 

There might be many other beautiful biennial plants enu- 
merated, which arejustly considered worthy of attention; but 
most of them do not withstand the severity of our winters, 
ahhough very much prized in England. 

PERENNIALS. 

In every flower garden there ought to be a good selection 
of these plants. They are lasting ornaments ; and, when ju- 
diciously selected, will give yearly gratification. In making 
a choice, a view should be to have those that flower abundant- 
ly, are of free growth, beauty, and continuation of bloom. 
It would go beyond our limits to give an extensive descrip- 
tion of any, but a few remarks on some of the finest, with 
their names, are indispensable. 

Adonis verndlis, is a fine border flower, and will grow in 
any common soil ; flowers large, yellow rayed, having in the 
rays about twelve petals ; leaves much divided, blooms in 
April and May. 

Anemone, Wind-flower. Several fine species, with flowers 
from one to three inches in diameter. A. Halleri, blue ; A. 
pulsatilla,h\\ie pasque flower; A. alpina, large white. These 
are fine plants, and are now given to a genus called Pulsatil- 
la. A . palmatajlbre-pJeno, yellow ; A . stellata versicolor, va- 
rious coloured ; A. pavoninajldre-pleno, scarlet; A. narcissi- 
flora, white. Any of these are very desirable. 

Antirrhinums, Snap-dragon, All the varieties of A. majus 
arc esteemed in the flower borders ; the pure while, bright 
red, and variegated, are very showy. A few of the species, 
A. molle and A. siculum,\v\\eTQ there is variety required, de- 
serve a situation. The flowers are all large, and similar to 
the snout of an animal 



March.] perennials. 35 

Anthericum lilidstrum, St. Burnos Lily, is an excellent lili- 
acous plant, with yellow flowers, blooming in June, July, and 
August, and will grow in any common garden soil. 

Asclepias. The finest of this genus are native plants, and 
are highly esteemed in Europe, but frequently rejected with 
us, because " they are wild plants." A. tuherbsa has beauti- 
ful orange flowers, and delights in dry situations. A. riihra, 
A. nivea, A. purpurdscens ; and A. incarndta, are the finest 
of the family. It is best to plant A. tuber osa in October. 

Aconitums, Wolfs'-bane, one hundred and twenty-eight 
distinct species, with several varieties. Many of them are 
of consequence and beauty ; the flower stems rise from one 
and a half to six feet upright, and strong, furnished with many 
palmate and digitate leaves, terminated by spikes of blue, 
yellow, or white flowers, similar to a hood ; hence the name 
of Monk's Hood is often applied to them. They are scarce 
in collections ; but, in a few years, we have no doubt but 
many of them will be plentiful. The finest species are A. 
speciosum, A . anthbrut A. neurbergensis, A. amcBnum, A. na- 
pellus, A.venustum,A. zooctonuniyA. pyramiddle,A. lycocto- 
num, A. album, A. versicolor, A. variegatum, and A. grandi- 
jiorum. They flower from May to September, and will grow 
in any common garden soil. The roots of A. napellus are 
like small turnips, and are said to be poisonous. They like 
a little shade and rich soil. 

Cdlthapalicstris flore-pleno is a good border plant, delights 
in moist situations, has large cordate, crenated leaves; flowers 
double yellow ; blooming from April till June ; and is a de- 
sirable plant. 

Bellis perennis horlensis,Daisy. We might almost say with 
another, " Every one knows the Daisy." It is named from be- 
ing pretty, and is perfectly hardy, though generally kept under 
cover. They delight to have a shaded situation during sum- 
mer, to protect themlrom the sun, which, as it were, scorches 
the roots. There are many double varieties in the gardens, 
which flower early. The one called Croicn, or Carnation 



S6 PERENNIALS. [March. 

Daisy, is twice the size of the common varieties, and has 
while and red petals alternately, and very double. Loamy 
soil, inclined to moisture, is best adapted to their growth. 

Campanula. This genus affords many very ornamental 
plants for the Flower garden and Shrubbery, and they flower 
superbly during the summer, agreeing better with our cli- 
mate than with that of Europe. Several have two succes- 
sions of flowers. C. persicifblia alba plena ; C. 'persicifblia 
cosridea pleno; C. urticifolia, white. Of this last there is also 
a double variety. C. speciosa ; C. glomcrata ; C. versicolor, 
with several others, are worthy of a situation in every gar- 
den. Their roots are strong, fleshy, and fibrous. They 
are easy of culture, and will retain their situation in the 
severest of our winters. C. grandifibra is now Wahlen- 
hergia grandiflbra. It has superb large blue flower, stems 
are slender, and should be supported as soon as they grow. 

Cheirdnthus Cheiri vulgaris is the common garden Wall- 
flower. There are about ten varieties of it, all admired for 
their various colours and agreeable odour. The common 
variety survives the mildest of our winters. The most 
esteemed variety is hoemdntJius, Double bloody. They 
should all be protected by a frame. C. mutdhilis is a beauti- 
ful species ; it has many shades of colour from lilac to dark 
purple. The flowers are on extending racemose spikes; 
blooming from April to June ; it requires a light rich soil ; 
is a half shrubby evergreen plant. 

Chelbne. This genus belongs entirely to this contineiif, 
and possesses many fine species. It is a matter of astonish- 
ment that they are not more cultivated and sought for in our 
collections. C. glabra; C.obUqua; C.harbuta; C.atropur- 
piirea ; C pulchella ; C. vemista ; and C. specibsa ; are all 
handsome, and flower from May to September; corolla large, 
ringent ; ventricose flowers in spikes or panicles. 

Chrysanthemums. There are few of this genus of any con- 
sequence as herbaceous plants, except the varieties of C. si- 
nense, of which there are about fifty, all desirable ; but in 



March.] perennials. 37 

small gardens, where there is a deficiency in room, the fol- 
lowing are select in colour and quality : tubulosum album, 
quilled white ; superbum, superb white ; discolor, cream and 
orange •,fulvum, Spanish brown ; atropurpiireum, early crim- 
son; involutiim, curled lilac; fasculatum, superb cluster yel- 
low; seroimww, late pale purple; pape/^-aceww, paper while ; 
waraia^, yellow Waratah ; wersicoZor, two-coloured red; stel- 
latum, starry purple ; verecundum, early blush ; Wheeler ii, 
largi" purple; sariguinea, a beautiful crimson. To grow these 
in perfection, they require rich light soil ; and about the end \J 
of this month the roots should be lifted, divided, and planted 
into fresh soil, either by giving them a new situation, or 
changing the earth they were in. Two or three stems toge- 
ther are quite sufficient. The flowers, by the above treat- 
ment, will be much larger, more double, and finer in colour : 
where they are wanted to grow low and bushy, top them in 
June, but not later than the first of July. Where the soil is 
rich, and the plant having only one stem, by topping it, 
makes a beautiful bush. They are in flower from the first 
of October until severe frost ; thus beautifying our gardens at 
a season when they would be destitute of one single attrac- 
tion. If the season be dry, to water them with hquid ma- 
nure will add to their vigour. They are all natives of China, 
and greatly esteemed by the Chinese, who only allow a few 
blooms to come out on the top of each stem, thereby having 
the flowers much finer. 

Within these three years, hundreds of varieties of this win- 
ter flower have been produced from seed in Europe ; many 
of them very superb, and having more luxuriant foliage and 
greater diversity of colour. 

Clematis, Virgin's-bower. A few species are good herba- 
ceous plants, of upright growth, and blue flowers, C integri- 
fblia ; C, angustifblia ; and C erecta; they grow best in light 
soil. 

Coreopsis, chiefly native plants, and free-flowering; colour 
principally yellow; flowers rayed. C. enuifblia, C. verticilld- 

4 



88 PERENNIALS. [March. 

ta, C. discolor, and C. tripteris, are the finest of the genus, 
and will grow in any common garden soil, 

Delphinums. There are some showy border flowers of 
these, of strong growth. The leaves are much divided ; the 
flowers in terminale spikes ; colour blue, purple, pink, white, 
and yellow, with various shades. D. grandijlbrum, with its 
varieties, are the best of the genus, i). intermedium, and its 
varieties, D. datum, Bee Larkspur, from the ringent part of 
the flower being very like a bee, and D. mon^dnum, are good 
varieties, and easily cultivated. When the plants become 
large, they ought to be divided, and planted in fresh soil. 
They are in bloom from May to September. 

Didnthus. Some of the species of this genus are the most 
prominent of the flower garden, not only for their beauty, 
but also their fragrance, which is peculiarly grateful, espe- 
cially in the well known and celebrated Pink and Carnation, 
with the Sweet William, which was esteemed in the days of 
old " for its beauty to deck up the bosoms of the beautiful, 
and garlands and crowns for pleasure." The finest species 
are D. barbdtus and D barbdtus pleno, Sweet William ; D. 
discolor; D.chinensis; D.alpinus,D.superbus; D.caryophyl- 
lus, from which have originated the Picotee and the Carna- 
tion ; D. plumarius, from which originated the Double Pink ; 
D. frdgrans and D. superbus. Several of these, although 
ihey will stand the severest cold, have to be protected in 
frames during winter, to have them in the perfection of beau- 
ty. For the character of a Pink and Carnation, see Mat/. 

Dictdmnus. Two species of this genus, D.fraxinella and 
D. ulbus, have been cultivated and esteemed upwards of two 
hundred and forty years. A plant of the first of these spe- 
cies, when gently rubbed, emits an odour like that of lemon- 
peel ; and when bruised emits a balsamic scent, which is 
strongest in the pedicles of the flowers. They have glands 
of a rusty colour, that exude a viscid juice, or resin, which 
exhales in vapour, and in a dark place may be seen to take 
fire. Its flowers are red, those of the other white, in loose 



March.] perennials. 39 

terminale spikes; the flower has five petals, clawed and un- 
equal, with glandular dots ; in bloom from May to July ; de- 
lights in sandy loam. 

Dodecatheon. This is a native genus, and commonly called 
American cowslip. The generic term, a name of the Ro- 
mans, signifying twelve gods or divinities, is applied with 
great absurdity to a plant, a native of a world the Romans 
never saw nor had any idea of; neither resembling, in any 
particular, the poetical fancy of their writers. The most 
admired species is D. media; the flowers are in umbels, on a 
pedicle, from six to twelve inches high ; the corolla is rotata 
reflexa, colour light purple, bottom of petals lake and yellow; 
blooming in May. The white variety is verymuchesleemed, 
and surpasses the preceding. The ground is pure white, the 
bottom of the petals the same as the other. There is also a 
spotted variety found on the banks of the Missouri. They 
delight in brown loam, a half shady situation, inclining to 
moisture. The foliage soon decays after flowering. 

Digitalis, Fox-glove, about forty species of annuals and 
herbaceous plants. A few are cultivated in the flower bor- 
ders, and are very showy. These are D. leucophcea, D.ferru- 
ginea,D. ochroleiica, large yellow; and D.purpurdscens ; and 
are good species. D. purpurea and D. alba are very conspi- 
cuous biennials ; the flowers are solitary, and in long spikes ; 
the corolla of D. purpurea is campanulate, ventricose, and 
ringent; the interior is spotted, and is considered the finest 
of the genus. Delights in poor soil, with a little shade. 

Dracocephalum, Dragon's Head, about twenty species, most- 
ly ornamental. D. virginicum is a profuse blooming plant, 
with bluish pink flowers, and grows about four feet high. 
D. argumense is a superb dwarf, with large dark blue 
flowers. 

Eupatoriums. These generally are native plants, not wor- 
thy of notice here, except for two species, E. ccelestinum 
has syngenesious flowers in flattened panicles, colour fine 
light blue, blooming from September to November, desirable 



40 PERENNIALS. [March. 

for its beauty at that season. E. aromaticurn may be culti- 
vated for its spicy odour ; flowers white, in loose terminale 
panicles; bloomingfrom August to October. Either of theni 
will grow in common soil. 

Funkia, Japan Day Lily, three species, all beautiful. 7^. 
cceridea, with blue flowers. F.japdnica, pure white, and F. 
variegata, with striped flowers : the latter is yet very rare, 
and but recently introduced from Japan. This genus has 
been separated from Ilemerocnllis. 

Gentidnas, a genus of very showy plants, and flower in 
great abundance. The flowers are tubular and inflated ; co- 
lour generally blue. A few species are yellow, and some 
white ; flowers in whorls, terminale or solitary. They grow 
V best in a light rich soil. G. lutea, G. purpurea, G. septem- 

fida. G. acaulis is a pretty dwarf growing species, and of- 
ten used as edgings in flower compartments ; the flower dark 
and light blue; interior of the corolla spotted ; has a succes- 
sion of flower from April to June. We have no doubt of it 
succeeding in our gardens, but not being plentiful, it has not 
been perfectly tried. A few years will exhibit ii in abun- 
dance. G. imhricata and G. conferta. They are all fine 
exotics, but many of them may give place to our native spe- 
cies, such as G. Catesboei; G.ochroleuca; G.incarnata; with 
several others, and G. crinata, which is a biennial, and finely 
fringed ; colour light blue. 

Geum. There are only four species that are worth culti- 
vation, namely, G. qidllyon, once G. coccineum ,- G. splert- 
dens, G. Wicea, and G. hybridun. G. urhanum is some- 
times cultivated for its roots, which, when chewed, sweeten 
the breath. They are all of easy culture. G. quellyon and 
splendens flower from May to October, and are very de- 
sirable plants for the borders, and much esteemed in Eu- 
rope. 

HemerocdUis, Day Lily; two species, H.fulvaaj^d H. gra- 
minea, flower well, and are remarkable among the border 
flowers for their large yellow or copper-coloured coroUaSj 



March.] PERENNIALS. 41 

some of them about six inches diameter ; bloom from May 
to July, and will grow in almost any soil. There is a plant 
known in our gardens as H. cosridea, which is Funkia ccerii- 
lea, and has a campanulate corolla, with a cylindrical tube ; 
flowers in spikes ; leaves ovate, accuminate. 

Hibiscus. There are several herbaceous species very 
showy and handsome, H.'palustris; H. rbseus; H. militaris; 
H. speciosus; H. grandifibrus ; and H. pungens. They grow 
best in moist situations, and where these are not to be had, 
give them plenty of water, and plant in sandy soil enriched 
with decayed leaves. The flowers are about six inches in 
diameter, flowering up the stem, either solitary or in small 
bunches. H. speciosus is the most splendid, and deserves a 
situation in every garden. The roots in winter ought to be 
covered by litter, tan, or saw-dust ; but a better method is to 
lift them, and put them in the cellar, covered with dry earth, 
and kept from the frost. All the above-mentioned species 
are improved by being protected during winter. 

Iris, Flower-de-luce, has many fine species of various 
shades and colours, /. suhiflorCy 1. nepalensis, I. Pallasii, I. 
pallida^ I. cristata, I. arena ria, I.furcata, I, germdnica, I. 
jioreniina, I.verna, and I. susidna. The last is the finest of 
the herbaceous species ; the flowers are very large and cu- 
riously spotted with brown ; but we are not certain if it 
will stand the severity of our winters. The roots of I.jlo- 
rentina is the orrice root of the druggists. They are all of 
easy culture in any loamy soil inclining to moisture. The 
bulbous species will be treated of in September or October. 
Corolla six-petalled, three erect and three reclined alternate- 
ly ; proceeding from spathes or sheaths with flowers in suc- 
cession. 

Liatris is a genus of native plants, containing several fine 
species, L. squa.rrdsa,]a\-ge purple heads of beautiful flowers; 
L. elegans; L.paniculdta. L. macrostachya, nowi. spicdta, 
is a fine large growing species. They have syngenesious 
purple flowers in long close spikes, diff'ering from other 

4* 



42 PERENNIALS, [March 

spiked flowering genera by blooming first at the extremity. 
They grow best in strong heavy soil. 

Lychnis. Three species are very desirable in the flower 
borders. L. chalcedonica has bright scarlet crowned flowers ; 
the double scarlet variety is splendid ; there is also a dou- 
ble white variety ; L.fiilgens Siud L.JIos-jovis. They ought 
to be frequently lifted, and planted afresh, or they will 
dwindle to nothing. The best time is when they begin to 
grow. There is a plant known in our collections as Lychnis 
flos-cucula, ragged Robbin or French Pink, which is now 
Agrostema fos-cumla ; it is a fine and showy border plant 
with double red flowers. They delight in a light sandy rich 
soil. 

Lythrums. A few species flower well, and have small 
pink blossoms in great profusion, L. alatum, L. virgatiim, L. 
diffilsum, and L. lanceolatum. They will grow in any com- 
mon garden soil if not too much shaded ; and flower from 
June to September. 

Mimidus, Monkey-flower. A few species may be culti- 
vated. They will grow in any soil or situation. M. luteus 
and M. rivularis are the best. M. moschdtus has a very strong 
musk scent, to many agreeable. The former two have large 
gaping flowers, of a gold yellow, and beautifully spotted with 
purple in the interior : they all grow in moist situations, 

Mondrdas, a fine native genus and showy. The foliage of 
several of the species is aromatic, and resembles mint. M. 
didyma has long scarlet ringlet flowers, in headed whorls ; 
M. kalmiana, flowers very long, and a beautiful crimson, 
with fragrant leaves. M. Russelliana has red and white 
flowers ; curious and handsome. M. punctata has yellow and 
red flowers ; they grow in any common soil. 

MatMola is the generic of the Stock-gilly. None of them 
will survive severe winters in this latitude ; yet many of 
them are indispensable in the flower garden. M. simplici- 
cdulis, Brompton-stock and its varieties ; with ]\[. incdna, 
Queen-stock, and its varieties, require the protection of a 



March.] PERENNIALS. ' 43 

good frame in winter, and about the end of this month, or 
beginning of next, plant them in good light rich soil to 
flower, which they will do all summer, if attended to with 
frequent supplies of water. M. annua has about forty vari- 
eties, valuable for flowering the first year from seed, and are 
all annuals. They ought to be sown on a gentle hot-bed 
about the first of this month, and carefully pricked out so as 
they may be ready to transplant about the end of April or 
the first of May. Plant them in light rich soil, and they 
will flower profusely through the season ; if it is very dry, 
they must be watered to keep them growing. The scarlet, 
white, and purple varieties are the finest ; but there are many 
intermediate sorts, all handsome. M. glabra is the Wall- 
flower leaved stock, and requires the same treatment as the 
former two. There are about twenty varieties of this, all 
various in colour. In planting any of these into the open 
ground, choose cloudy weather, except they have been in 
pots ; in such case, plant at any time in beds, or detached 
groups, through the borders, keeping each kind separate. 

CEnotheras. The most of them are indigenous, and in 
Europe they afford a continual ornament to the flower gar- 
den from April to November, but in our gardens they are 
entirely neglected. By rejecting these and many others, 
our flower gardens are deprived both of much beauty and 
interest they might easily possess. The herbaceous plants 
delight in light rich soil. Oil. odorata, sweet-scented ; (E, 
macrocdrpa ; CE. media; CE. latiflora ; (E. Frazeri; QC. spe- 
cibsa ; and (E. pallida ; are all fine native herbaceous plants, 
mostly with large yellow four-petalled corollas ; in bloom 
from May to September. 

Phlox, another American genus, and one of the most hand- 
some in cultivation. It consists of elegant border flowers, 
valuable for flowering early, and during the whole season, 
even till frost. While the majority of plants blooming late 
in the season are generally syngenesious, with yellow flow- 
ers, these delight us with their lively colours of purple, red, 



44 PERENNIALS. [Murch. 

and white. A collection of them properly attended to, would 
of themselves constitute a beautiful flower garden. It will be 
difficult to state which are the finest, but the following are se- 
lect varieties: V . 'paniculata ; F.accuminata; P . intermedia ; 
P. qdorata ; P. pyramidalis and var. alba ; P. corymbosa 
and its var. alba is perhaps the finest of all the whites. 
V.suaveohns;V.rejlexa; V . stolonifera ; V.pildsa;V.diva- 
ricata ; P. nivalis ; and P. subulata. In the spring of 1831, 
an eminent British collector* exclaimed, on seeing a patch 
of P. subulata in one of the pine barrens of New Jersey^ 
"The beauty of that alone is worth coming to America to 
see, it is so splendid." Most of the species delight in a rich 
light sandy loam. When the plants become large, they 
ought to be divided, and planted in fresh ground. 

Primulas, Primrose. To this genus belong the celebrated 
Cowslip, Oxslip, Primrose, and the esteemed Auricula. The 
double varieties of Primrose have originated from P. vulga- 
ris. These are such as carry their flowers on separate pedi- 
cles, rising from the root on a small stem. The double 
varieties are desirable for their beauty, but require the pro- 
tection of a frame during winter. They are in colour red, 
white, yellow, lilac, purple, and crimson. P. eldtior is the 
Oxslip, from which all the Polyanthuses have been grown. 
They are in variety innumerable, and arc those whose flow- 
ers are in umbels, on a scape or flower-stalk, rising from 
three to nine inches. Tlic rules for judging of their merits 
are wholly artificial, agreed on from time to time by florists. 
The one that is the leading beauty this year, would, in a few 
years, be far in the rear. The principal character is, that the 
corolla is not notched or fringed ; the colours pure and dis- 
tinct, not running into one another ; the tube small ; the eye 
round, and a little prominent. Being surrounded \vith white, 
and the ground purple, is a fine character. P. auricula. 
From this the highly esteemed varieties have originated. 

* Mr. Drummond. 



March.] perennials. 45 

The cultivated auricula has many admirers, both for its ex- 
quisite beauty and fragrance. For the criterion of a fine 
flower, see April. There are several other species worthy of 
a situation, such asl*. cortusoides, P. dentiflbra,!* . suaveolens, 
P. decora, with P. scotica and V . farinbsa, both small neat 
species. A shady situation agrees best with them ; and they 
require loamy soil, free from any kind of manure, except it 
be fully decomposed. The leaves of P. veris have been re- 
commended for feeding silk worms, 

Potentillas are similar to the strawberry in habit and ap- 
pearance. P. nepalensis, or formosa, has rose-coloured flow- 
ers ; P. atropurpurea ; P. Russelliana, scarlet ; P. Hopwood- 
iana, rose and scarlet ; and P. splendens, yellow, with superb 
leaves. These are the finest of the genus, and flower from 
May to September. It will be well to protect them with a 
few leaves or litter during the severity of winter ; they de- 
light in light soil. 

Saponaria officinalis, and S. o. plena, are fine free-flower- 
ing dwarf plants ; the colour is pink in both double and sin- 
gle varieties. The roots run under ground, and care should 
be taken to keep them within bounds : they flower from June 
to October. iS. cosspitosa is a neat growing species, of a rose 
colour. They will grow in any soil. 

Silene. Several of this genus are popular annuals, but the 
herbaceous species are very indifferent. S. viscosa and S. 
viscosa fibre plena are frequently cultivated for their beauty ; 
they will grow well if not too much shaded. 

Saarifraga, above one hundred species. Many of them are 
beautiful plants for rock-work. They are regardless of cold, 
but will not generally withstand much moisture. A few of 
them are highly deserving a situation in any garden. S. hir- 
siitum and S. crassifblia are used in some countries for tan- 
ning. S. granulata multiplex has fine double-while flowers, 
and is desirable. S. umbrbsa, London-pride, makes a beau- 
tiful edging for a flower border ; the flowers are small, but 
on close examination its colours are unrivalled. It is some- 



46 PERENNIALS. [March. 

times called " none so pretty." S. sarmentbsa is kept in 
the green-house, but is perfectly hardy, and makes a fine 
plant in a shaded situation, and will grow where grass and 
other plants generally die. We have no doubt but it would 
make a good fancy edging. S. pulchella and S . pyramidalis 
require protection ; these are all easily cultivated, and flower 
in spikes from May to July. 

S/nrcBas. A few species are showy plants, and continue 
flowering from May to September. »S. ulmaria multiplex, 
Meadow-sweet, has sweet-scented white flowers, in long 
dense spikes. S.fdipendula wzH/IipZea?, Drop- wort, double 
white. S. lohata is a native, and has fine rose-coloured flowers, 
and blooms in June and July ; these are the finest of the her- 
baceous species, and will grow in any common garden soil. 

Stdtice, Thrift. A genus containing many fine herba- 
ceous plants; only a few of them are common in collections. 
The finest of them are scarce, and said to be " bad to culti- 
vate." (S. vulgaris, once Armeria vulgaris, is a valuable 
plant for an edging, and does well in our climate, flowering 
in great profusion from May to July. When done flower- 
ing, the stems should be cut off*. The foilage is an agreea- 
ble evergreen ; the plant increases rapidly, and in a few years 
may be planted to a great extent. S. specibsa has red flow- 
ers, crowded in spreading panicles. >S. tatdrica has also 
very showy flowers, and is now given to the genus Taxdn- 
thema. S. latifblia and S. maritima are the finest. T. lati- 
fblia and T. conspicua deserve attention. They should be 
lifted every alternate year, and sunk deeper into the soil, be- 
cause they incline to grow out, and are sometimes during 
summer killed by the drought. Hence they are said to be 
"bad to cultivate." »S. aiborea is said to be a splendid 
plant, and is now (1838) selling in England at ten guineas, 
$50 each. 

Trbllius europcBus and T. asidticus are fine border plants, 
with large yellow semi-double flowers ; the petals are much 
cupped, which causes the flowers to have a globular appear- 



March.\ perennials. 47 

ance. They are easily grown in any loamy soil, and flower 
from May to July. Few flowers have the curious globular 
character which these have. 

Veronica, Speed-well. This genus consists of about one 
hundred and twenty species of herbaceous plants, besides se- 
veral varieties. The flowers are in long close spikes, either 
white, flesh-coloured, or blue ; they are generally of the lat- 
ter colour. Above sixty species are equally fine, and being 
generally of the same character, the catalogue at the end of 
this work will contain the best selection that we can make. 
Very few of them are in the collections of the country, al- 
though they are very showy, and flower from May to Au- 
gust. They will grow in any soil, but will not flourish 
where they are much shaded. V. officinalis has been used 
in Germany and Sweden as a substitute for tea. Some pre- 
fer V. chanKRclrys for the same purpose. 

Valermnas. Several species are showy border plants, 
with small flowers in large close flattened panicles. V. dioi- 
ca is remarkable for having the stamens and pistils in sepa- 
rate flowers, situated on different plants ; the flowers are of a 
blush colour. F. phu, a large growing species with white 
flowers, and F. riihra, with its varieties, are the finest of the 
genus. They are now given to Centranthus. They are all 
of easy culture in common garden earth, but preferring 
moist shady situations. In flower from May to September. 

Viola, a genus consisting of upwards of eighty species, of 
low pretty plants, of great diversity of colour and foliage. 
Many of them are natives, and well worth a situation in our 
gardens. They mostly delight in sandy loam, and a little 
shade. A few of the species grown in moist situations. 
The most esteemed varieties for fragrance are, F. odorata 
purpurea plena, double purple, F. odorata alba plena, dou- 
ble white, and the double Napolitan, They flower very ear- 
ly, and make good edgings where they are kept in order ; 
flowering profusely from April to June, and flowering again 
in autumn. 



4S PERENNIALS. [MarcJi. 

Yucca, Adam's-needle. This is a very showy and orna- 
mental genus ; their character forminga picturesque contrast 
in the flower garden ; foliage long, narrow, lanceolate, and 
stiff; with while campanulate flowers, about two inches in 
diameter, in conical spikes from two to four feet long, arising 
from the centre of the plant, containing frequently from two 
to four hundred florets. They are principally native plants. 
Y. stricta is the freest flowerer. Y. superba ; Y. aloifblia ; 
Y. angustifolia, Y. acuminata, Y. serrulata, and Y.JHameri' 
tbsa, are all fine species, and will grow in any common soil. 
When in flower, if protected from the sun by an awning, 
they will be of considerable duration. There are variegated 
varieties of stricta, aloifblia, and Jilamentbsa, which look 
very handsome in foliage, but are at present very rare, and 
it will be a number of years before they are plentiful. There 
ought, at least, to be one specimen of each in every garden. 

Having given the names and characters of a few herba- 
ceous plants, all or most of them easily obtained, many of 
ihem extremely handsome, and such as agree best with trans- 
planting at this season of the year ; for several others, such as 
Pcebnias, or any other strong tuberous or bulbous sorts, see 
October. Where they are in pots, they can be planted at any 
lime, the weather permitting, provided the ball of earth is 
not broken. But where they are only to be removed, the 
best time is just as vegetation commences. That herbacious 
plants may look to the best advantage, and flower well, they 
must not be allowed to get into large stools ; but as soon as 
tliey are above one foot in diameter, they should be divided. 

Very frequently those who perform this operation, take 
the spade, and cut a piece off all round, which, to a degree, 
improves the look of the plant ; but this is only half justice. 
It should be lifted entirely, fresh soil given, or removed a 
few feet, and planted a little deeper than it was before, as 
the plant tends apparently to grow out of the soil when al- 
lowed to stand long. If ihe weather becomes dry shortly 
after transplanting, give them a few waterings, until they 



March.] bulbous roots. 49 

have taken fresh roots, which will be within two weeks. 
Colour should be diversified through the garden as much as 
practicable, and the highest growing sorts planted farthest 
from the walk, so as all may appear in view. At all times 
avoid crowding plants together. 

BULBOUS ROOTS.. 

About the middle of this month, let the covering of tan, 
saw-dast, or decayed leaves, be cleared from the beds of such 
as were directed to be covered in November ; afterwards 
carefully stirring the surface among them with a kind of 
wooden spatula, or wedge, breaking the surface fine ; then 
dress all the alleys smooth and neat with the hoe and rake, 
clearing away every particle of litter. When the leaves of 
Tulips are expanding, they frequently become entangled so 
much, that the force of growth breaks the foliage : if there 
are any appearance of this at any time, they should be set 
right with the hand. In early seasons these roots will be 
far advanced, and perhaps one night of frost, unexpectedly, 
might materially injure them. When there is any suspicion 
of cold weather, hoops should be spanned across the beds, so 
that the necessary mats or canvass could in a few minutes 
be placed over them, to ward off danger. Protect the finest 
sorts from heavy drenching rains, and give them small neat 
rods for support, as they grow up. If the rods and tyings 
are painted green, the effect will be improved. These di- 
rections equally apply to Narcissus, Johnquils, Iris, and all 
Holland Bulbs. 

CARNATIONS, PINKS, PRIMROSES, &c., 

Which have been protected by frames through the winter, 
must have at all favourable opportunities plenty of air ad- 
mitted to them by lifting the sashes, and in fine mild days 
and nights, the sashes may be taken entirely off. Divest 



50 AURICULAS. [March. 

them of all decayed leaves, and stir up the earth on the sur- 
face of the pots ; those that are intended to be planted in the 
garden may be set to one side, while those that are to be 
kept in pots must be more strictly attended to. Of these the 
Pinks and Carnations should be repotted about the first of 
the month. Those that have been kept in four inch pots, 
should be put into pots of seven inches, and those that are 
in five inch pots- may be put into eight inch. Give a gentle 
watering after repotting. Pinks do not require the pots so 
large, but the same treatment in every other respect. Where 
the extremity of the leaves are decayed, cut them off, with 
any other decayed leaves : the pots must be well drained 
with shivers or fine gravel. Give them plenty of air, other- 
wise they will be weak in growth. 

Primroses and Daisies may be planted out in shady situa- 
tions ; the sun destroys them during summer if exposed. 

AURICULAS. 

These beautiful and highly interesting plants are, to a great 
degree, neglected in our collections. It cannot be from want 
of beauty or fragrance that they have not attracted our atten- 
tion, for they are exquisite in both. We are rather inclined 
to think that those who have them do not give them the 
treatment they require yearly to perfect their bloom. They 
should now have the surface earth taken off about half an 
inch down, and fresh soil added, which will cause them to 
put on fresh fibres about the upper part of the roots, and 
greatly increase their growth. The frame in which they are 
placed should now face the east, as the sun will be too strong 
for them ; and about the end of the month turn it to the north. 
The glass of the frame may be white-washed, which will 
partially shade them from the sun, that being their delight. 
Give them water sparingly until they begin to grow, and 
never water them over the foliage previous to flowering, as 
water injures that fine mealy-like substance found on many 



March.] ranunculus and anemone — roses. 51 

of the sorts, and which so greatly improves their beauty. 
Defend them, therefore, from rain and high winds. To have 
them flower strongly, only one flower stem should be al- 
lowed to grow. The first one that shows is generally the 
best. At all events leave the strongest, and cut off all the 
others, or only nip off the flower pips, which answers the 
same end. Never keep the sash off during night, in case it 
rain before morning. 



RANUNCULUS AND ANEMONE. 

The frames of Ranunculus and Anemone must have plenty 
of air, and give frequent sprinklings of water. The sashes 
or shutters should be taken entirely off every mild day, and 
in fine nights leave them exposed to the dew. Stir the earth 
among them, breaking it fine and making all neat and clean. 
They require liberal supplies of water after they begin to 
grow. 

ROSES. 

This is the most favourable month for planting all kinds 
of garden roses, which musi be done as soon as the weather 
opens, and the ground in a proper state. The earlier they 
are planted the more perfect thsy will flower. Never de- 
lay planting when there is an opportunity ; for if delayed 
until the leaves are expanded, the bloom wiil be much weak- 
ened, and the probability is, there will be no flowers, and 
the plants meet with a premature death. It has been said, 
" there is a particular advantage in planting some every ten 
days, even to the middle of May ; for the flowering of them 
may be retarded in this way, and the bloom of these delight- 
ful shrubs continue for a much longer period." One mo- 
ment's reflection will convince us, that nature, while in her 
own element, will not be retarded, suppose there was no 



52 ROSES. [March. 

danger of instantaneous death to the plants. The artificial 
means that might be judiciously adopted, with which we are 
acquainted, to keep back the blooming of hardy plants, is to 
lift them as soon in spring as is practicable, put ihem in 
boxes of earth, and then place them in the driest part of an 
ice-house, until the desired time of planting, which may be 
delayed as long as the required time of flowering. This will 
be found a true method of retarding the flowering of roses 
especially, and not going counter to the rules and principles 
of nature. There are many beautiful varieties of the garden 
rose in cultivation, the names of the finest of which we will 
give in the following catalogue : 

African black, very dark crimson, compact and very double. 
Agreeable violet, large purplish red, expanded and double 

fine. 
Arbre superb, bright rose-colour, large and extremely double. 
Aurora, bright pink, compact and double. 
Belle amabile, fine dark red, large and double. 
Belle hebe, large purplish red, cupped, double and fine. 
Belle rouennaise, a very superb rose, with red centre and 

blush edge. 
Baron de Stael, bright cherry colour, globular, large and 

double. 
Belle Africaine, same as Afi'ican block or African. 
Broomley rose, fine red with blush edge, very compact and 

double. 
Black tuscany, dark crimson, changeable, expanded and 

double. 
Belgic or Dutch Provins,red with very large flowers, cupped 

and extra double. 
Coronation, very brilliant, almost approaching a scarlet, large 
expanded and double. 

. N fine rose, very large, globular 

Cabbage Provins, or f „ j i j . i 

=> ' > pendular, and e.xtremely 

Centifolia of the French, ) double 



March.] ROSES. 53 

Cinder rose, large blush, with pink centre, expanded and 

double. 
Cleliee, rosy blush, expanded, very large and double. 
Delicious, rosy colour, large conapact and double. 
Dingy, clouded purple, reflexed, large and double. 
Eelemensi, rich rose-colour, fine bold petals, cupped and 

double. 
Edinberger, violet purple, very compact and most perfectly 
double. 

ft 

Flanders, vermilion colour, compact and double. 

Fairy parasol, changeable pink, globular and double superb 

Fanny parissot, pale blush, very compact and double. 

Grandis royal, deep pink, large, expanded, and double. 

Globe white hip, beautiful white, globular, and most perfect- 
ly double. 

Giant velvet, light crimson, large and double. 

Helen, light pink, very large cupped and fine. 

Harrisoni,* bright yellow, cupped, small and semi-double. 

Isabella, blush pink, very profuse, cupped and double. 

Imperial blush, delicate blush, expanded, large, and double. 

Juliana, delicate pink, compact and double. 

King of Rome, deep red, very large, compact, and exquisite- 
ly double. 

King of the reds, red, expanded and double. 

King of Mexico, reddish purple, imbricated and very double. 

Leonore, purplish red, very compact, imbricated, and double. 

La Belle Augusta, shaded blush and white, expanded and 
double. 

La folie de carse, red, robust habit, profuse flowering, imbri- 
cated and double. 

Madam Hardy, pure white, large, globular, and exquisitely 
double. 

Margin hip, white with red edge, expanded and semi-double. 

Monkwood, bright rose, imbricated and very double. 

* This Rose with a " Florist's privilege," has been Bold for the yellow 
sweethrier. It is also called Hogg's yellow Rose. 

5* 



54 ROSES. [March, 

Moss rose,* delicate rose, globular and perfectly double. 

blush, pale blush, globular and very double. 

white, old white pale flesh-colour, expanded and double. 

while bath, or Clifton, white moss, fine white cupped 

and double. 

crimson or Damask, very bright rose, expanded and 

double, and very mossy. 

^ This is not properly a moss rose, 

crested moss or i but has a curiously mossy calyx 

crested Provins, f that envelopes the bud — blush, 

J globular and double. 

vieillard or ^ 

T 1 > red, compact, and double 

Luxemburg moss, j ' r ' 

Nonpareil, rosy red, compact and perfectly double. 

Negritina, pink, very compact, imbricated and double. 

Ombre superb, dark crimson, cupped and double. 

Provins cabbage, see Cabbage Provins. 

red, see red Provins. 

white, see ivhite Provins. 
Prince de Joinville, bright rose, large expanded, and finely 

double. 
Proserpine negro, dark red, globular, fine and double. 
Prolific blush, changeable blush, expanded and double. 
Queen of violets, violet colour, compact, cupped, and very 

double. 
Queen of Roses, beautiful rosy purple, imbricated and double. 
Queen Caroline, fine changeable red, cupped and double. 
Royal grandeur, fine dark crimson, expanded and double. 
Royal Portugal, fine pink, very compact, and exquisitely 
double. 

* It has been long questioned, whether the Moss Rose was a distinct spe- 
cies, or merely a seminal variety of the Provins Rose. I perfectly agree 
with the latter opinion — for in June, 1836, I saw in my nursery a plant &f 
the Moss Rose with a large shoot that had sported back to the Provins Rose, 
and entirely destitute of moss on cither shoots or buds. We have no faith 
in black, yellow, and striped Moss Roses ; all we have seen for such, have 
proven false to their character. 



March.] roses. 55 

Royal virgin, blush, expanded, large, and double. 
Sanspareil, vermilion colour, compact, imbricated, and 

double. 
Swiss Rose, large pink, expanded, and profusely double, 
Tuscany, see Black Tuscany. 

Triomphe de Rennes, large crimson, expanded, and double. 
Unique or white Provins, pure white, very large globular, and 

double, superb. 
Unique striped, often is perfectly white, and merely a sport 

from the former. 
Violatum, violet purple, expanded and double. 
Vandal carmine, compact, imbricated, and double. 
White sweelbrier rose, white, large globular, and very 
double.* 

We have mentioned these as the finest we have seen ; but 
among two thousand cultivated varieties of the garden rose, 
there must be many of equal, if not surpassing beauty, of Rosa 
spinosissima, there are above five hundred varieties ; Rosa 
gallica, two hundred ; R. centifolia, one hundred and fifty ; 
R. damascene above one hundred ; R. alba, Mty ; R. ruhigi- 
ndsa, thirty ; and of various sorts above eleven hundred. In 
several individual collections of Europe, there are cultivated 
above fifteen hundred species, sub-species, and varieties. 

When planted, they are too frequently crowded indiscri- 
minately among other shrubs, which prevents them having 
the effect they would have if planted singly or grouped. 
They vary in size in different sorts from one to ten feet. 
When planted in the latter method, they should be assimi- 
lated in size of leaves and manner of growth, with the great- 
est variation of flower; or if planted in small patches, each 
distinct in colour, will have a very picturesque effect. Ano- 
ther desirable and fanciful method, is I'o plant them in 

* There is also a double red Sweetbrier ; but these two roses have very 
little affinity to the Sweetbrier or Eglantine. 



56 ROSES. [March. 

figures, with edgings of wire, willow, or any other sub- 
sliiule, in imitation of basket work, which is called " bas- 
kets of roses ;" the ground enclosed in the basket margin 
to be made convex, which will present a greater surface 
to the eye ; the strong shoots to be layered, or kept down by 
pegs in the ground, having the points of the shoots only to 
appear above the soil, which should be covered with moss. 
With this treatment, in a few years the whole surface of the 
basket will be covered with rose buds and leaves, of one or 
various sorts. If two or three of the larger growing sorts 
are taken, such as Moss or Frovins, they may be trained so 
as to cover a surface of several square yards. 

A modern invention in the cultivation of the rose is, to 
grow them in shape of trees, by budding on strong growing 
kinds at different heights from the ground, according to lasle, 
and the purposes intended. If budded on Rosa Cdnina, or 
Dog Rose, they are much more valuable : it is a lasting and 
strong growing stock, and the worst of all stocks is the Bour- 
salt rose, and it is loo frequently resorted to, being easy of 
propagation. They will form in a few years handsome 
round heads, which will flower more freely than by layers, 
or trained on their own stalk. They are particularly desira- 
ble among low shrubs. When planted, they should be 
well supported by strong rods, to prevent the wind from de- 
stroying them. If any of the roots have been bruised in 
lifting, cut off the bruised part with the knife, and likewise 
shorten the young shoots ; breaking the earth well about 
their roots when planting. The rose has been an esteemed 
shrub among all civilized nations. The flowers are double, 
semi-double, and single ; the colours are pink, red, purple, 
white, yellow, and striped, with almost every shade and 
mixture ; the odour universally grateful. This plant is culti- 
vated in every garden, from the humblest cottager to the 
loftiest prince, and by commercial gardeners in Europe ex- 
tensively, for distilling rose water, and making the essential 
oil of roses. They delight in a rich loamy soil, and require 



March.] climbing roses, 57 

plenty of moisture while in a growing state. Those sorts 
which throw up numerous suckers should be lifted every 
three or four years, reduced, and then transplanted. When 
thus removing them, avoid as much as possible exposing 
their roots ; and when newly planted, mulching is of consi- 
derable advantage ; that is, putting half rotten stable-manure 
on the surface of the ground round their roots, which pre- 
vents evaporation, and keeps up a constant moisture. If 
this were done in general to our roses in dry seasons, it would 
greatly improve their flowering. For Chinese and other 
roses, see next month. 

CLIMBING ROSES. 

This is the best time to prune ever-blooming climbing 
roses, such as Cha7npney, Noisette, &ic. Many of these, when 
allowed to grow year after year without pruning, become 
unsightly : they never bear flowers on the old wood, that is, 
wood of three or four years. Having a tendency to throw 
out young shoots from the bottom of the stem, the old wood 
should be cut out, thus encouraging the young wood, which 
the second year bears the most and finest flowers. In severe 
winters, the extremities of the shoots are frequently killed, 
and we have often seen all the wood black or brown, and 
apparently dead. When that is the case, it is best to leave 
it until they begin to grow, which will show what is dead 
or alive, when they can be pruned to better advantage. 



DECIDUOUS ORNAMENTAL FLOWERING SHRUBS. 

The earlier the planting of these shrubs is attended to in 
this month, the more will their growth and flowering be 
promoted, having all finished before the buds begin to ex- 
pand. (For kinds recommended, see list, end of the volume.) 
They should never be planted too thick, but leave space for 



53 GRASS PLATS AND WALKS. \March. 

ihem to grow as they respectively require, and according as 
they are designed for open or close shrubberies, clumps, or 
thickets. Have all in readiness, that it may be done with as 
much expedition as possible, to prevent their roots from 
being dried by the sun and wind in time of planting. Make 
the holes intended for their reception round, capacious, and 
deep enough to hold their roots, without confining them in 
the least, and loosen well the bottom, putting new and fresh 
soil under their roots, breaking and pulverizing it during the 
operation, and frequently shaking the plant as you progress 
in filling up. When done, make all firm with the foot, 
leaving a circular cavity to hold the water they will require 
during dry weather. Give rods, and tie with bands all that 
need that support before they are left, lest they should be 
neglected. Cut off any of the bruised roots or irregular 
growths of the branches. 

GRASS PLATS AND WALKS. 

Rake and sweep off from these all litter and worm-cast 
earth, and give an occasional rolling to settle the ground, and 
render the surface smooth, where the scythe is to be used. 
The grass will likewise grow better by rolling it where the 
frost has partially thrown it out, and add greatly to its beauty. 
Cut the edgings with an edging iron or spade, so that the 
whole will have a finished appearance. If any new turf is 
required to be laid down, this is a very good lime to do it, 
before vegetation is strong ; as the turf that is now laid will 
have taken root before the dry season commences. Where 
a great extent is to be done, sowing might be adopted ; but 
it will not have the effect of turf under three years, and 
during that time must be carefully cut, after the first season, 
every three weeks, while growing, nor must it be too fre- 
quently walked upon. White clover and true perennial rye- 
grass are the seeds most proper for sowing. The ground 
must, in the first place, be all equally made up, and levelled 



March.] grass plats and walks. 59 

with the spade and rake ; not " cart loads of soil laid down 
and levelled," which would finally become very uneven, and 
would need to be lifted and relaid next year. The best turf 
is that of a close-growing pasture or common, free from all 
kinds of weeds or strong roots, and the grass short. To cut 
it expeditiously, be provided with a turfing-iron ; but if that 
cannot be conveniently had, a spade may do very well. 
Strain a line tight, cutting the turf lengthwise, at equal dis- 
tances, from twelve to eighteen inches. Next draw the line 
across, cutting from one and a half to two feet ; then cut them 
up with the spade, about one and a half inch thick. In lay- 
ing, join them close and alternately : when done, beat them 
firm with a level wooden beater, and roll with a heavy 
roller. 

Grass walks, in the last century, were very popular ; but 
lime having put them to the test, they are found unfit for 
walking upon or using in any manner, almost for one-half of 
the year ; therefore not answering the purposes intended. 
They require great attention to keep them in order ; and if 
not always neat and clean, they are a disagreeable object in 
a garden ; but when they are well dressed, their effect is very 
enlivening. Where they are desired, prepare the ground as 
above directed ; making the walk a little higher than the ad- 
joining borders, to prevent the earth from being washed on 
it by the rain. Allowing the walks to be six feet wide, 
make the centre five inches higher than the sides, or about 
seven-eights of an inch to the foot whatever the breadth may 
be, which will form a gentle declivity to throw off the rain. 
When laid, beat and roll it well ; cutting the edge neat and 
even. Water frequently if the weather sets in dry. To 
keep grass walks or plats in order, they should be mown 
once every three or four weeks from May to September, and 
the grass each time swept clean off. When the grass is al- 
lowed to get long before being cut, the roots become tender ; 
and die when exposed to the sun ; at last the grass is all in 
spots, and in another year requires to be relaid. 



60 GRAVEL WALKS. OF GRAFTING, [March, 



GRAVEL WALKS. 

A practice once existed of turning these into heaps or 
ridges during winter to destroy weeds, &;c. But this has 
ahnost been given up as unnecessary, unsightly, inconve- 
nient, and not doing any material service. 

Where the surface of these has become foul, irregular, or 
mossy, they had better be turned over four or five inches 
deep where the gravel will admit of it; but if not, hoe and 
rake them perfectly clean, give a new coat of gravel, and 
pick up any stones that youlhink too large ; then give them 
a good rolling, applying it frequently after showers of rain. 
When they are well attended to just now, they will look 
well all the season ; but if neglected, they take more labour, 
and are never in such good condition. 

Fancy edgings of Thyme, Thrift, Gentiana, Lavender, and 
Violets — {Daisies may be used if the situation is shaded.) 
The whole of these may be planted by the line with the dib- 
ber except Thyme, which lay'as directed for Box. See this 
month, under that head. Any time in this or beginning of 
next month will answer to make edgings of these ; and if 
dry weather occurs before they begin to grow after planting, 
they must have frequent waterings until ihey have taken 
fresh root. Thyme requires to be dressed twice during the 
season to keep it in order, 

OF GRAFTING. 

There are four methods of grafting. It can be applied to 
all kinds of shrubbery, choosing a common species from the 
same genus that the sort belongs to, which is intended to be 
multiplied. The one w^e will describe is wlap or tongue 
graftins:, which is the preferable and most expeditious plan 
with all deciduous shrubs or trees. The stock upon which 
it is performed must be slender, from two-thirds of an inch to 



April.] OF GRAFTING. 61 

any diameter suitable to the thickness of the graft. Having 
headed the stock at a clear snnoolh part, slope it on one side 
with a sharp knife at a very acute angle, make a slit on the 
lower side of the slope about an inch downward, to receive 
the tongue or wedge of the graft or scion. Secondly, having 
the prepared scions cut into lengths of 3, 4, or 5 eyes, take 
one which matches the stock in size, and slope the bottom of 
it so as to fit the stock, that the rinds of both may correspond 
exactly, especially on one side and at bottom ; make also a 
slit upward in the graft, like that in the slope of the stock, 
so as the one may be inserted in the other as evenly and 
completely as possible. Let the graft be carefully held in 
its due position, while a bandage is applied. Take strands 
of Russian mat, and bind them in a neat manner several 
times round the stock and graft. Lastly, cover the joint 
with well-worked clay, coat from half an inch below the 
bottom of the graft to an inch above the top of the stock, and 
to the thickness of half an inch all round, finish it in an ob- 
long globular form, taking care to work it close, that no air 
may penetrate. If the clay is covered with moss, it will 
partially prevent it from cracking. 

The grafts will have taken when they begin to grow free- 
ly : then the clay may be broken off, and the bandage loosened, 
and put on again, but not so tight as formerly; give the grafts 
a stake for support, tying them thereto to prevent accidents 
from the wind. Allow no shoots to arise from the stock. 



APRIL. 



The ambition of every amateur and gardener during this 
month is, to be at the head of every department and over 
every spot. The operator's activity, in this month, almost 
regulates the whole season. Every weed ought to be cut 



62 ANNUALS. [April. 

down as soon as it appears, and the proverbial saying will be 
realized, " A garden that is well kept is easily kept ;" one 
hour of laborious industry now will save two in the heat 
of summer. A wet day need cause no loss of lime : prepare 
rods, bands, and tallies, to be in readiness when required. 
Many in the height of bustle, never finish properly as they 
proceed, which is the worst of practices. Every operation 
ought to be completely and properly finished before another 
is taken in hand, which will ultimately prove the quickest 
and best method to work upon. 

Let digging, hoeing, and raking, be done as expeditiously 
as strength will allow, that the time may be devoted, for a 
few weeks, to the beautifying of the garden and parterre, by 
sowing and planting. 

ANNUALS. 

Those that are tender and were sown last month, accord- 
ing to directions, will be ready to prick out into another 
glass frame. Keep them a few inches apart to let the air 
circulate. Give them frequent sprinklings with water, and 
shade them with a mat for a few days until they have taken 
fresh root ; then give them plenty of air, and by the first of 
next month, expose them night and day, to harden the plants 
for the open ground. A few of the annual seeds of every 
description, and of every country and climate, may be sown 
any time after the middle of the month. If the season prove 
favourable, they will do well ; but reserving a part to sow 
about the 15th of May, will guard against every extreme. 



BIENNIALS AND PERENNIALS. 

Any biennials that are intended to be removed, and not 
done last month, must not be delayed longer. The roots of 
many of them will be very strong, and, if possible, a cloudy 



April.] HYBRID CHINESE ROSES. 63 

day should be chosen for ihe operation. Give one or two 
copious waterings, and, if necessary, shade them from the 
sun till they begin to grow. 

Perennials. — For a limited description of several genera 
and species, see last month. Where dividing the root or 
replanting is required, let it be done forthwith. If the wea- 
ther is dry, they must be carefully watered and shaded for 
a few days. 

ROSES. 

The subject of garden Roses was touched upon last month, 
as far as our limits would admit. We will now give short 
descriptions of the other varieties of Roses that are of more 
delicate character — and, for distinction and perspicuity, we 
will give them under the various divisions to which they 
belong. 

HYBRID CHINESE ROSES. 

All the varieties of this fine division of Roses owe 
their origin to the Chinese tea-scented, Noisette and Bour- 
bon Roses impregnated with the French Provins, and other 
garden Roses. The seeds of such fertilized flowers pro- 
duce hybrid Chinese Roses. These have, in many instances, 
resulted from accident ; but latterly, from the regular impreg- 
nating process. The superb varieties of this fine division 
give a combination of all that is grand and beautiful in roses. 
Their flowers are of the most elegant forms and richest co- 
lours ; their foliage of great luxuriance, and their branches 
flexile and vigorous. They are of first rate importance for 
covering pillars and trellises, their shoots frequently grow- 
ing from six to ten feet in one season : these shoots may be 
thinned out year after year, but never shortened. They re- 
quire very rich soil, and do best on their own bottom, except 
elegans, Bezzare de le Chine, Wellington, and other dwarf 
growing sorts, which do well as standards. If they only 



64 HYBRID cHiNEsii: ROSES. [April. 

possessed the property of ever-hlooming, they would be de- 
cidedly the finest division of the tribe ; however, their ge- 
neral beauty and richness of colour greatly make up for 
the deficiency. Many of them are also delightfully fragrant. 
The following are select sorts : 

Adele ancelin, delicate pink, perfect shape, and gobular 

form. 
Beauty of Billiard, or Docteur Billiard, of the French, nearly 
scarlet, glowing and beautiful, large, expanded and 
extremely double. 
Beaute ethereal, fine purple, margined with crimson, per- 
fectly imbricated, and a most beautiful rose ; it is also 
known as Bonne Genevieve. 
Bizzare de la Chine, brilliant crimson, superb form, profuse 

in flower, and perfectly double. 
Bouquet blanc, white expanded, large and very double. 
Brennus or Brutus, of some French collections, vivid red or 
nearly scarlet, and as a pillar rose is one of the 
fi.nest objects I have ever witnessed ; flowers ex- 
tremely large, and of the most exquisite form, 
cupped, and perfectly double. 
Catel, dark crimson, globular shape and very double. 
Duke of Devonshire, rosy lilac, faintly striped with white, 

imbricated and perfect in its shape. 
Due de Choiseul, pink, blush, and rose, perfect form, and 

makes a fine standard rose. 
Elegans, light red, of slender growth, globular, and very 

profuse of flower. 
Fulgens or Malton, unique in brilliancy, approaching bright 
scarlet, with large globular flowers, and of vigorous 
growth, and foliage finely tinted with red. 
General Lamarque, very dark crimson, of luxuriant growth, 
and very distinct. 



April.] HYBRID CHINESE ROSES. 65 

George the Fourth (Riveis's,) most beautiful crimson, very- 
large and exquisitely double, and of globular form. 
If in good rich soil, the shoots will grow eight feet 
in one season ; foliage of a shining dark reddish 
green, and is unquestionably one of the finest of the 
family. 
Georgiana, deep pink, cupped, large and finely double, 
L' Astrolabe, pale rose, expanded, large, and profuse, in 

bloom. 
Lady Stuart, flesh colour, the form of the flowers before ex- 
pansion is perfectly spherical, and of exceeding beauty. 
La Grandeur, bright rose, exceedingly regular, and of very 

perfect form. 
Parny or La tourterelle, lilac or dove colour, cupped and very 
double, requires to grow to a large bush before its 
beauty of form and profusion of bloom can be seen. 
Princess, delicate rose, globular and perfectly double, and 
makes an excellent standard of itself, not being very 
subject to make shoots from the root. 
Pallagi, Ne plus ultra, or Gloire des hybrids, brilliant red, 

globular, showy, and perfectly double. 
Petales franges, dark crimson, with curiously fringed pe- 
tals. 
Rachel, rose and lilac, very large, superb and double. 
Triomphe de Laffay, rosy white, large and very beautiful. 
Violet Sans aiguillons, dark violet, large, very globular and of 

superb form. 

Watts' Celestial, Celestial, Wells' Cabbage China, Flora 

perfecta, &c., (it is known under all these names,) 

delicate rose, petals finely cupped, flower rather flat, 

is a free grower, and very profuse of bloom. 

Wellington, (Lee's,) rich purple crimson, flower beautifully 

formed, globular and very double. The first 

view of it is similar to Bizzare de la Chine ; but 

it is very distinct in growth, and the colour 



66 HYBRID CHINESE ROSES. [April, 

fades much sooner than in the latter rose, and, 

indeed, is never so bright. 
William the Fourth, blush red, extremely large, very per- 
fect form, and is unquestionably a hybrid from the 
Cabbage Provins, and makes an excellent standard 
or tree rose. 

HYBRID ROSES THAT ARE STRIPED, SPOTTED, OR MARBLED; 

Abbe Berlese, beautiful crimson, spotted with violet, and of 

the most perfect form. 
Camaieu, delicate rose, with lilac stripes, large and double. 
Ehsa le mesle, white, faintly striped, expanded, and very 

double. 
Ijycons,quite wew, dark rose, beautifully spotted and pounced, 

large,, and of exquisite form. 
Madame Campan, delicate rose, with darker shades, very 

large, globular and double. 
Prince de Chimay, entirely new, crimson purple, beautiful 
marbled, with rose, large and very perfect ; it is at a 
very high price. 
Sandeur, Sandeur Panachee of the French, and King of Hy- 
brids of the English, bright rose-colour, beautifully 
spotted and striped with white, very double, and of 
perfect form — luxuriant in growth, and the shoots 
must never be shortened — we have seen it two 
years in perfect bloom. 
Village Maid, rose, striped with white, very compact and 
double, and makes a fine standard. This rose is a 
French hybrid of their Cent-feuilles ; but has been 
brought to notice under an English name, a system 
too much practised by the English growers, to keep 
from their brother-craft the original and genuine 
French name of the article ; and toe find that this 
system is occasionally attempted by our American 
brethren. Shame ! 



AjjriL] PERPETUAL ROSES. 67 



PERPETUAL ROSES. 

This division of Roses has been brought to notice but very 
recently in this country, and even in Europe was not known 
till about 1817, except in the red and white four season's 
roses, which have, no doubt, contributed a large portion of 
their " Sweet assistance ;" for in many of them the powerful 
and agreeable fragrance of these two old roses is very evi- 
dent. Unfortunately, there are two-thirds of these roses 
received both from France and England under the head of 
Perpetuals, which only bloom once in our arid and hot cli- 
mate ; of course they will not make a second or third bloom- 
ing, unless they, at the same time, grow freely and make 
strong shoots ; consequently, they require very rich and deep 
soil strongly manured, and repeated manurings given every 
year, also, very frequent waterings during the summer sea- 
son with liquid manure : without such nourishment, the best 
of perpetual roses will only flower but once a year. It is a 
peculiar feature in this tribe of roses, that they are nearly all 
reluctant in rooting from layers, therefore, it will be difficult 
to procure them on their own bottoms. However, they grow 
admirably, grafted on, or budded into, any of our strong- 
growing native roses ; although the French Eglantine is most 
generally preferred. When grown in a luxuriant and well 
cultivated state, they require twice pruning. First, in No- 
vember, when the beds are dressed, cut off every shoot of 
the preceding summer's growth about two-thirds, and if they 
are crowded, displace some of them entirely. If this au- 
tumnal pruning be properly attended to, they will early in 
the following June throw out a great number of luxuriant 
shoots, each having one or more flowers. When a httle sa- 
crifice must be made to have a fine autumnal bloom, there- 
fore, leave only about half the number of shoots to bring 
forth flowers, the remainder shorten to less than half their 
lengths. Each shortened branch will soon put forth buds, 



68 PERPETUAL ROSES. [April. 

and in July and August the plaats will again be covered 
with flowers. Our fine growing fall months will greatly assist 
the plants without farther aid in bringing forth their third 
blooming, which will be in September and October ; and 
Rose du Roi will even continue in mild seasons to bloom till 
November. It is necessary, at all times, as soon as the flower 
begins to fade, to cut it off, which greatly assists the vigour 
of the plants. Although in colour many of them approxi- 
mate each other, yet the following sorts will prove sufficient- 
ly distinct : 

Antinous, light crimson, beautifully formed, and perfectly 

double, scarce and valuable. 
Belle faber, dark rose, very large and double. 
Billiard, rose-colour, very neat form, exceedingly sweet and 

perfectly double. 
D' Angers, delicate rose, large size, compact and double. 
D'Esquermes, bright rose, globular shape and double. 
Du Roi, or Lees crimson pertetual, bright red, cupped shape, 
perfectly double, and exquisitely scented : in warm 
dry weather, this rose is apt to become much lighter 
in colour. It is still admitted by cultivators, that 
this rose is yet the king of perpetuals. I cut a 
bunch of beautiful flowers from it in the open ground, 
on the 5th of November. 
Gloire de France, De Neuilly, Neumann, Dauhreal, and 
Monthly Cabbage, fine bright rose, cupped, large and 
double. This rose attracts universal attention for 
its delicate and peculiarly grateful fragrance, and the 
immense clusters of its flowers. In June it does not 
bloom well, unless highly supplied with food ; but in 
the autumn it is most profusely covered with flow- 
ers ; the buds ought to be sheltered from heavy rains, 
as wetness causes them to decay before opening. It 
has considerable resemblance to the hybrid Bourbon 
roses, and, like many good roses, has too many names^. 



April.] GRAFTING ROSES. 69 

Grande et Belle, or Monstreuse rose, very large, cupped, and 

perfectly double. 
Jean Hachette, (of the English,) delicate blush, extremely 

large, cupped, and extra double. 
Pulcherie, dark purple, compact and double — pretty. 
Panache de Girardon, or striped king qfperpetuals, fine rose, 
frequently striped with white, very unique ; but is 
certainly not a true perpetual. 
Queen of Perpetuals, or Palotte picotee, pale blush, cupped, 

and perfectly double. 
Stanwell, perpetual blush, expanded and very double ; it has 
much the habit of a Scotch Rose : when budded it 
is a constant and free bloomer. 
Four season's pale rose, cupped and double. 
White four seasons, nearly white, expanded and double ; 

but rarely blooms oftener than once in the season. 
Perpetual white moss, white, blooms in large clusters, and, 
when in bud, is very handsome ; but the flower of 
itself is miserably indifferent, and, moreover, it is 
not a true perpetual. It is one of those floricut- 
tural misno7ners expressing what the public would 
wish it to be, and not what it actually is. 



GRAFTING ROSES. 

The operation of grafting, from the pithy nature of the 
stems of the rose, is more troublesome and seldom succeeds 
so well as budding, though when the buds inserted the pre- 
vious summer fail., it is worth while to have recourse to graft- 
ing, which may succeed, and thus make up for the failure. 
The cleft grafting is much practised, especially on the conti- 
nent of Europe, and is the most successful method. It is ne- 
cessary that the scion, (or young shoot that is intended to be 
multiplied,) should be cut from the bush before vegetation 
commences, and placed in some shaded situation till the time 



70 l'isle de bourbon roses. [April. 

of operation, which will be after the buds begin to swell on 
the stock, when the head of the stock may be cut horizon- 
tally to its desired height, and a slit made in its crown down- 
ward one and a half or two inches. The scion should be cut 
into lengths of two and a half or three inches, and then cut- 
ting its lower end into a wedge-like shape, inserting it into 
the slit of the stock, keeping the back of the stock and scion 
in contact, which must be held firmly and bound with liga- 
tures of soft bast-mat or worsted, and, in order to render it 
water-proof, cover it with a paste made of pitch and bees-wax, 
or clay mixed with old slacked lime ; if the latter is used, it 
will sometimes crack, which must be carefully filled up. In 
August or September the ligatures may be cut on one side, 
allowing the clay or wax to be displaced with the natural 
growth of the plant. Should the graft fail, you have still the 
resource of budding in August on the young shoots that 
will grow from the stock. It must be observed that grafting 
leaves a worse wound to heal over than budding, unless the 
stock and scion be nearly of the same size. Every bud 
which appears below the graft should be carefully rubbed off, 
except one or two nearest the crown, to encourage the sap 
upward to the grafts, and as soon as the latter begin to throw 
out leaves, the shoots from the stock should be shortened, 
and in one or two weeks more entirely taken off, if the scion 
has fairly grown. For whip grafting, see page 60. 



L'ISLE DE BOURBON ROSES. 

This group of Roses is decidedly the finest, and in a few 
years will be the most popular of the whole family of the 
" Queen of Flowers." They are generally perfectly hardy, 
of luxuriant growth, and will grow almost in any soil. They 
are profuse in blooming, and many of them delightful in fra- 
grance, from June to October. They are flowering orna- 
ments of the garden either as standards, climbers, or bashes ; 



April] ROSA iNDicA, &c. 71 

their foilage is large, exuberant, and agreeable, and when the 
plants are established and well nurtured, they produce their 
flowers in immense clusters. As yet there are but few va- 
rieties ; but the talent and ingenuity of the French in rose 
culture and reproduction, will soon give the floral world a 
rich supply of some fine varieties, and Tazny finer names. I 
can cheerfully recommend the following sorts, which require 
pruning similar to hybrid Roses : 

Augustine Lelieur, bright rose, beautifully globular, and per- 
fectly double. 
Faustine, hlanc came, silvery blush, very perfect and double, 

does best as a standard. 
General Dubourg, pale rose, globular, large and very double. 
Hermosa, bright rose, most perfect cupped form, a profuse 
bloomer, and highly esteemed. During the sum- 
mer months it loses much of its colour ; but in 
autumn it is truly charming. 
Madame Desprez, dark rose, globular, and perfectly double, 
blooms in large clusters, and approaches more the 
Noisette tribe than any other of the Bourbon Roses. 
Marechal De Villars, bright purple, compact and perfectly 

double : it is a most beautiful variety. 
Philippar, bright rose, compact and perfectly double, of very 
luxuriant habit, and, when well established, a great 
bloomer. 

ROSA INDICA OR (BENGAL OF THE FRENCH) CHINESE 
EVER-BLOOMING ROSES. 

Perhaps no Rose has been so universally distributed and 
industriously cultivated as Rosa indica, (common Chinese or 
daily Rose,) and Rosa Seraperflorens, (crimson or sanguinea 
Rose.) It has been a favourite from the cottage to the man- 
sion, and is truly a floral pioneer. They will almost with- 
stand every vicissitude of treatment ; but will not well sur- 



72 ROSA ismcA, &c. [April, 

vive the winters in the open air, north of this latitude, and 
even here they require some simple protection with straw, 
mats, litter, or other dry material during winter. 

The extensive demand for roses has induced many large 
importations, and sonr.e superb additions within these few 
^ears ; and many of those thought fine in the first edition of 
this work, are now entirely discarded, giving place to others 
of surpassing beauty. The}^ require a very rich loamy soil, 
well pulverized, and from fifteen to twenty inches in depth. 
The best season of the year for pruning them is about the 
first of this month. In doing so it is not advisable to shorten 
any of the young shoots, except in cutting off the injured 
parts, that being the wood most productive of bloom ; but 
where there is old stinted wood, it should be cut out as close 
to the surface of the ground as the other parts of the bush 
will permit, with any other of the oldest wood that is too 
crowded. Dig every season in among their roots a good 
supply of v^ell decomposed manure, and stir and hoe them 
frequently during the summer. 

If I were to describe all I have seen of the China or Ben- 
gal Rose, half of this volume would not contain them, and 
three-fourths of them would not be worth a sight or even a 
name ; nevertheless, some of them are beautifully distinct 
and worthy of the utmost care. Such are 
Animated, fine blush, cupped and double, is of strong growth, 

and abundant in bloom, faintly scented. 
Arsenic delicate rose, of large size, perfectly double, a strong 

grower, and profuse bloomer. 
Bengal Triomphant, La Superbe, Grande et Belle. This 
like many fine roses, has its several names, but the 
former is the name under which I first knew it. It 
is a strong grower, with very large well-formed 
flowers of a rich purple crimson, which are extreme- 
ly double, and always open well. 
Beau carmine, dark crimson of a very distinct habit and co- 
lour, is an excellent bloomer and finely formed. 



April.] ROSA iNDicA, <kc. 73 

Bell chionese, bright red, with irregular cupped flowers, is a 

free bloomer, and one of our oldest roses. 
Belle de Monza, changeable from pink to crimson, a very 
compact and large flower, a rapid grower, and a gene- 
ral favourite of long standing. 
Belle Isidore is also a changeable rose ; it will open a light 
pink colour, and before evening will be a rich crimson, 
is a regular and very double large rose, of strong growth 
and easy culture, and when known will be generally 
cultivated, 
Bisson a odeur d'anisette, delicate rose, very perfect and 

double, and has a very peculiar odour. 
Cels, or Bengal Cels, flesh colour, of the most perfect form, 
extremely double and always opens perfect, is a very 
profuse bloomer, and of a strong growing habit ; it has 
much the appearance of a superb tea rose. 
Clintonia,* light rose, compact, globular, and perfectly dou- 
ble. 
Couronne des pourpres, Purple crown, bright crimson, cup- 
ped, and perfectly double, superb. 
Cramoise superienr and cramoweeiZowmawfe are much alike 

both rich and dark crimson, cupped, and double 

doubt, they are one and the same. 
Duchess of Kent, delicate pink, a perfect flower of a globular 

form, and free bloom. 
Fabvier, nearly bright scarlet — a beauty of globular shape 
and perfect form, very distinct, but of delicate 
habit. 
Gigantea, rosy lilac, sometimes changing to light crimson 
a very double rose, cupped, a good size, and free 
grower. 
Grandval, Bell hermit, Montezuma, and Speciosa, all these 
names has this rose been grown under — crimson, 
expanded and double. The great fault of this fine 

* Those marked thus, * were grown from seed by the late Mr. Hibbert. 

7 



74 ROSA INDICA, &C. [ApuL 

rose is, its seldom blooming perfectly. Duchesse 
de Berri is very similar to it, and has the same 
fault. 
Hamilton, or old monthly, rosy lilac, large and double. 
*Hibbertia, deep pink, very compact, and perfectly double, 

and is a little fragrant. 
Hortensia, flesh colour, very double, and an excellent rose. 
Indica or common daily, dark blush or rose colour — it is the 
prototype of the family, and is a free growing and 
profuse blooming plant, and can withstand every va- 
riety of treatment. The flower is about three inches 
in diameter ; and in our descriptions, where the word 
large is used, it signifies that the flower is larger than 
the present variety, and very large means still larger, 
say four inches ; extremely large, between four and 
five inches. We have even seen roses in favourable 
soils and cloudy weather six inches in diameter, and 
would not be alarmed to see a hybrid Rose twenty- 
one inches in circumference. 
Indica alba, white daily or sarmeteuse of some, pure white, 
perfectly double, free growing, and profuse in flow- 
ering; it is much more tender than ihe former, but 
does tolerably well when protected during winter. 
In the southern states it is a great and growing fa- 
vourite. Thousands of this rose have been grown 
and sold in Philadelphia within these five years. 
Indica minor var. Lawrencia flore pleno, delicate rose, a per- 
fect rose in perfect miniature. 
*Jacksonia,t hundred leaved daily, or crimson daily, bright 
red, large and most perfectly double, of luxu- 
riant growth, and more prickly (spines) than 
any other rose of the sort we have seen. 
La Etna, bright light crimson, very double, globular, and 
very distinct, is of « strong growing habit. 

t In •compliment to Ex-President Jackson. 



April.] ROSA iNDicA, &c. 75 

La reguliere, light crimson, globular, very compact, and of 

excellent habits. 
La tenderese, bright rose, double, of free growth, and a pro- 
fuse bloomer. 
LaVictoire, The Victory, bright red, requires a very rich soil, 
and it will grow and bloom in a most elegant 
manner, exhibiting its beautiful flowers to great 
advantage. 
Louis Philippe, dark crimson, very compact, globular, and 

extremely double. 
Mazoratti, bright red, very double and perfect, partakes of 

the habit of the Sanguinea Rose. 
Queen of Lorabardy, Reine de Lombardie, brilliant cherry 
red, cupped, perfectly double, a strong grower, and 
will be a great favourite — superb. 
Resplendent, dark crimson, but too much like Rosa semper- 

florens, to be cultivated together. 
Semperflorens, Crimson Chinese or Sanguinea, the type of 
all the scarlet and crimson varieties of this 
division ; it is perfectly double, of a rich crim- 
son colour, and is everywhere cultivated, and 
will not be easily displaced from the window 
of the cottage, or the veranda of the palace. 
Triomph de grande, rose and lilac shaded, a finely cupped 
rose, very large and double — is a strong grower 
and an abundant bloomer. 
Vinella, very dark crimson, and blooms best in hot weather. 
Washington,! crimson, with white, at the bottom of the pe- 
tals, cupped and double, the foliage is pale 
green, with red nerves ; it is a distinct variety* 
grows well, and blooms freely. 
*Websteria,|: rich blush with pink centre, very compact and 



t Originated on the substantial establishment of D. & C. Landrotbu 
$ Named in compliment to the Hon. D. Webster, 



76 ROSA ODORATA OR TEA ROSE. [Apn7. 

perfectly double, plant of free growth and pro- 
fuse in bloom. 



ROSA ODORATA OR TEA ROSE. 

The original Rosa odorata or tea rose, has been and will 
be a lasting favourite. It is supposed to have been imported 
from China so late as 1810, and is the leading parent of all 
the fine varieties we now possess. As this very popular and 
interesting group of Roses require more care in their culture 
than any yet described, I will endeavour to give the most 
explicit directions I am able, so as to ensure, at least, a 
great chance of success. They delight to grow in a rich soil 
with a dry bottom, and in rather an elevated situation, and a 
southern aspect. Select a spot of the dimensions requisite 
for the quantity of plants to be planted, and dig therefrom 
soil to the depth of at least eighteen inches ; six inches of the 
bottom may be filled with pieces of bricks, stone, or lime — 
rubbish of any sort ; on this, place a layer of compost, (at 
least fifteen inches thick, to allow for its settling,) half turf, 
or good garden mould, and half well rotted manure, with 
about an eighth of sand, all completely mixed together. A few 
weeks after the bed is thus prepared — say about the first of 
May, the roses may be planted about two feet apart. In 
this latitude, during the severity of winter, they should be 
protected by a temporary frame : if covered with glass, so 
much the better ; but boards will serve where glass frames 
are not at hand. With this treatment they will never re- 
ceive the least injury from our severest winters, and they 
will bloom in the greatest perfection the whole season. The 
only pruning they require is, merely to remove any old 
shoots to give room for those of younger growth, and to oc- 
casionally shorten any of extra length. However, where 
there are only solitary plants, they will do very well co- 
vered with branches of cedar, or a box or barrel perforated 



April.] ROSA ODORATA OR TEA ROSE. 77 

in several places to allow the moisture to evaporate. Those 
that are grafted or budded, will not generally stand the win- 
ters of our eastern or middle states, and should be lifted and 
put in a back shed, or tied close to the ground and covered, 
with earth. About the first of the month they can be raised 
up and pruned of any dead or superfluous wood, when they 
will bloom nearly as perfect as those that have received finer 
treatment. In the southern states they enjoy the great lux- 
ury of this rose in its utmost perfection ; there they grow in 
" wild luxuriance," displaying their varied beauties, and per- 
fuming the air with their delightful fragrance. Every flow- 
er garden in mild latitudes, should have a full and perfect 
collection of such " pleasing flowers." Among the many 
distinct varieties known to be worth culture, are 

Arkinto, flesh colour, very double, large and perfect. 
Aurore or Belle aurore, delicate straw colour, changing to 
blush, perfectly double, and profuse in bloom and 
growth. 
Belle Marguerite, Countess of Albemarle^of the English,{dind 
even a spurious rose of the latter name has been intro- 
duced to our collections) — pale rose, changing to dark 
pink in the centre, large and extremely double. 
Bon Silene, cherry red, shaded with blush, very large, beau- 
tifully cupped petals, and perfectly double ; is of strong 
growth and finely scented ; is a new and very scarce 
rose ; even in France it is but in a few collections. 
Bourbon, white with greenish white centre, a very double 
rose, free in growing and profuse in flowering, and 
is generally known. 
Clara Sylvain, pure white, most perfectly double, a strong; 
grower, and abundant in bloom, very sweet and high- 
ly esteemed, qtiite new. 
Clarisse, blush, dehcate form and very double. 
Coccinea, curled pet'' tea and crimson tea, all one and the, 

7* 



78 nOSA ODORATA OR TEA ROSE. [April- 

same — crimson, globular, and double ; is finely 
scented, but of delicate habit. 
Due de Orleans, bright rose, large, globular, and finely dou- 
ble. 
Flavescens, lutea or yellow tea, pale straw colour, cupped 
petals, very large, and though only semi- double, 
has not a rival of its colour ; it was introduced 
to England from China by Mr. Parkes in 1824 ; 
is a strong grower, but more tender than any 
other tea rose of its habit. 
Flon, Feon? fawn colour, very large, cupped, and extremely 

double, and is of delightful fragrance. 
Hardy, or Gloire de Hardy, bright rose, very large and finely 

double ; and is of most luxuriant growth. 
Hym^nee, white, with cream centre, globular, large, and very 
double, a free grower and profuse bloomer. I 
doubt if this rose and Camellia are not one and 
the same. 
Jaune panache, pale straw, with rose shades, compact and 
perfectly double, and, though it has been some time in 
cultivation, is yet very scarce. 
Lilisine, lilac, very distinct, compact, and perfectly double. 
Madame Desprez, or Bengal Madame Desprez, pure whiter 
cupped, large and finely double, is a beautiful roser 
and is rarely excelled in delicacy of fragrance ; it 
has become a universal favourite. 
Mirabilis, pure white, with pink centre, almost too double ;: 

is a large and excellent variety. 

Odorata, or common tea Rose, fine blush, very large cupped 

petals, delightfully scented, a strong grower, and 

everywhere admired, and is the foundation of this 

sweet-scented family. 

Odoratissima, pale lilac, very pretty and double, free of 

growth, and profuse in flower ; is also very 

hardy, and rather fragrant j it has been lately 



April.] NOISETTE ROSES. 79 

renamed, Odorata pallida, and is coming out 
as a new Rose. 
Olympie, bright red, a beauty of great merit, perfectly dou- 
ble, and an excellent flowering variety. 
Princess Marie, flesh colour, a most superb rose of first rate 
merit, perfectly double, and finely scented ; when 
well grown, will have flowers about five inches in 
diameter. 
Strombio, creamy while, perfectly double, large and globular. 
Triomphe du Luxembourg, yellow flesh or copper colour, ex- 
tremely large and perfectly double; is a rampant 
grower ; has a most splendid bud, and a rose 
that has created considerable excitement in 
France, and even in this country it has been 
in great demand. (I am positive it is already 
passing under two names ; Triomphe d' Anvers 
being unquestionably the same rose.) Only 
two years ago, good plants of it sold in Paris at 
about ten dollars each. 
Victorie modesta, blush, cupped, very large and double, and 
is an excellent tea Rose. 



NOISETTE ROSES. 

It is a remarkable fact, that the original of this famous 
group of Roses originated in Charleston, South Carolina, 
with Mr. Noisette, about 1815, who sent it to his brother, 
the well known nurseryman, at Paris, (France.) It was 
supposed tobe produced between the white musk, clustei, and 
the common china rose, and created a very great excitement 
among the Parisian Florists and Amateurs ; but since its in- 
troduction to France, thousands of seedlings have been raised 
from it, and so many of these are evidently hybrids, of the 
tea scented and other roses ; that some of the roses called 



80 NOISETTE ROSES. [Apnh 

" Noisettes," have almost lost every character of the divi- 
sion. They are generally hardy plants, requiring rich soil 
and a routine of treatment similar to the " Isle de Bourbon 
Roses." They will amply repay for extra attention to their 
culture. The great profusion and perpetual succession of 
flowers from June till November, of immense clusters, fre- 
quently from fifty to one hundred in each, makes them truly 
ornamental objects, and are well calculated for covering 
fences, pillars, or trellis-work. Although they are hardy, 
they will be benefited by a light covering of mats or litter : 
south of this, nothing of the kind is required. It must be 
kept in mind, that pillar roses can scarcely have too much 
manure when planting, and they also require a regular an- 
nual dressing of some enriching material. We consider the 
annexed list indispensable to a flower garden. The flower 
of a Noisette Rose varies from one to three inches in diame- 
ter in the following descriptions ; we take two inches as our 
standard : 

Agrippina, bright crimson, globular and double, a very 
beautiful rose of agreeable fragrance ; but doubt 
if it truly belongs to this group, having more 
the appearance of a Bengal Rose. 
Alba, white, a beautiful dwarf with small flowers ; but in the 
greatest profusion, and the whole bush is frequently 
like one Bouquet. 
Aim^e vibert, unique or Rosa nevia, snowy white, very 
compact and perfectly double, and, if well treated, is 
one of the finest white dwarf Noisette Roses, and is 
a profuse autumnal bloomer. 
Belle de Esquermes, dark rose, very compact and double ; 

a strong grower and fine pillar rose. 
Bengal Lee, Noisette Lee, Blush perpetual China, ccelestis, 
grandiflora, monsirosa, and Triomphe des Noi- 
settes, are all one and the same rose, blush or 



April.] NOISETTE ROSES. 81 

creamy white, very double, of strong growth, 
and flowers in large clusters ; it is a good old 
rose and fortunate in new names. 
Conqua de Venus, creamy white, with darker centre, very 
compact and double; blooms in large clusters, and is 
delightfully scented, a regular good article. 
Champneyana or Champney's pink cluster, light pink — a 
rampant grower, profuse bloomer, and uni- 
versally cultivated. 
Charles the Tenth, rosy purple, very double, and in dry wea- 
ther blooms well, but in moist weather its buds do 
not open ; is an excellent rose in a southern latitude. 
Coeurjaune and Cosier sw/re are alike, yellowish white, a hardy 

rose of strong growth, and profusion of flower. 
Felemberg, bright crimson, double, a strong grower, profuse 
in bloom, and a decided, distinct, and excellent 
rose. 
Jaunc Desprez, or French yellow Noisette, rosy buff", large 
and perfectly double, flowers in large clusters ; is a 
strong grower and delightfully fragrant, very hardy 
and well calculated for a pillar rose. 
Julia, rosy lilac, of strong growth, profuse in bloom — very 

perfect and double. 
Julienne le Sourd, dark rose, a most profuse bloomer, oer- 

fectly double, and a fine dwarf. 
Lamarque, greenish white, extremely large, profuse in bloom, 
perfectly double — and agreeably scented — closely 
approaches the tea rose in its size and fragrance; 
it makes a splendid pillar rose, frequently grow- 
ing ten feet in one season. 
La Biche, pale flesh, large and double, a fine pillar rose, and 

very distinct and fragrant. 
Lady Byron, pink, very compact, and perfectly double, and 

is a good pillar rose. 
Lutea or Smithii, pale yellow, large double flowers, but does 
not open well in moist weather ; it is a superb article 



82 MUSK-SCENTED ROSES, &C. [April. 

when perfect, and is quite a dwarf, having very Uttle 
of the Noisette character, but dehghtfully scented. 
Miss Glegg, nearly white, a perfect beauty in miniature, 

profuse in bloom, and dwarf in habits. 
Miss Smithson, flesh colour, in habit very similar to the for- 
mer, and equally as perfect and profuse ; both are 
agreeably scented. 
Orloff, bright pink, large and showy, though not very dou- 
ble — a profuse bloomer when well established — is a 
very strong grower, and excellent for covering ar- 
bours or trellises. 
Princesse d'Orange, while, perfectly double, profuse in flower, 

and finely scented, grows about three feet high. 
Philemon, bright crimson, very distinct, a fine dwarf, and an 

excellently formed flower. 
Rottanger, delicate rose, very double, blooms in fine clusters,. 

and a very perfect dwarf. 
Superb, delicate pink, an old rose, perfectly double, blooms 
in large clusters ; is of strong habit, and flowers pro- 
fusely. This, with Noisette Lee, are our two best 
old Noisette Roses. 
Suters Susanna, white, originated in Washington city, with 
an Amateur, who has grown several fine roses, of 
which this is said to be the finest. I have not had 
the pleasure as yet of seeing il in bloom. 



MUSK-SCENTED ROSES, (ROSA MOSCHATA.) 

The white musk-scented cluster rose is one of the oldest 
inhabitants of the rose garden, and is known all over the 
earth, where the rose has been cultivated, or its name been 
heard. It is supposed that it is the famed Rose of the Per- 
sian poets. Although there are several varieties under this 
head, very few of them, indeed, have that peculiar fragrance 
which the genuine old species possesses. They require si- 



April.] CLIMBING R0SE8, <fec. 83 

ftiilar treatment to the Bourbon and Noisette Roses, and, in 
fact, fanciers have been, if possible, too minute — to separate 
this group from the Noisette Roses, merely because they are, 
in some degree, musk-scented. 

Old musk cluster, yellowish white, expanded and semi-dou- 
ble, blooms in immense clusters and finely scented. 
Frazerii, Blush musk and Pink musk, all the[same rose, blush 
pink, semi-double, much puffed in Europe, being 
the only one of colour in the group. 
Princesse de Nassau, creamy while, perfectly double, very 

fragrant, and blooms in large clusters. 
Ranunculus, musk cluster, pure white, very double ; flowers 
in very large clusters, but has little of the fra- 
grance which is the celebrity of this division. 



CLIMBING ROSES THAT BLOOM ONLY ONCE IN THE 
SEASON. 

Under this head we will have to place several roses from 
very different countries, but all agreeing in habit and flower- 
ing disposition. Our readers will now be fully impressed 
with the knowledge that all roses of luxuriant growth re- 
quire copious nourishment. Such is the case with many of 
those we are now about to describe ; but others of them will 
grow and bloom most beautifully perfect even on the poor- 
est of soil, and are very capable of covering rock-work, a 
steril bank, or naked wall, or any disagreeable object, where 
it is not convenient to excavate for the purpose of intro- 
ducing nutritious soils ; and several of them are of such a 
hardy nature, that they will withstand the utnoost severity 
of our northern states ; others are more delicate, and can only 
bear the mild winters of a southern climate, where they rich- 
ly display both flowers and foliage, and even retain their 
foliage during winter, and are evergreens for screening dis- 



84 CLIMBING ROSES, &c. [April. 

agreeable objects or covering arbours. The best of the united 
groups are 

(r) * Ayrshire tea scented, or Rosa Ruga, delicate blush, 
flowers very compact and perfectly double ; 
it is a free grower and an excellent pillar rose, 
with a delightful fragrance. There are seve- 
ral others of the Ayrshire Rose, under very 
tempting names, such as Double Crimson, 
Mottled, Eclipse, Ayrshire Queen, Elegans, 
&c. These may do for those who wish a 
multiplicity of names ; but will not take with 
our floral public, who wish every plant to 
have some merit as well as a name to recom- 
mend it. 
Boursalt, pink or reddish pink, semi-double, profuse flower- 
ing, and is our earliest rose — is a free grower, and 
of the most hardy nature ; in fact, all the Boursalts 
are equally hardy, and withstand the severest cold. 
Boursalt, white. Rose de Lisle, Boursalt Florida, Calypso, 
Pompone Florida, and Bengal Florida, &c., for it 
is known by all these names, and I have imported 
it four times, under diff"erent names ; it is a blush 
white, and frequently exceedingly large and hand- 
some, and is a pillar rose ; its very double delicate 
flowers have a fine eff'ect. 
Boursalt elegans. Purple Boursalt, Purple Noisette, &c., 
flowers of a vivid purple crimson, with an occa- 
sional stripe of white, nearly double, and an early 
and profuse bloomer ; is an excellent rose for an 
arbour. 
Banksia alba, white, with pink centre, very small, but per- 
fectly double, has an agreeable violet perfume, and 
is a profuse bloomer, but is entirely too delicate to 

* Those marked thus, (r) will do admirably for rock-work. 



April.] CLIMBING ROSES, &c. 85 

withstand our winters. This and the following are 
natives of China : 
Banksia lutea, yellow inclining to buff, in every other cha- 
racter similar to the former. They are elegant 
evergreens in the gardens of our southern states, 
and are very highly esteemed ; frequently known 
under the name of White Evergreen Multiflora, and 
Yelloio Evergreen Multiflora. There has been 
seen in Canton a pink Banksia Rose ; but I have 
never heard of its being introduced either to Europe 
or this country. 
Bourbon, bright rosy red, nearly double, and flowers pro- 
fusely, and is a good pillar rose ; and although the 
parent of the celebrated L'Isle de Bourbon Roses, 
it only blooms in May or June. 
Bengalensis scandens, or Reuse de hlanc, rose white, large 

double flower, and of free growth. 
(r-)Felicite de per^etna, Noisette flo7-abunda, Ahelard semper- 
virens, Noisette compacta, Madetnoiselle Euphra- 
sze,and perhaps many other high-sounding names; 
it is a beautiful cream white, with perfect shaped 
flowers, and makes a lovely rock-work or pillar 
rose ; but is rather delicate for our severe winters. 
Grevillia, or seven sisters, is a very curious rose, flowered 
the first lime with us in June, 1830. It is of the 
Multiflora variety, and is a native of China ; growth 
free and luxuriant; leaves large and deeply nerved; 
flowers in large clusters, almost every eye of the 
wood of last year producing one cluster, having on 
it from eight to twenty roses, according to the 
state of the plant, each rose expanding differently 
in colour or shade. Many suppose that they ex- 
pand all of the same colour, and change afterward. 
This is not the case. We have seen them white, 
pink, red, purple, and various other shades when 
the bloom expanded ; and on two clusters we have 
8 



86 CLIMBING ROSES, &c, [April. 

observed twenly-lwo distinct shades of colour. In 
fact, it is a complete nondescript, having roses 
single, semi-double, and double, large and small, 
and every colour between white and purple, form- 
ing, in every garden where it is planted, a wonder 
of the vegetable world. It is very hardy ; an east- 
ern aspect will answer it best, preserving the flow- 
ers from the direct rays of the sun, which will 
keep the colours purer. We readily recommend 
it to every lover o( Flora. 
(r)Lepoldine de Orleans, beautiful blush, very compact and 
profuse in bloom, and is a very celebrated rose. 
Multiflora, beautiful pink, very compact and double ; it is 
rather tender for this latitude. Celebrated as be- 
ing the first climbing rose that was planted in or 
about Philadelphia, and was so much admired, 
that twenty dollars were frequently given for a 
single plant. 
Multiflora alba, similar to the former, but lighter in colour, 

though not a pure white. 
Multiflora Laure de Voust, changeable pale blush, pink or 
white, very compact, of the most perfect form, 
and a profuse bloomer, of rampant growth, and 
more hardy than the two preceding; it is one of 
the most beautiful and elegant of climbing roses, 
with rather large flowers and luxuriant foliage. 
(r)Princess Maria and Princess Louise are unquestionably 
the same, a beautiful pale rose of exquisite form 
and beautifully cupped petals. 
•Rosa rubifolia, Kentucky Rose, Michigan Rose, Prarie 
Rose, &c. The rose generally cultivated here is a 
single pink of various shades, that flowers profusely 
in July ; but there is a double variety of great beauty,^ 
that blooms at the same period ; when there is 
scarcely any olher rose in flower, it is excellent for 
covering arbours or rock-work. 



April.] ROSA MICROPHYLLA, &c. 87 

Russelliana, Cottage Rose, and Scarlet GrevilUa : this is a 
distinct article in growth from any other of this 
group ; it is perfectly hardy, and does not climb 
so freely ; still it makes a lovely pillar rose with 
large clusters of bright crimson shaded flowers. 
(r)Sempervirens pleno alba, pure white, flowers perfectly dou- 
ble and profuse ; the strong shoots of last year 
will produce a large cluster of flowers almost 
from every eye : this Rose is termed ever- 
green in Europe, but with us is perfectly de- 
ciduous ; although in our southern stales it 
retains its foliage during winter. 
Triomphe de BoUvviller. When this very superb rose first 
made its appearance in France, it " came out " 
under the flowing and enticing description of 
" laplus belle des Thees,'' and was the highest- 
priced rose then on the French catalogue, in 
1831-2: on cultivation it was found not to be a tea 
rose, and was placed among the Noisettes ; but we 
have never seen it bloom during the season as 
these roses do, and we now place it in this group 
that bloom only once during the season : it is cer- 
tainly a most superb blush white rose, globular 
and double, and blooms in fine clusters, having an 
agreeable and rather delightful fragrance, and is 
a magnificent pillar plant. 



ROS\ MICROPHYLLA, (OR SMALL-LEAVED ROSE.) 

This pretty little Rose was originally from China, and 
since it has been introduced, several additions have been 
made by cultivation ; although we have not yet seen any 
lo excel the original Rosa microphylla. They delight 
in light rich dry soils, and form very fine bushes for 



88 ROSA MICROPHYLLA, &C. [Ap7'il. 

grass plats or small lawns, and generally flower the whole 
summer, producing their blooms from short young shoots 
produced from the wood of two or three years' growth. 
The plants should all have a little protection the first winter 
after planting, and in pruning the shoots should only be 
thinned out, or any dead piece cut off: we have had several 
roses under very enticing names added to this group, such 
as striped microphylla, crimson microphylla, scarlet micro- 
phylla, all deceptive; and even the first plant that came out as 
double white, proved to be entirely single ; but there is now 
a genuine double white, though not properly a microphylla. 
The following few are all we have seen worth cultivating : 



Microphylla. This rose is unique in every character. The 
foliage is very small and neat, and the ealyx 
thick and bristly. The flowers are produced 
at the extremity of the young shoots in twos 
or threes, according to the strength of the 
plant ; they are large and double ; the exterior 
petals large and full ; those of the interior are 
very short and thick-set ; the colour in the 
centre is dark, shading lighter toward the 
exterior ; the spines are in pairs on each side 
of the compound leaves. It is perfectly 
hardy, and greatly esteemed, and not so sub- 
ject to be attacked by insects as other roses. 
Microphylla violace, reddish violet ; in habit very similar to 
the former, but much darker in colour, and is a 
true microphylla, and yet very scarce. 
Maria Leonida, white, centre tinged with pink; is very sweet- 
scented — blooms all the season — but has more the ha- 
bit of a Macartney than Microphylla Rose. 
Microphylla odorata alba, yellowish white, perfectly double, 
and finely scented ; is a strong grower and a 
good deal of the Macartney Rose habit. 



April.] ROSA MICROPIIYLLA, &c. 89 

We have now concluded our few descriptions of the beau- 
tiful family of Roses ; informing our readers, if they should 
think it brief, we can assure them it is candid, and, as far as 
we know, in every respect impartial. No doubt we could 
have given many beautiful details of " things " we never 
saw and probably never will; and we also promise that a few 
of our descriptions will, in some situations and peculiar sea- 
sons, " come short," or perhaps " overshoot the mark ;" for 
it is well known to the cultivator, that double roses will oc- 
casionally come single, and red roses become blush, and 
blush roses frequently bloom entirely white, and vise versa. 
We have also seen a moss bush have roses and shoots entire- 
ly without their " mossy coat." We have also avoided a 
few of high standing in character ; but not being entirely 
known to us in their intrinsic worth, a description of them 
would have been too hazardous, knowing that much exag- 
geration exists. 

The Roses and all their allies, described in this month, 
should be planted from the first to the middle of the month; 
and we would again enforce upon our rose amateurs the ac- 
tual necessity of giving soil of enriching qualities to all their 
roses ; they will be amply repaid for their trouble : nearly all 
the failures of roses giving a grateful and even universal sa- 
tisfaction, can be traced to bad and shallow soils, more espe- 
cially in our city gardens, where cheapness of workmanship 
is the best recommendation ; consequently, there is a few 
inches of tolerable-looking clay thrown over brick-bats and 
lime rubbish, and, when finished, is considered a " fine job," 
because it is done cheap ; the result is, that often the very 
next season the whole has to be gone over and done in a 
permanent manner ; not less than sixteen or eighteen inches 
of the best dark loam should be in every garden, and that 
well incorporated with manure at least one year old, and 
also have a portion of sand or fine rotten rock thoroughly 
mixed with it; and then, and not till then, the proprietor may 
expect satisfaction. 



90 CLIMBING PLANTS. [Apt 



CLIMBING PLANTS. 

As shade is much required in this country, and plants suit- 
able for covering arbours, &:c., eagerly sought for, we will 
make a few remarks on those which are preferred for their 
beauty, growth, hardiness, &c. 

Aristolochia sipho, Birthioort or Dutchman's pipe, is a very 
curious blooming plant, with extraordinary 
large foliage, and makes an excellent arbour 
twiner, affording a dense and cooling shade. 
Atragene alpina is a free growing deciduous shrub, with 
large blush-coloured flowers, which continue 
blooming from May to July ; has small pinnated 
foliage. 
Clematis viticella pulchella, or double virgin's bower, is an 
esteemed climbing plant, of rapid growth, with 
large flowers in great profusion from June to Sep- 
tember. There are several varieties of the above, 
two of them single, and it is said that there is like- 
wise a double red. 
Clematis ccerulea, C. coerulea grandiflora, and C. azurea 
grandijlora. This beautiful and entirely new 
climber is already distinguished by three distinct 
names, and has been several times figured, each 
time with more or less flattery. I must confess 
the first representation I saw of it truly enchanted 
me ; the brilhancy of its blue surpassing every 
flower I had ever beheld ; and named C. azurea 
grandiflora. However, as it has not yet bloomed 
under my own observation, I will allow Dr. Lind- 
ly to describe it. " This is a charming addition to 
the climbers cultivated in England ; it has a most 
graceful mode of growth ; and the large violet 
flowers with deep purple stamens are more orna- 



April.] CLIMBING PLANTS, 9 J 

mental than those of any species of clematis yet in 
this country." It was introduced from Japan to 
Europe by Dr. Van Siebold. 
Clematis Sieboldii, or bicolor. This is another of Dr. Van 
Siebold's Japan additions, and is nearly related to 
C. florida. The leaves and branches, however, 
are rather more downy, and the petals suffused 
with violet spots ; the anthors are also of a violet 
colour, which has given it the name of bicolor ; it 
is of graceful habit, and the size and beauty of its 
blossoms render it an attractive inhabitant of the 
flower garden, 
C.fldmmula, sweet-scented virgin's bower, is of very rapid 
• growth. Established plants will grow from 
twenty to forty feet in one season, producing 
at the axils of the young shoots, large panicles 
of small white flowers of exquisite fragrance ; 
the leaves are compound pinnate ; in bloom 
from July to November, but in August, Septem- 
ber, and October, the flowers are in great pro- 
fusion, perfuming the whole garden. This is 
one of the best climbing hardy plants, and 
ought to have a situation in every garden. 
C. Virginiana is of rapid growth, and well adapted for ar- 
bours ; flowers small white in axillary pani- 
cles, dioecious, leaves ternate, segments cor- 
date, acute, coarsely toothed and lobed, in 
bloom from June to August. A native, and 
a little fragrant. 
C. florida plenb is a fine free flowering plant, though gene- 
rally considered a shrub, is more herbaceous than 
shrubby ; the flowers are large double white ; in 
growth will not exceed ten feet in one season.' 
Glycine frutescens, a beautiful native climbing shrub, known 
in our gardens under that name, but is properly 
Wisteria frutescens. It has large pendulous branches 



92 CLIMBING PLANTS [April, 

of blue leguminose (pea-like)flowers, blooming from 
May to August ; pinnated leaves with nine ovate 
downy leaflets ; grows freely. 
Glycine chinensis is given to Wisteria, and is the finest 
climbing shrub of the phaseolius tribe. The flow- 
ers are light blue, in long nodding many-flovt^ered 
racemose spikes, blooming from May to August, 
profusely ; leaves pinnated, with eleven ovate lance- 
olate silky leaflets, and is of a very rapid growth. 
It is perfectly hardy, withstanding the severity of 
our winters without protection. 
Bignbnia crucigera is an evergreen which is very desirable 
in many situations, being likewise of luxuriant 
growth. It will cover in a few years an area of 
fifty feet; flowers of an orange scarlet colour, bloom- 
ing from May to August. 
B.grandifldra now given to Tecbma, has large orange-co- 
loured flowers, blooming from June to Au- 
gust, and grows very fast. It is perfectly 
hardy, and a most magnificent plant. 
B. rddicans is likewise given to Tecbma, and is a native 
plant. When in flower it is highly ornamental, 
but it requires great attention to keep it in re- 
gular order, being of a strong rough nature ; in 
bloom from June to August. 
Periplaca graca, silk vine, is a climber of extraordinary 
growth. Well established plants grow thirty or 
forty feet in one season ; flowers in clusters from 
May to July, of a brownish yellow colour, and 
hairy inside ; leaves smooth, ovate, lanceolate, 
vrood slender, twining, and elastic. 
Hedera Helix, Irish Ivy, is a valuable evergreen for covering 
naked walls, or any other unsightly object. The 
foliage is of a lively green, leaves from three to five 



April.] CLIMBING PLANTS. 93 

angled. There are several varieties of it, all valua- 
ble for growing in confined shady situations where 
no other plant will thrive. 
Ampelbpsis hederacea. This plant is comntionly employed 
for covering walls, for which the rapidity of its 
growth and the largeness of the leaves render it 
extremely appropriate. There are several spe- 
cies of the genus, all resembling the Vine in ha- 
bit and in flower. 
Jasminum officinale, garden Jasmine. This delightful climb- 
ing shrub has been in common use all over Eu- 
rope for covering arbours from time immemorial ; 
its white, delicate, and lovely fragrant flowers ren- 
der it a great acquisition : unfortunately, with us, 
it is rather delicate for our winters, unless well 
protected by a south wall or other building, and 
even then, when in a young state, must be pro- 
tected : but, in the south, this plant and also the 
yellow Jasminum revoMtum grow luxuriantly and 
bloom profusely, and even /. grandiflorum is a 
hardy shrub in South Carolina and Georgia. 
Lonicera, or more properly Caprifolium. The Honeysuckle. 
This genus of flowering odoriferous climbing 
shrubs are principally natives of this country : 
they are all equally beautiful ; but where there is 
not space in our city gardens to cultivate the whole 
family, it is indispensable to have C. fiexuosum, 
the Chinese sweet-scented or evergreen; it blooms 
in May and September, and is a very rapid grow- 
er : C. belgica is also a charming species; it blooms 
the whole summer, and is very odorous. Our na- 
tive C. sempervirens, or Coral Honeysuckle, is not 
easily surpassed ; its profuse and brilliant scarlet 
flowers render it the most attractive object in all 
our country gardens. C. Japonicum is also an 
excellent Chinese species, with delicate orange-co- 



94 DECIDUOUS SHRUBS. [April. 

loured flowers of agreeable sweetness ; but will not 
bear our winters north of the southern part of 
Virginia. 
Passijlbra, or Passion vine. There are several hardy species 
for this latitude ; but the only very beautiful one 
is P. incarndta, which, although it dies to the 
ground every winter, yet will, during the sumnner, 
put forth shoots from twenty to forty feet long, all 
covered with a profusion of beautiful purple 
flowers. 

There are several other climbing plants, both curious and 
ornamental ; but our limits will not admit of farther detail. 



DECIDUOUS SHRUBS. 

Finish planting all deciduous shrubs in the early part of 
the month. These plants are generally delayed too long ; the 
leaves in many instances are beginning to expand, thereby 
giving a check to the ascending sap, which we may safely 
assert causes the death of one-third of the plants, when 
perhaps the operator or some individual more distantly con- 
cerned is blamed. 

These shrubs, if properly removed and planted at the ex- 
act starting of vegetation, pressing the earth close to their 
roots when planting, (previously taking care that the small 
fibres have not become dry, by exposure,) there will not one 
out of fifty fail by these simple attentions. Those that are late 
planted should have frequent waterings, and, if large, firmly 
supported, that the wind may have no effect in disturbing the 
young and tender fibrous roots. 

OF PLANTING EVERGREEN SHRUBS. 

Now is the season to plant all kinds of evergreen trees and 



April] OF PLANTING EVERGREEN SHRUBS. 95 

shrubs. In most seasons, the middle of the month is the 
most proper time, the weather then being mild and moist ; or 
if a late season, defer it to the end of the month. When 
planted earlier, they will remain dormant until this time, and 
their tender fibrous roots in that case frequently perish from 
their liability to injury from frost or frosty winds, being more 
susceptible of such injury than fibres of deciduous plants. 
They now begin to vegetate, which is the grand ciiterion for 
transplanting any plant. The buds begin to swell, the roots 
to push, and if they can be quickly lifted and replanted, they 
will hardly receive a check. At all events, care must be 
taken that they are not long out of the ground and exposed 
to the air, which greatly assists the success in planting. It 
may be observed that evergreens in general succeed the bet- 
ter the smaller they are, although we have seen plants, trees, 
and evergreens, successfully lifted upward of thirteen feet 
high, and fifteen in diameter, and carried several miles.* By 
the second year there was no appearance that such operation 
had taken place. In preparing a hole for the reception of 
these plants, make it larger than the roots, breaking the bot- 
tom thereof fine, and putting in some fresh soil. Place the 
plant upright in the centre, putting in the earth and breaking 
it fine, and give the plant a few gentle shakes. When the 
roots are more than half covered, put in a pot or pailful of 
water, allowing it to subside, then cover all the roots, give a 
second or third pailful, and, when subsided, the earth will 
be close to all the roots. Cover with more earth, pressing 
all firm with the foot. Put more soil loosely on, which will 
give it a finished appearance, and prevent it from becoming 
dry, and not require mulching, which has an unsightly appear- 
ance. All that the wind will have any hurtful effect upon 
must be firmly supported, especially large plants. If the 
weather sets in dry and hot, they should be watered as often 
as necessity shall direct. 

• See Mr. M'Nab's rich pamphlet treatise on removing eTergreens, &c. 



96 CARE OF CHOICE BULBS. [April. 

Those that are established, it will be necessary to go over 
ihem (if not already done) to cut off all wood killed in win- 
ter, and also to thin them if too thick and crowded. 

When the above is done, let every part of the shrubbery 
be dressed off as directed in March. Shrubs of all kinds 
will now begin to look gay and lively, which may be very 
much heightened or depreciated, according to the state in 
which the ground and contiguous walks are kept. Always 
keep in view that weeds are no objects of beauty. 



CARE OF CHOICE BULBS. 

Hyacinths of the earliest sorts will begin to expand and 
show their colours ; of which we can boast of a few as fine 
sorts in the vicinity of Philadelphia, as in any garden of Eu- 
rope ; but even these very superior sorts, when in bloom, are 
too frequently neglected, being allowed to stand without 
rods, stakes, or any means of support, likewise equally ex- 
posed to drenching rains and scorching suns ; and the finest 
collections may be seen after heavy rains prostrate on the 
ground, whereas a few hours' trouble would give them the 
requisite support, thereby preserving their beauty much 
longer, and giving more gratification. As soon as the stems 
advance to any height, they should be supported by wires, 
rods, &c., and tied slightly thereto with threads of matting, 
or any other substitute ; repeat the tying as they advance, 
avoid tying among the florets, because they grow by ex- 
tension, and are liable to be broken off by so doing. The 
sun deteriorates the colours very much, especially the red, 
blue, and yellow sorts ; whereas, if they were simply pro- 
tected from the sun by an awning of thin canvass, the co- 
lours would be preserved and the beauty protracted. If 
there are stakes drove into the ground on each side of the 
beds, about three feet high, with others in the centre about 
eight feet, having latlis or hoops from the side to the centre, 



April.] CARE OF CHOICE BULBS. 97 

formed similar to the roof of a house, so that people may- 
walk or sit under it, the canvass or awning being thin to ad- 
mit of the light freely, the effect in the time of sunshine, 
from the brilliancy of the colours, is peculiarly gratifying. 
Where an awning is thus erected, it requires to be kept on 
only from nine to three o'clock in sunshine days, and during 
nights or time of rain, allowing the awning on the most 
northern side to come close to the ground, when necessary, 
to shelter them from cold cutting winds. 

The properties of a good Hyacinth are, namely — the stem 
strong and erect, the florets or bells occupying one-half of 
the stem, each floret suspended by a short strong footstalk, 
longest at the bottom ; the uppermost floret quite erect, so 
that the whole may form a pyramid. Each floret well filled 
with petals rising toward the centre, that it may appear to 
the eye a little convex. Regarding colour, fancy does not 
agree, and the most scrupulous cultivators diff'er materially. 
However, the more pure and bright the finer, or a white 
with a pink centre, or the centre of the petals with a paler 
or deeper colour appearing striped, which is considered to 
have a good effect. 

Tulips in every respect should have the same care and 
protection, never neglecting to have the beds with a smooth 
clean surface, and the stems neatly tied up, although they 
are not in so much danger as Hyacinths. 

The characters of a good Tulip are — the stem strong, elas- 
tic, and erect, about two feet high, the flower large and com- 
posed of six petals, proceeding a little horizontally at first, 
and then turning upward, forming a flat-bottomed cup, ra- 
ther widest at the top ; the three exterior petals should be 
larger than the three interior ones, and broader at their base; 
the edges of the petals entire, free from notch or ruggedness ; 
the top of each well rounded ; the colour of the flower at the 
bottom of the cup ought to be pure, white, or yellow, and 
the rich-coloured stripes, which are the principal ornament, 

should be pure, bold, regular, and distinct on the margin, and 

9 



98 ANEMONES AND RANUNCULUS. [April. 

terminate in fine points elegantly pencilled. The centre of 
each petal should have one bold stripe, or blotch, of rich co- 
louring. The ground colours that are most esteemed are 
white, the purer the finer ; or, on the other hand, the dark 
grounds, and of course the darker the better ; but these vary 
in estimation according to the prevailing taste of amateurs. 



ANEMONES AND RANUNCULUS. 

Moist weather and frequent shoveers are highly essential 
to the perfecting of these flowers, and if these should fail at 
this season of the year, artificial means must be used to sup- 
ply the deficiency. Take a watering-pot without the rose, 
and run the water (river or rain water is best) gently be- 
tween the rows, taking care not to make holes in the ground. 
When they have got a good watering at root, take the sy- 
ringe and give them a gentle sprinkling in fine evenings, 
observing not to use force for fear of breaking the flower 
stems. In dry weather the result of a deficiency of water 
would be, that the stems and flowers of the strongest roots 
will be weak and make no progress, and many of them will 
not bloom ; the foliage of a sickly, yellow appearance, from 
which they would not recover ; and the root, when taken up, 
are of little use for farther transplanting. 

A good plan in dry seasons is to cover the ground between 
the rows with cow manure, which will prevent the moisture 
from evaporating, and the rain or water passing through it 
greatly enriches the soil and strengthens the roots. 

CHARACTER OF A FINE RANUNCULUS. 

" It is indispensable for a good ranunculus to have a stem 
about eight or twelve inches high, strong enough to support 
the flower, and quite upright. The form of the flower should 
be hemispherical, not less than two inches in diameter, con- 



April] AURICULAS, &c. 99 

sisting of numerous petals, gradually diminishing in size to 
the centre, lying over each other, so as neither to be too 
close nor too much separated, but having more of a perpen- 
dicular than a horizontal direction, in order to display the 
colours with better effect. The petals should be broad, with 
entire well-rounded edges, their colours dark, clear, rich, or 
brilliant, either of one colour or variously diversified, on a 
ground of cinerous white, primrose, yellow, or flame colour, 
or diversified with elegant stripes, spots, or mottlings." 



AURICULAS. 

Having under this head last month given ample directions 
for the treatment of these plants previous to flowering, we 
refer to that head to avoid repetition. 

CHARACTER OF A FINE AURICULA. 

The pips should be large, flat, and round, with ground co- 
lour equal on every side of the eye, which should be quite 
circular, as well as the edge. The tube a bright lemon yel- 
low perfectly round, well filled with the anthors or thrum, 
the eye round and large, the body colour black or violet, the 
meal fine, the colour, in green-edged flowers, should be a 
whole one, not a shaded green. The stern strong, and suffi- 
ciently long to bear the truss above the foliage — the truss to 
consist of not less than five full-blown pips ; only one stem 
allowed. 

CARNATIONS, PINKS, &c. 

If any of these were omitted to be shifted last month, or 
planted out according to directions therein given, let it be 
done forthwith. Where they are still protected with frames, 
give them plenty of air, keeping the sashes entirely off 



100 CHARACTER OF A POLYANTHUS. [April. 

during the day, keep the pots perfectly free from weeds, and 
give the foliage frequent sprinklings with water. 

Folyantuus and Primroses will be exhibiting their beauti- 
ful flowers. Tliey require the same treatment, and delight 
in moisture and a shaded situation. Do not springle them 
while in flower, and keep them clear of weeds or decayed 
leaves, never exposing them to the sun. They are very hardy, 
and, where required, may be planted in very shady situations, 
for they will suffer more from the influence of the sun's rays 
than from frost. Those plants in pots in general that have 
been protected in frames, and are destined for the borders, 
should now as soon as possible be planted in their destined 
situations, having nothing to fear from chilling winds or frosts 
after the middle of this month, except in uncommon seasons. 
Those that are to be kept in pots, if not repotted, do it imme- 
diately, and give regular supplies of water. 



CHARACTER OF A POLYANTHUS. 

The pips large, flat, and round, with small indentures be- 
tween each division of the limb, dividing the pip into heart- 
like segments edged with bright yellow; the edge and the eye 
ought to be of the same colour, thu truss to consist of not less 
than five full-blown pips, supported on a strong stem, stand- 
ing well above the foliage. 

POLIANTHUS TUBEROSA FLORE PLENO. 

This very popular bulb, generally known as Tuberose, has 
been cultivated in England upward of two centuries, whence 
we no doubt have received it, and now can return those of 
our production to supply their demand. The flowers are 
many and highly odoriferous, and of the purest white, and 
on a flower stem from three to five feet high. To have them 
in the greatest perfection, they should be planted in a lively 



April.] ON THE CULTURE OF THE HEARTSEASE. 101 

hot-bed, about the first of this month, in six inch pots filled 
with light rich earth, giving very little water until they begin 
to grow, when they ought to be liberally supplied with plenty 
of air, and about the end of next month they may be planted 
in the borders, providing a spot for them that is or has been 
well worked, and enriched with well decomposed manure. 
Secure their flower stems to proper rods. Previous to plant- 
ing the roots, all the off-sets should be token off and planted 
separately ; keep the crown of the bulb level with the sur- 
face of the pot, and when they are replanted in the open 
ground, put them two inches deeper. 

But when the convenience of a hot-bed cannot be obtained, 
ihey will succeed very well if planted about the end of this 
month or first of next in the garden, in a bed of earth pre- 
pared for their reception. Let it be dug deep, and make the 
soil light and rich, by giving it a good supply of manure two 
years old, well broken and incorporated with the earth, add- 
ing a little sand where the soil is heavy. The black earth 
from the woods produced from decayed leaves is equally as 
good without sand. Having the ground in proper order, 
draw drills about four inches deep and eighteen inches apart ; 
plant the bulbs (after divesting them of their ofF-sets) nine 
inches apart in the row, covering the crown of the bulb about 
an inch and a half. When done, carefully rake and finish off 
the beds. When they shoot up their flower stems, give them 
neat rods for their support. Plant the ofl'-sels in closer rows 
to produce flowering roots for next year, because they seldom 
flower the second time. 

ON THE CULTURE OF THE HEARTSEASE OR PANSY, 
(VIOLA TRICOLOUR.) 

The simplicity and striking beauty of this lovely little 
flower has attracted notice from the earliest floral times, but 
it is only within these few years that it has come into high 
estimation as a florist's flower. Indeed, when the figures and 

9* 



102 HEARTSEASE OR PANSY. [AprM. 

descriptive characters of these " little gems " came first from 
England to this country^ we were almost induced to believe 
that they were exaggerated " pictures of fancy," till we ac- 
tually cultitrated within these last two years in our own par- 
tere upward of two inches in diameter. 

They delight in a situation partially shaded from the hot 
rays of the sun, either fully exposed to the morning rays till 
ten o'clock, or the afternoon sun from three o'clock ;. a soil 
composed of four parts good loam and one part thoroughly 
rotted manure, or three parts loam and one part decayed 
leaves, not less than one foot deep: the soil must not be more 
elevated than the surrounding surface, as they like a good 
supply of moisture. If they are to be cultivated from seeds 
they should be thinly sown about the first of the month, or 
about the end of August or first of September, and very 
lightly covered with fine soil, giving them very frequent wa- 
terings in dry weather^ Those sown now will bloom in July, 
and very profusely in the autumn^ but those sown at the latter 
period will not bloom till early the following spring. When 
any very esteemed variety is raised, it should be propagated^ 
which is very easily done, either by layers or cuttings, and 
sometimes by division of the root, but the two former me- 
thods are preferable. The best time for laying is about the 
first of September: an inch or two of the soil may be removed 
all round the plant, tlie shoots laid down in the hollow, and 
covered over with light rich compost. The shoots will root 
more freely if they get a gentle twist when laying them 
down. The best period for propagating by cuttings is about 
the middle of this month or September. Cuttings should be 
chosen from young shoots about two or three inches longj, 
for when shoots arc woody or hollow they will either not 
strike at, all or produce unhealthy plants. A shaded but airy 
situation is preferable, and if the soil is of a light sandy na- 
ture, the better success will utt^nid the operation : the cuttings 
should be firmly inserted from one to two inches deep in the 
ground, and covered with a glass, or where that convenience 



April.] GLADIOLUS OR SWORD LILY. 103 

is not at hand, they may be shaded during the day with oiled 
paper, or any similar substitates. In preparing the cuttings, 
care ought to be taken to cut close to a joint, a rule which 
should be strictly attended to in making cuttings of every de- 
scription. When they have fairly rooted and taken a growth, 
they can be removed in cloudy, moist weather, to their pro- 
per allotments. Seeds ought to be carefully collected from 
the finer sorts, and sown as soon thereafter as convenience 
will allow, as they deteriorate by long-keeping. Many hundreds 
of named varieties are carefully cultivated in England. A select 
list sent me a few weeks ago contains only three hundred and 
seventy-four names. To attempt a general or even brief de- 
scription of them in this work would be considered by many 
of our friends prolix and unnecessary ; but the following cri- 
teria of a fine Pansy has just passed a select committee of the 
Pennsylvania Horticultural Society : 

" The chief object to be desired is symmetry of the flower. 
The petals should be large, broad, and flat, lying upon each 
other, so as to form a circle, and prevent anything like 
angles or intersections of this circular outline. The petals 
should be as nearly of a size as possible, the two top ones 
being the largest, but so covered with the two side ones as 
not to appear disproportioned. The top petals should not 
wave or bend back. The bottom petal should be broad and 
two-lobed, flat, and not curving inward ; above an inch in 
breadth is a good size ; the colours should be clear, brilliant, 
and not changing. The eye should not be too large, and it is 
accounted finest when the pencilling is so arranged as to form 
a dark angular spot. 

" The flower stalk should be long and stiff, rather than 
slender." 



GLADIOLUS OR SWORD LILY. 
It is now a well ascertained fact that the whole of this 



104 AMARYLLIS FORMOSISSIMA, OR JACOBEA LILY. [April. 

beautiful family will succeed well with a treatment similar to 
the tube rose, requiring to be two or three weeks earlier 
planted : indeed, G. communis and its varieties are perfectly- 
hardy ; but the splendid G. psiUacmus, with large yellow, 
red, and green flowers ; G. cardinalis, scarlet and white ; G. 
blandus, rose and while, and several others are worthy of 
the greatest care and attention ; their large spikes of showy 
flowers will well compensate for an extra degree of care in 
preparation of soil, &c 



AMARYLLIS FORMOSISSLMA, OR JACOBEA LILY. 

About the end of this or beginning of next month is the 
most proper time for planting out these bulbs. This flower 
is of the most beautiful and rich crimson velvet colour. The 
bulb generally produces two stems, the one after the other, 
about the end of May or first of June. The stem is from 
nine inches to one foot high, surmounted by a single flower, 
composed of six petals, three hanging down, three erect and 
recurved ; the stamens droop on the centre of the under pe- 
tals. The flower thus appears nodding on one side of the 
stem, and has a most graceful and charming appearance. If 
planted in a bed, prepare the ground as before directed for 
Tuberoses. Keep the rows one foot asunder, and the bulbs 
six inches apart in the rows, covering them two inches over 
their crowns. This plant is now called Sprsikcliaformosissi- 
ma, and we think properly, too, for its character and habit 
differs from Amaryllis. 

We have not the smallest doubt that in a few years, not 
only this superb South American bulb will adorn our flower 
gardens, but many of the rich bulbs of Brazil and South Ame- 
rica generally will yearly exhibit to us the beauty of their 
colours, and the beautiful construction of their flowers and 
foilage, of which we are now generally deprived, perhaps be- 
cause we have not the conveniency of a proper hot-house for 



April.] TIGER FLOWER. 105 

their protection during winter. But it will be found, in 
many instances, that these bulbs will do perfectly well to 
be kept dry in a warm room from October to May, when the 
heat of our summer is sufficient for the perfection of their 
flowers, and many species will ripen their seeds. The bulb 
that is known as Amaryllis Belladonna, now called Bella- 
donna purpurdscens, is hardy. 

TIGER FLOWER. 

Tigridia,a. genus of Mexican bulbs belonging to Monadel- 
phia Tridndria, producing the most beautiful flowers of the 
natural order of Iridece. T. pavonia is of the brightest scar- 
let, tinged and spotted with pure yellow. T. conchiiflbra, 
colour rich yellow, tinged and spotted with bright crimson • 
flower larger than the former. The colours are very rich, 
and purely contrasted. The corolla is about four inches in 
diameter, composed of six petals ; the outer are reflexed, the 
flower, though splendid in beauty, exists only one day ; 
but, to compensate for that, a plant will produce flowers 
for several weeks ; and where a bed of them can be col- 
lected, they will bloom in profusion from July to Septem- 
ber. They like a light, rich, free soil, from twelve to eigh- 
teen inches deep. Lift the bulbs in October, and preserve 
them as directed in that month for Tuberoses. Be sure that 
they be' kept dry and secure from frost. A bed of these 
should be in every garden, A writer says, " it is the most 
beautiful flower that is cultivated." Plant them about the 
end of this or first of next month ; if in beds, keep them six 
inches apart in the row, and one foot apart from row to row. 



WALKS. 

The walks in general should be put in the neatest order 
during this month. Little requires to be added to the obser- 



106 EVERGREEN HEDGES. [ApriL 

vations of last month, but if these have not been executed, 
fail not to have it done the first opportunity, choosing dry wea- 
ther for the operation of turning the old, or adding new gra- 
vel to them, levelling; raking, and rolling neatly as you pro- 
ceed. Ahvays after rain give the whole of the gravel walks 
a good rolling. This being frequently done during the early 
part of the season, will be a saving of much labour and time 
through the summer. The walks having a firm surface, the 
growth of weeds will be retarded, and the heavy rains will 
not be so apt to injure them. Where there are any preten- 
sions to keeping these in order, they ought to be picked of 
weeds and litter once a week, and gone over with the roller 
at least once every two weeks during the season. 

Sweep and divest the grass walks or plats of all worm- 
casts, litter, &c., cutting the edgings neatly. Mow the grass 
every two or three weeks from this time to October, sweep- 
ing off the grass clean each time, and give frequent rollings 
to keep the surface smooth. If any require to be laid with 
turf, delay it no longer. For direction, see last month. The 
above observations on walks in general, will apply through 
the season ; therefore we will not repeat this subject until 
October. 



EVERGREEN HEDGES. 

We have previously observed, under the head Evergreens, 
that this is the best season for their replanting. We cannot 
pass over the observations of this month, without having re- 
ference to evergreen hedges, so much neglected among us, 
and yet so important to the diversity of aspect, and especial- 
ly to soften a little the gloomy appearance of our winters. 
There are three indigenous shrubs, and at least one exotic, 
that are well adapted for the purpose, viz., Pinus canadensis, 
Hemlock-spruce ; Thuja occidentalis, American arborvitse ; 
ThUjaorientalis, Chinese aborvitas; dnid Juniperisvirginianay 



April] BOX EDGES. 107 

Red-cedar. Where there is to be a hedge of any of these 
planted, select plants about two feet high ; lift them carefully, 
preserving the roots as much as possible. Dig a Irench from 
one and a half to two feet wide, and from one to one foot and 
a half deep. This will admit the soil to be well broken about 
the roots, which must be done in planting. Keep the 
plants in the centre of the trench, mixing the shortest and 
the tallest, that it may be of one height, putting the earth 
close about their roots as you proceed, and make it firm with 
the foot ; fill up, and water as directed for evergreens in this 
month. If the season is very dry, give it frequent copious 
waterings. 

None of them should be topped for a few seasons, except 
such as are much above the others in height, keeping the 
sides regular and even by clipping or shearing once a year, 
either in this month or at the end of August. It is better to 
keep the top (when they have got to the desired height) 
pointed, than broad. The latter method retains a heavy 
weight of snow, which frequently breaks down, or otherwise 
deforms, that which has cost much labour to put into shape. 

BOX EDGINGS. 

Where these have not been laid, this month is the proper 
time. Do not delay the planting of such any later. For 
ample directions, see March, under this head. Clipping of 
these should be done about the middle of this month. There 
will then be no danger of frosts to brown the cut leaves, and 
the young foliage will not be expanded. To keep these 
edgings in order, they must be cut once a year, and never be 
allowed to get above four inches high and two inches wide. 
What we consider the neatest edging is three inches high, 
two inches wide at the bottom, tapering to a thin edge at the 
top. It is very unsightly to see large bushy edgings, espe- 
cially to narrow walks. 

The use of edgings is to keep the soil from the gravel, and 



i08 GENERAL CARE OP PLANTS COMING INTO FLOWER. [April, 

the larger ihey are allowed to grow, the more ineffectual 
ihey become ; growing more open below as they advance in 
height. The operation may be done very expeditiously by 
clipping the tops level, going longitudinally along with shears 
for the purpose, called " box shears." Strain a line along 
the centre of the edgings, cutting perpendicularly from the 
line to the bottom on each side, leaving only the breadth of 
the line at top. Edgings cut in this manner, every spring, 
will always look well, and the trouble, comparatively, is a 
mere trifle. 



GENERAL CARE OF PLANTS COMING INTO FLOWER. 

Every part of the flower ground should be put into neat 
order, giving such plants about the borders as are shooting 
up their flower stems, and are tender, and in danger of being 
hurt or broken by the wind, proper slicks or rods for their 
support. In doing this, endeavour to conceal the rods, &c., 
as much as possible, by dressing the stems and leaves in a 
natural-looking manner over them. Let the stakes be in 
proportion to the height and growth of the plants. It looks 
very unsightly to see strong stakes to short and weak grow- 
ing plants. The tyings likewise should be proportionate. 

Examine all the beds and patches of seedling flowers now 
coming up, and let them be refreshed with water as it may 
be necessary, and pick out the weeds as they appear. 

We cannot leave this department at this season of the year, 
without enforcing the benefit and beauty that will result from 
keeping the weeds down during this and the next month. 
Therefore strictly observe that there are none running to 
seed in any part of the garden ; in fact, they ought not to be 
allowed to rear their heads one day in sight. 



May.] DAHLIAS. 109 



MAY. 

As the season for planting out the Dahlia is now approach- 
ing, we will endeavour to give our readers the whole sub- 
ject of their management, so as to ensure a good bloom of this 
the most fashionable and popular ornamental plant of the 
present day. As very many are entirely unacquainted with 
the nature and even the habits of the plant, a brief synopsis of 
its history will assist in giving a key to its culture. The 
plant was first discovered by Humboldt, in Mexico, growing 
in Sandy plains, three thousand feet above the level of the 
sea. The dale is not precisely known, but supposed to be 
about 1785-6. Indisputable authority, however, speaks of 
its being introduced into England in 1789 ; but was lost and 
again introduced in 1803, from Madrid, by Lady Holland; 
from which period till 1830, it had but little notice in culti- 
vation. Indeed it seems to have been reserved for the intel- 
ligent growers of the last few years to bring it into general 
notice ; and if we take a retrospective view of the rapid pro- 
gress of Dahlia culture within these last five years, we will 
be led to exclaim, " Where will all this terminate ?" but 
time alone can solve the question ; at present it is impossible 
to come to any satisfactory conclusions. Only a few years 
ago, and who would have conceived the idea of having tipped, 
striped, and spoiled Dahjies of almost every hue and colour ; 
and although historical writers on the genus allude to the 
improbability of a blue flower ever being produced, yet it is 
not unreasonable to imagine that ere long we will have flow- 
ers beautifully and distinctly striped with black and white, 
and even combining the gaudy colours of the tulip, or the 
choicest hues of the carnation ; perhaps the criteria of charac- 
ter may change to those of huge globular forms or balls — 
nay, even the odour of the Rose or the Jasmine may be ira- 

10 



110 PROPAGATION — BY CUTTINGS. [MaiJ^ 

parted, and what then ? Only let amateurs and cultivators 
persevere with the spirit they have done during the last few 
years, and we think all we have advanced will be realized. 

Propagation. This operation may be performed in va- 
rious ways, either by division of the root, by cutting of the 
young shoots, or by grafting. For general planting, division 
of the root will be sufficient ; about the first of the month the 
old root, entire, should be planted in some warm and shel- 
tered spot of the garden, covering it with sand, vegetable 
mould, or any light soil ; in about two weeks the eyes or 
young shoots will have sprouted : then it will be properly 
seen how they can be most carefully divided ; the root should 
be carefully cut into as many pieces as there are eyes or 
sprouts, leaving only one tuber to each, when they can be 
planted into the situation appropriated for their blooming. 

Propagation by Cuttings. Prepare a hot-bed in March, as 
therein described, and place a frame and lights of the required 
size upon it, scatter over the surface of the bed four or five 
inches of sand, old bark, or any light soil ; after four or five 
days, the fresh steam will have subsided, when the roots may 
be laid thereon, covering them (but not over the crowns) with 
light sandy soil ; but where large pots can be obtained, I 
prefer planting them in the pots ; by this means the plants 
are kept distinct, and can be taken out at anytime and exa- 
mined. They should be frequently sprinkled with water 
that is partially warm; and if, after they are thus placed in 
the bed, a rank and dense steam should arise, the lights 
should be slightly raised both night and day, till it subsides ; 
and if the nights are cold, cover the lights with mats or shut- 
ters. This gentle bottom heat will speedily induce the eyes 
to grow, and when the shoots have attained the height of three 
or four inches, they should be cut off close to the base, which 
makes the best plant. After the cuttings are taken off, pot 
them singly into very small pots filled with light sandy loam, 
containing a good portion of black earth from the woods, and 
placed in another moderate hot-bed and given a gentle sup- 



May.] BV GRAFTING — SOIL. Ill 

plv of water. Particular care must be paid to shading them 
from the violent rays of the sun, for if they are once ex- 
posed, ihey seldom recover : in this state they sliould conti- 
nue till they have formed iheir roots, which, in a temperature 
of from sixty to seventy degrees, will be in from two to 
three weeks. Where a great stock of any particular sort is 
wanted, the cuttings should be taken off just below a joint, 
leaving two or three eyes at the base of the shoot, which will 
again speedily produce new shoots, that can be again removed 
in a similar manner. 

When the plants are rooted, they may then be considered 
established, and all that is necessary is, to shift them into 
larger pots as they require ; and gradually inure them to a 
lower temperature, till they can endure the open air, which 
will not be before the middle of May. 

Propagation hj Grafting. Where only a few plants are 
wanted, this is a very successful method, as the operation can 
be conducted in the office or parlour window. The cutting 
intended for the graft should have about three joints ; when 
obtained, select a good tuber without eyes from any common 
sort, and with a sharp knife cut a slice from the upper part 
of the root downward about two inches in length, and about 
half an inch in depth, and then cut it off horizontally, leaving 
a ledge whereon to rest the graft ; next cut the graft sloping 
to fit, and cut it so that an eye or joint may be at the bottom 
of it to rest on the aforesaid ledge. After the graft has 
been firmly tied, a piece of clay should be put round it, pot 
the root in fine soil, in a pot that will bury the graft half- 
way in the mould, and cover it with a glass, (a large tumbler 
will do,) and in two weeks it will have taken root, the glass 
may then be removed, and the plant gradually inured to the 
open air. 

Soil. As far as my observations enable me to judge, the 
soil best adapted for the Dahlia is a sandy loam, not reten- 
tive of moisture, and not too rich, as they will grow to leaves 
and branches, producing few flowers, and even then, irape; 



J13 ARRANGEMENT. \Mat/. 

feet : not too poor, as in such they will be very indifferent, 
meager in size and general appearance. Where soils are 
rich and heavy, a portion of sand or gravel should be njixed 
in the soil where they are planted : but if poor, incorporate 
with the sand well decomposed manure ; and when the plants 
arc planted, a stick in proportion to the plant should be put 
with it, and at least eighteen inches in the ground, and not 
less than two inches in diameter, to which they must be care- 
fully tied as they grow, never allowing more than one stem 
to each plant ; and the side branches should be cut off from 
one to three feet from the ground, according to the height of 
the plant. The soil for some of the parti-coloured Dahlias 
is an exception to the above. For instance, Levick's incom- 
parable will flower best in poor soil ; indeed, the finest tipped 
flowers I ever saw were grown in poor clay ; and it is a noto- 
rious fact, that it comes more regularly tipped in the sandy 
soils of New Jersey, than it does in the heavy soils of Penn- 
sylvania. Many, also, of the variegated sorts become more 
delicate when a large portion of sand or lime rubbish is in- 
corporated with our heavy soils. The worst of all soils for 
this plant is a rich loam, retentive of moisture ; in such they 
grow to wood and foliage, producing few and very inperfect 
flowers. 

The best disposition or arrangement in planting the 
Dahlia, I think, is in groups ; each group should be com- 
posed of a different section of colour : this affords a close 
comparison, and gives greater diversity of landscape, than 
combining the colours ; the tallest growing sorts should b& 
carefully planted in the centre or at the back of each group. 
The roots should be planted from three to four feet from each 
other every way. But where they are planted in rows along 
walks or avenues, two to three feet will be a sufficient dis- 
tance from plant to plant. Individual plants look extremely 
well if they are of a dwarf habit. To have a continued suc- 
cession of bloom, there should be two plantings ; the first 
about the fifteenth of the month, and the latest about the end 



Mat/.] ARRANGEMENT, 113 

of June ; it is the June planting that generally produces the 
finest flowers ; this fact (though lately discovered) is now 
well understood by some cultivators, and is easily accounted 
for. When plants are forced and planted early, they are in a 
flowering state much earlier, to be sure, but they are over- 
taken with, perhaps, a hot, dry summer, which "blights" the 
buds, and are more subject to the disease called "curl;" the 
young leaves, as they expand, are perforated with numerous 
holes ; the margins become brownish, as if burnt ; they then 
become curled, placid, and the whole plant unhealthy and 
dwarfish. The principal stem ceases to grow, and numerous 
suckers and stems arise from below, forming a dense bush. 
The flowers of such plant, as might be expected, are small 
and irregular ; and however excellent the variety may be^ 
they yield nothing but disappointment to the anxiously ex- 
pectant cultivator. This disease is caused by an insect, Cy- 
mix Chloroterus, or green bug. It inhabits the extremities 
of the Dahlia, and grows and feeds on the under surface of 
the young leaves, and in its destruction is aided by our fre- 
quently hot and arid months of July and August. Hence, 
the reason that the late planting gives most satisfaction, they 
are in these months in a rapid growing state, and if attacked 
outgrow the effects, and push at once into bloom in the more 
moist and cooling month of September. The only remedy 
that is known for the above evil is, to look over the plants 
cautiously in the morning when the first attacks are percep- 
tible, and pick ofl" the insect ; it has to be approached with 
caution, as it instinctively throws itself down among the 
leaves if disturbed ; and if it escapes, it again climbs up, and 
commences its depredations. It is admitted that there are 
exceeding one thousand distinct named varieties now in cul- 
tivation, and it may be desirable to some that a select list of 
the choicest named sorts now in cultivation should be given: 
but such is the almost endless multiplicity of kinds, and such 
the numerous additions every year made, that in a few years 
those I may mention now as being fine, will then most. 

10* 



114 ARRANGEMENT. [May., 

probably be considered wholly useless. However, for im- 
mediate profit and benefit, I recommend the following : 

PURE WHITE. 

Clara, (Seaman's,) Countess of Burlington, 

Examplar, (Widnall's,) King of the Whites, 

Metropolitan, Perfection (Wilmer's,) 

White Globe, Washington, inclining to 

blush. 

WHITE OR BLUSH SHADED WITH LILAC, &c. 

Angelina, Ariel, (Inwood's,) 

Blandina, Bride of Abydos, 

Conqueror of Europe, Criterion, 

Duchess of Sutherland,. Duchess of Sutherland, 

(Skirving's,) (Widnall's,) 

Duchess of Kent, King of Dahlias, (Wid- 

nall's,) 

Lady Dartmouth, Love Anne, (Dicker- 

son's,) 

Mary, (Dod's,) Mary Queen of Scots, 

(Harding's,) 

Mrs. Rushton, Salter, 

Robert Buist, (Young's,) Prima Donna. 

LILAC. 

Beauty of Kirkheaton, Lady Fordwich, 

Lilac Perfection, Niagara. 

ROSE OR PINK. 

Honourable Miss Neville, Hope, or Metropolitan Rose,- 

Metropolitan Calypso, Perfection, (Widnall's,) 

Rival Rose, Rosa Superba, 

Triumphant, (Levick's,) Virgil. (Young's.) 



May.] ARRANGEMENT. 115> 



PURE YELLOW. 

Conquering King of Yellow, Golden Sovereign, 
Queen's Superba, Yellow Perfection, 

Topaz, (Girling's,) Yellow Turban. 

YELLOW OR BQFF SPOTTED, STRIPED, OR TIPPED. 

Beauty of Dulwich, Clio Perfecta, 

Cedo Nullii, Miss Alexander, 

Sulphurea Elegans, Reliance, (Widnall's,); 

Unique, (Ansell's,) Sunbury Hero. 

RED OR ROSY RED. 

Coriolanus, Red Rover, 

Perfection, (Mackenzie's,) Lady Webster. 

SCARLET. 

Countess of Liverpool, Countess of Morton, 

Glory, (Douglas',) Glory of the West, 

Henry Clay, Ovid, 

Rival Scarlet, Scarlet Perfection. 

ROSY CRIMSON. 

Countess of Sheffield, Grandis, 

Juhette, (Widnall's,) Marquis of Lothian, 

Royal Standard, Sir Henry Fletcher, 

Sir WilHam Wallace, Springfield Rival, 

Warminster Rival, Warrior. 

CRIMSON. 

Crimson Globe, Independent, 

Daidem of Flora, Mungo Park, 

Ne plus ultra, (Widnall's,) Nimrod, 

Rienzi, Rival Sussex, 

Springfield Major, Victory Knights. 



116 ARRANGEMENT. [May. 

PURPLE. 

Conductor, (Widnall's,) Duke of Bedford, 

(Newby's,) 
Falconer's Purple, Grant Thorburn, 

Middlesex Rival, Napoleon, (Smith's,) 

Purple Perfection, (Squib's,) Vivid. 

DARK MAROON, AND VERY DARK. 

Addison, Beauty of LuUingston, 

Cheltenham Rival, Duke of Bedford,. 

Metropolitan Perfection, Robert le Diable, 

Suffolk Hero, Richard the Third. 

CRIMSON PERMANENTLY TIPPED WITH WHITE'. 
Osceolus, Star of Buckland. 

DISTINCTLY AND PERMANENTLY STRIPED. 
La Carnation, Lancashire Witch. 

The above are the choicest in cultivation at the present 
time, and for farther description in regard to colour, height, 
and price, we beg to refer our readers to the periodical cata- 
logues of our respectable nurserymen that are issued every 
spring, and contain many other sorts of eminence; and not a 
few equally desirable with the above, though the descrip- 
tions of some that are annually reeeived from England 
are more tempting than the article : whether there are some 
sorts that do produce more perfect and beautiful flowers in 
their humid climate than they do when transferred to ours, 
we cannot practically decide, but presume that it is the fact, for 
we are confident, and every season does more fully confirm 
it, that the seedlings grown in this country from seed sowed 
here do grow better, and flower finer, than the generality of 
those imported ; and, to prevent us adopting inferior sorts, 
and giving them das^m^ names, we subjoin the following rule s^ 
forjudging: 



May.] CHARACTER OF A FINE DAHLIA. 117 



CHARACTER OF A FINE DAHLIA. 

*' The best judges distinguish Dahlias by the three crite- 
ria of form, colour, and size. 

1. Form — The front view of the blossom should be per- 
fectly circular, without notches or inequalities, caused by the 
petals being pointed, and not as they should be, rounded, 
smooth at the edges, and slightly concave, but not so much 
as to show any of the back. One of the most perfect flowers, 
in this respect, is the Springfield Rival. When the petals 
are pointed, notched, fringed, piped, quilled, concave, con- 
vex, or flat, the perfectness of the circle is broken, and one 
indispensable beauty in the eye of the florist is deficient. 

When the eye or disc is shown in the full-blown flower, 
it is also a striking defect. 

The side view of a first rate flower should be that of a per- 
fect hemisphere. 

There is perhaps no example of this perfection of form 
without some slight deficiency. The Countess of Liverpool 
is one of the nearest to a perfect flower in this respect. 

3. Colour. — This is looked upon by florists as an inferior 
consideration to form, though it is usually the first to attract 
the notice of common observers. 

In flowers of one colour, or selfs, the colour ought to be 
bright and distinct, without any breaking or blotching. 
When there are stripes, mottlings, shadings, or edgings, 
these should be clear and uniformly marked, the colours 
distinct without clouding or running. 

3. Size — Although large flowers with superior form and 
clear distinct colours are esteemed superior to small flowers 
with the same properties, yet size alone is looked upon by 
florists as nothing when form and colour are defective." 

Particular care should be taken with seeds, especially such 
as are saved from fine sorts. If they are sown about the first 
of April, on a gentle hot-bed, or in a green-house in plots, 



118 ANNUALS, HARDY AND TENDER. [May. 

filled with light rich earth, covering the seeds about three- 
eighths of an inch, and when they have made leaves, pot thenn 
off singly into small pots, till time for planting out, or where 
a quantity is grown, three plants may be put into one pot, 
and thus planted, and when they bloom the bad can be 
pulled up, leaving those of good character to stand for farther 
trial : none should be kept but such as come up to the above 
rules ; and if they do not do so the first year, there is little 
hope of their being more perfect the second. 



ANNUALS, HARDY AND TENDER. 

By the first of the month finish sowing all hardy Annuals 
and Biennials ; and about the middle of the month all those 
that are tropical. The weather being now warm, they will 
vegetate in a few days or weeks. Attend to thinning of 
those that are too thick, giving gentle waterings to such as 
are week in dry weather. Those that have been protected 
in frames should be fully exposed therein night and day ; 
lake the first opportunity of damp cloudy days to have them 
transplanted into the borders or beds, lifting them out of 
the frame with as much earth as will adhere to their roots. 

CARE OF HYACINTHS, TULIPS, &c. 

For the treatment of these, while in bloom, see last month. 
The best time to take them out of the ground, is about five 
weeks after they are done flowering, or when the stem ap- 
pears what may be termed half decayed. The best method 
to dry them is to place the roots in rows, with bulb to bulb, 
the stems lying north and south, or east and west. Give the 
bulbs a very thin covering of earth, merely to exclude the 
sun, so that they may not dry too rapidly, being thereby 
liable to become soft. When they have thoroughly dried it> 
this situation, which will be in eight or ten days in dry wea- 



May.] CARE OF HYACINTHS, TULIPS, &C. 119 

ther, (and if it rains cover them with boards,) take them to 
an airy dry loft or shade, clearing off the fibres or stems, 
and in a few weeks put them in close drawers, or cover 
them with sand perfectly dry, until the time of planting, for 
which see October. 

It is not advisable to allow any of the bulbs of either Hy- 
acinths or Tulips to seed, as it retards their ripening and 
weakens the root, except where there are a few desired for 
new varieties. The small ofF-sets must be carefully kept in 
dry sand, or immediately planted. 

ANEMONES AND RANUNCULUS, 

These, while in bloom, should be carefully shaded from the 
sun by hoops and thin canvass, or an erect temporary awning; 
and as soon as they are done flowering, they must be fully 
exposed and the waterings given up. 

TUBEROSES AND AMARYLLIS, 

That are not planted, should now be done. For full di- 
rections, see last month. In many seasons, any time before 
the twelfth is quite soon enough ; but nothing ought to be 
delayed when the season will permit it to be done. It is 
necessary to have them properly labelled. 

AURICULAS, POLYANTHUS, AND PRIMROSES, 

Will now be done flowering, but still must be care- 
fully kept in a cool, shady situation, and all decayed 
leaves cut off as soon as they appear. Examine them care- 
fully and frequently, in case slugs of any description be 
preying upon them. A dusting of hot lime will kill them, 
or they may be otherwise destroyed. Some have recom- 
mended to repot and slip those plants when done flowering, 
" or they will contract a destructive disease;" which disease 



120 DOUBLE WALL-FLOWERS. [Mat/. 

is a loss of verdure, and is induced by too much heat and 
drought, and a few other causes from inattention ; but if at- 
tended to as above, until September, when they should be 
fresh-potted, they will have time to be sufficiently established 
before winter, which is the most judicious time to take off 
slips, for two reasons, namely, they do not want so much 
nursing through the most precarious season of the year (sum- 
mer) for these plants, and they begin to grow, and will root 
afresh sooner. 

DOUBLE WALL-FLOWERS. 

As these are very seldom grown from seed, and are semi-bi- 
ennials, art has to be used to preserve or renew them. About 
the end of this month, take shoots of this year about three 
inches long, cutting them carefully off, and smoothing the 
cut end with a sharp knife : from this cut the lower leaves 
off about one inch and a half, and then put it in the ground ; 
choose a very shady spot, mi.xing the soil with a little sand 
and earth, or decayed leaves. Sprinkle them three times a 
day until they have taken root, which will be in a few weeks. 
Keep the cuttings about four inches apart. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

We do not consider that it is essential every month to re- 
peat the necessity of tying up plants, cutting down weeds, 
raking, &c., with many other similar observations. We 
have already been full on these subjects, and expect these to 
be remembered through the season. Particular care, how- 
ever, is required to carnations, pi?iks, or any plants that have 
heavy heads and slender stems. If carnations are desired to 
flower strongly, cut off all the buds except three, leaving the 
uppermost and any other two of the largest. All climbing 
plants should have timely support, and tied securely every 
week while they are growing. 



June and July.] Holland bulbs. 121 

JUNE AND JDLY. 

HOLLAND BULBS. 

The lifting of these will be general in June. For direc- 
tions, see May. It is not advisable to take up Jonquils, Fritil- 
laria, Crocus, and Iris, oftenerthan every alternate year. Jon- 
quils may stand three years. Anemones and Ranunculus 
should be carefully lifted after their leaves begin to fade. 
Do not expose them to the sun, but cover slightly with earth 
or sand until they are perfectly dry, when they may be sifted 
out of the earth, and put into drawers carefully labelled. 
Some recommend to soak these roots in soap-suds, to de- 
stroy a worm with which they are frequently attacked. We 
know not how far this may be carried, nor the good or bad 
effects, never having practised it. 

AUTUMJN FLOWERING BULBS. 

These are AiJiaryllis lutea,novf csWed Sternbergia lutea ; 
A. Belladonna, now Belladonna purpurdscens ; Crocus sati- 
vus, C. Palldsii, C. serotinus, and C. nudiflbrus, and all the 
species of Colchicum, with species of several other genera 
not introduced into the country. They should all be lifted 
as soon as the foliage is decayed, and kept only a few weeks 
out of the ground, and then again replanted in fresh soil. 
The economy of the genus Colchicum in regard to its bulbs, 
flowers, and seeds, is altogether singular, and may be termed 
an anomaly of nature. In producing the new bulbs or off- 
sets, in a very curious manner the old one perishes. The 
flowers, which arise with long slender tubes from the root, 
die off in October, without leaving any external appearance 
of seeds. These lie buried all the winter within the bulb, 

11 



122 CARNATIONS AND PINKS. [Juuc and July. 

in spring they throw up a fruit stalk, and are ripe about the 
first of June. How beautiful and admirable is this provision ! 
The plant blooming so late in the year, would not have time 
to mature its seeds before winter ; and is, therefore, so con- 
trived that it may be performed out of the reach of the usual 
effects of frost, and they are brought above the surface when 
perfected, and at a proper season for sowing. 



CARNATIONS AND PINKS. 

In order to make the former flower well, if the weather 13 
dry, give them frequent waterings at the root, and tie them 
up neatly to their rods. The criterion of a fine Carnation is 
— The stem strong and straight, from thirty to forty inches 
high, the corolla three inches in diameter, consisting of large, 
round, well formed petals, but not so many as to crowd it, 
nor so few as to make it appear thin or empty ; the outside 
petals should rise above the calyx about half an inch, and 
then turn off in a horizontal direction, to support the interior 
petals, they forming nearly a hemispherical corolla. The 
interior petals should decrease in size toward the centre, all 
regularly disposed on every side ; they should have a small 
degree of concavity at the lamina or broad end, the edges 
perfectly entire. The calyx above one inch in length, with 
strong broad points in a close and circular body. The co- 
lours must be perfectly distinct, disposed in regular long 
stripes, broadest at the edge of the lamina, and gradually be- 
coming narrower as they approach the unguis or base of the 
petal, there terminating in a fine point. Those that contain 
two colours upon a white ground are esteemed the finest. 

The criterion of a double pink — The stem about twelve 
inches, the calyx smaller, but similar to a carnation ; the 
flowers two inches and a half in diameter ; petals rose edges ; 
colour white and pure purple, or rich crimson ; the nearer it 
approaches to black the more is it esteemed ; proportions 



\ 



June and July ."l of laying carnations, &c. 123 

equal as in carnation. Those that are very tasteful with 
these flowers are attentive to the manner of their opening. 
Where the calyx is deficient in regular expansion, to display 
the petals ; that is, where there is a tendency to burst open 
on one side more than on the other, the opposite side in two 
or three different indentations should be slit a little at several 
limes with the point of a small sharp knife, taking care not 
to cut the petals, and about the centre of the calyx tie a 
thread three or four times round to prevent any farther ir- 
regularity. Some florists and connoisseurs place cards on 
them. This is done when the calyx is small. Take a piece 
of thin pasteboard, about the size of a dollar, cut a small 
aperture in its centre to admit the bud to pass through. 
When on, tie it tight to the rod, to prevent the wind from 
blowing it about; and when the flower is expanded, draw up 
the card to about the middle of the calyx, and spread the 
petals one over the other regularly upon it. When these 
plants are in flower, their beauty may be prolonged by giving 
them a little shade from the mid-day sun by an awning of 
any simple description. Where they are in pots, they can 
be removed to a cool shady situation, (but not directly under 
trees.) 

OF LAYING CARNATIONS AND PINKS. 

This is a necessary and yearly operation to keep a supply of 
plants, and likewise to have them always in perfection. As 
the process of laying, though simple, may not be known to 
all who are desirous of cultivating these plants, we will give 
an outline of the mode of operation. Provide first a quantity 
of small hooked twigs, (pieces of Asparagus stems are very 
suitable,) about three inches long, for pegging the layers down 
in the earth. Select the outward, strongest, and lowest shoots 
that are round the plant ; trim off a few of the under leaves, 
and shorten the top ones even with the knife, and then ap- 
plying it at a joint about the middle of the under-side of the 



124 OF BUDDING, &c. [Juue and JuIt/. 

shoot, cut about half through in a slanting direction, nnaking 
an upward slit toward the next joint, near an inch in extent ; 
and loosening the earth, make a small oblong cavity one or 
two inches deep, putting a little fresh lightearlh therein. Lay 
the stem part where the slit is made into the earth, keeping 
the cut part open, and the head of the layer upright one or 
two inches out of the earth ; and in that position peg down 
the layer with one of the hooked twigs, and cover the in- 
serted part to the depth of one inch with some of the fresh 
earth, pressing it gently down. In this manner proceed to 
lay all the proper shoots of each plant. Keep the earth a lit- 
tle full around the plant, to retain longer the water that may 
be applied. Give immediately a moderate watering with a 
rose watering-pot, and in dry weather give light waterings 
every evening. Choose a cloudy day for the above opera- 
tion. In about two months they will be well rooted. 



OF BUDDING OR INOCULATION OF ROSES. 

According to what we have previously hinted in regard to 
havingroses as standards, where such are desired, the months 
of July or August is a proper time for the operation of budding. 
The kinds to be taken for stocks should be of a strong free 
growth : such as Maiden'' s blush, Dutch tree, R.vildsa,R.ca- 
mna, and frequently iheFrench Eglantine are taken. Bepro- 
vided with a proper budding knife, which has a sharp, thin 
blade, adapted to prepare the bud, with a tapering ivory haft, 
made thin at the end, for raising the bark of the stock. For 
tyings, use bass strings from Russia mats, which should be 
soaked in water to make them more pliable. The height of 
the stock or stem at which the bud is to be inserted, is to be 
determined by the intended destination of the tree, (as it may 
be properly called.) Choose a smooth part of the stem, from 
one to three years old. Having marked the place, prune 
awav all the lateral shoots about and underneath it. With 



June and July.\ of budding, &c. 125 

the knife directed horizontally, make an incision about half 
an inch long in the bark of the stock, cutting to the wood,, 
but not deeper ; then applying the point of the knife to the 
middle of this line, make a perpendicular incision under the 
first, extending from it between one and two inches. Having 
a healthy shoot of the growth of this year provided of the 
kind that is desired, begin at the lower end of this shoot, cut 
away all the leaves, leaving the footstalk of each. Being 
fixed on a promising bud, insert the knife about half an inch 
above the eye, slanting it downward, and about half through 
the shoot. Draw it out about an inch below the eye, so as 
to bring away the bud unimpaired with the bark, and part of 
the wood adhering to it ^ the wood now must be carefully 
detached from the bark. To do this, insert the point of the 
knife between the bark and wood at one end, and, holding 
the bark tenderly, strip off the woody part, which will readi- 
ly part from the bark, if the shoot from which the piece is 
taken has been properly imbued with sap.* Look at the 
inner rind of the separated bark, to see if that be entire : if 
there be a hole in it, the eye of the bud has been pulled away 
with the wood, rendering the bud useless, which throw 
away ; if there be no hole, return to the stock, and with the 
haft of the knife gently raise the bark on each side of the 
perpendicular incision, opening the lips wide enough to ad- 
mit the prepared slip with the eye. If the slip is longer 
than the upright incision in the stock, reduce the largest end. 
Stock and bub being ready, keep the latter in its natural po- 
sition ; introduce it between the bark and wood of the stocky 
pushing it gently downward until it reaches the bottom of 
the perpendicular incision. Let the eye of the bud project 



* We once budded three eyes of the white moss rose, after they had, by 
mistake, been carried in the pocket of a coat three days. The shoot was- 
soaked six hours in water, and two of the buds grew. From this we infer 
that shoots, if properly wrapped up, may be carried very great distances, 
and grow successfully. 

11* 



126 OF WATERING. [Jutie and Juh/. 

through the centre of the lips ; lay the slip with the bud as 
smooth as possible, and press down the raised bark of the 
stock. The bud being deposited, bind that part of the stock 
moderately tight with bass, beginning a little below the inci- 
sion, proceeding upward so as to keep the eye uncovered, 
finishing above the incision. In a month after the opera- 
tion, examine whether the bud has united with the stock. If 
it has succeeded, the bud will be full and fresh ; if not, it will 
be brown and contracted. When it has taken, unite the ban- 
dage, that the bud may swell, and in a few days afterward 
cut the head of the stock off about six inches above the inocu- 
lation, and prevent all shoots from growing by pinching 
them off. This will forward the bud, which will push and 
ripen wood this season ; but it must be carefully tied as it 
grows to the remaining head of the stock. Some do not head 
down the stock until the following spring, thereby not en- 
couraging the bud to grow, which, if winter sets in early, is 
the safest method. 



OF watering: 

If the season be dry, look over the lately planted shrubs, and 
give them frequent copious waterings; and a few of the finest 
annuals that are wanted to flower perfectly should be attended 
to. We do confess that we used to be advocates for giving 
plenty of water to the Dahlia, but the severe drought of 1838 
put our science to the test, and the result was, that of about 
©ne hundred plants of our most choice kinds, which we re* 
gularly watered three times a week, for nine weeks, during 
which period we had not a drop of rain ; the plants grew 
luxuriantly, but many of them never produced a perfect 
bloom ; and those that had no attention whatever paid to 
them, except a litttle manure or litter laid on the surface over 
lihe roots, flowered almost as well as in our more moist sea- 



August.] EVERGREEN HEDGfES. 127 

sons. Hence we infer that an occasional watering may be 
of service, but continued and repeated artificial waterings are 
injurious. 



AUGUST. 

EVERGREEN HEDGES. 

These always make two growths in the season, and ths 
best time to perform the operation of clipping or dressing 
them is before the plants begin their second growth. Choose^ 
if possible, dull and cloudy days, as in such weather they will 
not be so liable to get brown or bruised by shearing. The 
general practice in forming these is to have the sides even 
and the top level, forming a right angle on each side. How- 
ever neat in appearance this may be considered, it certainly 
is stiff and formal. We never approve of clipping where it 
can be avoided, and, when adopted, nature ought to be imi- 
tated. Therefore, have all hedges and edgings tapering to- 
ward the top. 



• CARNATIONS AND PINKS, 

If laid about the end of June, and have been properly at- 
tended, will, by the end of this month, be well rotted and fit 
for transplanting. Clear away the earth lightly, and cut them 
clean oif from the parent plant, nearer the stool than the ori- 
ginal slit. Raise them neatly out of the earth, with as many 
of the root-fibres as possible ; cut off the naked part of the 
stem close to the fibrous roots, and trim away the straggling 
leaves. Plant the finest sorts in four-inch pots, and those 
more common, three plants in five-inch pots, in the form of 



128 BULBOUS ROOTS. [AugUSf. 

a triangle, which can be separated in spring to plant in the 
garden. Any of the principal stools should be (if in the 
ground) lifted and put into seven-inch pots to be preserved ; 
the others may be allowed to stand through the winter, co- 
vering them with a few dry leaves. Keep them in the shade 
a few weeks, when they may be fully exposed. Give gen- 
tle and frequent sprinkhngs of water until they have taken 
fresh root ; or, if in want of pots, mark out a bed that can be 
covered with a frame, preparing the soil therein properly. 
Plant them from four to six inches apart. Shade them from 
the sun until they begin to grow, giving sprinklings of water 
over the foliage every evening. 

BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Look over the bulbs that are out of the ground, and exa- 
mine those that require planting. Of Fritillaria there are 
about twenty species, but few of them generally cultivated^ 
except F. imperialis, Crown Imperial, and F. persica. Of 
the former there are many very splendid varieties, such as 
Crown upon crown, Lutea maocima, Striped leaved, Double 
flowered, ^c. These will require planting, and ought not 
to be lifted oftener than every third year. They require a 
deep, rich, loamy soil, and, if in beds, plant them from five 
to seven inches deep, and one foot apart. They will grow 
under the shade of trees, or in any situation where the soil is 
adapted for them. No imbricated or scaly bulb ought to be 
retained long out of the ground. When any of these are 
lifted, and the young bulbs taken off, they should be planted 
at once. See particularly, on bulbous roots in general, next 
month. 

SOWING SEEDS OF BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Where any seeds of these are saved, with the intention of 
sowing, let it be done this month. Procure boxes about sevem 



September.] of dahlias. 129 

inches deep, and, in size, proportioned to the quantity to be 
sown. Put five inches of hght sandy soil in the box, level 
it smoothly, and sow the seeds separately and thickly ; cover 
with half an inch of light sandy loam, with a portion of earth 
from the woods. Keep the box or boxes in a sheltered si- 
tuation, giving frequent sprinklings of water, to keep the 
earth damp, which must be protected with a frame, or co- 
vered with leaves during winter. The plants will appear in 
the spring, and must be watered and kept in the shade : when 
the leaves decay in June, put one inch more soil upon them, 
and the second year they can be planted with the small off- 
sets in the garden, and treated as other bulbs. They must be 
carefully marked every year. Tulips require several years of 
trial before their qualities are known ; and a poor soil is besl 
suited to produce their characters after the first bloom. 



SEPTEMBER. 

OF DAHLIAS. 

See that all these plants are supported with proper stakes^^ 
rods, &c., that the wind may have no effect in breaking down 
or otherwise destroying the flower stems. Strictly observe 
their respective heights and colours, that they may be duly 
disposed and interspersed next year, if not done so this. At- 
tend particularly to the merits of those grown from seed. 

GENERAL CARE OF PLANTS IN POTS. 

All the flowers that are in pots, and intended to be kept in 
frames during winter^ should have a top-dressing and a ge- 
neral preparation for their winter quarters, by tying up, &c. 



130 PREPARE BEDS, 6cc. [September. 

The carnation and pink layers that were lifted and potted last 
month, must be brought from the shade as soon as they be- 
gin to grow , and those that are not lifted, have them done 
forthwith, that they may be rooted afresh before the frost 
sets in. All Wall-flowers and Stocks should be lifted about 
the end of this month, and planted in five to seven-inch pots, 
and treated as directed for carnation layers last month, until 
they begin to grow, when they must be fully exposed. 



PREPARE BEDS AND BORDERS FOR BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Bulbous roots of every character delight in deep free soil ; 
consequently, wherever they are desired to be planted, due 
attention must be paid to put the soil in proper order, to have 
them in perfection. Where there are a quantity intended to 
be planted, to have them in beds is the general and prefera- 
ble method. These ought to be dug from eighteen inches to 
two feet deep, at the bottom of which place three or four 
inches of decayed manure. Where the soil is poor it should 
be enriched with well decomposed manure and earth from 
the woods, incorporating both well with the soil, breaking it 
all fine. This being done, allow it to stand until the middle 
of next month, which see for farther directions. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Tie up carefully all the Chrysanthemums, Tuberoses, &c. 
Clear away the stems or haulm of any decayed annuals or 
herbaceous plants, that nothing unsightly may appear. Pro- 
pagate the Pansy by layers, &c. See page 102. 

SOWING AND SAVING SEEDS. 

About the end of this month or beginning of next is an ad- 
visable period to sow seed of Delphinium Ajdcis fibre plena^ 



October.] OF PLANTING, &c. 131 

or Double Rocket Larkspur. This plant does not flower in 
perfection unless sown in autumn, and grown a little above 
ground before winter ; when a few leaves can be lightly 
thrown among them, but not to cover them entirely, or a 
few branches thickly laid on will answer as well. There are 
several other annuals that bloom more early and much finer 
by being sown about this period : such as Gilia, Coreopsis, 
Centaurea, Clarkia, Collinsia, <^c. Be attentive in collect- 
ing and saving all kinds of seeds, and have them correctly 
named, with the year in which they were grown. 

The finer kinds of Pansy seeds that may have been col- 
lected during the season, should now be sown in a rich, free, 
loamy soil, and in a situation where they can be covered 
during winter with a temporary frame of boards : although 
they are perfectly hardy, yet they will bloom earlier and 
more superb in the spring by having a slight protection. 



OCTOBER. 

OF PLANTING VARIOUS BULBOUS AND TUBEROUS ROOTS, 

From the first of October to the middle of November is 
the best period for a general planting of bulbs, corms, and 
tubers, which, if the ground has been prepared, as formerly 
directed, will now be in readiness. We will give the names 
and descriptions of a few of the leading sorts. 

Anemone hortensis. The cultivation of this tuber has been 
attended with less satisfaction than any other floral plant that 
has been introduced into this country. The general failure 
may, in part, be attributed to the very inferior roots annually 
sent from Holland, which rarely arrive in good order, and 
those that do grow, are very discouraging, never making a 
luber sufficient for another year's planting. Several hundred 



V3^ OF PLANTING, &c. \ October. 

varieties are cultivated in England with great care and com- 
plete success. They are planted in a deep rich soil, using a 
considerable portion of cow manure and decomposed leaves, 
covering the crowns of the roots about two inches. The tubes 
are flat, but the eye from whence the flower-stem arises is 
apparent on one of the sides, which must be laid uppermost. 
During the severity of winter, they should be protected by 
a frame, and have a sprinkling of very dry leaves strewn 
among them. 

Crocus. There are upward of one hundred varieties of 
this vernal flower in cultivation, attended with universal 
success. They delight in rich soils, and may either be plant- 
ed ill beds or rows, at least two inches deep, and six inches 
from row to row — they seldom require removal; every three 
or four years will be sufficient. They can be purchased at 
from seventy-five cents to two dollars per hundred, accord- 
ing to quality. When they are done blooming, the foliage 
should not be removed till perfectly decayed 

Fritillaria, or Crown Imperial. See last month. 

Hyacinths. The ground that was prepared for these last 
month, should be all divided into beds four feet wide, leaving 
between each alleys of twenty inches. Skim off four or five 
inches of the surface of the former into the latter, level the 
bed smoothly with the rake, and mark it off in rows eight 
inches apart. Plant the roots in the row eight inches asun- 
der. Thus they will be in squares, and by planting the dif- 
ferent colours, alternately, the bed will be beautifully diver- 
sified. Cover each bulb with sand, when it can be procured. 
Put about four inches of earth over the crowns, which will 
make the beds from two to three inches higher than the al- 
leys. The beds, before and after planting, should be gently 
rounded from the middle to each side, to let the rain pass off. 
Finish all by raking evenly, straighten the edgings with the 
line, and clear out the alleys or pathways. 

Wc have grown Hyacinths in great perfection — when, 
in addition to the above, we covered them with two to three 



October.] jonquils — lilium. 13;1 

inches of cow manure. The Dutch florists name nearly two 
thousand varieties of this flower, and have large fields de- 
voted to their culture. When the double varieties were 
first brought into notice, they sold at from one to two thou- 
sand guilders a roof, (about from four to eight hundred 
dollars.) The finer kinds can be purchased at from two to 
four dollars per dozen. 

Iris, or Fleur de luce. The English and Persian irises are 
coming in repute as showy garden flowers. They will grow 
in any well prepared soil, and require to be planted in the 
same manner as the tulip. 

Jonquils. Double and single. Plant these in the same 
soil as Tulips, six inches apart, and cover three inches deep. 
They do not flower so well the first year as in the second and 
third, therefore should only be lifted every third year. 

Lilium. The family of Lilies are all splendid, very inte- 
resting, and easy of culture, requiring merely a good deep 
loamy soil — nowise inclined to moisture. They are all 
hardy, except L. japbnicum and L. longiflbrum, which we 
lift in November, and again plant them about the first of 
March, keeping them through the winter in dry sand, in a 
cellar free from frost. The hardy kinds, deserving most at- 
tention, are L. Cdndidum, (the double variety of it is not worth 
growing,) L. Chalcedonicum, and its varieties, L. Tigrinum, 
L. Concolor, and L. Mdrtagon ; these, with the species 
indigenous to this country, are all very beautiful. They 
should be planted from three to five inches deep, according 
to the size of the bulb, and need not be taken up oftener than 
once in every three or four years. None of the species can 
be transplanted after they have grown, without injuring their 
flowering. 

Narcissus require treatment similar to the Lily, except 
the soil, which must be richer, and even then they do not 
bloom so finely in a few years as they do when first imported ; 
but they are cheap, and can annually be procured. 

12 



134 p^oNiAS. [October. 

PcBonias are all magnificent in flower, and, for display, 
are not surpassed by any spring blooming plant; 
and we do cheerfully urge our readers to cultivate 
the choice sorts, which can scarcely be said to 
have a rival. Such are — 
P. Moutdn Bdnksii, common double blush, tree Paeonia. 
P. Moutdn papaverdcea, single while, tree Paeonia, with 

purple centre. 
P. Moutdn rosea, large rose, semi-double tree Pseonia. 
P.MoM^anoc/orafa, sweet-scented, rose-coloured tree Pseonia. 
P. Moutdn albida pleno, double white, tree Psonia. 
P. edulis albiflora, single white herbaceous Paeonia. 
P. edulis xvldtleji, superb double white herbaceous Pseonia. 
P. edulis Hiimei, very large double rose herbaceous Paeonia. 
P. edulis frdgrans, double red, sweet-scented herbaceous 

Pseonia. 
P. edulis Reevesiana, Chinese double crimson herbaceous 

Pseonia. 
P. officinalis rubra, common double herbaceous Paeonia. 
P. officinalis airopurpicrea, very dark crimson herbaceous 

Paeonia. 
P. officinalis dlbicans, changeable, white rose, or blush her- 
baceous Paeonia. 

There are several other splendid double varieties in some 
rare collections of Europe, which have not yet made their 
appearance in general culture. There are also a few very 
choice single kinds that are desirable for growing to raise 
new sorts from ; for it is from the single species that the 
Chinese have been so successful in procuring the magnificent 
double varieties, which are so anxiously and perseveringly 
sought for. The seeds mature well in this country, and 
should be sown as soon as ripe : they will vegetate the follow- 
ing spring, and in three years may be expected to bloom. 
The Pa^ony will grow in any rich loamy soil, which should 
be at least fifteen inches deep. An eastern situation or 



October.] tulips. 135 

aspect is best adapted for them in this latitude ; but in the 
more southern states, they will display their flowers better 
on a northern aspect, or where they will be shaded from the 
sun, but not under the dripping of trees. The most suitable 
lime for planting them is in September, October, or Novem- 
ber. Spring-planted roots never succeed well the first year. 
Paeony moutan and its varieties are all of a shrubby nature, 
and will grow into large bushes, producing from fifty to one 
hundred blooms of not less than fifteen inches in circumfe- 
rence ; they can be propagated by division of the root, or by 
layers. 

Tulips. As this flower will soon be a decided favourite 
over this might country, we will give a minute description 
of the soil most genial to it, at the same time remarking that 
it will grow in almost any soil or situation, though less per- 
fect. Many of the kinds are of the most splendid colours 
and strong in growth, frequently growing over three feet in 
height, with cups sufficiently large to satisfy the greatest 
Bacchus. All writers agree that Tulip beds should be "four 
feet wide ;" though I think three and a half will be found 
more convenient, and, in length, according to the number of 
roots to be planted. The soil should consist of good, fresh 
loam, mixed with a small portion of well rotted stable ma- 
nure, at least two years old. The whole should be incor- 
porated together four months previous to using. The com- 
mon soil should be taken out sixteen inches deep, and 
filled with the above compost. Raise the beds nbt less 
than three inches above the paths at the outside, and about 
six or eight inches in the middle ; this convexity will assist in 
throwing off the water in times of heavy and continued rains. 
The bed thus formed, plant the bulbs in rows, lengthwise on 
the bed, about six inches from bulb to bulb, and seven inches 
from row to row. The bed may be marked out by straining 
a line very tight, lengthwise on the bed, and beating it with 
the back of the spade, leaving a lined groove along the ground. 
Then, with a lath four feet long, let the bed be marked across 



136 PLANTING AND TRANSPLANTING. [Octoher. 

at six inches distance, so as to leave distinct impressions at 
each crossing of the ground lines ; for these will form 1 he spots 
where the bulbs are to be planted, by means of a dibber, 
made larger than the largest bulb, and flattened at the end. 
The holes are to be made four inches deep, and about half an 
inch of sharp sand ought to be dropped in each. The centre 
line ought to be planted with the tallest kinds, and the out- 
side of the bed wiih the lowest. In severe frosts they should 
be protected by boards or branches. Tulips have ever been 
held in the highest estimation. As early as 1637 history re- 
cords one hundred and twenty Tulips being sold at public 
auction for no less a sum than nine thousand guilders, equal 
to thirty-six hundred dollars ; and, in England, at the present 
day, a good collection is valued at five thousand dollars. 
Florists generally divide them into three classes, viz. : first, 
Byhloemens, such as have a white ground, variegated with 
purple, as jBzen/ati or Washington, &lc.\ secoudXy, Bizarres^ 
having a yellow ground, variegated with scarlet, purple, rose, 
or velvet, as Trafalgar, Due de Savoie, &c. ; and, thirdly, 
Roses with white ground, variegated with rose, scarlet, or 
crimson, as La Tendresse, Rose mignonne, &c. 

The superb kinds are often very expensive, even fifty 
pounds sterling is frequently given for a single bulb ; and 
we doubt much if these high-priced kinds are finer than 
Washington, Milo, or Trafalgar, which, with many others, 
can be procured for less than one dollar each. 

PLANTING AND TRANSPLANTING. 

This is a very proper period to plant the beautiful and 
early flowering Pyrws^opon/ca, now called Cydonia japoni- 
ca. The blossoms are of a rich scarlet colour. It is the 
earliest flowering shrub of the garden, and deciduous, though 
said by some to be '* an evergreen." The plant is bushy, 
and well adapted for single plants in grass plats, or forming 
low ornamental hedges. There is likewise C. j. alba, a fine 



October.] grass and gravel walks. 137 

blush variety of the same habit, and both are of the hardiest 
nature. 

Double Primroses, Polyanthus, Daisies, &c. Any of these 
that were planted in shaded situations in spring, and have 
been preserved through the summer, should have for their 
farther protection a bed well sheltered from the north-west, 
in which they should be planted four inches apart. Give 
them a few sprinklings of water in the morning, and have a 
temporary frame of rough boards put together to place over 
them during the severity of winter. The frame may be co- 
vered with the same in place of glass, which must be kept 
over them while they are in a frozen state. 

Any other plants that are in the ground, which are intend- 
ed to be protected with frames through the winter, ought to 
be immediately lifted and potted, and treated as directed for 
all new-potted plants. 



GRASS AND GRAVEL WALKS. 

The former should be trimly cut and well rolled this month, 
ihat they may appear neat all winter. Never allow decayed 
leaves to lie any lime upon them, as they are apt to rot out 
the grass. The latter should be divested of every weed, and 
receive a firm rolling. Clear them at all times of leaves and 
other litter. These, if on a declivity, and have not a firm 
substantial bottom, will be subject to be cut up with every 
heavy rain. A break should be put in every twenty, forty, 
or eighty feet, to throw off the water. A strong plank will 
answer perfectly well, but in such situations we would pre- 
fer grass walks. 

PLANTING EVERGREENS. 

This month is the best period in autumn to plant these 
shrubs ; and where there is a great extent to be planted, it 

12* 



138 DAHLIAS. [November. 

would be advisable to do a part of it now ; but we give the 
preference to April, which see for directions. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

When the plantings of bulbs, &c., are finished, every part 
of the garden should have a thorough cleaning. All annual 
flowers will have passed tlic season of their beauty ; there- 
fore, remove the decayed flower stems or haulm, and trim 
off the borders. Dig all vacant ground, especially that in- 
tended to be planted with shrubs in the ensuing spring, 
which ought to be dug from one to two feet deep. 



NOVEMBER. 

DAHLIAS. 

It is not advisable to delay lifting the roots of the Dahlia 
after the first of the month, as frequently severe frosts set in 
about this period, and would totally destroy them. Choose 
a dry day for the purpose, and with a spade carefully lift 
every root, divesting it of any earth that may adhere thereto, 
but not to shake it ofl", as thereby the neck of the tubers would 
be bruised, and probably entirely destroy the vitality of the 
plant for the coming season. With us, the frost generally 
destroys the foliage and stems of the plants from about the 
middle of October to the beginning of the present month. 
The stems should then be cut to within a few inches of the 
ground : when the roots should be lifted directly thereafter, 
and the labels properly secured to them with metallic wire. 
Many opinions are given for the best method of securing 



November.] erythrinas. 139 

them during winter from the effects of frost, which is their 
certain destruction. In this country, a dry close cellar, that 
will retain a temperature of not less than thirty-five degrees, 
and not over forty-five, will be the most proper place : if the 
tubers are small, they should be covered with dry sand or 
earth. The method we have adopted with our finest kinds, 
which has resulted in complete success, is, to lay dry boards 
on the cellar-floor, and place the roots closely thereon, co- 
vering them to the stem with dry sand, laying mats overall: 
in this manner they preserve till spring in the most perfect 
order. They can also be kept in a cool green-house ; but 
must be protected from drippings of water falling upon them. 

TUBEROSES, TIGRIDIAS, AND AMARYLLIS. 

These tubers and bulbs, as soon as the frost has partly in- 
jured the foliage, should be taken up, and dried thoroughly 
in the sun, taking care, at all times, to keep them clear from 
frost. When they are dry, divest them of their foliage and 
fibres, and pack them in boxes with dry sand or moss. 
Store these away for the winter, either in a room or a dry 
cellar, where they will, at all times, be exempt from frost, 
the least touch of which would destroy them. We have 
kept them completely secure in the cellar. 

ERYTHRINAS. 

Where there are any plants of E. herbdcea, E. laurifdha^and 
E. crista-gdlla, which are intended to be lifted, they should 
be carefully done and preserved in half dry earth, and kept 
beside the Dahlias. They are magnificent ornaments in the 
flower garden. 

PRIMROSES, POLYANTHUS, AND DAISIES, 

That were planted in a sheltered spot, as directed last 
month, should have a frame placed over them, and their co- 



140 CHOICE CARNATIONS, &c. [NovemhcT, 

vering in readiness for the approach of winter ; giving the 
plants a light covering of leaves, which will preserve their 
foliage from the effects of frost. 



CHOICE CARNATIONS, PINKS, PANSIES, AND AURICULAS, 

That are in pots, should be placed in the franne intended 
for their abode during winter. If the pots are plunged to 
the rims in dry leaves or saw-dust, it will greatly protect 
their roots from the severe effects of frost. Where glass is 
used for these frames, they should have besides a covering 
of boards or straw mats ; those that are in beds may be co- 
vered as above directed for Primroses, &c, 

Thoy ought not to be uncovered while in a frozen state. 
It is not altogether the intensity of cold that destroys these 
plants so much as the alternate thawing and freezing. 

All half hardy plants, such as Wall-jloioer, German stocks, 
Sweet-bay, tender roses, with several others, should be pro- 
tected as above direcred for Carnations. Earth or tan should 
be put round the outside of these frames, which will be a 
partial shelter from the changing state of the atmosphere. 
Oak leaves answer the purpose very well, but they are a 
harbour for all kinds of vermin, especially rats and mice, 
which would destroy everything. It may be useful to say 
a few words on the nature of tan or tanner's bark. Many 
suppose that the smallest quantity will produce heat. If 
three or four cart loads of it are put into one heap, and pro- 
tected from the rain, it will ferment ; and when the first fer- 
mentation is abated, by mixing it with leaves, a substantial 
hot-bed made be made, or put it by itself into a pit ; and, 
when there is no pit, boards may be substituted to keep it 
together : either of these methods will produce a lasting heat. 
But in small quantities, and exposed to rain, &c., no heat will 
be produced, but rather the contrary. It is excellent, when 
dry, in keeping out frost from any plants ; being a body no5 



November.] protection of seedling bulbs. 141 

easily penetrated, similar to dry sand, saw-dust, or dry leaves. 
Frequently the same opinion is held in regard to stable ma- 
nure, small portions of which will never produce heat. 



OF PROTECTING PLANTS IN THE GARDEN. 

During this or next month, according to the stale of the 
season, protect all the plants that are in the ground, which 
are not completely hardy. The coverings may be straw, 
Russia mats, canvass, boxes, or barrels. The two latter 
must be perforated in the top, to let the damp air pass off, or 
the plant would become musty and decay. Those covered 
with straw or mats should have small stakes placed round 
the plants, and covering tied tliereto, and remain so until the 
month of March or first of April. Herbaceous plants that 
are tender, may be covered with three or four inches of tan, 
saw-dust, or half decayed leaves, which will tend greatly to 
preserve their roots. These coverings must be carefully re- 
moved on the first opening of spring. The shrubs that are 
otherwise covered would be greatly benefited by having 
their roots protected in a similar manner, as directed for her- 
baceous plants. 



PROTECTION OF SEEDLING BULBS. 

If any seeds of Hyacinths, Tulips, or Fritillara, were sown 
in pots or boxes, letthem be removed to a dry, sheltered situa- 
tion, and plunged level with the ground ; or fill the spaces 
between them with dry leaves or tanner's bark, and cover 
the whole with new-fallen leaves, laying over all a few boards 
to prevent the wind blowing them off. These form better 
coverings than straw or haulm, which is liable to become 
musty, and communicate the effect to the roots. The above 
covering is not required until the approach of severe frost. 



142 GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. [November. 



OF PLANTING DECIDUOUS TREES AND SHRUBS. 

It is not recommendable to make a general planting of these 
at this period of the year ; the success entirely depending on 
the nature of the season and the slate of the soil. If any are 
planted, let them be those of the hardiest nature, and in light 
and absorbent soil, not subject to be stagnated or over-flooded 
during winter. When this and next month are mild, autumn 
plantings are very frequently as sure as those of the spring. 
But the precarious state of the season is not to be depended 
upon, therefore avoid large plantings of any kind, and more 
especially of delicate roses, the roots of which are apt to rot 
off, except they have been previously grown in pots. No- 
thing can be more injurious to a plant, at this season particu- 
larly, than to bed its roots in mortar, by which the tender 
iibres either perish or are cramped ever afterward. The 
soil at the time of planting should be so friable as not to ad- 
here to the spade, which is a good rule in planting at any sea- 
son, or in any soil. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Carry out of the garden all decayed leaves and litter of 
every description, cutting down any weeds that remain. Col- 
lect all the stakes and rods that have been supporting plants, 
tie them up in bundles for the use of next year, and put them 
under cover. Look over every part of the garden, and see 
that nothing has been omitted in the way of covering or other 
protection. The sashes that are to be used on the frames 
should be perfectly whole, every interstice in the glass put- 
lied, and all ready for use when occasion may require. At- 
tend to all plants in pots, and give them gentle waterings as 
they stand in need ; but never during the time the soil is fro- 
zen about their roots. 



December.] general observations. 143 



DECEMBER. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Having in the preceeding months under this head given de- 
tails for the protection of plants of a delicate nature, and the 
forwarding of necessary work, only a few remarks remain to 
be added. If there is any part therein described omitted, have 
it done forthwith : every day increases the danger of severe 
weather. If there are doubts of any plants or shrubs not 
standing without some light covering, it is best to err on the 
side of safety. Valuable plants on walls, and in danger of 
being destroyed, it is advisable to be at the expense of having 
a frame made to surround them, and cover the same with oil- 
<;loth. The frame thus covered, should be taken off in mild 
weather, and replaced again when necessary, causing very 
little trouble ; and, if properly taken care of, will last many 
years. Coverings of any construction, and of the same ma- 
terial, would answer for any part of the garden, and are the 
best in our opinion that could be adopted. 



THB 



AMERICAN FLOWER GARDEN 
DIRECTORY. 



HOT-HOUSE. 

ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A HOT-HOUSE. 

There have been many plans devised and visionary pro- 
jects offered to the pubUc as the best for a well-regulated hot 
house. As we intend forming one for practical purposes, we 
shall adopt a convenient size, have flews for the conveyance 
of heat, and coal or wood for fuel. 

Site and Aspect. — The house should stand on a situation 
naturally dry, and, if possible, sheltered from the north-west, 
and clear from all shade on the south, east, and west, so that 
the sun may at all times act effectually upon the house. The 
standard principle, as to aspect, is to set the front directly to 
the south. Any deviation from that point should incline to 
the east. 

Dimensions. — The length may be from ten feet upward ; 

but, if beyond forty feet, the number of fires and flues are 

multiplied. The medium width is from twelve to sixteen 

feet. Our directions will apply to the two extreme points, 

viz. : forty feet by sixteen, and in height, at back, from 

twelve to eighteen feet ; the height in front six feet, including 

about three feet in brick basement, to support the front glass, 

which will be two and a half feet, allowing six inches for 

frame-work. 

13 



146 HOT-HOUSE. 

Furnace and Flues. — It is of great importance to Iiave 
these erected in such a manner as will effectually heat the 
house. The greatest difficulty is to have the furnace to draw 
•well. As workmen are not generally conversant on the sub- 
ject, nor yet understand the effect or distribution of heat in 
these departments, we will give minute details on their con- 
struction. The furnace should be outside of the house, either 
at back or end ; the former is preferable, circumstances not 
always allowing it on the other plan. Dig out the furnace- 
hole, or what is termed stock-hole, about five feet deep. Let 
the door of the furnace be in the back wall of the house, 
thereby having all the heated building inside, that no heat 
may be lost. The brick-work round the fuinace should be 
nine inches thick, laying the inside with fire-brick. Around 
the outside leave a vacuum two or three inches wide, lo allow 
the heat to arise from around the furnace into the interior of 
the house, thereby saving the whole heat of the fuel. The 
furnace will require to be two and a half feet long, ten inches 
wide, and one foot high, before the spring of the arch and 
clear of the bars ; leave one foot for an ash-pit, ihcn lay the 
bars. They should be sixteen inches long, one inch broad 
on the upper side, two inches deep, and two-eighths broad on 
the lower side, and, with the door and frame, should be cast 
iron. Half an inch between each bar will be sufficient. The 
flue should rise from the furnace by a sleep declivity of from 
twenty inches to two feet, and pass the door of the house, 
(without a dip,) when it must be elevated above the level of 
the floor of the house along ihe front, and at the opposite end 
of the house must dip to pass the door. The dip must not 
be lower than the bottom of the flue at the neck of the furnace, 
and should be of a concave form, (avoiding acute angles.) 
Lead it along the back to enter the wall over the furnace. 
When thus taken round the house, the heat will be expanded 
before it enters the chimney. The inside of the flues should 
be from six to ten inches wide, and eight inches deep ; plas- 
ter the bottom of it, but no other part, as plaster is partially 



HOT-HOUSE. 147 

a non-coi\ductor. The above description is for burning an- 
thracite coal; but where wood is to be the fuel, the furnace 
must be one-half larger. We have been particular in the de- 
scription of furnace bars, as those generally used are misera- 
ble substitute. Circumstances may cause the furnace to be 
placed at tlie end or fiont of the house. In either case the 
stock-hole will not require to be so deep ; or where there is 
only one door in the house, a siock-hole three and a half feet 
deep will be enougji, which should be built like a cellar, to 
keep out any under water. In all instances pass the first flue 
to the front of the house, over which have a close table, co- 
vered with two inches of sand, and, by keeping it moist, will 
atford a very congenial heal to young and valuable plants. 
Likewise over the furnace have a frame in the same manner, 
which will be found useful for propagating. Any part of the 
furnace or flue that is under the floor of the house, should 
have a vacuity on both sides to let the heat pass upward. 

Furnaces and flues on the above construction are the most 
simple in arrangement, and the easiest to manage at all times. 
But where capital, taste, and practical science can be united, 
a more elegant disposition of healing conveniences can be 
adopted : an excavation should be made for the flue to pass 
along under the pathway, which pathway may be a casting of 
iron, or wooden slats, fancifully put together, and at least six 
inches above the flue. In building the furnace, place thereon a 
boilorof cast-iron or copper, about two feet deep, two feet long, 
and four inches wide, with a zinc or copper lid : having it pre- 
pared to receive two pipes, one near the bottom and the other 
about four inches from the top : these pipes may be from four 
to six inches in diameter, and are to be taken along under 
the table in front of ihe house, in a level position, and, at the 
end of the house, joined together by a perpendicular pipe, or 
joint which should have an end about one foot higher than the 
highest part of the upper pipe. When all is properly fixed, fill 
the boiler with rain or river water, if possible : the air in the 
pipes will pass out at the perpendicular end, and, when all are 



148 HOT-HOUSE. 

full, put a perforated cover on the end of the pipe. As soon 
as the water becomes heated, it will arise from the bottom of 
the boiler, and pass along the upper pipe, and return cool by 
the under one. Or, in place of the pipe returning again by 
the front, it can pass all round the house, only there must be 
apiece of perpendicular pipe to allow the air to get out — the 
consumption of water will not be over half a gallon in twenty- 
four hours. If the pipes require to be higher than the boiler, 
the boiler cover must be hermetically sealed, and the filling 
operation conducted by the upright tube or pipe, which must 
always be full of water. This we consider the most econo- 
mical method of heating by hot water, and it is by far the 
most simple — simple indeed in every part, though volumes 
have been written on the subject. 

Bark Pit. — We consider such an erection in the centre of 
a hot-house a nuisance, and prefer a stage, which may be 
constructed according to taste. It should be made of the best 
Carolina pine, leaving a passage all round, to cause a free 
circulation of air. The back and end paths may be about 
two feet wide, and the front three feet. The angle of the 
stage should be parallel with the glass, having the steps fron> 
six inches to one foot apart. 

Where there are some large plants, they may stand on the 
floor behind the stage, or on tressels, according to their height. 

Angle of the glazed Roof. — The pitch of the roof is usually 
varied to agree with the design of the house, and the size of 
the plants to be grown therein. Where pleasure and orna- 
ment are the principal objects, the angle should be about 43'^, 
but a few degrees of inclination either way is of minor im- 
portance. 

Materials f 07- glazed Sashes.— Carolina pine is the best ma- 
terial for the wood-work, as it is not so subject to decay from 
moisture and heat as the other kinds of pine wood. The 
frames or sashes can be of any convenient lengih, not exceed- 
ing ten feet, and about three and a half or four feet wide, and 



HOT-HOUSE. 149 

made from plank two inches thick, divided so as ihey can be 
gla/.ed with glass six iiiciies wide. 

Of Glaztii^. — I'fie pieces of glass should not exceed six 
inciies by eighi, i hough six by six is preferable ; ihe lappings 
about one qu.irler of an inch. The fraines ought to have 
two coals of paint previous lo glazing, and the glass bedded 
in piiily. Some prefer llic lappings to be puttied also. If 
is our opinion '.hat in a hol-house these slioiild not be puttied, 
but, in the gieen-hoiise, the closer they can be made the bet- 
ter. 

Of Shutters. — These should be made of three quarters of 
an incii white pine, aii(i bound on botti ends and sides, having 
a cross piece m the middle of the same. They ought lo be 
painted ai least once in three years. 



HOT-HOUSE. 



JANUARY. 

At all limits he very careful of the tem[)eratnre of this de- 
pariinent, and more especially at tliis season of the year, as a 
ii'w ;iMnuies' neglect might materially injure many of the de- 
licate plants. The thermometer ought to range between .55^ 
and t\o^. In fine snnsliine days admit a little air by iiaving 
some of the lop siishes let down one, two, or three inches, 
according to the weather, and let it alvva^'^s be done from ele- 
V /n to o.ic o'l.lock ; but by no means in such a manner as to 
cause a drau<>lii m ilie interior of the house, which would 1)C 
vry prejiidici.d. Tlicrefore be always cautious during cold 
wedilh-r, 111 ad.Dinisteriiig that necessary element to vegeia- 
lii),), wiiifh IS so conducive to health. 

13* 



150 HOT-HOUSE. 



OF FIRING AND FUEL. 

The hot-house ought never to be left entirely to inexpe- 
rienced persons, because they are not aware of what might be 
•the result of inattention even for an hour. Attention to the 
following observations will obviate every difficulty : About 
this season of the year frost generally sets in very severe in 
the middle states. Suppose the day may have all the cle- 
mency of spring, the night may be directly the reverse. 
Every precaution is necessary to guard against extremes. 
The shutters are put on every night at sundown, and, in se- 
vere weather, as soon as the sun goes off the glass. If the 
shutters are omitted till late in severe frost, it will so reduce 
the heat of the house, that you cannot overcome it by fire 
until near midnight; and, when done, the fire or fires have 
been made more powerful than they ought to be, proving 
ungenial to the plants that are near the flues. The air, as 
above directed, having been taken ofi' the house at one o'clock, 
as soon as the mercury begins to fall in the thermometer, 
kindle the fire, and, supposing it is anthracite coal, in twenty 
minutes, with a good drawing furnace, the heat will operate 
in the house. If a coal fire, kindled about four o'clock, it 
will require an addition about six, and then may be made up 
again about nine or ten, which will suffice until morning. 
The quantity must be regulated by the weather. If the fuel 
is wood, it must be attended to three or four times during 
the evening ; and, when the mornings are intensely cold, a 
fire maybe requisite. When there are bad drawingfurnaces,^ 
the fires must be made much earlier, perhaps by two or three 
o'clock, which will be easily observed by the time the fire 
takes effect upon the air of the house. The temperature 
ought never to be under fifty degrees of Fahrenheit. 



HOT-HOUSE. 151 



OF WATERING THE PLANTS. 

To do this judiciously, is so necessary to vegetation, and 
so requisite to understand, and yet tlie knowledge so difficult 
to convey to others, (being entirely acquired by practice,) 
that if the power were in man to impart to his fellow-men^ 
he would possess the power of perfecting a gardener by dic- 
tion. However, the hints on this important point of flori- 
culture will be as clear and expressive as can at present be 
elicited. All plants in this work that are aquatic shall be 
specified as such ; and those that are arid shall be duly men- 
tioned. All others will come in the medium. 

All the plants must be looked over every day, and those 
watered that appear to be getting dry on the top. It must 
be strictly observed not to give water to any but such as re- 
quire it, and let it be given moderately at this season. There 
is not so much liability to err, at present, in giving too little, 
as in administering too much. Vegetation among the stove 
or hot-house plants will soon begin to show,, and the soil 
will become sour if it is impregnated with stagnant mois- 
ture. Small plants should always be w^atered with a pot 
having what is termed a rose upon it. The surface of the 
rose, that is, where it is perforated with small apertures^ 
ought to be level, or a little concave, which would convey 
the water more to a centre, and make neater work,, by pre- 
venting any water from being unnecessarily spilt in the 
house. The size of the pot will be regulated by the person 
to suit the conveniences of the place. Water, when applied 
either to the roots or foliage of the plants, should be about 
the medium temperature of the house. Where there are no 
cisterns, a tank or barrel might be in the house, in which the 
water could stand for one night or more, as is most suitable. 
When water is given without being thus aired, it chills the 
roots, prevents a luxuriant growth, injures the fresh and 



152 HOT-HOUSE. 

healthful appearance of the foliage, and too frequently gives 
lo all the plants a sickly hue. 



OF INSECTS, THEIR DESTRUCTION, &c . 

In this department insects begin to increase by hundreds, 
and too frequently their ravages are very obvious before 
their progress is arrested. We will treat of those which are 
most common, under their respective lieads, with their na 
lure and cure, as far as has come under our observation. 

Aphis roscB, of the natural order of Hemiptera, or what is 
commonly known by Green Fly, Green Lice, &c., infect 
plants in general, and are particularly destructive in the hot- 
house to Hibiscus rosa- sinensis, Ascleidas, Crdssula cocci/tea, 
Lantdna, &c., and many other plants of a free-growing nature. 
They attack the young and tender shoots at the point, leaving 
a dark filthy appearance on the foliage. Many remedies for 
their destruction have been offered to the public by various 
writers, each equally secure in his own opinion. Extensive 
practice alone can show the most easy and effectual cure. 
Fumigating with tobacco is decidedly the most efficacious, 
and in the power of any to perform. Take a small circular 
furnace, made of sheet iron, diameter at top twelve inches, 
and at bottom eight ; depth one foot, having a grating in it lo 
reach within three inches of the bottom, which will leave 
space for the air to pass, and where the ashes will fall and 
be kept in safety, having a handle like a pail to carry it with. 
This, or anything similar, being ready, put in it a few em- 
bers of charcoal, ignited to redness ; take it into the centre 
of the house, and put therein a quantity of moist tobacco. I f 
it attempts to blaze or flame, sprinkle a little water thereon ; 
and as it consumes, continue to add tobacco until the house 
is entirely full of smoke, observing always to do it in still, 
cloudy weather, or in the evening. If it is windy, the smoke 
is carried off without having half the effect, and requires 



Jan.] HOT-HOUSE. — INSECTS, (kc. 153 

more tobacco. The house must be closely shut up. There 
are several plants whose foliage is of a soft downy nature, 
such as HelHropiums, Callacdrpus, Salvias, and many of the 
Lantanas, Vincas, with several others that cannot stand 
strong fumigation without danger. These should be put 
down in the house, or under the stage. These fumigations 
will have to be repeated frequently, the time for which 
will easily be perceived ; and, when required, ought not to 
be delayed. Several species and varieties of the same ge- 
nus. Aphis, can be destroyed in the like manner. 

Acaris tellurius, or red spider, is caused by a dry atmo- 
sphere, and its havoc generally is obvious before it is ar- 
rested. With its proboscis it wounds the fine capillary 
vessels of the leaves. If they progress in their destructive 
work, the leaves will prematurely decay. On this appear- 
ance, turn up the leaf, and you will see them running about 
with incredible swiftness. Their body is of a blood colour, 
and their feet light red. When very numerous, they work 
thick webs on the under side of the leaf, and frequently all 
over it, forming a mass of half dead plants, decayed leaves, 
and thousands of spiders. The most effectual remedy is a 
thorough syringing with water, and profusely under the fo- 
liage. This being done every evening, will subdue and 
eventually banish them. Had the house been syringed two 
or three times per week, these intruders would not have ap- 
peared. It is said by some writers, that watering only re- 
duces them to a temporary state of inaction, and will not 
destroy them. Laying aside the many prescribed nostrums, 
we assert that the pure element is the most effectual cure, as 
well as the most easy to be obtained.* 

Thrips, order Hemiptera, are insects so minute as scarcely 
to be preceptible to the naked eye. They generally lurk 
close to the veins of the leaves of plants, and frequently at- 



* Fumes of sulphur is instant death to them ; but it has to be used with 
great caution and experience. 



154 HOT-HOUSE. — INSECTS, &c. [Jan. 

lack esculents. When viewed through a glass, they are seen, 
when touched, to skip with great agihty. The larva is of a 
high brown or reddish colour. The thrip has four wings, 
and walks with its body turned upward. It frequently at- 
tacks the extremities of tender shoots or young leaves, which 
become shrivelled, brown, and will rub to dust easily be- 
tween the thumb and finger, When any leaves or shoots 
are perceived to be so, if you do not observe the green fly, 
expect the thrips. They may be destroyed by a fumigation 
of tobacco, in the same manner as the green fly. By the 
simple and expeditious method of fumigation, these insects 
and several oihers may be destroyed effectually at any time 
they appear. 

Cocus hesperidus, or mealy bug, has appeared in the hot- 
houses about Philadelphia within these few years, and, if not 
instantly destroyed, increases rapidly. It is of a white dusty 
colour ; when broken, of a brownish red, generally covered 
with down, under which itdepositcs its eggs ; and ihey, in a 
few months, come forth in great numbers. The cocus gene- 
rally is of a dormant nature, but in warm weather they may 
be seen moving rapidly up the stems of the plants. Fumi- 
gating has no observable effect on these insects ; therefore, 
as soon as they appear, recourse must be had to other means. 
The liquid made from the following receipt is death to any 
of the Cocus tribe : Take two pounds of strong soap, one 
pound of flour of sulphur, one pound of leaf tobacco, one and 
a half ounce of nux vomica, with a table spoonful of turpentine, 
which boil in four gallons of river water to three ; then set 
aside to cool. When boiling, stir it well with a stick, con- 
tinuing to do so until it is reduced as above. In this liquor 
immerse the whole plant, drawing it to and fro genlly, that 
the liquor may penetrate everywhere. This done, lay the 
plant on its side, until it begins to dry, then syringe well 
with clean water, and put it in its respective station. Where 
a collection of plants is free from any insects of the kind, 
every plant that is introduced ought to be minutely scruti- 



Jan.] HOT. HOUSE. — INSECTS, &c. 155 

nized, that the unclean may be kept from the clean : the 
above insect will feed almost on any plant, but indulges on 
Crdssulas, any of the bristly Cactus, Gardenias, and in fact 
whatever is in the way. 

Cocus , or brown scaly insect, is frequently 

found on many plants, but we never could perceive that it 
does any other material injury than soiling them. We have 
ahvays observed, that it is found in winter to abound in 
those situations which are most excluded from air ; there- 
fore is of less importance than the other species, which eat 
and corrode the leaves of tender plants, A washing with 
strong soap-suds will destroy them, or the above liquid will 
do it more effectually. Tie a piece of sponge on the end of 
a small slick, and scrub every leaf, stem, and crevice. Fu- 
migating destroys the larvje of this species. 

Cocus , or small white scaly insect, which gene- 
rally infests Cycas, Nerium, Oleas, and Acacias, &c., may be 
destroyed by washing as above with a sponge, and a strong 
decoction of tobacco, using the liquid about the warmth of 
100°. Being thus heated, it irritates the insect, when, by 
easing itself from its bed, the fluid passes under it, and causes 
immediate death. If it is not thus irritated, it adheres so 
closely to the foliage, that it will keep you at defiance. The 
under, or dark side of the leaves is its residence ; and we 
have observed a plant in a house where there was only light 
on one side, with the dark side literally covered, while the 
light side was clean. So much for having houses with plenty 
of light. The effects of this insect are of a corroding nature, 
extracting all the juice from the leaf; and where they have 
got to the extremity, the foliage is completely yellow, and 
of a decayed appearance. 

Cocus , or turtle insect. We have never ob- 
served this insect arrive to any extent. It is the largest of 
any known among u?, and very like a turtle in miniature. 
On lifting it from the wood, to which it generally adheres, 
there appear to be hundreds of eggs under it, but fumigating 



156 HOT-HOUSE. — OF CLEANSING, &C. [Jan. 

completely destroys the larvae. In our opinion, this turtle 
insect is no other than the old female of the brown scaly in- 
sect, which swells to a large size before depositing its eggs. 
We have frequently observed the insect dead in this en- 
larged state, and question if this be not the last stage of its 
transmigration. The male insect is winged, and very active 
in its movements. 

Where bulbous roots, such as Hyacinths, Jonquils^ Ixias, 
Lachenallas, &c., are required to be early in flower, they 
may, during this month, be put in the front of the hot-house 
and watered freely till they bloom, when they may be taken 
to the green-house or parlour. 

Azaleas Rhododendron Roses, and some other plants, do 
admirably to force, and where there is a large stock, a few 
should be brought into early bloom with the heat of this de- 
partment. 



OF CLEANSING PLANTS, HOUSE, &c. 

This subject ought to be kept constantly in view. How- 
ever correctly everyihing else may be executed, without that 
adorning beauty, cleanliness, all will appear only half done. 
Therefore let all the dead leaves be picked off every day, 
the dust and oilier litter swept out of the house, and, when 
necessary, the house washed, which will be at least once a 
week. Tliat the foliage of the plants may always appear 
fresh, syringe them every morning, when there is the appear- 
ance of sun. At present, this will in a great measure keep 
down the insects, and will prove a bane to the red spider. 

Tie up neatly with stakes and threads of Russia mat all 
ihe straggling growing plants ; let the stakes be proportion- 
ate to the plants, and never longer, except they are climbing 
sorts. Do not tie the branches in bundles, but singly and 
neatly, imitating nature as much as possible. If any of the 
plants are affected with the Cocus insect, let them be cleaned 



*i 



Feb.\ HOT-HOUSE. 157 

according to the plan already mentioned, taking particular 
care also in washing the stakes to which they had been pre- 
viously tied, and burning all the old tyingg, which contain 
the larvae of the insect in many instances, especially of Cociis 
hesperidus. It is premised, when any of these things are 
done, that they will be well done, and not half doing, and al- 
ways doing. Cleanliness, in every respect, promotes a pure 
air, which is congenial to vegetation, and will, with other at- 
tentions, always ensure a healthful and vigorous appearance 
in the house. 



FEBRUARY. 



In the early part of this month the weather generally is 
very cold and changeable in the middle states, and strict at- 
tention, with the greatest caution, will require to be paid to 
the management of the hot-house. Most of the tropical 
plants commence an active state of vegetation; and, if checked, 
by temperature or otherwise, they will not recover until 
midsummer. The thermometer may be kept two or three 
degrees higher with fire heal than last month : the sun will 
be more powerful, and this will, in a great degree, increase 
the vigour of the plants. Air may be admitted when the 
thermometer rises to 75® or 80*^, not allowing it to rise higher 
than the latter. In giving air, let it be done by the top 
sashes. It is improper to give it in any way to cause a cur- 
rent, for the external air is yet very cold, although the sun 
is more powerful. An inch or two on a few of the sashes, 
as has been previously observed, will be eflfectual in keeping 
the temperature low enough. 

14 



158 HOT-HOUSE. — OF INSECTS. [Feb, 

With regard to firing, what was said last month may suffice 
for this. Always recollect that it is more preferable to keep 
out the cold than to put it out. It will frequently happen in 
the lime of intense frost, that the weather is dull. In such 
cases fire in a small degree is requisite all day. 

Heavy snows ought never to be allowed to remain on the 
shutters while they are on the house. If the snow lies on 
the sashes one day, the internal heat will dissolve some of 
it; night coming on, will freeze it to the wood-work, when 
it will become a solid mass, and frequently cannot be se- 
parated without much damage. If allowed to remain on for 
two days, the plants are very much weakened and the foli- 
age discoloured. Therefore, let the snow be cleared off in- 
stantly, that no inconvenience may take place. 

It will be observed that plants absorb more water this 
month than last. The quantity given will require to be in- 
creased, according to the increase of vegetation and the ad- 
vancement of the season ; but never give it until the aoil be- 
gins to dry, and then in such proportion as will reach the 
bottom of the pot. The best time to water is, after the sun 
has got on the house in the morning, observing all the direc- 
tions given in January. 



OF INSECTS, &c. 

Perhaps sufficient observations were given under this head 
last month ; but the importance of keeping these disagreea- 
ble visiters out of the house, constrains us to make a few 
more remarks, Man cannot be too frequently guarded 
against his foes, more especially when they are summoning 
all their forces, and no profession has more than that of the 
Horticulturist. Let a strict examination be made about the 
end of the month for the red spider ; they will be in opera- 
tion some weeks before their depredations are observed on 
the foliage. The under side of the leaf is their resort in the 



Feb.] HOT-HOUSE. — of potting plants. 159 

first instance, and on such plants as have been already men- 
tioned. 

Observe daily the young shoots, in case the green fly be- 
comes numerous. They give the foliage a very disagreeable 
appearance, and it is too often intolerable, before their career 
is arrested. It also takes a stronger fumigation, which has 
frequently to be repeated the following day to the same de- 
gree, much to the injury of many of the plants, and adding 
to the disagreeableness of the continued vapour in the house. 



OF REPOTTING PLANTS. 

About the end of the month some of the plants of Curcu- 
ma, Amomum, KcBtnpferia, Aljnna, Phrynium, Cdnna, Zin- 
giber, Hedychium, and others that are on the dry shelf, will 
be oflfering to grow. Let them be taken out of their pots, 
some of their weakest shoots or tubers taken off, and the 
strong ones repotted : give gentle waterings until they grow 
freely, then give an abundance. (Soil No. 17.) 

Dioncea mucipula, or Venus fly-trap, grows best in the 
hot-house, and will, about the end of the month, stand in need 
of being repotted. This plant is very seldom grown in any 
degree of perfection, having been always considered a deli- 
cate plant in collections. Take it out of the pot just before 
beginning to grow afresh, and divested of all the soil, 
leaving only a few of the young roots, (it is a bulb, and will 
receive no injury by so doing,) put it in new soil ; when pot- 
ted, place the pot in a saucer with one inch of water in it, 
giving a fresh supply every other day ; this being repeated 
every year, it will grow, flower, and seed in perfection. (Soil 
No. 5.) 

Gesnerias, if in small pots, give larger as they advance in 
growth. This genus requires to have plenty of pot-room to 
make them flower well. G. bulbosa and G. Sellbwii ought to 
have a situation in every hot-house. They are remarkable 



160 HOT-HOUSE. — OF CLEANSING PLANTS, &C. [Feb. 

for their many brilliant crimson flowers, and continue in 
flower for a length of time. When the bulbs begin to push, 
shake them out of the earth, and repot them into smaller 
pots ; and, as soon as the roots reach the side of the earth, 
which will be in about one month, put them in larger pots, 
and continue to do so until flowering, which will be about 
the first of June, observing always to keep the ball of earth 
entire. G. Douglctsii, G. rutilla, G. acaiilis, and some 
others, are all well worth attention. (Soil No. 11.) 

Gloriosas must be repotted in the beginning of this month; 
G. superba is the most beautiful and curious. The crown of 
the roots ought to be planted one and a half inch deep, taking 
care not to break ihem. Do not water much until they be- 
gin to grow. The earth must not have much water. As 
the plants grow, they will require a more liberal supply ; 
yet it is necessary, at all times, to be moderate in giving it. 
If well treated, the superb flowers will appear in June or 
July. (Soil No. 12.) 

Gloxinias are beautiful herbaceous plants, with large 
showy flowers, requiring soil and treatment similar to (Ges- 
neria.) G. speciosa, dark blue, G. speciosa pallida, pale 
lilac ; G. Candida, pure white, and G. grandijiora, very 
large light blue, are the finest, although several of the other 
species are very interesting, especially G. hirsilta. 



OF CLEANSING PLANTS, HOUSE, &c. 

With regard to cleaning the plants. Sprinkling or sy- 
ringing is at all times, to a greater or less degree, necessary. 
The plants will, in this compartment, be in their first stage 
of growth, and, if dust or foulness be permitted to lodge on 
their foliage, the pores will be obstructed, the plants will be- 
come unhealthy, and the growth of insects increased. 

Let all moss, litter, decayed leaves, or weeds, be cleared 



March] HOT-HOUSE, — of cleansing plants, &c. 161 

out of the house, the earth in the pots stirred up with a round 
pointed stick, and fresh earth given where required, that the 
air may operate therein freely. 

The house ought always to be sprinkled before being 
swept, to prevent the dust rising. 

Attend to the bulbous roots as directed last month, such 
as Hyacinths, Narcissus, &c. 



MARCH. 



If this department has been regularly attended to, the 
plants will be in a fresh healthy state. Where there is any 
sickly appearance, heat has been deficient, or insects of a de- 
structive character are preying upon the plants. Too much 
water at the root frequently causes the foliage to become yel- 
low. Regular syringing must be continued in the morning, 
and it is highly necessary that the water that is used should be 
of the same temperature as the house; and at all times, what- 
ever water is given to the roots, the same must be observed. 
For airing, see last month, observing, as the season advances, 
to increase the quantity. 

Continue to fumigate when any of the Green-fly appears, 
(see January for directions,) and where there are any of the 
plants infected with the white scaly insect, clean them as 
there directed. If overlooked for a few months, they will 
be increased tenfold. Very frequently, where there are 
only a few, they are neglected until the plant is overrun 
with them, and then it may be said, it is impossible to dis- 
lodge them entirely. Clear off all decayed leaves from the 
plants which will have made fresh shoots, and the decayed 
leaves very much disfigure the whole collection. We would 

14* 



162 HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. [ApriL 

not have repeated this observation if it was not an essential 
point, and one which is so frequently neglected. 



OF REPOTTING PLANTS. 

Many of the young plants that are growing freely, and 
where they may be desired to grow to a large size, should 
be frequently repotted to encourage their growth. Gesneria, 
Gloxinia, and others previously mentioned, must have larger 
pots, as they require it. Flowering bulbs of Amaryllis may 
be brought into the heat to make them bloom early ; before 
they begin to grow, divest them of the old soil and put them 
into fresh : this is particularly necessary, when the bulbs are 
already in large pots. By thus renewing the soil, the pots 
can be used much smaller : they require plenty of drainage 
in the pot, and agree best with (soil No. 12.) 

Where plants of the dwarf Musas are intended to be 
grown for fruiting, they must have particular attention in 
repotting as they grow ; about the first of the month will be 
a proper time to begin : copious waterings are daily required 
when they are in a growing state. Their soil is No. 12, 
with one portion more manure. For farther detail, see 
May. 



APRIL. 



Where the hot-house has been properly conducted, the 
plants generally will have a vigorous and healthful aspect. 
An error frequently arises in the conducting of these depart- 
ments, by inexperienced operators being ambitious of out- 
stripping their competitors. They keep the house in a very 



April] ~ HOT-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. 163 

high temperature, and admit little or no air. Where such a 
mode has been pursued, the plants will have got over their 
first growth, and the foliage looks yellow and decaying ; thus 
throwing the plants into a state of inactivity, when nature 
herself commences her most active movements. The tem- 
perature should not be under 55^ in the night, nor much 
above 75° during the day, without admitting a little air by 
the top lights. It will not do yet to give air by the front 
sashes, the wind being cool, and a current in the house would 
be hurtful. The sun is not so powerful but the heat can be 
kept down by the air given from above. 

Hot-house or tropical plants will not materially suffer with 
lOQQ of sun-heat, provided they are not very near the glass ; 
but such an extreme would be injurious to practice. 

REPOTTING. 

Where there is a general assortment of the Cacteae tribe> 
and kept in this department, now is the proper period to 
give them a general repotting. Of all the tropical floral pro- 
ductions, there is not a family more curious, grotesque, inte- 
resting, and beautiful than this : and, what still more enhances 
their real value, they are in this country of the easiest cul- 
ture ; it is with pleasure that we recommend a few of the 
grand and the novel, which are faithfully described in the 
general list given next month. The bottom of every pot 
must be covered with an inch of pot-shreds, or rough gravel 
for drainage. 



164 HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &CC. [Mui/r 



MAY. 



Very few directions for this department remain to be 
given ; except for shifting plants, and a few observations on 
those that are most desirable for the hot-house ; which we 
will do in this month, considering May and June the best 
months of the year for that operation. 

The days and night will be very mild by this time, and 
the sashes in every favourable day should be opened, both in 
front and top, so that the plants may be enured to the open 
air, which they will be exposed to by the end of the month. 
Leave in the beginning of the month the top sashes a little 
open every mild night, and gradually, as the heat increases, 
leave the front sashes and doors open. Continue to syringe 
them at least every alternate night, and, if possible, every 
night ; and give them all, according to their respective wants, 
liberal supplies of water every day. Absorption among 
hot-house plants is as great during this month as in any pe- 
riod of the vear. 



OF REPOTTING PLANTS, &c. 

It is our candid opinion that this and next month are the 
best periods for shifting or repotting all or most of hot-house 
plants ; the end of August being the time always adopted 
around Philadelphia for that operation, (and then they are 
done indiscriminately.) We will assign a few reasons for our 
practice. 

First, that it is not congenial to the nature of these plants 
to have their roots surrounded with fresh soil when they 
are becoming inactive ; secondly, that there is not a suffi- 
ciency of heat naturally to quicken them to an active state 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — of repotting, &c. 165 

when they are encouraged ; and, thirdly, being thus in new 
soil while dormant, they have a yellow and sickly aspect un- 
til they begin to grow ; and the foliage, thus deprived of its 
natural vigour, will not appear so healthful again : whereas, 
if they are shifted or repotted in this or next month, at 
which season they are between two stages of growth, they 
immediately, on receiving fresh assistance, and by the in- 
creasing heat of the summer, make new growths, are perfect- 
ly ripened before the approach of winter, and never lose 
that vernal appearance they have attained. These are our 
reasons, acquired from a close practice and observation, and 
are not influenced by the doings of others which are so much 
aside. No practical operator especially, nor, in fact, any in- 
dividual, ought to be governed by custom in regard to the 
treatment of plants, without having an idea as to why and 
wherefore, founded on the principles of nature, and governed 
by her unerring results. 

As many are desirous of having a knowledge of plants be- 
fore they order them, and likewise which are the finest 
flowerers and their general character, especially those who 
are at a great distance, and seldom have the privilege of see- 
ing what is most desirable, our descriptions will be limited, 
but still will convey some accurate idea of the article de- 
scribed. 

Acacias. Several of these are desirable in the hot-house 
for the grandeur of their foliage, beauty of flower, and a few 
of them as specimens of valuable medicinal plants. A. Hous- 
toni, now Annesleia Honstoni, is one of the most magnificent 
of the Mimosa tribe, blooming from August to November in 
large terminale spikes, of a crimson colour, stamens very 
long and beautiful, leaves bipinnated in pairs. A. grandi- 
jibra, likewise given to Annesleia, and similar to the former 
in colour, has very large compound bipinnate leaves, with 
from twenty to forty pairs. A. Catechu, flowers yellow, wood 
spiny, leaves bipinnated, about ten pairs. The inner wood 
of this tree is of a brown colour, from which the Catechu 



166 HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. [May. 

used in medicine is prepared. It is disputed whether A. 
vera or A. ardbica produces the gum Arabic, We are in^ 
clined to think it is the latter, which grows principally on 
the Atlas mountains. The gum exudes spontaneously from 
the bark of the tree in a soft half fluid state. There are many 
others of this genus belonging to the hot-house, but being shy 
in flowering, are not generally esteemed. Most of the flow- 
ers have the appearance of yellow balls of down, and are her- 
maphrodite. The pots should all be well drained. (Soil 
No. 1.)* 

Ardisias, about eighteen species. Plants highly esteemed 
for the beauty of their foliage, flowers, and berries. The 
most popular in our collections is A. crenuldta. It has rose- 
coloured star-like flowers, in terminale panicles, and produces 
beautiful small red berries, which continue until other ber- 
ries are produced the following year, and frequently there may 
be seen on one plant the berries of three successive years, 
thus being a very ornamental plant and very desirable. It 
is vulgarly called the dwarf ever-bearing cherry. It will 
keep in a good green-house, but not grow freely. A. soland- 
cea has large oblong leaves, narrowed at each end, and bears 
purple berries ; A. elegans has entire, oblong, shining leaves ; 
A. umbellata, once A. littoralis, is also a fine plant for an 
abundance of flower and beauty of foliage. The flowers are 
pink, in large decompound panicles. 

Areca, Cabbage-tree, ten species. They are a kind of 
palms, with large pinnated leaves, or properly fronds. In 
their indigenous state they are from six to forty feet high, 
but in the hot-house they seldom exceed twenty feet. A. 
catechu is used in medicine. A. olerdcea is cultivated exten- 
sively in the West Indies, and the tender part of the top is 
eaten by the natives. A montanu is most frequent in col- 
lections. There is no particular beauty in the flowers. They 



* These number* refer to the table of soils at the end of the work. 



May.] iroT-HousE. — of repotting, &c. let 

are all easily grown, if plenty of heat be given. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

Aristolochias, Birth-wort. There are several of these be- 
longing to the hot-house, but none of them deserving parti- 
cular observation, except A. labibsa and A. brasiliensis. The 
leaves are reniform, roundish, cordate, and amplexicaule ; 
the flower or corolla is of a curious construction, being in- 
curved, and at the base swelled or saccate, with a large lip, 
and all beautifully spotted ; colour greenish brown. They 
are climbing plants, and require a strong heat. (Soil No. 9.) 

AstrapcBas, three species. A. Wallichii is a celebrated 
plant in Europe, and is frequently met with in our collec- 
tions. It has a profusion of scarlet umbellated flowers, with 
an involucre ; has twenty-five stamens united into a tube, 
bearing the corolla with five petals ; leaves roundish, cordate, 
accuminate, very large, with persistent, ovate wavy stipules. 
The plant is of easy culture, and grows freely, wood very 
strong. (Soil No. 12.) 

Bambusas, Bamboo-cane, two species. Plants of very 
strong growth, and are used in the East Indies, where they 
are indigenous, for every purpose in the construction of huts, 
for furniture both domestic and rural, for fences, boats, boxes, 
paper, &c. It is frequently used as pipes to convey water. 
The species thus useful is B. arundindcea, which grows to 
a great height. We do not mention it as interesting in beau- 
ty, but as a valuable plant for the many useful purposes to 
which it is applied. It requires to be kept wet. (Soil 
No. 15.) 

Banisterias, a genus of about fourteen climbing evergreen 
plants. Three of them are esteemed, B.fulgens, yellow 
flowers in racemose spikes, leaves subovate and downy be- 
neath. B. chriso'phylla has beautiful foliage, as if covered 
with a shining gold-coloured dust; leaves large, oblong, acute. 
B. splende?ts, flowers in spikes of a yellow colour ; foliage 
large and silvery-like; the pots should be well drained. 
(Soil No. 9. 



168 HOT-IIOUSE. — OF REPOfTING, &C. [^^01/. 

Barringtunias, two species. B. specibsa has produced a 
great excitement among cultivators, and is one of the hand- 
somest plants produced within the tropics. The leaves are 
large, oblong, acute, shining, with fleshy nerves, tinged with 
red ; the flowers are large, full of stamens with four petals, 
opens in the evening and fades at sunrise ; colour purple and 
white ; grows freely in strong heat. (Soil No. 9.) 

Beaumontias are strong growing climbing plants, w^ith 
large foliage. B. grandijlbra is said to have beautiful large 
white flowers approaching the Oleander. (Soil No. 12.) 

Bletias, a genus of about eight species, all beautiful flow- 
ering plants. B. TankervillicB is most superb, a small plant, 
now (Jan.) in bloom, has upward of fifty full-blown flow- 
ers, besides many buds — ihey are brown, white, and purple, 
and about two inches in diameter. When out of flower, and 
the roots become dormant, place the pots in a shady situa- 
tion ; allow the soil to become dry, until the roots begin to 
grow : as soon as this is observed, repot the plants and expose 
them fully to the sun, giving plenty of water while growing. 
B. >Sheppherdu IS a fine pink, and requires similar treatment. 
(Soil No. 13.) 

Brbwneas, five species of splendid plants, but scarce in 
collections. B. coccinea has scarlet flowers in pendulous 
bunches, corolla semi-double, foliage bipinnate, in three pairs. 
B. rbsa, mountain rose of Trinidad. B. grandiceps is the 
finest of the genus, leaves bipinnated ; leaflets cordate, accu- 
minate, downy, and pendulous ; flowers rose-colour, in large 
close heads. Drain the pots well. (Soil No. 12.) 

BruTifelsias, very fine, free flowering plants, with white, 
yellowish, or purple flowers. B. grandijlbra blooms freely, 
and is finely scented — a plant before me, now (28th of Jan.) 
only one foot high, has six full expanded flowers upon it, 
each fully two inches in diameter. (Soil No. 9.) 

Buonapartea juncea, a very curious low growing plant, 
with long narrow, recurved, round leaves ; with spikes of 
small blue flowers. There does appear to be three distinct 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — of repotting, &c. 169 

varieties in cultivation, but are rarely attainable. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

Buddlea madagascariensis blooms profusely durino- win- 
ter in spikes of orange-coloured flowers, of a kind of honey 
fragrance — the plant is strong growing, and of the easiest 
culture. (Soil No. 11.) 

Calathea zebrina, frequently known as mardnta zehrina ; 
it is a plant unique in appearance, having large elongated 
ovate leaves, beautifully striped with green and dark purple, 
and called the Zebra plant. It has light blue flowers in 
ovate spikes, about the size of large pine cones. It is an 
herbaceous plant; but in the warmest part of the hot-house 
retains its splendid foliage ; requires a very liberal supply 
of water, and ought to be in every collection. (Soil No. 

11.) 

Cdnnas, about thirty species, several of them deservino- 
cultivation both for flower and foliage : they are principally 
natives of the West Indies, and might all be easily obtained. 
The finest are C. gigdntea, has large leaves and orange flow- 
ers ; C. Ihnbdta, flowers scarlet and yellow ; C. discolor, has 
large cordate, accuminate leaves of a crimson colour, the 
flowers are scarlet ; C. iridiflbra, has large crimson nodding 
flowers, very diflerent from any of the others, and the finest 
of the genus. They all, while in a growing state, require a 
liberal supply of water ; and, being herbaceous plants, water- 
ing ought to be given up about the first of November, and 
renewed in February, thus giving them a cessation which 
they require to flower freely ; but when water is constantly 
given, which is the general plan in our collections, they con- 
tinue to push weak shoots and few flowers. (Soil No. 12.) 

Cactus. This extensive genus is interesting, and varied in 
character and habit ; it is now divided into seven distinct gene- 
ra, according to their natural appearance and disposition. We 
will describe a few of each genus, none of which going 
under the name of Cactus, we will give them the six follow- 
ing, premising that the time is not far distant, when this fa- 

15 



170 HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, (kc. [Mat/. 

mily will be successfully cultivated in every parlour window^, 
and the whole tribe will be sought for with more avidity 
than any other class of plants that have ever been brought to 
notice, not even excepting the Rose. They require a dry 
heat, and will grow either in town or country, and are com- 
pletely adapted for the denizen amateur, and will afford more 
beauty and interesting display, than can be imagined, until 
witnessed. 

Mamillurias, above seventy species, and are those which 
are covered with roundish bearded tubercles, and with small 
red and white flowers. M. coccinea, M. simplex, M.pusilla, 
M.conica, M.stellata, and M. acanthophlegma, are good spe- 
cies, and will do well with water once a week during sum- 
mer. (Soil No. 15.) 

Melocdctus, seven species, and are those that are roundish 
with deep and many angles, with spines in clusters on the 
top of the angle. M. communis is the Turk's cap, named 
from having an ovate conate crown upon the top, from 
which proceed the small red flowers. M. macrunthus has 
large spines ; M. pyramiddlis is a conical growing species. 
These require the same treatment as the last, (Soil No. 15.) 

Echinocdtus, a great number of species ; are those that have 
many deep angles, and have a remarkable swelling, with each 
parcel of spines ; E.gihbosus, E.crispdtus, E.recurvus, P. 
roddntliia, and E. scopa, are curious in appearance, with 
small while and purple flowers. These three genera in most 
collections are not well known specifically, but it is easy lo 
discriminate with which genus they are connected. (Soil 
No. 15.) 

Cereus. This is the most magnificent genus with regard 
to the magnitude and beauty of the flowers, but not so closely 
allied in character. It takes in all those of a trailing or erect 
growing habit, having spines in clusters, solitary, or spine- 
less. C. senilis is the celebrated monkey cactus. C. pe- 
ruvianus and C. heplagbnus grow very erect, and to the 
height of thirty or forty feet in Peru and Mexico, where 



Mat/.\ HOT-HOUSE. OF REPOTTING, &C. 171 

thev plant them close together as fences, and they are 
in a few years impenetrable. C. flagelliformus is a well 
known creeping free flowering species, has ten angles ; will 
keep in a good grsen-house, and produce in May and June 
a great number of blooms. The petals are of a fine pink and 
red colour ; the tube of the flower is long, and will stand a 
few days in perfection, when others come out successively 
for the space of two months, and during their continuance 
make a brilliant appearance. C. grandiflorus is the cele- 
brated " Night-blooming Cereus." The flowers are very 
large, beautiful, and sweet-scented. They begin to open 
about sun-down, and are fully expanded about eleven o'clock. 
The corolla, or rather calyx, is from seven to ten inches in 
diameter, the outside of which is a brown, and the inside a 
fine straw yellow colour ; the petals are of the purest white, 
with the stamens surrounding the stile in the centre of the 
flower, which add to its lustre, and make it appear like a 
bright star. Its scent is agreeable, and perfumes the air to a 
considerable distance ; but these beauties are of momentary 
duration. Ry sunrise they fade, and hang down quite de- 
cayed, and never open again.* One of these ought to be in 
every collection, and, if trained up a naked wall, will not oc- 
cupy much room, and grow and flower profusely. C. mdl- 
lisoni and C, scottii are the same, and have beautiful scarlet 
flowers : it has been gratuitously (to say the least of it) called 
" The Scarlet Night-blooming Cereus." C. speciosissimus 
has most beautiful large flowers, about six inches in diame- 
ter ; the outside petals are a bright scarlet, those of the inside 
a fine light purple. One flower lasts a few days, and a large 
plant will produce every year from ten to twenty flowers, 
blooming from May to August. It has flowered in some of 



* They may be preserved if cut off when in perfection, and put in spirits 
of wine, in a glass vase, made air tight. A plant flowered in our collec- 
tion in May, 1830, at 13 o'clock at noon — the only instance of the kind wq 
ever heard of. 



172 HOT-HOUSE. OF REPOTTING, &C. [May. 

our coUeciions, and is highly esteemed. C. triangularis has 
the largest flower of the Cactece family ; the bloom is of a 
cream colour, and about one foot in diameter. In its indi- 
genous state it produces a fine fruit called " Strawberry 
Pear," and is much esteemed in the West Indies as being 
slightly acid, and, at the same time, sweet, pleasant, and cool- 
ing. 

Epiphyllums are those species of the Cactea} family 
which have flat shoots, or leaves without spines ; from the 
edges of those leaves the flowers are produced. They are 
extensively cultivated for their profusion of bloom, and are 
frequently grafted on Cereus triangularis and Pereskia, 
which greatly promotes their growth, and prevents them 
from so easily damping off" by over watering. The original 
species are E. specibsmn, pink ; E. phylanthoides, or Hooke- 
rii, white ; E. alatum, white ; E. iruncatum, scarlet ; flowers 
tubular, from two to three inches in diameter. The plant is 
of a very dwarf growth, and much branched ; when in bloom, 
it is quite a picture, and rendered more beautiful when graft- 
ed. There is also a variety of it called E. trunatum, Alten- 
sieinii, the flower of which is rather larger, and is more rosy 
coloured. E. Russellidnum is quite a new species, but has 
not yet bloomed in our collections ; it is represented as 
being a beautiful large crimson, and of the truncata habits. 
E. Ackerrnania has a magnificent large crimson flower. Be- 
sides these, there are many superb hybrid varieties, vying 
with any of the originals. Among them are the following : 
E. Hihbertii, E. Hoodii, E. Boydii, E. De vduxii, E. quil- 
lardittii, E. Feastii, E. Vdndesii, and E. Naiperii, and no 
doubt many other varieties and sub-varieties will be conti- 
nually making their appearance. All the Epiphyllum tribe 
require a very rich open soil, not of too sandy a nature, as 
they thereby grow to wood, and bloom but sparingly — give 
plenty of drainage. (Soil No. 18.) 

Opuntias, upward of fifty species, and are those whose 
branches are in thick joints, flat, oblong, or ovate ; spines 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. 173 

solitary or in clusters. Some of the plants are very desi- 
rable for their singular appearance, and some of them, par- 
ticularly 0. cochinillifera, are valuable for feeding the Co- 
chineal insect. O. microddsys, 0. ferobx, O. lacte-spina, 
O. sericed, and some others, are beautiful plants, and will 
grow in any kind of soil, but No. 2 will suit them best. 

Pereskias. About four species, and those that are of a 
shrubby nature, producing leaves ; P. aculeata bears a fruit 
called " Barbadoes-gooseberry." The flowers are very small 
and simple, spines about half an inch long, leaves fleshy and 
elliptical. (Soil No. 2.) 

The whole of the plants in the family of Cactece require 
very little water in winter, and delight in a dry, warm situa- 
tion. They do not agree with veryfrequent repotting ; once 
a year to young plants, and in two or three to those that are 
established, with the exception of the large, free flowering 
species, which should be repotted once in two years, and 
never be allowed to shrink for want of moisture. 

The operation of grafting is very simple, merely requiring 
an incision to be made, and fitting in it a fresh cutting of 
another kind, holding the cutting stationary in the incision 
half a minute, till the juices of the two adhere together, when 
it may be said the union is effected, and, in a few weeks, the 
new branches will grow freely. We have seen the Mammil- 
laria tribe growing neatly upon the triangularis, and other 
species of the cereus. 

Carissa, a genus of pretty little plants, particularly C. spi- 
ndrum, which bears a profusion of white flowers like a jas- 
mine. (Soil No. 4.) 

Ceropegia elegdns is the only species of any merit : it is a 
thin growing, climbing plant, producing a great profusion of 
very curious flowers of a greenish colour, spotted with brown; 
the interior and tips of the corolla are set with hairs — it is of 
very easy culture. (Soil No. 7.) 

Carolineas. About six species of tender plants, with 
large digitate leaves, and of handsome growth. The flowers 

15* 



174 HOT-IIOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. [Mat/. 

have numerous filaments, and are large and singular. C. m- 
signis has the largest and most compact blossoms; C. alba is 
the only one of the genus that has white flowers, all the 
others being red ; C princeps and C. robusta are noble-look- 
ing species, and are much esteemed. They require a good 
heat, with which they will grow freely. (Soil No. 12.) 

Carybta. A genus of palms. C. urens is an admired spe- 
cies, produces flowers in long pendulous spikes, whicii are 
succeeded by strings of succulent globular berries. In its 
native state it produces a sweet liquor in large quantities, and 
no stronger than water. (Soil No. 12.) 

Caryophyllus aromdticus is the clove tree of commerce. 
The whole plant is aromatic, and closely allied to Myrtus ; 
the flowers are in loose panicles, the leaves oblong, accumi- 
nate, entire. It is a fine evergreen. Pots must be well 
drained. (Soil No. 9.) 

Cerberus. About twelve species of strong growing trees, 
full of poisonous juice. C. theveiia is an elegant plant, with 
accuminate leaves, and large, nodding, yellow, solitary, fra- 
grant flowers, proceeding from the axil ; C. ohouai produces 
a nut which is deadly poison. C. odallam, once C. manghas, 
has large star-like flowers, white, shaded with red. 'J'hey 
are principally East India plants, and require great heat. 
(Soil No. 17.) 

Clerodcndrum. This genus contains some very beautiful 
and fragrant plants ; C. fra grans Jlore pleno has a very beau- 
tiful head of double white sweet-scented flowers, and does 
tolerably well as a green-house plant; C.squamdtum has very 
showy scarlet flowers. C. speciosissimum, the plant so 
glaringly figured in some of the English periodicals, is the 
same as C. squamdtum, a plant which has been grown in this 
vicinity fifteen or twenty years. (Soil No. 2.) 

Coffea Ardbica. It produces the celebrated coffee, and is 
a plant universally known in our collections, and of easy cul- 
ture. The leaves are opposite, oblong, wavy, and shining, 



May.] HOT-HOITSE.— OF REPOTTING, &C. 175 

the flowers while, of a grateful odour, but of a short duration. 
(Soil No. 17.) 

Comhretums . Nine species of beautiful flowering climb- 
ing plants, standing in very high estimation. The leaves of 
the principal part of them are ovate, acute, flowers small, but 
on large branches, the flowers all coming out on one side of 
the branch. They have a magnificent effect. C. elegans^ 
red; C. f or mosum, red and yellow; C. pulchellum, scarlet; C. 
combsum, have crimson flowers in tufts; C . purpureum is the 
most splendid of the genus. It was first cultivated in 1818^ 
and so much admired that the whole of the species, as soon 
as introduced, was extravagantly bought up; and none of them 
has retained their character, except C. purpureum, which is 
now called Poivrea coccinea. The flowers are bright scar- 
let, in large branches, blooming profusely from April to Sep- 
tember, and flower best in a pot. When planted in the 
ground, it grows too much to wood, carrying few flowers. 
This plant ought to be in every hot-house. (Soil No. 13.) 

Coryplias, (Large fan Palm,) five species of the most noble 
and magnificent of palms. C. amhraculifera, the fronds or 
leaves are palmate. In Ceylon, where the tree is indigenous, 
they are frequently found fifteen feet wide and twenty feet 
long. Knox says they will cover from fifteen to twenty 
men, and, when dried, will fold up in the shape of a rod, and 
can be easily carried about, and serve to protect them from 
the scorching sun. C. taliera, now Taliera hengalensis, 
being stronger, is of great utility for covering houses. They 
do not grow to such immense extent in artificial cultivation, 
but require large houses to grow them. (Soil No. 12.) 

Crinu??is, about one hundred species, chiefly stove bulbs, 
many of them beautiful. Those that are of great celebrity 
are C. erubescens, pink; C scubrum, crimson and white; C. 
amabile, purple and white ; the neck of the bulb of the lat- 
ter is long, is easily distinguished by its purplish colour, 
and is unquestionably the finest of the genus. Several spe- 
cimens of it are in our collections. Their flowers are in 



176 HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. [May, 

umbels, on a stalk about three feet high ; coralla funnel- 
shaped ; petals recurved ; nearly fifty flowers on each stem, 
and a good plant will produce tiiree stems in one year. They 
require large pots to make them flower well, and, when 
growing, should be liberally supplied with water. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

Crotons. About twenty-eight species, few of them de- 
serving cultivation ; but the genus is celebrated for its beau- 
tiful C. pictus, leaves oblong-lanceolate, variegated with yel- 
low, and stained with red, flowers small green, or axillary 
spikes. C. variagatus, variety latifulia, is finer than the ori- 
ginal variagatus ; the nerves in the leaves are yellow, and the 
leaves lanceolate, entire, and smooth. To make them grow 
freely, give them the warmest part of the hot-house, and drain 
the pots well. (Soil No. 13.) 

Cycas, four species, generally called Sago -palm, as an 
English name. The plant from which Sago is extracted be- 
longs to another genus, (see Sagus.) C. revolitta is a well 
known palm, and will keep perfectly well in the green-house. 
We have seen a beautiful specimen of it which is kept every 
winter in the cellar ; but those that are kept so cool in winter 
only grow every alternate year, while those that are kept in 
the hot-house grow every year, which shows that heat is their 
element. C. circinalis is a large growing species ; the fronds 
are much longer, but not so close and thick. C. glauca is 
a fine species ; tlie foliage is slightly glaucous. They re- 
quire plenty of pot room, are much infested with the small 
white scaly insect, and ought to be frequently examined and 
carefully washed as prescribed in January. (Soil No. 12.) 

Cypripedium insigne is a very beautiful nepal species of 
this curious Ladies^ slipper plant. The flowers have a waxy ap- 
parance, and very much in shape of an Indian shoe ; the co- 
lours are green and purple : it likes a moist, half shaded si- 
tuation. (Soil No. 16.) 

Dillenias, three species of fine plants, with beautiful foli- 
age. D. speciosa has produced considerable excitement in 
our collections. The leaves are elliptic, oblong, simply ser- 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — of repotting, &c. 177 

rated, nerves deep; the flower is white, with five bold petals, 
centre filled with barren anthers ; D. scdndens has ovate, 
simply serrated leaves, but is not known as to flower ; it is a 
fine climber. (Soil No. 2.) 

Draecenas, Dragon-tree, about twelve species of Asiatic 
plants, varied in character. D. Ferrea is plentiful in our 
collections, and will keep in the green-house ; but the foliage 
is not so well retained as when kept in the hot-house : the 
leaves are lanceolate, acute, of a dark crimson colour. D. ter- 
mindlis, striped leaved ; D. fragrans, when in bloom, will 
scent the air for a considerable distance, leaves green and 
lanceolate. D. margindta is rare, yet it is to be seen in a 
few of our collections. /). stricta is now Charhoobdia* 
stricta, flowers blush, and in loose panicles. D. Draco is 
admired, and the most conspicuous of the genus. (Soil No. 

11.) 

Erdnthemums, about ten species, E. pulcJiellum and E. 
hicolor are the finest of the genus ; the former is in our col- 
lections. Plenty of heat is indispensable to make it flower 
in perfection ; therefore it should have the warmest part of 
the house, and it will produce flowers of a fine blue colour 
from December to April. The flowers of the latter are white 
and dark purple, with a few brown spots in the white ; blooms 
from April to August, Drain the pots well, and give the 
plants little sun during summer. (Soil No. 11.) 

Eugenias, about thirty species, esteemed for their hand- 
some evergreen foliage. This genus once contained a few 
celebrated species, which have been divided. {SeeJambosa.) 
The Allspice tree, known as Myrtus Pimenta, is now E. Pi~ 
menta ; the leaves are ovate, lanceolate, and, when broken, 
have an agreeable scent. There are several varieties, all of 
the same spicy fragrance. The plant is in very few of our 
collections. E. fragrans is sweet-scented ; the flowers are 
on axillary peduncles; leaves ovate, obtuse. (Soil No. 11.) 

* In honour of Mr. Charlwood, an extensive seedsman of London, who 
has made several botanical excursions on this continent. 



178 HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. [May. 

Eiqjhorbia, (spurg,) a genus of plants disseminated over 
every quarter of the globe ; a few are beautiful, many gro- 
tesque, and several the most worthless weeds on the earth. 
There are about two hundred species, and from ail of them, 
when probed, a thick milky fluid exudes. Those of the tropics 
are the mostcurious, and very similar in appearance to CdctuSy 
but easily detected by the above perforation. There is a 
magnificent species in our collections, which was lately intro- 
duced from Mexico — (see Poinsettia.) E. splendens, fiov/ers 
freely from December to May, and is of easy culture. E. 
fulgens, same a.s jaquiniifldra, is a plant of a slender willow- 
looking habit, but produces a profusion of flowers from the 
axil of each leaf, which renders it very showy and rather 
graceful. The flowers of the whole genus are apetalous, and 
the beauty of those described is in a brilliant scarlet bractea, 
which is very persistant. They must have plenty of pot- 
room. (Soil No. 9.) 

Erythrinas, (Coral tree,) a genus containing about thirty 
species of leguminose, scarlet-flowering plants. Several .spe- 
cies are greatly esteemed for their beauty and profusion of 
flowers, which, in well established plants, are produced in 
long spikes. E. corallodendrum blooms magnificently in 
the West Indies, but in our collections has never flowered. 
Perhaps if it were kept dry during its dormant season, which 
is from November to January, and when growing greatly 
encouraged, it might produce flowers. E. specibsa is a splen- 
did flowerer, leaves large, ternatcd, and prickly beneath; stem 
prickly. E.pubescens is valued for its large peculiar brown 
pubescent leaves. E . princeps is quite a new species, and is 
represented as being the finest of all the Erythrinas, and exhi- 
bits its rich crimson flowers in great profusion ; to make them 
grow well and bloom freely, they require plenty of pot-room ; 
indeed, while in agrowing state, they should be repotted every 
month. In regard to E. herbacea, which is a native of the Ca- 
rolinas, and frequently treated as a hot-house plant, it is cur 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. OF REPOTTING, &C. 179 

opinion that it would be more perfectly grown if planted about 
the first of the month in the garden ; and, when growing, if 
well supplied with water, it would flower from July to Sep- 
tember. About the first of November lift the roots and pre- 
serve them in half dry earth. E. laurijblia and E. crista- 
gdlli are likewise often treated as hot-house plants, and m 
such situations th-ey cast prematurely their first flowers by 
the confined state of the air. They will keep in perfect pre- 
servation during winter in a dry cellar, half covered with 
earth, or entirely covered with half dry earth ; consequently, 
the best and easiest method of treatment is, to plant them in 
the garden about the first of May, and, when growing, if the 
ground becomes dry, give them frequent waterings. They 
will flower profusely three or four times in the course of the 
summer. 

We freely recommend the last species to all our patrons, 
confident that it will give ample satisfaction, both in profu- 
sion of flower and beauty of colour. The soil they are to be 
planted into should be rich and well pulverized ; or, if they 
are kept in pots, they must be enlarged three or four times, 
when they are in a growing state, to make them flower per- 
fectly ; otherwise they will be diminutive. (Soil No. 13.) 

Ficus, Fig-tree, a genus containing above fifty hot-house 
species, besides several that belong to the green-house : great- 
ly admired for the beauty of their foliage. A few of them 
are deciduous, and all of the easiest culture. We have seen 
plants of F. eldstica hung in the back of the hot-house, with- 
out the smallest particle of earth, their only support being 
sprinklings of water every day. F. hrdssii and F. macro- 
yhylla are the finest-looking species that have come under 
our observation ; the leaves of both are very large and shading, 
occupying considerable space. In small collections F. indica 
and F. nitida are desirable ; F. repens is a climbing plant. 
(Soil No. 13.) 

Gardenias, a genus containing about seventeen species, 
several of them very popular in our collections, going under 



180 UOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. [May. 

the name of Cape Jasmine, which do well in the green- 
house, (see May.) The species requiring this department, 
and deserving attention, are G. campanulata, of a soft woody 
nature, with ovate, accuminate leaves ; fiowers of a straw co- 
lour, and solitary ; G. amcena, the flowers are white, tinged 
with crimson, lerminale and solitary, but seldom blooms ; G. 
costata, admired for its beautiful ribbed foliage ; G. lucida 
has a handsome, ovate, accuminate, shining foliage, flowers 
white and solitary : ihey require to have the pots well 
drained. (Soil No. 13.) 

Geissomeria longiflbra. This is a new genus, and closely 
allied to Ruellia. The species alluded to, is a free flowerer, 
blooming from January to May, in close spikes of a scarlet 
colour ; leaves opposite, ovale, elongate, and shining ; the 
plants must be well drained, and in summer kept from the 
direct influence of the sun. (Soil No. 2.) 

Heliconia Iraziliensis. This very splendid plant is nearly 
related to Strelitzia, and in splendour surpasses it. The 
brilliant scarlet sheath that envelops the flowers, contrasts 
most admirably with its rich green leaves. Give plenty of 
drainage to the pots, and, when the plants are growing, give 
a liberal supply of water. (Soil No. 17.) 

Helitropiums, about twelve species, of little merit, except 
H.peruvumum, H.corymb6sum,a.nd H. grandiflorwn ; these 
are all very agreeably scented, especially the former, which 
is a universal favourite. (Soil No. 3.) 

Heritihra littoralis, looking-glass plant. This plant is uni- 
sexual, has beautiful large, ovate, veiny leaves ; the flowers 
are small, red, with male and female on the same plant, but 
different flowers. It requires a strong heat and plenty of 
pot room. How the English name becomes applicable to it, 
we are not acquainted. 

Hibiscus. This genus aff'ords many iine species and va- 
rieties of plants for the hot-house, besides others for every 
department of the garden. The most popular in our collec- 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — of repotting, &c. 181 

tions of the hot-house, is H.rbsa sinensis, with its varieties, 
which are magnificent, and flower profusely from February 
to September. The single or original species is also beauti- 
ful ; the varieties are H. rosa sinensis I'itbro pUnus, double 
red ; H. r. s. cdrnea plenus, double salmon ; H. r. s. varie- 
gatus, double striped ; striped on the back of the outside pe- 
tals; H.r.s.jidva-plenus,orcarnea,do\\h\e,h\]i^; H. r. s. lutea 
plenus, double yellow, or rather sulphur. The plants grow 
freely, and produce their flowers three or four inches in di- 
ameter, from the young wood ; the leaves are ovate, accumi- 
nate, smooth, entire at the base, and coarsely teethed at the 
end. All the varieties are of the same character, and highly 
deserving of a situation in every collection. There is said 
to be a double white variety, which we doubt. H. mutubilis 
fibre plena is a splendid plant, of strong growth, and will, 
when well established, flower abundantly, if the wood of last 
year is cut to within a few eyes of the wood of the previous 
year ; the flowers are produced on the young wood, and come 
out a pale colour, and change to bright red, and about the 
size of a garden Provins rose ; leaves downy, cordate, angu- 
lar, five-lohed, accuminate, and slightly indented. H. lillii- 
fibrus is a new highly esteemed species ; the flowers are 
various in colour, being pink, blush, red, and purple. The 
leaves vary in character, but are generally cordate, crenate, 
accuminate ; the petioles are brown, and the whole slightly 
hirsute ; is deciduous, and requires to be kept in the warm- 
est part of the house. 

Hoyas, wax-plant, seven species. All of them are climb- 
ing succulents, requiring plenty of heat and little water. H. 
carnbsa is the finest flowering species of the genus, and 
known in our collections as the wax-plant ; the leaves are 
green and fleshy; the flowers are mellifluous, five-parted, and 
in pendulous bunches, slightly bearded, and have every ap- 
pearance of a composition of the finest wax ; of a blush colour. 
H. crassifblia has the best-looking foliage, and the flowers 

16 



182 HOT-HOUSE. OF REPOTTING, &C. [Mai/, 

are white. The former will keep in the green-house, but 
will not flower so profusely. 

Ipo7ncBs, a genus of tropical clinnbing plants, nearly allied 
to Convolvulus, but of greater beauty. Z. paniculata has 
large purple flowers in panicles, with large palmated smooth 
leaves, I. Jdlapa is the true jalap of the druggists, but not 
worthy of any other remark. /. grandiflbra, large white 
flowers, with acute petals ; leaves large, cordate, ovale. I. 
pulchella has flowers of a handsome violet colour. /. hors- 
fdllia has brilliant rosy crimson flowers, which it is almost 
entirely covered with from December to May. /. ruhra- 
carulea has large blue flowers, and striped with red while in 
bud. They are all easily cultivated. It is said that /. tube' 
rbsa is much used in the West Indies to cover arbours, and 
will grow three hundred feet in one season : the flowers are 
purple striped with yellow, leaves palmated. We are not 
certain but the roots of this kind may be kept, like the sweet 
potato, and become a useful ornament to our gardens. (Soil 
No. 13.) 

Isrnene arndncaes, or Pancrdtium amdncaes. This pro- 
fuse yellow flowering bulb is richly deserving of cultivation, 
and should be kept in the house all summer, repotting it as 
often as the roots touch the interior side of the pot, giving 
it pleniy of water when in a growing state ; but when dor- 
mant, it must be kept dry till it offers to grow : when well 
treated, it will bloom repeatedly during summer. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

Ixoras, a genus of fine flowering plants, and does extreme- 
ly well in our collections in comparison to the state they are 
grown in England. The genus specifically is much con- 
fused among us, eitlier from error originating with those 
who packed them for this country, or after they have ar- 
rived. I. purpurea, leaves oblong, ovate, blunt ; flowers 
crimson ; it is now called /. ohovdta. I. crocdta, leaves oval, 
lanceolate, narrowing toward the stem, smooth underside 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — of repotting, &c. 183 

of the leaf ihe nerves are very perceptible ; flowers saffron- 
coloured, and very profuse. /. 7-dsea, leaves large, regular, 
oblong, a little acute, very distant on the wood, central nerve 
strong ; flowers rose-coloured in large corymbs, branching 
finely : /. handhuca, leaves very close to the stem, ovate, accu- 
minate ; nerves straight, middle nerve stronger ihan any 
other of the genus ; flowers scarlet. I. bldnda, leaves small, 
lanceolate, ovate ; flowers blush, cymes branching in three. 
/. (lichofhna, leaves largest of the genus, ovate, accuminate, 
undulate footstalk three-eighths of an inch long ; whereas, 
none of the leaves of the other species have footstalks of any 
length ; it is now called 7. undulcUa, flowers are white. I. 
grandifldra, leaves ovate, elongate, sessile ; flowers scarlet, 
in crowded round corymbs ; is called I. coccinea in the Bo- 
tanical Magazine, by which it is known in our collections, 
and we think is the same as /. stricta. I.Jldmmea and /. 
speciosa. I.fulgens, same as I. longifolia and /. lanceolata ; 
foliage glossy ; flowers scarlet. I. Pavetta, ih e flowers are 
white and sweet-scented, the leaves of all the species are op- 
posite ; there are a few other species that we are not tho- 
roughly acquainted with, but have been thus explicit to pre- 
vent error as far as possible in this beautiful genus. They 
are all evergreen, low growing shrubs ; the plants grow best 
in Jersey black sandy earth, but flower most abundantly with 
(Soil No. 10.) 

Jacardndas, a genus of beautiful shrubs, containing five 
species, with Bignbnia-\\ke blue or purple flowers. /. mi- 
inbsifolia and J.fdicifblia are the finest. The former has 
blue, and the latter purple flowers ; in loose branching pani- 
cles. Theyareevergreens, and easy of culture. (SoilNo.9.) 

Jambosas, about twelve species, which have been princi- 
pally taken from Eugenia, and contain its finest plants, and 
is a splendid genus of evergreen shrubs. E. Jdmbos is now 
Jambosa vulgaris, which flowers and fruits freely in our 
hot-houses. The fruit is about an inch in diameter, eatable, 
and smelling like a rose, hence called " Rose Apple." Tho 



J 84 HOT-HOUSE. OF REPOTTING, &C. [May. 

petals of all the species are simple, and may rather be consi- 
dered the calyx ; the beauty of the flowers is in the many 
erect spreading stamens, either straw, white, rose, or green 
colour. /. malaccensis, Malay Apple, is greatly esteemed 
for the delightful fragrance of its fruit. We frequently see 
/. purpurdscenSy which is a native of the West Indies, going 
under /. m., which is an Asiatic species, with white flowers 
and entire oblong leaves ; whereas, the leaves of J. p. are 
small, ovate, accuminate, the young shoots and leaves are 
purple. J. macrophylla, white, and /. amplcxicaulis, green, 
have very large oblong, lanceolate leaves, and are of a strong 
woody habit. They are all easy of culture. (Soil No. 11.) 

Jasminion, Jasmine, is a favourite genus of shrubs, for the 
exquisite fragrance of its flowers, of which none are more 
delightful than J. samhac or Arabian Jasmine. There are 
two other varieties of it, /. s. multiplex, perfectly double ; 
and /. s. trifoliatum, double Tuscan Jasmine. The latter re- 
quires a great heat to make it grow and flower freely. There 
is also a semi-double variety in cultivation. J. hirsutum has 
cordate downy leaves; flowers many, in terminale, sessile 
umbels. J. j^dnaculatuin, white, flowering in terminale pa- 
nicles from March to November ; leaves smooth, oval, ob- 
tusely accuminate; plant scarce. J. simplicijblium is in our 
collections under the name of J.lucidum ; plant spreading; 
leaves oblong and shining. /. muUiJlorwn is a profusely flow- 
ering and beautiful species. There are several others, all 
with white flowers, and generally easy of culture. (Soil 
No. II.) 

Jdtropha, Physic-nut, is a genus of six strong growing 
shrubs, natives of the West Indies. J. multiJiJa and J.pan- 
durcBfolia have the handsomest foliage, and both have scarlet 
flowers : the appearance of the foliage of this genus is the 
only object; the flowers are small, in coarse disfigured pani- 
cles, and several of the species have not been known to flow- 
er in artificial cultivation. The seeds of J. curcas are often 
received from the West Indies ; the leaves are cordate, angu- 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — of repotting, &c. 185 

lar, and smooth. /. manihot, now Manihot cannabina, is the 
Cassada root, the juice of which, when expressed, is a strong 
poison. They are all easy of culture : want of strong heat in 
winter will make them cast their leaves, but does them no 
other injury. (Soil No. 17.) 

Justicia. A few species of this genus are fine showy hot- 
house plants. /. coccinea has large terminale spikes of scar- 
let flowers, blooming from December to March, and is a very 
desirable plant, of easy culture, and should be in every col- 
lection ; it is apt to grow spindley, if not kept near the glass. 
/. picta, with its varieties, /. lucida and /. calycotricha, are 
fine shrubby species. /. specibsa is a beautiful profuse pur- 
ple flowering plant. (Soil No. 11.) 

Kcernpferia, an Asiatic genus of tuberose rooted plants ; 
none of them in our collections, except K. rotunda ; the flow- 
ers come up a few inches above the pot, without the leaves, 
in April and May, and frequently sooner ; they are purple 
and light blue, partially streaked and spotted ; leaves large, 
oblong, purplish-coloured beneath. The roots, when dormant, 
ought to be kept in the pot without watering, otherwise they 
will not flower freely. No bulbs nor strong tuberose rooted 
plants will flower in perfection if kept moist when they are 
not growing, (Soil No. 17.) 

Lantana, a genus of twenty species, all free-flowering 
shrubs ; the flowers are small, in round heads blooming from 
the axils, in yellow, orange, pink, white, and changeable co- 
lours ; principally of a rough straggling growth, and are not 
esteemed. However, L. sellbi, light purple ; L. mutdbilis, 
yellow, orange, and pink ; L. hicolor, white and pink, and L. 
fucdta, (or Dougldsii of some,) lilac and white. These are 
very handsome growing plants, and will even keep in a good 
green-house ; but in such case will only bloom in summer. 
They will not bear a strong fumigation : therefore, when the 
hot-house is under that operation, they must be set down in 
the pathway, or other low part in the house. (Soil No. 9.) 

Latdnias, This genus contains three species of handsome 
16* 



186 iioT-HousE. — OF REPOTTING, &c. [May, 

palms. L. harhbnica is one of the finest of the Palmce, not 
growing to great magnitude ; the leaves or fronds are plaited 
flabelliform, leaflets smooth at the edge, footstalk spiny, and 
the plant spreading. L. rubra, fronds same as the former, 
but leaflets more divided and serrulate ; footstalk unarmed > 
foliage reddish. L. glaiicophylla, sa.mG as L. rubra, only the 
foliage glaucous. They are all valuable plants, and are ob- 
tained by seed from the East Indies. They require plenty 
of pot room. (Soil No. 12.) 

Laurus. This genus, though of no beauty in flower, is 
generally admired in collections for its fine evergreen foliage, 
and aromatic or spicy flavour, and several trees are impor- 
tant in medicine. The most esteemed are given to a genus 
named Cinnamomum, as has been observed in the green- 
house, (see March.) L. Chloroxylon is the Cogwood of Ja- 
maica. L.persca is now Persea gratissima, Alligator- pear, 
a fruit about the size of a large pear, and greatly esteemed in 
the West Indies ; the plant is generally known in our col- 
lections. C. verum is the true Cinnamon of commerce. 

The part taken is the inside of the bark when the tree is 
from five to eighteen years old. The leaves are three-nerved, 
ovate, oblong ; nerves vanishing toward the point, bright 
green above, pale beneath, with whitish veins. This plant 
ought to be kept in the warmest part of the hot-house. C. 
cassia is frequently given under the former name, but, when 
compared, may be easily detected by the leaves being more 
lanceolate and a little pubescent. They both make hand- 
some plants, but require great heat. Drain the pots well of 
the delicate sorts. (Soil No. 13.) 

Mognifera, Mango tree. There are two species. M. in- 
dica is in our collections, and bears a fruit which is so highly 
esteemed in the East Indies, as to be considered preferable 
to any other except very fine pine apples. The leaves are 
lanceolate, and from six to eight inches long, and two or 
more broad. The flowers are produced in loose bunches at 
the end of the branches, but of no beauty, and have to be ar- 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — op repotting, &c. 187 

tificially impregnated, or it will scarcely produce fruit. The 
shell is kidney-shaped, and of a leathery, crustaceous sub- 
stance. They contain one seed, and in their indigenous 
stale are more juicy than an apple. Drain the pots well, as 
the roots are apt to get sodden from moisture. The other 
species goes under the name oi oppositifblia, but we question 
if it is not only a variety, for it has every character of the 
one just described. (Soil No. 11.) 

Malpighia, (Barbadoes-cherry,) about eighteen species, all 
beautiful evergreen trees or shrubs. They are easily distin- 
guished by having bristles on the underside of the leaves. 
These bristles are fixed by the centre, so that either end of 
it will sting. We are not aware of any other plant being 
defended in this manner. M. urens has oblong, ovate leaves, 
with decumbent stiff bristles; flowers pink. M. aquifblia 
has lanceolate, stiff, spiny leaves, and we think the most 
beautiful foliage of the genus. M.fucata has elliptical shining 
leaves, with lilac flowers. M. glabra, leaves ovate, entire, 
smooth ; flowers purple. They all have five rounded clawed 
petals. The last species is cultivated in the West Indies for 
its fruit. The pots must be well drained. (Soil No. 17.) 

Mdrica, a genus of hot-house plants, closely allied to Iris, 
between which there is no distinction in the leaves. The 
flowers of M. coendea are beautifully spotted with light and 
dark blue, the scape many-flowered. M. Sabini has flowers 
similar, but not so dark in colour. iM. Northiana has splen- 
did white and brown spotted flowers, spathe two-flowered. 
These plants, when growing, require a liberal supply of water, 
and should be greatly encouraged by frequent potting, to 
flower well. (Soil No. 12.) 

Melastoma was once an extensive genus, on which the na- 
tural order MelastomacecB is founded ; but is now much di- 
vided into other genera contained in the natural tribe Mi- 
comece. There about thirteen species remaining in the genus. 
They now display great unity of character, and many of them 
may be considered very ornamental. The finest are M.he- 



188 HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. [Ma^. 

teromalla, bluish purple, and an abundant bloomer; M.mala- 
bdthrica, rose-coloured ; M. sanguinea, lilac; M. decemfida, 
purple; M. pulverulcnta, red; a.nd M.aspera, rose. There 
is a plant in several of our collections known as M. purpurea 
and M. tetraguna, which is Ossaa purpurdscens ; leaves 
ovate, lanceolate, accuniinate, five-nerved, pilose ; the foot- 
stalk and nerves underside of the leaf covered with brown 
hairs ; stem four-sided ; flowers purple. All the species are 
easy of culture. M. nepalensis is a green-house plant. (Soil 
No. 1.) 

ilfwsa, (Plantain tree,) contains eight species, and is greatly 
esteemed in the East and West Indies for the luscious sweet 
flavour of its fruit, which can be converted into every deli- 
cacy in the domestic cookery of the country. M. paradi- 
sicea is the true plantain tree, has a soft herbaceous stalk, fif- 
teen or twenty feet high, with leaves from five to seven feet 
long, and about two feet wide. M. sapientum is the true 
Banana tree ; habit and character same as the former, except 
it has a spotted stem, and the male flowers are deciduous. 
The pulp of the fruit is softer, and the taste more luscious. 
M. rosacea, M. coccinea, and M. chinensis, are more es- 
teemed in artificial cultivation for their flowers, and for 
being smaller in growth. AI. Cavendishii produces immense 
clusters of ripe and well-flavoured fruit, plants only four feet 
and a half high ; will yearly produce about eighty pounds. 
M. ddcca is another dwarf species, and in 1838 ripened a 
cluster of fruit in the Royal Botanic Gardens of Edinburgh, 
which weighed fifty pounds. These dwarf Bananas are now 
being cultivated in Europe expressly for their fruit, which is 
very delicious when perfectly ripened. They are Chi- 
nese plants, and will soon be introduced into the West In- 
dia Islands, where they will entirely supplant the large va- 
rieties. 

Myrtus Pimento, or, more properly, Pimcnta Vulgaris, is 
the Jamaica pepper or allspice ; there is no beauty in the 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — of repotting, &c. 189 

flowers — the leaves are highly aromatic, and it is a handsome 
evergreen. (.Soil No. 9.) 

Nepenthes, (Pitcher-plant.) There are two species of this 
plant. N. distillatbria is an esteemed and valuable plant in 
European collections, and we are not aware of there being 
any in this country, except in Philadelphia. The leaves are 
lanceolate and sessile ; from their extremity there is a spiral, 
attached to which are long inflated appendages that are ge- 
nerally half full of water, which appears to be confined with- 
in them by a lid with which the appendages are surmounted; 
hence the name of pitcher plant. We have never observed 
the lids close again when once open. Writers have called 
it an herbaceous plant, but it is properly a climbing shrub. 
The pot in which it grows should be covered with moss, and 
the roots liberally supplied with water every day. It de- 
lights to be in a moist state. The flowers are small, and in 
long spikes. The plant is of easy culture, and even rapid in 
growth : a plant with us, only nineteen months old, is now 
five feet high. (Soil No. 5.) 

Pancratiu7n is a genus of hot-house bulbs, and now only 
contains five species. They are all free-flowering. Several 
of them are handsome and fragrant. P. maritimwn and P. 
verecundum are the finest; the flowers are white, in large 
umbels ; petals long, recurved, and undulate. P. littoralis, 
P. sjpecibsum, and P. carihcRum, are now given to the genus 
Hymenocdllis, and are fine flowering species. Care must be 
taken not to give them water while dormant. The soil ought 
at that time to be in a half dry state. They are in flower 
from May to August. (Soil No. 12.) 

Panddnus, Screw Pine. There are above twenty species 
in this genus, several of them very interesting, but none so 
greatiyadmhed as 'P.odoratissimiis. Theleaves in established 
plants are from four to six feet long, on the back and edges 
spiny ; are spreading, imbricated, and embracing the stem, 
and placed in three spiral rows upon it. The top soon be- 
comes heavy when the plant throws out prongs one, two, or 



19\) HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING. [Mat/. 

three feet up the stem in an oblique descending direction, 
which take root in the ground, and thus become perfectly 
supported. Itiscultivated in Japan for its delightful fragrance, 
and it is said, " of all the perfumes, it is by far the richest 
and, most powerful." ^.titilis, red spined. We question 
this species, and are inclined to believe that it is the former, 
only when the plants are newly raised from seed, the spines 
and leaves are red, changing to green as they become ad- 
vanced in age. The plants are easy of culture, and will grow 
almost in any soil. (Soil No. 12.) 

Passifiora, *' Passion-Flower, so named on account of its 
being supposed to represent in the appendages of its flower 
the Passion of Jesus Christ." There are about fifty species, 
all climbing plants, that belong to the hot-house. Many are 
of no ordinary beauty ; a few species are odoriferous; others 
bear edible fruits, though not rich in flavour. P. (data is in 
our collections, and greatly admired ; the flowers are red, 
blue, and white, beautifully contrasted, and flower profusely 
in pots. P. racemosa, red flower. P. ccerideo-racemosa, pur- 
ple. P. quadrangalaris has beautiful red and white flowers. 
The plant is in several collections, but has seldom flowered; 
it requires to be planted in the ground to make it flower 
freely, and it will also produce fruit. V . picturata is a scarce 
and beautiful various-coloured species. P. kermbsine, bright 
rosy crimson, and, beyond all question, the most profuse 
flowering species now in cultivation, and will do well in a 
good green-house. P. Z,owrfo;jn, bright crimson ; V. ediilis 
is cultivated for its fruit. There are many other fine species, 
but these are the most esteemed sorts ; and, when well esta- 
blished, will flower profusely from May to August. They 
are desirable in every collection, and will take only a small 
space to hold them, by training the vines up the rafters of 
the hot-house. (Soil No. 13.) 

P/io?m,r, Date-palm, about eight species, principally Asiatic 
plants. The foliage is not so attractive as many others of the 
palm family, but it is rendered interesting by producing a 



Muy.] HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. IQl 

well known fruit called Date. P. dactyl'ifera will do very 
well in a comnrion green-house. Jn Arabia, Upper Egypt, 
and Barbary, it is much used in domestic economy. P. pa- 
ludosa has the most beautiful foliage, and the best habit. 
The flowers are dioecious. (Soil No. 12.) 

Plurnhdgo rosea is a pretty free-blooming plant, with con- 
tinued profusion of red flowers ; it requires plenty of heat 
and a good drainage. (Soil No. 11.) 

Plumerias, above twenty species. Plants of a slow growth, 
robust nature, and are deciduous. The foliage is greatly ad- 
mired. The plants are shy to flower, but are brilliant in co- 
lour. P. acuminata has lanceolate, acute leaves, flowers 
corymbose and terminale. P. tricolor has oblong, acute, 
veiny leaves ; corolla red, yellow, and white. This and P. 
rilhra are the finest of the genus. They ought not to get any 
water while not in a growing state. (Soil No. 11.) 

Poinsettia* pulcherrlma. When well cultivated, this is 
truly the most magnificent of all the tropical plants we have 
ever seen ; from December to April it is crowned with flow- 
ers, surrounding which, are bright scarlet whorls of bracteas, 
frequently measuring twenty-two inches in diameter. To 
grow it to such perfection, we treat it as follows : In April 
we cut the young wood down to within two inches of the 
wood of the preceding year, and reduce the ball of earth, 
putting it into a smaller pot. About the end of May we 
plant it in the open ground, in light rich soil, giving it one 
or two waterings after planting. During summer it will 
grow three or four feet ; about the end of September, it is 
carefully lifted and potted into a large-sized pot, and put into 
the hot-house, carefully shading it for a few days — when it 

* Named by Professor Graham, of Edinburgh, in compliment to the Hon. 
J. R. Poinsette, (now secretary of war,) who introduced the plant in 1S28 
to this country from Mexico, while he was Minister Plenipotentiary to that 
Republic. He also, at the same time, introduced a rich and valuable col- 
lection of Cactsea. 



192 HOT HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. [M«y. 

requires no more attention except a regular supply of water, 
and to be kept in a temperature of from 55° to 75^. There 
is also a pale yellow bracteced variety ; but we are not aware 
of it being for sale in this country. When the plant is grown 
in pots during summer, it must be repotted every month to 
encourage its rapid growth. (Soil No. 18.) 

Polyspbra axillaris, once called Camellia axillaris, though 
in appearance it has no characteristic of a Camellia, and has 
been frequently killed in the green-house by being too cold 
for its nature ; leaves oblong, obovate, toward the extremity 
serrulate. The leaves on the young wood are entire. Flowers 
■white ; petals a little notched. It is worthy of a situation in 
every collection. (Soil No. 11.) 

Pterospermum, five species of plants that have very curi- 
ously constructed flowers, of a white colour, and fragrant ; 
the foliage is of a brown rusty nature, and, before expansion, 
silvery-like. P. suberifolium is in several of our collections, 
and esteemed. V .semisagittatum has fringed braclaea; leaves 
oblong, accuminate, entire, sagittate on one side. (Soil No. 
11.) 

Rhapis, a genus of palms that will grow very freely with 
heat and room at the roots. R. jlabelliformis is an erect 
growing palm, with a spreading head. It is a native of 
China. (Soil No. 12.) 

RondeUtia speciosa is a new and rare plant, in every re- 
spect equal, if not superior, to Ixora cuccinea; its large co- 
rymbs of orange red flowers have a very striking appearance, 
and it is easily cultivated in (soil No. 1.) It should have 
frequent repottings when growing. 

Roscoeo, a genus of about five species, all pretty, but not 
much known. R. purpvrea has been introduced into our 
collections, and is the finest of the genus. The flowers are 
light purple, large, and in terminale sheaths at the top of the 
stem. R. spicafa and R. capitata are both fine species, with 
blue flowers. They are all herbaceous, with strong half tu- 



Mai/.] HOT-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING, &C. 193 

berous roots, requiring little waler while dormant, and a 
liberal supply when growing, (Soil No, 17.) 

Ruellia. There are a few species, very pretty free-flow- 
ering plants, of easy culture. R.formdsa, flowers long, of a 
fine scarlet colour ; plant half shrubby. R.fulgida has bright 
scarlet flowers on axillary long stalked fascicles. R.persici- 
fblia, with unequal leaves and light blue flowers, is now 
called R. anisophylla. (Soil No. 10.) 

Ricsselia juncea, a slender plant of an upright habit, pro- 
ducing, when well grown, a profusion of scarlet tubular flow- 
ers, about one inch long each : it is of the easiest culture in 
soil No. 19. 

Sagus, Sago-palm. We are of opinion that the true palm 
from which the sago of the shops is produced, has not be in- 
troduced into our collections. It is very rare in the most exten- 
sive collections of Europe, but it is not so fine a plant as the 
one we have under the Sago, which is placed in the natural 
order of Cycadea ; and Sagus is in that of PalmcE. The 
finest of this genus is S. vinifera and 5'. Rumpliii. They 
grow to a great height ; even in artificial cultivation they may 
be seen from ten to twenty-five feet. We have not intro- 
duced them here for their beauty, but to prevent error 
(Soil No. \-Z.) 

Soldndra, a genus of four species, remarkable for the ex- 
traordinary size of their flowers, and are considered beauti- 
ful. 5^. grandiflbra and S. viridiflbra are the best two. The 
plants will bloom well if they are restricted in pot room, 
and are only introduced as being worthy of cultivation. If 
they are repotted once in two or three years, it is sufficient, 
except where the plants are small and want encouragement 
(Soil No. 13.) 

Strelitzia, a splendid genus of noble-looking plants, aU 
of which do perfectly well in the green-house, except S. au- 
gusta, the flowers of which are pure white ; the leaves are 
very large, being nearly six feet long and eighteen inches 

17 



194 HOT-HOUSE. — OF HEPOTTiNG, (Sec. [May. 

wide, and assume the appearance of the Banana tree : it re- 
quires great, space for its roots, (Soil No, 12.) 

Strophanthus, a snnall genus of beautiful tropical shrubs. 
The segments of the corolla are curiously twisted before ex- 
pansion. S. divergens is a neat spreading shrub, with yellow 
flowers, a little tinged with red ; the petals are about four 
inches long, undulate, lanceolate, S. dichotomus is rose-co- 
loured, corolla funnel-shaped. The plants will flower freely 
in a strong moist heat. Drain the pots well. (Soil No. 1 3.) 

Sivietenia, (Mahogany tree,) the wood of which is cele- 
brated in cabinet-work. S. mahogoni, common. This tree 
varies much in general appearance according to soil and si- 
tuation. The leaves are pinnated in four pairs ; leaflets ovate, 
lanceolate ; flowers small, white, in axillary panicles. S.fu- 
hrifuga, leaves pinnated, in four pairs ; leaflets elliptical ; 
flowers white, in terminale panicles. The wood of the last 
is the most durable of any in the East Indies. They are 
fine plants, and require heat and pot room to produce flow- 
ers. (Soil No. 15.) 

TaberncEmontana, a genus of little beauty, except for one 
or two species. A plant known in some collections as Ne- 
rium coronarium, is now, and properly, T. coronaria. The 
y^xiQiy, fibre pleno, is the one most deserving of culture, and 
will flower profusely from May to August ; the flowers are 
double white, fragrant, and divaricating. The plant will 
lose its foliage if not kept in a strong heat ; iherefore place it 
in the warmest part of the hot-house. T. densifibra is a fine 
species, but very rare. Drain all the plants well, and keep 
them in the shade during summer. 

Tecbma, a genus of plants closely allied to Bignbnia, and 
are free-flowering ; several of them much esteemed. T. mol- 
lis, T. digitata, and T. siylendida, are the most beautiful of 
those that belong to the hot-house. They have large orange- 
coloured, tubular, inflated, ringent flowers, in loose panicles. 
There is a plant known in our collections as Bignbnia stdns. 



May.] HOT-HOUSE. — of repotting, &c. 195 

which is now T. stans ; has pinnated leaves, with oblong, lan- 
ceolate, serrated leaflets; flowers in simple ternninale, raceme, 
and of a yellow colour, and sometimes known by Ash-leaved 
Bignbnia. It will always have a sickly aspect, if not well 
encouraged in light rich soil. Drain the pots well, as much 
moisture disfigures the foliage. (Soil No. 10.) 

Thrinax parvijibra is a fine dwarf palm of the West In- 
dies, with palmated fronds, plaited with stiff, lanceolate seg 
ments. The plant is of easy cultivation, and will grow in 
any soil. (Soil No. 12.) 

T/mrj&er^za, a genus containing six climbing plants of a half 
shrubby nature. Some of them have a fragrant odour. T. 
cocdwea, red ; T. grandiflbr a, h\ne; T./rao^rans, white sweet- 
scented ; T. aldta has pretty buff and purple flowers, which 
are in great profusion. The latter makes a very pretty an- 
nual in the flower garden, with its beautiful white variety, 
forming an elegant contrast. If sown in May, they will 
bloom from July until killed be frost. (Soil No. 13.) 

Tradescdntia discolor. Purple-leaved spider wort. This 
is an herbaceous plant, and is only cultivated for its beautiful 
purple foliage. It has curious small white flowers. (Soil 
No. 10.) 

Urania speciosa, a gigantic-looking plant closely connect- 
ed to Musa, from which it differs in habit by the large leaves 
being more erect : to grow it luxuriantly, give it plenty of 
heat, water, and pot room. (Soil No. 12.) 

Zdmia, a genus of plants in the natural order of CycadecE. 
Several species of them are admired. Z. media, Z.furfurdcea, 
Z. tenuis, Z. integrifblia, are the most showy that belong 
to the hot-house. The whole genus is frequently kept in 
this department. They are all plants of a slow growth, and 
the beauty is entirely in the pinnated fronds, with from ten 
to forty pairs of leaflets. The pois must be well drained. 
(Soil No. 11.) 

Those genera of plants which we have enumerated under 
the head of repotting in this or next month, are composed oC 



196 HOT-HOUSE. OF REPOTTING, &C. [May. 

the finest hot-house plants that have come under our obser- 
vation. There are perhaps a few of them that are not to be 
found in the United States, or even on our continent ; but 
the great object, in a choice collection of plants, is to have 
the finest from all parts of the known world. There are 
many plants whose nature does not require much support 
from soil, which is frequently observed in those that are men- 
tioned. And there are many hundreds of plants desirable 
for beauty, ornament, and curiosity, which would take vo- 
lumes to specify and describe. In fact, every year brings 
many new things, and frequently both new and splendid, 
either in flower, fruit, or foliage. 

We have previously observed, that plants ought not to be 
flooded with water when newly potted, as it saturates the 
soil before the roots have taken hold of it ; and that the best 
draining for pots is small gravel or pot-shreds broken fine. 
We wish it to be understood that, when plants are repotted, 
any irregular branch or shoot should be lopped off that can- 
not be tied to advantage. And repotting may take place 
either before or after the plc^nts are exposed to the open air, 
according to convenience, 



OF BRINGING OUT THE HOT-HOUSE PLANTS. 

Where the hot-house is very crowded with plants, the best 
method to have them exposed without danger is, to take out 
those of the hardiest nature first, that have no tender shoots 
upon them, thereby thinning the house gradually. This may 
be done from the sixteenth to the twentieth of the month, 
which will admit of a free circulation of air among those 
that remain. All may bo exposed from the twenty-fourth 
to the twenty-eighth of the month. This is a general rule, 
though in some seasons there may be exceptions. Having 
previously given all the air possible to the house, that no 
sudden transition take place, which would make the foliage 



jl/at/.] HOT-HOUSE. OF REPOTTING, &C. 197 

brown, and otherwise materially injure the plants, choose 
calm days for the removing of them. 

There are few plants while in pots that agree with the full 
sun upon them ; or, if the plants receive the sun, the pots and 
roots ought not. The best situation for them is on the north 
side of a fence, wall, house, or other building, where they 
are excluded from the mid-day sun, and they should stand 
on boards or gravel, with the tallest at the back, firmly tied to 
a rail or some other security, to prevent them from being over- 
turned by high winds. Make a fanciful bed, and cover it with 
sand or coal ashes, for the reception of the smaller plants, and 
set ihemthinly and regularly thereon, is preferable to crowding 
them with the taller sorts. And it may be desired to have 
some of the plants plunged in the garden through the flower 
borders. Of those that are so treated, the pots must be 
plunged to the brim, and regularly turned round every two 
weeks, to prevent the roots from running into the earth. If 
the roots were allowed to do so, it might for the present 
strengthen the plant, but ultimately would prove injurious. 

Where a sufficiency of shade cannot be obtained, it would be 
advisable logo to the expenseof a very thin awning, that would 
not exclude the light, but merely the powerful rays of the 
sun, attending to roll it up every evening. Plants will keep 
in beautiful order by the above method, which amply repays 
for the trouble or expense. Avoid putting plants under 
trees ; comparatively few thrive in such situations. 

When they are thus exposed to the open air, it will be 
very little trouble to give them a gentle syringing every 
evening when there is no rain, and continue your usual ex- 
aminations for insects : when they appear, resort to the pre- 
scribed remedies. Green-jiy will not affect them, but the 
thrips may. Give regular supplies of water every evening, 
and again in the morning to all that require it, carefully ex 
amining those that are in small pots. 



17* 



198 HOT-HOUSE. — OP REPOTTING, 6cc. [June and July. 



SUCCULENTS, OR THE CACT^A TRIBE. 

The Cereus Mammallaria, and Opuntia. Divisions of this 
family are, in iheir indigenous state, exposed on rocks, hilly 
lands, and arid situations, being at all times fully exposed to 
the sun : still, with us, we find that they thrive best with a 
partial shade, though we have frequently seen them doing 
well when fully exposed to the influence of the sun ; but 
where they are to be kept out of doors all the season, be care- 
ful in choosing for them an airy situation, and never allow 
the pots to become saturated with moisture. 

The habits of the Epiphyllum tribe are entirely different j 
they are generally parasites, growing on the branches and 
about the roots of decayed trees ; consequently, they are often 
much shaded, and they evidently show it, for they still de- 
light to be shaded from the direct rays of a noon-day sun. If 
they are kept in the house through the summer months, take 
some whiting, and make a thin white-wash, and put it on the 
inside of the glass, which will be found an agreeable and ef- 
fectual shade ; but where time and means are at hand, a thin 
awning, of gauze or muslin, is preferable, provided it is regu- 
larly rolled up when the sun is not pow^erful. 



JUNE AND JULY. 

As the plants of the hot-house are all exposed to the open 
air, the directions will include both months. If the repotting 
is over, as recommended last month, all the attention they 
will require until the end of August is, the administering of 
water at the roots, and by the syringe overhead. It will be 
impossible to say how great are their wants, these depending 



August.] HOT-HOUSE. OF REPOTTING, &C. 199 

entirely upon the nature of the plant, the situation, and the 
season; but never neglect to look over them every evening, 
and after dry nights they will need a fresh supply in the 
morning, observing lo give to none except they are be- 
coming a little dry. Make weekly examinations for insects 
of any description, and, when they appear, have them instant- 
ly destroyed. 

Always after heavy rains look over the pots, in case water 
should be standing in them, which would injure the roots. 
Where any is found, turn the pot on its side, and, in a few 
hours, examine the draining which is defective; small pots 
in continued rains should be turned likewise. 

Tie up all plants and shoots lo prevent them from being 
destroyed by the wind, and be attentive to pick all weeds 
from the pots. Turn round all the plants occasionally, to 
prevent them from being drawn to one side by the sun or 
light. 



AUGUST. 

The plants of the hot-house that were repotted in May 
and June, according to the directions therein given, will, at 
present, be in an excellent state of health, provided they 
have got, at all times, the requisite supplies of watering. 
And as we already have been very explicit on that subject, 
more remarks now would be merely repetition. 

REPOTTING. 

If any of the repottings were neglected during May or 
June, let it be done about the first of this month. Let young 
plants that are growing freely, where the roots have filled 
the pots, and the plants required to grow, have pots one size 
larger. In turning out the ball of earth, keep it entire, not 
disturbing any of the roots. 



200 HOT-HOUSE. — DRESSING THE PLANTS. [Sept 



OF PAINTING, REPAIRING, AND CLEANSING THE HOUSE. 

The necessary repairs of the hot-house are too often put 
off to the last day or week; and then with hurry are super- 
ficially attended to. Previous to the first of September, 
have all the wood-work painted, (which ought to have one 
coat every two years,) and the glass all neatly repaired. 
Have the flues and furnace examined ; plaster over all rents 
and make good every deficiency. Give the flue a thick coat 
of lime white-wash. Have the walls, shelves, and staging 
properly painted. If there is a tan-bed, have that renewed; 
take out what is most decayed, using two-thirds new tan, 
which must be dried at least three days in the sun before it 
is housed, and carefully protect it from rains. 



SEPTEMBER. 

DRESSING THE PLANTS. 

Having last month put the house in complete order, all 
that remains necessary to be attended to, is the state of the 
plants and pots, which should be regularly examined, and of 
those where the roots fill the soil, a little may be taken off 
the top, supplying its place with fresh earth, thereby giving 
what is called a top-dressing. Give each that requires it 
a sufficient rod, tying the plant neatly thereto ; minutely 
scrutinize each for insects, and where they are detected, 
have them eradicated. 

Finally, wash all contracted foulness from off the pots, at 
the same time pick off any decayed leaves ; thus all will be 
in perfect order to take into the house. If any plants have 
been kept in the hot-house during summer, they must like- 
wise go through the same operation. 



Sept.] HOT-HOUSE. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 201 



OF TAKING IN THE PLANTS. 

From the 16th to the 24th, according to the season, is the 
proper time to take in the hot-house plants. It is preferable 
to have them what might be deemed a few days too early, 
than have them in the slighest degree affected by cold. 

Commence by housing the largest first, and those that 
stand farthest in the house, observing to place the most ten- 
der sorts nearest the heat or warmest part of the house. For 
observations on them, see May : in regard to arrangement, 
that must be according to the taste of the operator. We may 
observe, that in a small collection it is better to have them in 
a regular than in a picturesque form. A dry shelf is indis- 
pensable in this department for placing on it all herbaceous 
plants, such as Cdnna, Hedychium, Zingiber, KcEmjjferia, 
&c., the watering of which from this time should be gradu- 
ally suspended, that they may have their required cessation 
to make them flower well. This shelf may be in any situa- 
tion ; one in darkness, where other plants will not grow, will 
answer perfectly well. If there is a bark bed, do not, until 
the end of December, plunge, any of the pots therein. If 
any plants of the Poinsettia are in the ground, have them 
carefully lifted and shaded from the sun. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

The plants being now all under protection, they must 
have as much air as possible admitted to them every day, by 
opening the doors, front and top sashes, closing only at night. 
The syringings'must be continued, and care taken that plants 
of a deciduous or herbaceous nature are not over-watered. 
The tuberous species might be kept almost dry. Some 
practical men of sound science repot these plants in this 
month into fresh soil, and allow them to stand till January 
almost without water. We have never adopted this method 



202 HOT-HOUSE. [Oct. 

with any description of plants, but do not doubt of its suc- 
cess with that genus. 

See that the ropes and pulleys of the sashes are in good 
order, and fit to stand all winter. 



OCTOBER. 



Very few directions remain to be given to the department 
of the hot-house. The supplies of water for this and the two 
succeeding months are, according to the state and nature of 
tropical plants, more limited than at any other period of the 
year. This is the first month of what may be called their 
dormant state. Observe the herbaceous plants, that they are 
set aside as soon as their foliage decays, in case of being to 
liberally supplied with water. Airing is highly essential 
about this period, that the plants may be gradually hardened ; 
but guard against injuring them. The temperature should 
never be under fifty degrees ; when the days are cool and 
the wind chilling, airing is not necessary : and, when air 
is admitted, always close up early in the afternoon, while 
the atmosphere is warm, to supersede the necessity of fire as 
long as possible. If, at any time, you have recourse to it in 
this month, use it with great caution. 

Examine all the shutters and fastenings, and see that they 
are in good substantial order, and, where deficient, repair 
them instantly, that they may be in readiness. Remove all 
leaves, and give syringings in the morning of sunshine days, 
twice a week. Clear off, sweep out, and wash clean, that 
every part may be in the neatest order. 

The succulent tribe will not require water more than once 
a week, or once in two weeks. If any of them have ripened 
seeds during summer, wash such carefully from the pulp, and 
lay them past till the first of January, when they may be 



Nov.] HOT-HOUSE. — OP A CISTERN, &iC. 203- 

sown on the surface of sandy soil, and gently pressed down. 
Water them very carefully as they require ; cover the pot 
with a piece or pane of glass, which will greatly assist their 
vegetating. In a few weeks they will make their appear- 
ance ; and, when they are one quarter of an inch high, plant 
them out into other pots and fresh soil. In a few months 
they will make wonderful progress in growth, and, in the 
following year, will require to be potted singly, and treated 
as recommended for established plants. 



NOVEMBER. 

The essential points to be attended to in the hot-house 
during this month are, Jire, air, and water. The former 
must be applied according to the weather, observing not to 
allow the temperature to be under fifty degrees, and it ought 
not to continue long at that degree ; fifty-two degrees being 
preferable. The shutters should be on every night when 
there is any appearance of frost, and taken off early in the 
morning. Admit air in small portions every day that the 
sun has any effect and the atmosphere mild, observing that 
the temperature of the house be above sixty degrees previous 
to admission. Shut all close early in the afternoon, or when 
any sudden changes occur. 

OF A CISTERN AND WATER. 

In watering, it is important to have the v^rater of the same 
temperature in this department as the roots of the plants. 
To have this, there are two kinds of cisterns or tanks that 
might be adopted ; one may be sunk in the house under 
ground, either closely plastered, or lined with lead, and 
neatily covered up, having a small perpendicular pump there- 



204 HOT-HOUSE. — OF WATER. [DeC. 

in, or placed so that the water could be lifted by hand. The 
other might, where convenience will admit, be placed over 
the furnace, either in the back shed, or inside of the house, 
and the water could be drawn oflfthis by a slop-cock. These 
can be supplied, in part, with rain water, by having spouts 
round the house to lead into the cisterns, supplying any de- 
ficiency from the pump. Thus water of a congenial tem- 
perature maybe always at hand, which is of great importance 
to the healthful constitution of the plants. The water must 
now be given in moderate portions, examining the plants 
every day. Be careful in watering bulbs, as the smallest 
supply is sufficient for them at present. Succulents will re- 
quire a little every two weeks, except they are over the flues, 
when they may have some every week. 

Constantly clear off all decayed leaves, and carry them out 
of the house, which sweep and wash clean, and keep all in 
the neatest order. 



DECEMBER. 

The uncertainty of the weather in this month requires 
the operator to be constantly on guard, to ward off danger, 
either from frost, snow, or cutting winds. The temperature 
observed last month must be continued, but not exceeded, 
which would cause premature vegetation, of which the re- 
sult and effects have already been observed. Always kindle 
the fires in time, to prevent the heat from being lower than 
what has been mentioned, lest a severe frost should take 
place, as then a considerable lapse ensues before the fire has 
any effect ; and if the wind blows high, the result might be 
injurious, unless the house be very close. 



Dec] HOT-HOUSE. OF SHUTTERS. 205 



OF SHUTTERS. 

The benefit of these in severe weather is of material ser- 
vice, for the preservation of an even temperature in the house 
during the night, when changes are not observed ; but they 
ought never to remain on through the day, when the fire can 
be properly attended to. If the front and the lowest sash of 
the roof are covered with these, it is generally sufficient. 
They should be made of three-quarter inch boards, closely- 
grooved together, having a cross bar in the centre, and one 
at each end and each side, which will make them substantial. 
If they are frequently painted with care, they will last many 
years. Snow ought not to be allowed to lay on these while 
they are on the glass, for reasons that we have assigned. See 
January and February. 

Some adopt double panes of glass to supersede the use of 
shutters, which they think are attended with considerable 
labour, (at the most only fifteen minutes a day, while in use.) 
The sash frame is made a little deeper, so as to allow half an 
inch between the panes of glass. The one is glazed from 
the out and the other from the inside. It appears to answer 
the purpose tolerably well, but the glass must be both fine 
and even in the surface, lest a lens should be produced, 
which would scourge the plants. We are almost confident 
that we have seen this effect in some instances. There must 
be a small hole about an eighth of an inch in both ends of 
each row of glass, to allow a current to dry up the moisture 
that may arise. Double sashes during the severe months are 
frequently used ; but shutters are preferable to either. 

OF PLACING BULBS, &c., IN THE HOT-HOUSE. 

If any Hyacinths or other Dutch roots are wanted to flow- 
er early, a few of them may be put in the hot-house near the 
front glass, which will greatly tend to forward their time of 

18 



206 HOT-HOUSE. — GENERAL OBSERVATiONS. [DeC, 

flowering. By having some brought in every two weeks, a 
continued succession of bloom will be kept up. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

If there is a tan-bed in the house, and it was renewed in 
September, the pots should now be half plunged therein. The 
violent heat will partly be over, and the plants are not soli- 
able to suffer at root in this as last month. It will in part 
prevent the plants from being affected by sudden changes of 
temperature. Be attentive in keeping all insects completely 
under. This is the period that these are most neglected, but 
by attending to the modes of their destruction, as already 
given, no species of them will either be hurtful or unsightly. 
Syringe the plants about twice a week, and always remember 
that decayed leaves or litter, of any description, do not beau- 
tify healthy plants, neither do they form a part of a well kept 
hot-house. 

ORCHIDEOUS EPIPHYTES OR AIR PLANTS. 

Before we close the hot-house subject, it may be interest- 
ing to some of our readers to know the nature and character 
of a few of the most desirable of those tropical parasites, that 
have within these few years caused so much excitement in 
Europe. In several instances, houses upward of two hun- 
dred feet long have been erected for their exclusive culture, 
and unless they do thus have an apartment adapted to their 
nature, no success will attend their cultivation. They grow 
only in a very humid atmosphere, kept at a temperature of 
from 70*^ to 100^, and also in a partially shaded situation : it 
is only under such treatment that we have had any prosperi- 
ty in blooming these peculiarly beautiful and interesting 
plants. Annexed are the names of a few that are of the 
easiest culture and most profuse of flower : 



Dec.] HOT-HOUSE. — AIR PLANTS. 207 

Brdssia maculata, greenish yellow, spotted with purple. 
Catasetum trifidhn, greenish yellow, spotted with dark 

brown. 
Cdttleya crispa, white and purple, and is considered a superb 

plant. 
Cdttleya labidta, rose and rich purple, striped and spotted 

with carmine. 
Cdttleya Forbesii, yellow, white, green and rose-coloured,^/2e, 
Dendrbhium cuculldtum, rose and pale yellow. 
Dendrdbium speciosiim, pale yellow flowers, in great pro- 
fusion. 
Epidendrum cucuUdtmn, dark brown with yellow, is a very 

constant bloomer. 
Gongora atropurpurea, dark purple ; the plant must be sus- 
pended in a pot or small box. 
Gongora speciosa, yellow with black spots. 
Maxilldria Loddgesii, orange flowers in long racemes. 
Maxilldria picta, yellow, beautifully spotted with red and 
crimson ; it is in the mornings only delightfi^Viy 
fragrant. 
Oncidium crispum, brownish copper colour, sTid profuse 

flowering. 
Oncidium papilio, bright yellow, spotted with rich brown. 
Oncidium luridum, flowers of a brownish green, 
Rendnthera coccinea, a very superb scarlet flowering plant, 
but does not bloom very freely; it grows in moss 
and must be suspended in a pot or tied to a piece 
of stick. 
Stanhbpia grandijlbra has delicate white sweet-scented 

flowers. 
Stanhbpia insignis, yellow and white, spotted with purple > 

and delightfully fragrant. 
Vdnda Roxburghii, flowers pale yellow. 
Zygopetalums, all very beautiful flowering, generally of a 
yellowish green colour, spotted with brown. 
They require to be kept in a hot dry atmo- 
sphere. 



208 HOT-HOUSE. AIR PLANTS. [DeC. 

Orchideous epiphytes, generally grow upon trees, in the 
recesses of damp tropical forests, establishing themselves in 
the forks of the branches, and even upon rocks, stones, or 
decayed trees. Shade, therefore, is essential to their wel- 
fare ; consequently, never permit them to be exposed to vio- 
lent sunshine. They require but little water at the roots, 
provided the atmosphere they grow in is very humid. The 
best soil for them is a sandy, turfy peat, containing a large 
portion of fibrous matter ; mix with this pieces of pot-shreds 
or cork, and be careful not to place the plant deep in the pot, 
or they will grow on sticks of wood. Although we use and 
prefer small boxes (about six inches square) made of cork, 
in which they grow finely and bloom profusely. With some 
of the strong-growing kinds, we use, in addition to the above 
soil, a little leaf-mould, using always plenty of drainage. 
The house we cultivate them in has an eastern aspect. 
Shade can easily be given to them by having creepers trained 
up the rafters of the house, or an occasional large plant, 
placed in such a situation as will afford most shade during 
mid-day ; and it must be observed, that, although the plants 
are fond of moisture, they never thrive, except the water has 
a free passage from their roots. 



THE 



AMERICAN FLOWER GARDEN 

DIRECTORY. 



GREEN-HOUSE. 

ON THE CONSTRUCTION OF A GREEN-HOUSE. 

In many respects, the construction of the Green-house 
will be the sanne as the Hot-house, but might be made much 
more an ornamental object, and could be erected contiguous 
to the mansion-house, with large folding-doors to open at 
pleasure, and be connected with the drawing-room or par- 
lour. The extent may vary according to the collection to 
be cultivated. 

Ii was formerly the practice to build these houses with 
glass only in front, and even to introduce between the win- 
dows strong piers of brick or stone; but this is now abolished, 
and has given way to a more light and ornamental style, by 
which cheerfulness and the desired utility are better con- 
sulted. There should be conveniences for the admission of 
air in the highest part of the house, that a free current may 
be obtained whenever desired, which is an essential point. 



18* 



210 GREEN-HOUSE. [/c/7. 

GREEN-HOUSE. 
JANUARY. 

This compartment requires particular attention, in order 
to preserve the plants in good health, and carry them through 
this precarious season of the year. A little air must be ad- 
mitted at all convenient times. An hour or two at mid-day 
will be of the utmost importance in drying up damp and 
clearing off stagnated air, which is a harbour for every cor- 
ruption. The top sashes being let down or turned a few 
inches, in mild days (that is, Avhen it is not high and cutting 
winds) from ten or eleven o'clock to two or three, according 
to the intensity of the frost, will renovate the interior air of 
the house and harden the plants. When the weather will 
permit, let the front sashes be opened about one inch or more. 
An assiduous, experienced hand will never omit an oppor- 
tunity. 

With regard to fire heat, the temperature must be regu- 
lated to suit the nature of the plants in a general sense ; so 
let the mercury, or spirits of wine, of Fahrenheit's tliermo- 
meter, be from 35° to 50 ; if it begins to fall, give a little fire 
heat. No doubt we have seen the thermometer much lower 
in the green-house than the above, even as low as 24°, with- 
out any immediate injury; but it was in an extensive collec- 
tion, where the most hardy of the plants were selected into 
one house. Many boast how little fire they give their green- 
house, and how cold it is kept, not observing the miserable 
slate of their plants — inexperience causing them to think 
that the least fire heat will make them grow, and would ra- 
ther look on naked stems than healthy plants. The above 
temperature will not, in exotics, cause premature vegetation, 
but will cause the plants to retain the foliage requisite to ve- 
getative nature. A high temperature is not necessary for' 



Jan.] GREEN-HOUSE, — OF WATERING. 211 

the generality of green-house plants ; on the contrary, it 
might very much injure them. 



OF WATERING. 

In this month very little is requisite, and must be given 
with great caution. Few plants will require much, and some 
hardly any; but all must be attended to, and have their wants 
supplied. Some will need it twice, some once a week, and 
some in two weeks, according to their shrubby and woody 
nature. Herbaceous and deciduous plants will seldom need 
water. Perhaps, from the shedding of the foliage to the 
commencement of vegetation, three or four times will be suf- 
ficient. Particular attention should be paid to the state of 
health and of growth, in which the plants respectively are, 
in the application of water ; otherwise much mischief may be 
done, and many entirely ruined. 

Green-house plants being now in an absolutely inactive - 
state, require little more water than merely to keep the earth 
about their roots from becoming perfectly dry, by occasion- 
ally applying a very small quantity at the root ; and, if done 
with a watering-pot, as described under this head in the hot- 
house of this month, very little will be spilt in the house to 
increase dampness, which, if it does appear, by any of the 
leaves of the plants becoming musty, they must be instantly 
picked off; and, if it increases, give a little fire and air. Suc- 
culent plants will not need any water during this month, un- 
less omitted in December. 

CAMELLIA JAPONICA. 

This magnificent and attractive flower, with all its splen- 
did varieties, will, about this lime, begin to open its beauti- 
ful flowers. But for this admired genus of plants, our green- 
houses, at this season, would be void of allurement. It is, 



212 GREEN-HOUSE. — OF ORANGES, &C. [Jan. 

in this country, subject to red spider, and nriore especially in 
the city, which appears to be from the nature of the air. 
The effects of the spider on these plants, if not prevented, 
would prove fatal ; as, from appearance, many have died by 
it in several collections. If it has reached a great extent, 
the leaves are brownish, having the appearance of being de- 
cayed, or scorched with the sun. In taking hold of ihe leaf, 
it feels soft, and altogether seems to have lost its nutritive 
substance ; and, when the young foliage expands, it becomes 
covered with dark brown spots, and finally very much dis- 
figured ; and, when in this stale, the red spider is severe, and, 
ultimately, death ensues. 

If any of the plants are affected as above described, lake a 
sponge, and wash every leaf minutely with soft water, and 
syringe them with water three or four times a week, which 
will clean ihem. All the young foliage will be healthy, and 
that which has been affected will fall off. However, preven- 
tion is better than cure ; and if the Camellias are properly 
syringed every evening during summer, and once or twice 
a week during winter, they will never be subject lo the ra- 
vages of that destructful insect. 

Tie up any of the flowers that are expanded to stakes, in 
case of accident ; and, in syringing, observe not to let any 
water fall on the flowers, as it causes premature decay and 
change of colour. 

OF ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

As there will perhaps be more leisure in the green-house 
this month than in any other during the winter, it is pre- 
sumed that there will not be a moment lost. If any of the 
trees are infested with insects, these, being now in their 
inactive slate, may be more easily destroyed than at any 
other time. It is the brown scaly insect that generally in- 
fests them. For treatment, see Hot-house, January. The 
plant or tree, after being washed, before it becomes dry, will 



Jan.] GREEN-HOUSE. OF CAPE BULBS, 6CC. 213 

require to be syringed with water, otherwise the dust will 
adhere to the glutinous particles of the soap. Set the plant 
in an airy situation to dry, in case of damp. There are se- 
veral others subject to this insect, such as Myrtles, Oleas, 
Oleanders, &c., which treat in the same manner. Be careful 
that these trees are not over-watered ; if the soil is moist, it 
is sufficient. 



OF CAPE BULBS, &c. 

If there are any out of the ground, it is time that the whole 
were potted, such as Lachenalia, Wachendorfia, Eiicomis, 
Ixia, Gladiolus, with several others. Keep them in the 
shade until they begin to grow ; then put them on shelves 
near the light. Those that are growing must be kept in 
front of the house, to prevent them being weak. Wachen- 
dorfia has a beautiful large red tuberous root, and requires 
a pot about six or seven inches deep. 



OF HYACINTHS AND OTHER BULBOUS ROOTS. 

All these roots must be carefully examined. In case slugs 
or snails are preying upon the embryo of the flower, some of 
those that are farthest advanced maybe put for a few weeks 
in the hot-house. It will greatly accelerate their flowering, 
but they must be brought out again before the florets expand, 
and carefully tied up, leaving room for the increase and ex- 
tension of the flower stem. Give them plenty of water, and 
if saucers can be placed under them to retain it, it will be of 
advantage. Change the water every week on those that are 
in glasses, and keep all the growing bulbs near the light. 
Narcissus, Jonquils, &c., may be similarly treated. 



214 GREEN-HOUSE. — ORANGES, &C. [Feb. 

FEBRUARY. 

The directions given last month respecting the airing and 
temperature of the house may still be followed, differing 
only in admitting air more freely as the season advances, and 
according to the power the sun has on the glass, which now 
begins to be considerable. 

If the weather is tolerably mild, air may be admitted in 
time of sunshine, so as to keep the mercury as low as 50^, 
but be cautious in cold, cloudy, frosty weather. It is a prac- 
tice with many in such weather to keep the shutters on the 
house night and day, for the space of a week, and sometimes 
more, never entering it ; and, when the weather has induced 
them to look in, they find that the frost and damp have made 
many lifeless subjects ; whereas, had the house and plants 
been attended to, in taking off the shutters, and giving a lit- 
tle fire when requisite, all would have been in safety, and 
many plants that cannot be replaced still in the collection. 

When watering, strictly adhere to the directions of last 
month, except with Geraniums, and other soft wooded plants, 
which require a little more water toward the end of the 
month. If the days are mild and sunny about eight or nine 
o'clock in the morning, all the plants would be benefited by 
a gentle syringing, which retards the progress of insects, and 
accelerates vegetation. 

Succulents, such as Cactus, Mesemhrydnthemum, Aloes, 
Furcrceds, Crussulas, Cotyledons, cj-c, will very seldom 
need water, at the same time keep them from getting as dry 
as powder. 

OF ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

Similar treatment to that recommended last month will do 
for this. Where the soil in the tubs or pots requires to be 
enriched, take of bone-dust or shavings, and fresh sheepdung, 



Feb.] GREEN-HOUSE. CAPE BULBS, &CC. 215 

equal quantities ; put the mixture into a large tub or barrel, 
until one-third full ; and fill it up with water. Stir it well two 
or three times every day till it ferments, then give each 
tree one good watering with the compound. Continue to 
mix up afresh, and let it stand another week, and so on until 
all the trees requiring it are watered. This watering will 
greatly enrich the soil and invigorate the roots. 



OF CAPE BULBS, &c. 

The bulbs of Ferraria undulata, and F. antherosa, that 
were taken out of the pots in October, will now require to 
be planted. Five-inch pots will be large enough for good 
roots. The grand criterion for planting bulbs is when there 
is a protuberant appearance about the bottom, or root part of 
the bulb, showing, by a principle of nature, the true time for 
transplanting. When bulbous roots of any description ap- 
pear above ground, they ought to be placed in an airy situa- 
tion. They are very frequently placed under other plants, 
by the inexperienced, until they show their flowers, and then 
brought to the light, having weak flowers, and comparative- 
ly of momentary existence. 

Hyacinths, Narcissus, Gladiolus, Ixia, &c., having flower 
stems, ought to have support, to prevent accident, especially 
the two former ; keep them nigh the glass, and water freely. 
Change the water regularly once or twice a week in the 
bulb glasses, observing that their roots are never allowed to 
become matted with fetid water. Any of the above plants 
that are in flower might, if desired, be taken into the draw- 
ing-room or parlour, washing the pots clean, and putting 
saucers under them, keeping therein a little water. Twice 
a week the decayed ones can be taken out, and supplanted 
with those that are coming into bloom. 



216 GREEN-HOUSE. — CAMELLIA JAPONICA. [Feb. 



CAMELLIA JAPONICA 

Will, in this month, show a profusion of flowers ; and, 
where there is a variety, they have truly a magnificent ap- 
pearance. From a good selection, endless varieties, by seed, 
of exquisite beauty, might be obtained by attention to the fol- 
lowing rule : The best to select for bearing seed are Single 
white, Atoniana, Grandiflbra, Waratali, Carnation Waratah, 
Rubricaulis, Donkelarif and, in many instances, the pistil, or 
pistillum of Variegata, Pompone, Pceoniflora, Intermedia, 
and Hosackia, are perfect, with several others. When any 
of the above are newly expanded, ( Waratali is most perfect 
about one day before full expansion,) take a fine camel hair- 
pencil, and put it gently on the farina or pollen, from the 
double sorts, which is a yellow substance on the anthers, and, 
when ripe, appears in thousands of small particles. Then, 
with this on the pencil, dust it lightly on the stile of those 
intended to carry seed. Between the hours of ten and 
twelve in the forenoon is the most proper time for the ope- 
ration ; the seed will be ripe in September or October, which 
will be taken notice of, and directions given. For other par- 
ticulars on cleaning and syringing, see January under this 
head. 

OF SHIFTING, &c. 

The best time to repot Camellias is just when they are 
done flowering, which will be before they begin to grow. 
There are, though not frequently, some flowers after the 
young foilage begins to appear, and probably it would be 
better to discriminate the time by the buds offering to push, 
which will answer to those that have no flowers as well as 
those that have. The most general time in shifting Camel- 
lias is in August and September, indiscriminately with other 
plants ; and, if then not very gently handled, bad roots even- 
tually are produced. Frequently very fine plants have been 



Feb.] GREEN-HOUSE. OF CLEANING, &C. 217 

killed by probing, and breaking the young fibrous roots, thus 
causing mortification. 

In the process do not, by any means, break or bruis« any 
of the roots ; and do not give large pots, with the idea of 
making them grow fast : it acts on most plants diametri- 
cally opposite to what is intended. A pot one or two 
inches wider and deeper than the one they have been in pre- 
viously, is sufficient. Healthy plants, under five feet, will 
not require shifting oftener than once in two years ; from five 
feet upward, in three or four years, according to the health 
of the plants. This treatment, in the opinion of some, will ap- 
pear insufficient for their support : it will be found enough 
with a top-dressing every year to keep them in a healthy flow- 
ering condition, the soil being according to our description. 

On turning the plant out of the pot, it may easily be ob- 
served if the soil has, in any degree, been congenial to it ; 
for, if so, the roots will be growing all round the ball ; if 
otherwise, no roots will appear. 

Therefore, with a blunt pointed stick, probe away all the 
bad earth, until you come to the roots ; then put the plant in 
a pot about one inch in diameter larger than the combined 
roots, previously putting a few small pieces of broken pots, 
or clean gravel, to drain off the superabundant moisture, and 
give light waterings, as the roots in this case will grow but 
slowly. 

Top-dress all that requires shifting, probe out the soil down 
to the roots, and by the side of the pot, taking care not to 
break the fibres; then fill up with fresh earth, watering gently 
with a rose on the watering-pot to settle it. 

OF CLEANING, &c. 

If any of the plants require cleaning, either by fumigation 
or otherwise, let it be done before the young foliage appears, 
according to the directions heretofore given. Likewise tie 
neatly all that require it, clean and top-dress those that will 

19 



218 GREEN-HOUSE. — OF WATERING. [Mafck. 

not be shifted, having every plant, and all in the green-house, 
in perfect order before the throng of spring commences. 
The weather will now admit, in very fine mornings, of the 
plants being syringed, which may be done between seven 
and eight o'clock ; and the path or pavement should be 
washed out once a week, which is a great improvement to 
the appearance of the whole interior. 

In winter, when any glass is broken, it should be immedi- 
ately mended. Broken glass in cold nights causes a very 
destructive current of air. It should always be made water 
tight, for if the drops fall into the pots upon the roots, they 
will frequently prove fatal to the plants ; therefore care ought 
to be taken during rain to remove those that stand in any 
manner exposed. 



MARCH. 

The plants in this compartment will begin to assume a dif- 
ferent aspect, and air must be admilled every day if practi- 
cable, giving large portions in sunshine by the sashes regu- 
larly over all the house, opening those of the front a little, 
and hkewise the doors in fine mild days. To perform this 
judiciously, give a little about eight or nine o'clock, more at 
ten, and the whole from eleven till twelve o'clock, shutting 
again by degrees. 

Fire heat will now be dispensed with, but in frosty nights 
have the shutters on about sundown. The sun is now pow- 
erful, and the house can be early shut up in the afternoon, 
and will gain as much natural heal as will keep up the re- 
quired temperature, viz., 36° lo 45°. Perhaps there maybe 
uncommonly cold vi'calher: at such limes be attentive toward 
off danger by applying artificial heat. 



March.] green-house. — of watering. 219 



OF WATERING. 

Look over the pots and tubs at least every alternate day, 
to see where water is wanted. In watering, too much cau- 
tion cannot be used, especially during winter and the com- 
mencement of spring. It was observed last month what 
would be the effect of too much water. It may be remarked, 
that if the exterior of the pot is very damp, the soil inside is 
too wet, and, in that state, is uncongenial to vegetation, which 
now begins to start, and ought, by all possible means, to be 
encouraged. People may be frequently observed watering 
all plants indiscriminately, not taking the trouble to look into 
or feel the state of the soil in the pots or tubs, and thus, by going 
over them three or four times in this manner, will be sufficient 
to put the plants in such a state, that they will not be recruited 
for some months. Hence the reason of so many sickly 
plants. 

Camellias, where there are collections, will continue to 
flower. Treat them according to the directions given last 
month. 

OF ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

Be sure they are not too wet, as too much humidity as 
well as aridity causes their foliage to have a yellow appear- 
ance, with this difference, that in the former case the foliage 
is the same to the touch as when green ; but in the latter, it 
is soft and dry. We have observed trees in tubs and half 
barrels, with holes all round their sides. This is a ludicrous 
idea, having the appearance of keeping the water from reach- 
ing the bottom of the tub or barrel. For the best kind of tub 
for large trees, see August under this head. If any of the 
trees have stunted, straggling, or irregular heads about the 
end of this month or beginning of next, head or cut them 
down to the shape desired. The old wood will push fresh 



220 GREEN-HOUSE. — MYHTLES, &c. [March. 

shoots. You may cut close, or shorten less or more, accord- 
ing as you desire young shoots to arise; at the same time 
observe that you do not cut below the graft or inoculation. 
Trees thus headed down should be kept until May, and then 
planted in the garden, (see May,) or, if that cannot be done, 
turn it out, and reduce the ball of earth by probing with a 
pointed stick all round the sides and bottom of the ball, cut- 
ting off" any very matted roots. If any of the roots are de- 
cayed, cut them into the sound wood. By being thus re- 
duced, it will go into the same pot or tub, if not a less one. 
Having a good supply of fresh earth ready, put a few inches 
in the bottom of the pot or tub, place the tree therein, and 
fill all around, at the same time pressing it down with the 
hand or a stick. Give very little v^rater until there are signs 
of vegetation. 

MYRTLES, OLEANDERS, &c. 

These, with similar exotics, may be treated as above. If 
any of them have been infected with the scaly insect, after 
heading down, &c., scrub the remaining stems with a strong 
decoction of tobacco, heated to about 100°. Afterward 
clean with soap and water. 

GERANIUMS. 

These will be growing freely. Keep them in airy situa- 
tions, so that they may not grow too weak, and flower im- 
perfectly. To flower these plants strong and of good colour, 
they must not be crowded together, neither far from the 
light, and have plenty of air admitted to them when the 
weather is favourable. Keep them free from the green-fly, 
by fumigating frequently. 



March.] green-house. — herbaceous plants. 221 



HERBACEOUS PLANTS. 

Plants of this character will, by the first of the month, be- 
gin to grow. The best time to divide and fresh-pot them is 
when the young shoots are about one inch above ground. 
See under the head Shifting in this month. 

OF GAPE BULBS, &c. 

Cape Bulbs, such as Lachenalias, Oxalis, Ixias, Gladio- 
lus, Watsbnias, Bahianas, ^c, will, in many of the species, 
be showing flower. Keep all of them near the glass, to pre- 
vent them from being weak and unsightly. 

Hyacinths, Tulips, Narcissus, c^c. Those that have been 
kept in the green-house during winter will be in great per- 
fection. Have all the flower stems tied up neatly to small 
stakes, (which, if painted green, will look much better,) and 
keep them from the direct rays of the sun. The front of 
the house, perhaps, will be the best situation. They must be 
freely watered while in flower. Where there is convenience, 
it will be essential to keep the pots in saucers containing wa- 
ter : it will strengthen both stems and flowers, and likewise 
preserve them longer in perfection. Those that are bloom- 
ing should be put aside, and watered sparingly, until the fo- 
liage begins to decay, when the pots may be laid on their 
sides to ripen the bulbs. 

REPOTTING. 

We have aUvays considered that this month is the best pe- 
riod for repotting the generality of Cape and New Holland 
plants, and more especially those that you are desirous of en- 
couraging. Large plants of the Citrus, Myrtus, and Olean- 
der tribes may be deferred till August : these are of a strong, 
robust habit, and will not be affected at that period ; and they 

19* 



222 GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. [MarcJt. 

will then be out of doors, and more room can be had for the 
operation, but by no means defer repotting your Acacias, 
Erias, Leptospermum, Epucris, <^c.; and, for the guidance of 
our more inexperienced friends, we give a descriptive list of 
many of the finest, with a faint outline of their characters 
and general trealment, which will prove a desideratum for 
those who are inexperienced, and strangers to the beau- 
ties, pleasures, and arts of exotic flora culture. Therefore, 
if you have any of the following plants that you are de- 
sirous of encouraging, they should be repotted this or next 
month at the latest. Large plants will not require it, if they 
were done in August. Pots one size larger than those that 
they are in, are sufficient. 

Acacias and Mimosas being now united into one genus, 
there are above two hundred species. About one hun- 
dred and thirty belong to the green-house. Among such 
a beautiful family, both for elegance of flower and beauty 
of foliage, it will be difficult to specify the most handsome 
and desirable for this department. A. dealhata, A. glauce- 
scens, A. verticilata, A. Jlorabimda, A. diffusa, A. arma- 
hia, A. decipiens, A.fragrans, A.jmlchella, A. lophantha, A. 
ta, A. verniciflita, A. decurrens, A. jmbescens, A. leucolb- 
myrtifblia, A. conspicua, A. linearis, <^c. These will afford 
a great variety of foliage, and are very desirable, flowering 
principally in winter, or early in spring. The flowers of 
those belonging to the green-house are of a yellow or straw 
colour ; the most of those that are red or purple, with the ce- 
lebrated medicinal species, belong to the hot-house, for 
which see May. There are some of the species very subject 
to the white scaly insect, which must be attended to, that 
they may not get to any extent. (Soil No. 1.) 

Agapdntlms, three species. A. umhellatus, with bright 
blue flowers, is very celebrated, and well known in the col- 
lections of the country. There is a variegated variety of it 
highly desirable, the foliage being while striped, and fre- 
quently the flower stem and the flower A. dlhidus has pale 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 223 

whiteflowers, and asyet ratherscarce. They have very strong 
roots, and require plenty of freedom. Plants are always 
large before they flower, and when the pots, by frequent 
shifting, become inconvenient, the plant should be divested 
of all the earth, and, if too large, divide it, cutting off the 
strongest of the fibres ; then they will admit of being put 
into smaller pots. If the above operation is performed in 
August or September, it will not retard their flowering, 
which, when well grown, is very handsome, the flower stem 
arising about three feet, and crowned with twenty or thirty 
blossoms, continuing to bloom successively. (Soil No. 
12.) 

Aloe. Nearly a hundred species of grotesque-looking suc- 
culent plants, and are principally natives of the Cape of Good 
Hope, and, consequently, will do well in the warmest part 
of the green-house, although, when convenient, they fre- 
quently get a situation in the hot-house. A. vulgaris, known 
as A.barbadensis, has orange yellow flowers; A. obliqiia, now 
called Gasteria obliqua ; A. dichotoma ; and A. variegata, 
which is perhaps the finest of the genus : the leaves are beau- 
tifully striped, and commonly known as the partridge-breast 
Aloe ; flowers scarlet and green. They ought to have very 
little water, once a month is sufficient. They would grow 
without it, and several of them would also grow by being sus- 
pended in the house, without earth or any substitute about 
their roots, by being frequently sprinkled with water. Few 
of them are admired for the beauty of their flowers, but 
the whole are considered curious- They flower from May 
to September. (Soil No. 9.) 

Alonsoas, five species, all soft-wooded, small, shrubby 
plants, with scarlet flowers. A. incisifolia is known among 
us under the name of Hemimeris urticifolia, and A. linearis 
as H. linearis. If well treated, they form very handsome 
plants, and flower freely. They will not bear strong fumi- 
gation ; and, when the house is under that operation, they 
must be put on the floor of the green-house, where they will 



224 GREEN-nousE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

not be so much affected. They flower from April to Au- 
gust. (Soil No. 9.) 

Aloysa citriodbra, known in our collections as vey'hena 
triphyUa. The flowers are small, in long spikes of a pale 
lilac colour : the celebrity of the plant is in the delightful 
odour of its foliage, which is linear, lanceolate, and ternate. 
It is of very easy culture, and has been known to survive the 
winter in the open air in Philadelphia. Where large plants 
are desired, they should be planted in the ground during 
summer and lifted in November, and put in a dry cellar or 
under the stage in the green-house. Before they begin to 
grow in the spring, trim the plants into a neat shape. (Soil 
No. 9.) 

Alstrczmerias, about sixteen species, all exceedingly desi- 
rable, and many of them particularly beautiful ; such are — 
A.durea, golden flowered ; A. acwft/oZia, scarlet; A.Hookerii, 
rose-coloured; il. p^Zfo^reria, elegantly spotted; A.pulchella, 
red flowered, and will grow six feet high, having its shoots 
crowned with a profusion of flowers ; A. psittacina, red, yel- 
low, and green ; A. tricolor, black, white, and yellow ; very 
beautiful. They have, generally, tuberous roots, and should 
be potted into fresh soil as soon as they show symptoms of 
growth, and they will require repotting about every month 
previous to flowering, taking care never to break the ball of 
earth while they are in a growing stale. (Soil No. 10.) 

AmarijUis. This is a genus of splendid flowering bulbs, 
containing about eighty species and one hundred and forty 
varieties. They are natives of South America, but more 
than one-half of them are hybrids grown from seed by culti- 
vators. They are generally kept in the hot-house, but in 
our climate will do perfectly well in the green-house ; and 
we have no doubt that in a few years many of them will be 
so acclimated, as to keep as garden bulbs, planting about the 
end of April, and lifting them in October. As the beauty of 
these plants is in the flowers, it will be proper to give a small 
description of a few of them. A. striatifblia has a stripe in 



March.] green-house. — REPOXTrNC. 225 

the centre of each leaf, the flowers are purple and white, an 
esteemed species, A. Johnsdni, the flowers are a deep scar- 
let, with a white streak in the centre of each petal, four bloom 
on a stem of about two feet, each flower about six inches in 
diameter : a bulb well established has two stems, ^l. regina, 
Mexican Lily, has large scarlet pendent flowers, tube of the 
flower fringed-like, with three or four on the stem. A. vit- 
tata is an admired species with scarlet flowers, striped with 
pure white : there are two or three varieties of it ; corolla 
campanulate, three or four on the stem, about three inches 
in diameter; petals a little undulate. A.fidgida, flower scar- 
let, large, tube striped, petals acute, two flowers on the stem. 
A. ciulica is one of the most magnificent, has from two to 
four flowers about seven inches in diameter, erect on a stem 
about two and a half feet high ; six petals, strongly united to 
the capsule, bottom of the petals green, connected with spots 
of dark crimson, which spread into fine transparent red, co- 
vered with rich tints, nerves very perceptible, anthers bold ; 
it is called Crowned Amaryllis. A. psittdcina, Parrot Ama- 
ryllis, is scarlet striped with green, two or more flowers on 
the stem, each about five inches in diameter. There are se- 
veral varieties of it; the best that we have seen are cowhergia 
and pulverulenta. A bulb known in our collections as A. 
purpurea is now Vallotta purpurea, has beautiful erect scarlet 
flowers, three or four on the stem, each about four inches in 
diameter. There are three varieties of it, differing only in 
habit. A. longifblia is now Crlnum capense, and is perfect- 
ly hardy; flowers pink, inclining to white, in large umbels, 
leaves long, glaucous, and is a desirable garden bulb. A. 
longifibra striata has pure white flowers with bright pink 
stripes, and each flower is about seven inches long; it was 
introduced from South America by Mrs. R. Alsop, and is 
a most superb flowermg bulb. A. solandrijlbra, large red ; 
A. Augusta, buff" and orange ; A. eUgdns, red and green, and 
many other superb kinds, especially the hybrid sorts ; from 
Johnsbni there are above twenty cultivated varieties ; from 



226 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March 

formbsa above twelve ; and from Griffini about ten, all of 
ihenn esteemed. Where they have been kept in the earth 
in which they were grown last year, the ball ought at this 
repotting to be reduced ; when the bulbs are in a growing 
stale, they ought to have plenty of water, and be fully ex- 
posed to the sun, so that the foliage may have its full influ- 
ence, and as the roots grow to the outside of the earth, give 
them another and larger pot. They must have plenty of 
drainage, and be kept from heavy rains. We prefer grow- 
ing them in the green-house all summer, or into frames 
under glass : about the end of October the watering must be 
gradually withheld, and by the middle of November put the 
bulbs where they will be kept dry till February or March 
next, when they must be again potted (in soil No. 12.) 

Andersbnia sprengelioides is the only species, and closely 
allied to Epdcris, flowers small, and of a pale yellow colour. 
Drain the pots well ; flowers from March to August. (Soil 
No. 6.) 

Anagyris, three species, evergreen, pea-flowered shrubs, 
flowers yellow, nothing very attractive in either of the spe- 
cies. A.fcetida is found in many collections, and we have 
no doubt but it may prove, in this country, a hardy shrub. 

Abius, two species, both fine leguminose plants. A.villbsa 
is a native of Van Dieman's Land, and A. virgata is from 
New Holland. The former is preferable. Both have yel- 
low flowers, and are small evergreen shrubs. (Soil No. 1.) 

Araucaria. This noble genus contains four species, which 
are without exception the most noble plants we are acquaint- 
ed with, for the beauty of their foliage and symmetry of 
their growth, that belong to the green-house. A. excelsa, 
Norfolk Island Pine, has leaves closely imbricated as if with 
a coat of mail, and are imperishable. A. imhricata, Chile 
Pine, is one of the grandest of trees, and is the hardiest of 
the genus; the leaves are also closely imbricated. The other 
two species are rarely seen even in European collections. 
Tlie foliage of either of the species will adhere to the wood 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 227 

many years after the plant is dead. They are all highly va- 
lued : the pots must be well drained ; for if the plants get 
much water while dormant, the foliage becomes yellow, and 
never attains its beautiful green colour again ; otherwise they 
are easily grown. (Soil No. 11.) 

Arbutus, ten exotic species and six varieties. They are 
generally hardy in England ; but we question if they stand 
out in the middle states. A. unido riihra has the finest 
crimson flowers ; A. serratifolia, the largest panicles ; and A. 
Andrdchne, the finest foliage, and very profuse of bloom. 
They flower in nodding panicles ; A. candriensis has very 
neat pink flowers. They bear a pretty fruit similar to a 
strawberry, ; hence it is called strawberry tree, and the fruit 
will remain on the bush a long time. They are very fine 
evergreens, and if any of them become acclimated, they will 
be a great acquisition to our gardens. In the southern states 
they make lovely evergreen shrubs. (Soil No. 9.) 

Aster argophyllus, or musk plant, has no beauty in its flow- 
ers, but is esteemed by some for its musky flavour when 
the leaves are gently rubbed. Leaves ovate, lanceolate, and 
silky beneath : the plant is of strong growth. (Soil No. 9.) 

Aucuba japonica is the only species. The flowers are 
small and almost insignificant, colour purple ; but the foliage 
is a desirable object, being yellow spotted, or blotched. It 
is tolerably hardy, and withstands our winters. It prefers 
shade, and, if the situation were such when planted out, it 
would grow more freely. The hot rays of the sun are very 
prejudical to its growth. It is an evergreen shrub, and very 
desirable. (Soil No. 2.) 

Azaleas. The Chinese varieties of Azalea indica are al- 
most without an end : we might properly say that they are 
without end ; but the finest we have seen are those we shall 
enumerate. The one that has been longest known in the 
collections of this country is A. indica, a most splendid 
shrub, with red flowers and dark spots. A. indica alba, 
flowers of the purest white, rather larger than the former. 



228 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

A. indica purpurea pleno, double purple. This variety is 
not so fine as many of ihe others. Properly it is not purple, 
or, if it may be termed so, the colour is very light, and the 
flower irregular. A. indica plioenicea, rich purple and a free 
grower. A . indica smithii, of the French, and A. indica pur- 
purea of the English, are alike, pale lilac and very profuse of 
flower. A. indica coccinea, bright scarlet, a superb variety, 
and extremely abundant of bloom. A. indica fiore variegata 
is very subject to sport, having flowers pure white, salmon, 
and occasionally striped. A. indica dlha fibre pleno, double 
white. A. indica cdrnea, delicate flesh colour. A. indica 
nova blanc, while with a greenish yellow spot on the upper 
petals. A. indica elegdns, bright rosy purple, a very pro- 
fuse flowerer and of a neat habit. A. indica Gillinghamia, 
very large lilac, and of a strong habit. There are several 
others which stand in high repute, which we have not seen — 
these are latteritia, macrdntha, amdhile, &c. Azalea sinen- 
sis does not belong to the indica tribe ; it is of a hard 
woody nature, flowers of a golden yellow, in large clus- 
ters ; it no doubt will prove a hardy species. The varie- 
ties and sub-varieties of indica will, in a few years, be so 
numerous, that the greatest difticully will be to keep clear of 
those that are not decidedly distinct : to obtain this object our 
own feeble exertions will be industriously applied. We 
might have named a few other varieties, but they so nearly 
approach some of the above, that it is better to avoid them. 
A choice selection of the Chinese Azalea ought to be in eve- 
ry green-house; they are all easy of culture, and bloom freely 
from February to May. The pots must be well drained and 
shaded from the sun during summer, though the tops of the 
plants do best to have the full rays, to which we have them 
fully exposed, and find ihot by such treatment they are eve- 
ry year completely covered with their flowers, and grow 
more stifi" in habit than when the whole plant is shaded. 
They should be repotted as soon as done flowering in soil 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 229 

No. 6, when ihey are flowering plants, and in soil No. 5, 
when young plants. 

Bdnksias. There are about thirty-two species, all curious 
in flower, and handsome and various in foliage ; flowers in 
large heads of cone shape, anthers mostly green, and con- 
tinue a considerable time in flower ; produces a cone in shape 
of a pine, but not imbricate. The substance is as hard as 
bone, and contains many seeds. A cone of B. grdndis in our 
possession weighs one pound twelve ounces, and contains 
about one hundred and seven seeds. Those most admired for 
the foliage are, B.dentdta, B. cemula, B. serrata, B. latifolia, 
B. grdndis, which is the largest. B. specibsa has the longest 
foliage. B. Cunninghdmii, B.spinulose, B.jJaUuddsa, and 
B. repens, these will afl'ord a good variety. B. ■veriicilldta 
is entirely difl'erent in appearance from the others. 

They must be well drained, and placed in an airy part 
of the green-house. Great care should be taken that they do 
not get too dry, for they seldom recover if allowed to flag for 
want of water. This genus is named in honour of Sir Joseph 
Banks, a distinguished promoter of the study of natural his- 
tory. (Soil No. ().) 

Backias, above twelve species, of health-like appearance, 
and, except for variety, are not otherwise desirable. B. cam- 
pliordta is camphor-scented; B.pulcMlla is very neat; and 
i?.i;M-o-ato flowers freely. Pots should be well drained. The 
flowers of all the genus are white. (Soil No. 6.) 

Barosjnas, above ten species of pretty plants, separated 
from Dibsma. B. serratifblia, white ; B. pulchella, purple ; 
B. foetidtssima, blush ; B. odordta, while ; and B. dioica, 
pink, are the finest. (Soil No. 8.) 

Beaufortias, only two species. B. decussdta is splendid ; 
the flowers come out of the wood with stamens in fine par- 
cels, colour bright scarlet, foliage decussate, oval, and many- 
nerved, bloom persistant, and much esteemed. B. spdrsa, in 
flower similar to the other ; colour light pink, foliage scat- 

20 



230 GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. [Mai'ch, 

tered, both of easy culture, and flower abundantly. (Soil 
No. 8.) 

Begonias, a few species, are desirable for the green-house 
especially. B. incarnuta, flesh colour, and bloonns during 
winter ; B. insignis, profuse flowering pink ; ihey are of a 
soft woody nature, and should be kept in the warmest part 
of the green-house. (Soil No. 9.) 

Benthamia fragifera. This beautiful new plant will make 
a splendid hardy evergreen for the southern states, where it 
will produce its pale white flowers in July, and an abundance 
of fruit very much like strawberries, of a slight acid taste : 
but we are doubtful if it will fruit in our green-houses, unless 
greatly encouraged. (Soil No. 9.) 

Billardieras, about five species, are desirable as climbers, 
being of rapid growth, and abundant of flower. B. longijibra, 
fruits freely, and has fine blue berries, which look handsome. 
B. mutdhilis is changeable from purple to scarlet. The fruit 
of B. scandens is covered with down, flowers straw-coloured. 
B. fusifurmis diff'ers in colour from the others, the flowers 
being blue. They require to be well drained. (Soil No. 6.) 

Bletia hyacinthina is the only species belonging to the 
green-house, once known as Cymhidium hyacintJunum. It 
is herbaceous, and before it begins to grow, divide the root, 
putting the best into six-inch pots. The spike of flowers 
are hyacinth-like, and of a beautiful purple, flowering from 
April to July. (Soil No. 9.) 

Bouvdrdias, two species. B. fripJiylla is well known 
among us, has brilliant scarlet flowers, and, when well 
grown, will flower beautifully from May till September. To 
keep the plants, they should be frequently renewed ; other- 
wise they are liable to grow straggling, and become subject 
to the small white scaly insect. B. jacquince. we suspect has 
got confounded with the former, being very little difierenl, 
except the foliage, which is more pointed. They flower 
from the young wood, and throw their foliage in winter. 
(Soil No. 3.) 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 231 

Borbnia is a beautiful genus of New Holland plants, con- 
tains about nine species ; most of them have been universal- 
ly admired ; the flowers are star-like, rose-coloured, and 
some of them sweet-scented. B. pinnata grows and flowers 
freely. B. serruldta, foliage serrated and very crowded, 
bearing the flowers on the extremity of the shoot, and does 
extremely well in this country ; the flowers are bright rose, 
and sweet-scented. B. alata has a fine appearance, and 
grows handsomely. The foliage is winged and pinnate, strong- 
scented ; of a hardy nature, and easy culture. They are in 
flower about April and May, and continue a considerable 
time ; are subject to mildew if not frequently syringed : drain 
the pots well. (Soil No. 8.) 

Bosea yervamora, Golden rod tree, leaves large, alternate, 
ovate, acute, with purple veins and nerves, flowers brown, in 
axillary dense panicles, grows strong and freely. (Soil No. 

6.) 

Brachysemas, two species, both evergreen climbers. B. 
latifblium has the best foliage, and large purple leguminose 
flowers. B. undulatum, flowers yellow, and more plentiful 
than the former, continuing in long successions. The pots 
require to be well drained ; very few plants of either in the 
country. (Soil No. 6.) 

Brugmdnsias, two species of strong, coarse-growing plants, 
requiring great nourishment toflower them well. B. suaveo- 
lens has very large white flowers, about five inches in dia- 
meter, and sweet-scented. B. sangumea has flowers with a 
green thorax, the brim of the corolla is of a dark orange co- 
lour. If this plant is kept in the hot-house, it will drop its 
flower buds. They must have very frequent repottings, and 
be liberally supplied with water while growing. (Soil No. 
18.) 

Brunias, about ten species, have heath-hke foliage, very 
fine, generally, on close observation, found to be three cor- 
nered. The flowers are white and globular, the plants, when 
young, are very handsome ; the finest are, B. nodiflbra, B. 



232 GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. [Murck. 

lanuginosa, B. comosa, B. ahrotanoides, and B.formbsa. 
They require an airy situation, and, in summer, to be pro- 
tected from the powerful rays of the sun. Drain the pots 
well. (Soil No. 6.) 

Brunsvigias are all large bulbs from the Cape of Good 
Hope, and will keep in the green-house during winter, but 
are better where they can obtain a situation in the hot-house. 
It is a splendid genus, containing about ten species. Some 
of the bulbs grow to an enormous size, and all of them, while 
growing, require a liberal supply of water; but, when dor- 
mant, it must be wholly withheld, and they should have 
large pots, to make them grow and flower in perfection. B. 
multijibra, flowers scarlet and green ; the leaves lay on the 
surface of the pot. B. laticoma, flowers pale purple. B. Jo- 
sephincB has splendid rose-coloured flowers, and the most ad- 
mired species of the genus ; the foliage spreading, half erect, 
and glacous ; flowers numerous, and in large umbels, on a 
stem two feet high, blooming successively : there is a varie- 
ty that has striped flowers. 

Several other species have been given to different genera. 
B.falcata is now Ammocharis falcata ; B. margindta, now 
Jmhofia ; and B. cillioris is now Buphone cilliaris. They 
all flower in umbels, on stems from si.x inches to two feet; 
flowers lily-like, with six petals. (Soil No. 12.) 

Burchellias, two species. B. ccq)cnsis is a beautiful dwarf 
evergreen shrub, with tubular orange-coloured flowers, in 
large terminale clusters ; when well treated, grows and flow- 
ers freely, and highlydeservingof attention. B .pariiijlbra A\i- 
fersfrom the above in theflowers, being smaller and paler, and 
ihe foliage more pointed. (Soil No. 10.) 

Cactus : for descriptions of, see hot-house in May. 

Calceolaria. This genus of plants has undergone a com- 
plete revolution. Within these few years hundreds of su- 
perb hybrid varieties have been brought to notice, many of 
them truly splendid. With us the herbaceous kinds are 
very deUcate during summer ; they are generally all cut off 



March.] GREEN-IIOUSE, REPOTTING. 233 

by our intense heat, or severe droughts. The shrubby varie- 
ties appear to withstand the vicissitudes of our climate bet- 
ter, though, as yet, we confess we are not even altogether 
successful in their summer culture. However, a few of them 
have done well, and are C. angustifblia, bright yellow, and 
in great profusion ; C. hicblor, pale yellow, and while ; C 
Jupiter, brown and yellow ; C. marjoridna superba, nearly 
scarlet, and very beautiful ; C. smithii, red and yellow ; C 
brutus, dark biown ; C. gem, beautiful red, edged with yel- 
low. There are many others of very great merit of the shrub- 
by kinds cultivated in Europe, such as whites of different 
shades, dark crimsons, with while capes, and others blending 
into almost every description of colour and character. Any 
quantity of new sorts may be obtained by cross impregna- 
tion between any two of very different colours : the seeds will 
ripen in July, when they may be sown on light soil, and they 
will flower the following season. Flowering plants require 
to be greatly encouraged, and must be shaded during summer 
from the violent noon-day sun. (Soil No. 10.) 

Calothdmnus, four species. This genus is named in allu- 
sion to the splendid appearance of the branches, covered with 
scarlet flowers of curious construction, which come out of the 
old Wood. Ail ihe species are of easy culture, and very like 
dwarf pines. C. quadnffida has the largest flowers ; C. cla- 
vdta the most abundant. They are all evergreens, and flow- 
er from April to November, and are very desirable in a col- 
lection. (Soil No. 6.) 

Callicoma serratifblia,i\\e only species, and remarkable for 
tufted yellow heads of flowers, which come out at the axils, 
and continue from May to July. The foliage is ovate, lance- 
olate, deeply serrated and opposite. (Soil No. 6.) 

Camellias. There are about eight distinct species of this 
plant, known in our collections ; and the varieties oijaponica 
approach to one thousand, to which many are yearly added ; 
but, unfortunately, their merits are not fully scrutinized be- 
fore they are sent forth to the floral world, under names re- 

20* 



834 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [MCT cJl. 

presenting and expressing every quality that is grand or 
beautiful in floral imagination. Such has been the rapid in- 
crease of varieties in Europe, and even in this country, that, 
in many instances, three or four distinct plants have come 
out under the same name ; consequently, a great confusion of 
names has been the result, which has caused much difficulty 
in attaining the best of the names. The collections of this 
country were kept comparalivelypwre till within the last few 
years, that the anxiety of our cultivators to obtain variety, 
caused them to import from the French and German markets, 
which has thrown the nomenclature into an almost impene- 
trable chaos. But still we can unite in saying, " What spe- 
cies of plant is there which better merits the intelligent and 
vigilant care of the amateur and horticulturist ?" The ele- 
gance of its form, the beautiful verdure of its foliage, and the 
pure and brilliant colours of the large and elegant flowers, suf- 
ficiently justify the admiration of all. In fact, we may say, 
there is not a green-house in which this lovely plant has not 
found a place, where it stands in the first rank of floral 
population. To give a full description of all the varieties 
we know would occupy this volume. However, we will 
give lucid details of nearly one hundred of the finest we have 
seen in cultivation. But, in regard to the shades and spots 
of colour, we must throw ourselves on the charity of our 
readers; for many sorts are very capricious in that particular^ 
though styled self-coloured, may come spotted, and even 
those that are generally spotted sometimes show themselves 
of one colour. 

Camellia euryoides, flowers small, single white, and a little 
fragrant ; plant of a slender growth. 

C. oleiferia is cultivated principally in China for the oil 
which is expressed from its seeds, which is much used in the 
domestic cookery of the country ; flower single white. 

C. Sescinqua, Lady Banks's. The foliage of this species is 
very small, and paler, and the green not so fine as any of the 
others. It seeds freely, and is often used as the female pa- 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 235 

rent in producing new varieties ; flowers small, white, and 
single, with many anthers. There are a semi-double and 
double variety of it of the same colour. 

C. sesdnqua rosea, or mallifldra of some, double pink, small 
flowers, but in very great profusion ; the plant is of a free, 
upright growth. The flowers are of about four weeks' dura- 
ration : it is very much esteemed. 

C. kissii. Small single while : the only species that is a 
native of Nepaul. 

C. reticulata was brought from China by Capt. Rawes in 
1822. The foliage is very characteristic, being stiff and flat, 
distinctly serrated, nerves deeply sunken ; flowers bright 
rose, of a loose form, and above six inches in diameter, semi- 
double. From present appearance, it will never be so plenty 
as many of the others, being tardy of propagation ; only a 
few eyes on the extremity of each shoot make young wood, 
and, if these are cut off, the plant does not seem to push 
afresh. Magnificent. 

C. japonica, small, single, red. It is supposed that this 
is the type of all the garden cultivated varieties of the Ca- 
mellia, though some are inclined to think that it is a varie- 
gated or striped species, not yet introduced, that has been 
the origin of so many beautiful Chinese sorts. 

The following are supposed to be its varieties : 

C. aitbnia. This variety is a beautiful specimen of a sin- 
gle flower, affording a developement of the organ of fructifi- 
cation ; the petals are delicately pencilled, and the anthers 
very bold, colour pink, and the flower very large ; grows 
freely, and, in our opinion, is surpassed by none of the single 
sorts for raising fine new varieties, if impregnated with the 
pollen from double flowers. Good. 

C. alba-plena, common double white, is admired by the 
most casual observer, and is generally considered a very su- 
perior flower, from the purity of its whiteness and the abun- 
dance of its large flowers, which are closely and regularly 



236 OREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [Morch. 

set with round petals. The foliage is large, and the plant 
grows freely ; we have seen one shoot grow two feet in one 
summer. It was imported into Europe from China, among 
the first of the varieties, about eighty years ago. Magnifi- 
cent. 

C. semplex* alba, single white. It is mentioned some- 
where as being very sweet-scented, though not very percep- 
tible to us. The foliage and wood are very strong, the fine- 
striped sorts have been raised from it; consequently, it is par- 
ticularly desirable as a stock to grow new varieties from. 
Its flowers are large and abundant. Good. 

C. alth(BJlbra, hollyhock flowered, is a great beauty, with 
large double dark red flowers, the veins are very prominent, 
petals frequently irregular ; foliage large, smooth, and very 
dark green, and is much esteemed. Fine. 

C. anemonejlbra, or Waratah (from the central petals, 
having the appearance of the Waratah plant, Telopia specio- 
sissima.) This variety is very characteristic, both in flow- 
er and foliage. The flower is dark crimson, with five 
regular large outside petals ; those of the centre are very 
small, and neatly plaited, with the stile (female organ) pro- 
minent; the foliage is large and oblong, nerves very smooth, 
and the wood strong, bark light. Had this kind not been 
found, we would have been deprived of many most splendid 
varieties which have originated from it, and we have no 
doubt they may become as diversified as the roses of the 
garden ; this variety, in a collection, for that alone is invalua- 
ble. It seeds freely, and the pollen of any of the others ap- 
plied to the style of this, will produce a new variety, which 
seldom fails of being double, provided the pollen is from a 
double variety. It must be applied the first day that the 

* We have now, 1839, in flower, a single white, very similar to this, which 
we have raised from the seod of Dahliajlora, a good double red variety ; it, 
therefore, appears impossible to predict their character from the parent that 
produced the seed. 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 237 

flower is expanded, for the bloom is only of a few days' du- 
ration. Those that are not acquainted with the buds of this 
Camellia, will take them to be dead, because, before expan- 
sion, they are very dark brown, and have a dried appearance. 
Superb. 

C. anernonejibra alba. Those that have seen the common 
anemoneflora will be disappointed in the appearance of this, 
not being pure white, neither properly anemone-flowered, 
though a very superb flower, and very distinct from any 
other ; the petals are irregular in the centre, shape resembling 
pompojie ; flower very large. Superb. 

C. ayieinonejibre rosea, fine rose, the exterior petals are 
large and well rounded, the interior very full of small short 
petals, flower very persistant — foliage large, cordate, accu- 
minate. Superb. 

C. amabile. This exceedingly perfect flower was raised 
from seed by J. B. Smith, Esq., of this city ; it is regularly 
imbricated, the extreme petals are bright rose, shading to de- 
licate pink, and then again shading in the centre to light red. 
The plant is full of foliage and of excellent habit, flower 
about three and a half inches in diameter. Magnificent. 

C. atrorube7is, Loddiges' red, is a good variety ; co- 
lour dark red, outside petals large, inside small and irregu- 
lar, forming a very distinct character ; foliage stiff ; grows 
freely and flowers well ; and of long duration. We have 
seen a flower stand fresh on the plant two months; however, 
that cannot be a rule, as it depends on the situation. Good. 

C. aucubafblia, bright rose, perfectly double, three and 
a half inches in diameter, a free bloomer — foliage large, cor- 
date, pale green, and sometimes spotted like Aucuba japoni- 
ca. Good. 

C. augiista, cherry red, large, finely double, centre petals 
rather irregular — foliage dark green. Good. 

C. Camjjbelli, very large flowers, pale white, striped, and 
spotted with red, very regular in form, and considered an 



238 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

elegant striped variety, is of free growth and fine habit. 
Magnificent. 

C. candidissima, purest white flowers, very large, four 
inches or more in diameter, full and most regularly imbri- 
cated, and resemble very much the old double white, though 
more perfect in form — leaves rather small, of an elongated 
form, smooth and pale green, often spotted with yellow. 
The plant is of vigorous growth, and a Japan variety. Mag- 
nificent. 

C. cdrnea, frequently known as Middlemist's blush. 
Double pink, one of the original varieties, and frequently 
produces seeds, from which many very fine varieties have 
been obtained ; grows freely. Good. 

C chandilerii, or versicolor, perfectly double, colour vivid 
red, with occasional splashes of pure white ; the flowers vary, 
and are often only red — they are of long duration, from six 
to eight weeks ; foliage large and dark glossy green. Magni- 
Jicent. 

C. clivedna, large, irregular, double flower, of a bright 
cherry red colour : plant of rather slow growth, but a profuse 
bloomer. Superb. 

C. coccinea, deep cherry red, a double flower of about 
three inches in diameter ; plant of a very neat growth, and a 
most profuse bloomer ; it frequently produces seed. Good. 

C. Colvillea, pale blush, with rose spots and pink stripes, 
is partially anemone formed ; but very compact and of free 
growth ; leaves cordate. Superb. 

C. conchiflora, flower bright cherry red, with splashes of 
white, three inches in diameter; the petals are bold and erect; 
the plant of a good habit, and an excellent bloomer. Very 
good. 

C. concinna, deep cherry red, a very perfectly imbricated 
double flower, about three and a half inches in diameter ; fo- 
liage generally a little undulated, wood slender. Superb. 

C. conspicua, (Loddigies,) a shrub of strong handsome 



March.] green house. — repotting. 23^ 

growth, with large dark green foliage ; flower very dou- 
ble, five inches in diameter ; bright orange red, hemispheri- 
cal shape ; petals erect, and appear as if three or four flowers 
were united ; it is profuse of bloom and very conspicuous. 
Magnificent. 

C. corallina, coral-flowered, a deep scarlet double flower ; 
but shows a number of stamens — the centre petals are oc- 
casionally spotted with white. Good. 

C. coro7iata, shrub of stiff growth ; foliage pale green ; 
flower large, irregular, and double, of a clear pink colour ; 
four inches in diameter. Very good. 

C. crassinervis, a good improvement on the original ane- 
Tnoneflbra or Waratah, and has much the same habit. Superb. 

C. curvatifblia, leaves narrow and pointed ; plant of good 
habit ; flower pure white ; regular and very double, petals 
disposed in a regular rosette, about three and a half inches in 
diameter. Superb. 

C. decora, pale rose, flower perfectly double, four and 
a half inches in diameter, three rows of exterior petals, those 
of the centre short and thick, containing a few concealed 
stamens — foliage large glossy green. Magnificent. 

C. Derbyana, very bright dark red, flower finely double 
cup-shaped, petals bold and broad spoon-shaped : a striking 
flower, often over four inches in diameter — foliage of a very 
beautiful green. Superb. 

C. Donkelari, bright red, variegated and sprinkled with 
pure white, three rows of large petals about one inch broad 
and two inches long : centre full of slamens, flower fully four 
inches in diameter ; leaves about two inches broad and four 
inches long ; this will be an elegant variety to seed from, and 
is of Chinese origin. Magnificent. 

C. delectissima, white, profusely striped with rose, exterior 
petals large and round ; those of the interior are closely set ; 
flower nearly four inches in diameter ; leaves very large, 
ovate, accuminate. Superb. 

C, dorsettia or parthoniana, of the Belgians ; leaves flat 



240 GREEN-HOUSE, REPOTTING, [Ma7'ch. 

and closely set, of a dark shining green, flower very large, 
nearly five inches in diameter, of a pale red, mixed with rose 
and white, petals closely imbricated, irregular, and nume- 
rous; those of the centre small. Mag?iificent. 

C. eclipse or Pressi, of the English, or imjjerialis of the 
French ; flower pure white, with rose stripes, four inches in 
diameter ; irregular, full, and double, with a few stamens ap- 
pearing among the petals ; the whole flower forms an arched 
centre, almost hemispherical ; leaves long and pointed, of a 
clear rich green : we have seen flowers of this plant entirely 
rose. Magnificent. 

C. elegans, (Chandler's,) flower rosy red, fading to nearly 
white in the centre ; three and a half inches in diameter, ex- 
terior petals large and rounded ; those of the interior very 
numerous, and beautifully harmonize ; forming, as it were, a 
depressed sphere ; a profuse bloomer, and of a neat habit. 
Magnificent. 

C. eldta, violet crimson, spotted with white, flower three 
and a half inches in diameter, perfectly imbricated to the 
very centre, and of the most perfect double, foliage dark 
green, plant of a good habit. Magnificent. 

C. elphingstonia, red spotted with white, frequently four 
inches in diameter, exterior petals very large, regularly gra- 
duating to the centre, which cover a few hidden stamens, 
foliage dark green ; plant of a fine habit. Magnificent. 

C. Estherii* foliage nearly three inches wide and five 
inches long, finely serrated — nerves prominent, flower, when 
well grown, is five inches in diameter ; colour pure white, 
spotted, and striped with rose and pink, petals broad, bold, 
erect, and closely set; the bloom, when fully expanded, forms 
a perfect hemisphere, and contains a few hidden stamina ; it 
is the finest and largest of all the striped varieties, and is a 
profuse bloomer. Magnificent. 

* Grown by J. B. Smith, Esq., of this city, who is a very successful ama- 
teur cultivator, and has raised some of the finest seedling Camellias that are 
«t present known. 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 241 

C excelsa, pure white, shape and size of C conchiflora, 
is a plant of fine habit, a good grower, and profuse bloomer. 
Good, 

Cea?m7'a,( Chandler's,) flowers bright crinnson, four inches 
in diareieter, of a perfect double imbricated form, foliage light 
green and deeply serrated, nerves smooth ; it is of free growth, 
but with us does not bloom freely. Magnificent. 

C. Fdirlea : foliage large, ovate, acuminate ; of a smooth 
shining dark green ; flowers nearly four inches in diameter, 
of a rich crimson, marked with pure white, very double. 
Superb. 

C.firnhriata: fringed white. The size, shape, and set of 
the flower same as alba-jylena, and the white as pure, with 
the edges of the petals deeply serrated, or rather fringed ; is 
equally as free in flowering, though not so strong in growth. 
It is universally admired, and in great demand. Magmfice?it. 

C.fiavescens, or incarnata. Lady Hume's blush, and by 
some called huff. It is a very double flower, beautifully re- 
gular, and imbricated, and frequently hexangular, or star- 
like ; the bottom of the petals are most delicately tinged with 
blush ; on looking into it, it shovv^s more like a blush vapour 
than nature, and is a great favourite, and deservedly so: flow- 
ers and grows freely ; foliage rhomboid, elongate, nerves 
very visible, surface smooth and pale green, distinctly serrate, 
growth strong and erect. Magnificent. 

C. fiorida. Flower clear cherry red, large, frequently 
above four inches in diameter ; very persistant ; exterior pe- 
tals large and well rounded ; the interior small and closely- 
set, rising in the centre : it is a profuse bloomer ; foliage dark 
green. The plant is of a neat and regular habit. Magnifi- 
cent. 

C. Floyii, one of the most noble of the Camellias, both in 
flower and foliage ; leaves three inches wide, and nearly five 
long ; smooth dark green, plant of strong growth ; flower five 
inches in diameter, of a perfectly double form, the extremity 
is cherry red, diverging to a pale rose ia the centre ; the ex- 

21 



242 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March, 

terior petals are bold, round, and elegant, of a cup shape when 
newly opened. It is frequently sold in Europe under the 
inn posing name of Frederic the Great, though grown frons 
seed by Mr. Floy, of New York, who has been very success- 
ful in producing several other esteenned sorts. Magnificent. 
C. Fordii, a free-growing plant, with lively green foliage 
and graceful habit ; flower dark rose, three inches and a iialf 
in diameter, perfectly double, and regularly imbricated, 
forming a symmetrical bloom. Magnificent. 

C. formosa, foliage very dark green : flower fully four 
inches in diameter, of a dark rose colour, regularly double, 
petals large and erect; interior shortened, covering a few 
stamens. Superb. 

C . frankof or tends, or Wellingtoni, a plant of a very com- 
pact habit ; flower three inches and a half in diameter, beau- 
tiful rose, occasionally spotted with white. Magnificent. 

C.fulgens, flower three inches and a half in diameter, and 
very bright double crimson, appi caching to C. atro-rubens, 
but more brilliant ; petals regularly decreasing to the centre ; 
foliage a lucid green, very smooth, young wood and wood 
buds have a red appearance. We have no doubt but it 
will occasionally seed ; if so, it will be a first-rate breeder. 
Superb. 

C. gdusonia, bright pink, flowers nearly four inches in di- 
ameter : guard petals bold and expanding, interior petals 
short and closely set, covering a few stamens, plant of a com- 
pact habit, foliage a fine dark green. Good. 

C. Gilesii, or Nancy Dawson. The leaves are large, ovate, 
oblong, and pointed; flowers above four inches in diameter, of 
a fine dark red colour, often striped with white, and is "dis- 
tinguished for fragrance as well as beauty." Magnificent. 
C. grunella, foliage oval and acute, of a deep glossy green, 
flower while, three inches and a half; rather irregular, but 
perfectly double, a profuse bloomer, and of good habit. Su- 
perb. 

C. Hendersbni, raised by the celebrated camellia grower. 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 243 

Mr. Henderson of Woodhall, Scotland. It is a large flower, 
four incliesand a half in diameter, beautifully iinhricaied 
and perfectly double, of a bright rose colour, foliage round, 
ovate, and distinctly serrated. Magnificent. 

C. Hosackia, large dark crimson, nearly five inches in di- 
ameter; flower rather flat, petals numerous, regularly de- 
creasing to the centre, w'hich has an occasional speck of 
white. It does seed, and will prove a first-rate variety 
for that purpose ; foliage long and pointed, rather drooping; 
is of a free growth and bloom. Superb. 

C. imbricata, foliage very large, three inches wide and 
four and a half long, of a pale green, often marked with while ; 
flowers rich crimson, almost invariably marked more or less 
with white ; they are full four inches in diameter ; the petals 
are round, and regularly disposed, and imbricated on each 
other; gradually decreasing to the centre, forming a most 
perfect flower. The plant grows freely, and blooms pro- 
fusely; no collection can be perfect without it. Magnificent, 

C. ignescens, flowers rich crimson, about three inches in 
diameter; petals, though few, are regular: it is a profuse 
blooming variety ; this season, 18.S9, it has flowered, spotted 
with white ; plant of rather a stiff* habit. Good. 
' C intermedia is a sport from C. poioniflbra ; it is a very 
large blush, beautifully sufl'used with rose. Magnificent. 

C. invincible, or punctata, flower three inches and a half in 
diameter,rose ground, marked and striped with cherry red ; the 
circumference petals are broad and convex, those of the centre 
small and erect. This Camellia sometimes produces flowers 
entirely red or rose-coloured ; it is of free growth, leaves 
round, acuminate, and of a dark green. Superb. 

C. Julianii, pure while, with an occasional stripe of red ; 
flower three inches and a half in diameter, with five rows 
of regularly imbricated petals, rather thinly set together, but 
of a very neat form ; foliage rather undulating, and of a 
lively green. Superb. 

C. kermosine, leaves long and narrow, strongly nerved, of 



244 GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. [Maj'ck. 

a pale green, bud depressed at tlic extremity, flower cherry 
red, double, petals rather numerous, among which are a few 
stamens. Veiy Good. 

C. Idctea, pink, marked with white, flower about three 
inches and a half in diameter, irregular, two rows of large 
petals in the circumference, the centre well filled with large 
and small petals indiscriminately. Superb. There is a semi- 
double white flower, of the same name. 

C. Landrethia, or Jacksonia, very beautiful pink, fading to 
ihe centre, a perfectly double and finely imbricated flower, 
about four inches in diameter, a free bloomer, and a plant of 
good habit; leaves ovate, acuminate, pale green. We have 
seen the flower profusely spotted with white. This elegant 
Camellia was grown from seed by D. and C. Landreth, and 
bloomed first in the spring of 1829. Magnificent. 

C. latifolia, leaves three inches wide and four inches and 
a half long, point recurved, a fine glossy green ; flower cherry 
red, cup form, interior petals irregular, festooned and curled, 
those of the exterior bold and round, about three inches and 
a half in diameter. Superb. 

C. minuta, plant vigorous, leaves nearly orbicular, and 
three inches and a half long, very shining and nerved flow- 
er three inches in diameter, of a beautiful cherry red, petals 
regularly imbricated, and arranged into a vase form ; the 
centre is of a vivid red. Superb. 

C.mutubilistraversii, foliage very large and almost cordate, 
plant of an elegant and free growth, leaves rather reflexed 
and of a lively green, nerves very conspicuous, flower four 
inches and a half in diameter, regular, and very double: it 
opens a delicate rose, and soon changes to a violet purple, 
shaded with a faint line of white, an unique plant and flower. 
Magriificent. 

C. myrlifblia, known in some collections as involuta. There 
are two varieties of it, major and minor ; the former is cer- 
tainly the best, and has a very handsome, large, and regular 
red flower ; the centre frequently is pink and purple ; it is 



Alarch.] GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. 245 

much the shape of double white, only the petals are more cup- 
ped. The flower is of considerable duration. The foli;icre. 
though small, is much larger than that of any of our common 
myrtles, which might make many mistake its character ; and 
another prominent feature is, the leaves are much recurved 
and shining; plant pendulous, of a pale green. Maynifi- 
cent. 

C. nivalis, flower large white, very pure, having three 
rows of large round exterior petals, the centre irregularly 
filled with small petals, showing a considerable quantity of 
stamens, foliage very dark green, plant of a good habit, and 
will make an excellent variety for producing new sorts. 
Superb. 

C. pmonijibra : bright pink, large flower, fully four inches 
in diameter, two rows of circumference petals; those of the 
centre numerous, very close, erect, and in the form of a 
sphere ; plant of slender growth ; leaves two inches broad 
and three inches long, of a delicate green. Superb. 

C. Palmeria alba : leaves two inches broad and three 
long, rather reflexed, of a very dark green— -is a plant 
of neat habit, and profuse in blooming — flowers finely dou- 
ble, clear white, about three and a half inches in diameter; 
petals bold and round — regularly imbricated, though not 
closely set ; is a very graceful flower, and has been sold in 
England as C. Candidissima, which is a superior article, and 
even figured in the Florist's Magazine as such. There is 
also another flower by this name, but very inferior, being 
only semi-double. Superb. 

Pdrksii, or Park's rose striped ; pale rose marked with 
white; flower about four inches in diameter ; petals large, 
round, and irregular; centre showing a few stamens. This 
floweris tosome sweet-scented — leaves two and a halfinches 
wide and three and a half inches long; roundish, oval, and 
slightly acimiinate — deeply serrated ; plant of a stiff growth. 
Sujjerb. (There is a French Parksii : single cri7ns on.) 

C. Parmenteria, (Smith's,) bright red flower, perfectly 
21* 



246 GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. [March, 

double ; three and a half inches in diameter ; petals very ir- 
regular and compactly set; is very persistant; foliage pale 
green, leaves two and a half inches broad and three and 
a half inches long ; plant similar in habit to the old double 
red, on which it is an improvement. Superb. 

C. Philadelphica, (Smith's,) flowers four and a half to five 
inches in diameter; the circumference petals large and round ; 
those of the interior smaller, with a little convexity, per- 
fectly double, colour changeable, bright crimson, spotted 
with white ; dark rose, fading to the centre, or all crimson : 
even the same plant producing all the variety ; plant of an 
upright branching habit; leaves ovate, acuminate, of medium 
size, and a very dark dull green ; bloomed first in 1834, 
when only two years from the seed, and the flower was then 
four and three quarter inches in diameter. Magnificent. 

C.picturata : leaves three and a half inches wide and four 
and a half inches long, of a bright green ; flower four inches 
in diameter ; spherical and extremely double ; petals of the 
centre irregular and closely folded ; those of the periphery 
or circumference, round and entire, of a pure white, occa- 
sionally striped with red — a few hidden stamens — plant of 
an elegant habit. Magnificent. 

C. pomponia, or Kew blush, flowers over four inches 
in diameter; white, with a tinge of blush at the bottom of 
the petals, which has a good effect in setting off the flower. 
They frequently bloom all blush, having one or two rows of 
guard or outside petals ; those of the inside are short, stubby, 
and generally irregular, continues long in flower, yellow an- 
thers among the short petals, and seeds when the female 
organ is perfect ; foliage similar to pcBoniflbra, a very fast 
grower, and flowers freely. Svpei-h. 

C. P)-atiii ;* flower bright rose, full four inches in diame- 
ter, frequently every petal having a white stripe from the 

* In compliment to our late and esteemed patron, H. Pratt, Esq., of Le- 
mon Hill. 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 247 

apex to the base, very closely and regularly imbricated to 
the very centre : in every respect equally as well formed as 
C. imhricata ; leaves two and a half inches wide and four 
inches long, of a rich smooth green — is a plant of free growth 
and profuse flowermg ; bloomed first in 1836. With plea- 
sure we say, it is our first seedling of merit. Magnificent. 

C. Punctata, see Invincible. 

C. Reevesit, foliage rather thin ; leaves two inches broad 
and four inches long, of a very pale green ; plant of a loose 
habit ; flowers three inches in diameter, of a bright pink, pe- 
tals short and irregular, but very double ; is a fine bloomer. 
Very good. 

C. rosa-mundi, Gray^s Venus, punctata major, Venus ta, 
and a labyrinth of other names ; leaves three inches wide 
and four inches long, of a shining green ; plant of a vigorous 
habit ; flower light rose, four inches in diameter, striped willi 
red and spotted with white, circumference petals large and 
rounding ; those of the interior, short, close set, and erect, 
forming a large tuft, enclosing a few stamens. Superb. 

C. rosa sinensis, a large double flower, four inches in di- 
ameter ; colour bright rosy pink, petals long and full, closely 
imbricated to the centre : a very distinct variety, with beau- 
tiful dark green shining foliage, two inches wide and three 
and a half long ; grows and flowers freely. Magnificent. 

C. rosea, {China,) petals regularly and perfectly imbri- 
cated, flower frequently star-shaped, like Harness blush, about 
three inches in diameter ; colour bright rose, changing to 
rosy purple ; foliage pale green; leaves one and a half inches 
wide and three inches long ; plant of slender habit, though 
well formed, and a profuse bloomer. Magnificent. 

C. rubricdulis, Lady Campbell's, colour very rich dark 
crimson, with spots of pure white, beautifully contrasted ; 
three inches in diameter; petals round, stiff, erect, and thinly 
set, showing a considerable quantity of anthers, and does fre- 
quently produce fine seed ; foliage dark shining green, plant 
of an excellent habit. Good. 



248 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

C. rubra-pleno, or Greavill's double red, is a strong grow- 
ing and free flowering variety. The flowers are large, ir- 
regular, and very double, and are of long duration ; foliage 
of a yellowish green, leaves two inches wide and three 
inches long ; plant of a stiff habit. Superb. 

C. Rossii; buds very pointed; flower four inches in diantie- 
ter; petals of the periphery large, graduating smaller to the 
centre, though a little irregular, perfectly double, colour red, 
with an occasional tinge of white ; foliage dull green, ovate, 
acuminate, pointed, and pendent ; plant of a good habit and 
free of bloom. Superb, 

C. Sdbiyii: plantof good habit; leaves two inches wide and 
three inches long, of a pale green ; flower white, with an oc- 
casional dash of pink ; petals not numerous ; round and erect, 
of a rosette form. Good. 

C. sesanqua rosea. See among the species. 

C. speciosa is a most splendid variety, has been called 
Chinese striped Warat.ah. The guard petals are large, round, 
and bold ; colour crimson with stripes of white; the centre is 
full of irregular small petals, and spotted ; the foliage three 
inches wide and four inches long, and more heart-shaped 
than any of the others ; grows freely, flower persistant, four 
inches in diameter, and highly esteemed, and considered one 
of the finest of the coloured Camellias. Magnificent. 

C. spicatum ; foliage very dark shining green ; leaves two 
and a half inches wide and four inches long, very pointed ; 
flower bright red, nearly four inches in diameter ; circumfe- 
rence petals large and round, gradually diminishing to the 
centre, and concealing a few stamens : the plant grows and 
flowers freely, and is of an upright branching habit. Su- 
perb. 

C. splendens; rosy red, flower full and bold, nearly four 
inches in diameter; petals few, but very large and round, 
lying gently over each other, showing a few stamens in the 
centre — is very attractive and conspicuous in a collection ; 
foliage dark green, ovate, acuminate. Superb. 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 249 

C. spoforthiana ; foliage deepplain green, acutely serrated, 
plant handsome and vigorous ; flower three and a half inches 
in diameter, of a pure white, with an occasional red stripe ; 
petals rather irregular, full and double, though showing a 
few stamens. Superb. 

C. spoffbrthiana cdrnea ; flower larger than the former, 
otherwise very similar. Superb. 

C. sweetia vera ; leaves three inches long and four inches 
wide, distinctly serrate, of a fine shining green, plant of an 
upright free-growing habit ; flower nearly four inches in di- 
ameter, with three rows of circumference petals — rose white, 
sprinkled with bright red ; those of the centre small and 
erect, concealing a few sieril stamens. Magnificent. There 
is a spurious plant out under this name, which is very infe- 
rior, 

C. tricolor ; foliage pale green, two inches wide and three 
and a half inches long, distinctly serrated, with the nerves 
very prominent ; flower full four inches in diameter — semi- 
double ; petals large and round — very beautifully set ; colour 
white, shaded with various shades of red, rose, &c. It is 
very rare, and will be a superb variety to produce seeds, 
having the female organ very perfect, and was introduced 
from China by Dr. Siebold. Superb. 

C. triiXmphans ; foliage dark green : leaves roundish oval, 
slightly pointed with nerves and serratures very distinct ; 
flower nearly four inches in diameter, of a bright cherry red, 
shaded with rose; petals regular, round, and large, a little re- 
curved at the extremity, and gracefully imbricated to the 
centre, which is occasionally striped with white : the plant 
is of a good habit and free growth. Magnificent. 

C. Vdndesia ; foliage dark green, ovate, lanceolate, and 
occasionally undulated ; flower very dark red, four inches in 
diameter, with large round petals, rather loosely set together, 
centre exhibiting a number of stamens. Good. 

C. variabilis : this is a sportive variety of C paoniflbrd, 
with flower and foliage of same character ; frequently bloom- 



250 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

ing rose-striped, or marked with pink, blush, &c. Magnifi- 
cent. 

C. variagata is one of the old standard varieties, and very 
much esteemed. It is striped with red and while ; some- 
times the ground is red, with while streaks or blotches, and 
vice versa ; nearly four inches in diameter, petals large and 
round, rather loose, centre showing a number of stamens ; 
foliage very fine dark green, three inches wide and four 
inches long. We have had seed from it. Plant of a good 
habit and a profuse bloomer. Superb. 

C. Walbdnkiana ; foliage pale green, two inches broad and 
nearly four inches long; plant of rather loose habit ; flower 
greenish white, full four incites in diameter ; petals large and 
oval, irregularly tufted, showing a number of stamens, though 
very double. We are inclined to believe that this is the 
liitea alba of some catalogues. Superb. 

C. Wdrdii; very dark green foliage; leaves rather cordate 
and undulate, of acoriaceous texture; plantof a branching stiff 
habit ; flower full three inches in diameter, very persistant — 
circumference petals large and round; those of the interior 
small, round, and closely set, rather flattened, colour vivid 
crimson. Tliis fine variety is another by Mr. Floy, of New 
York. Superb. 

C. Woodsii ; foliage light green ; leaves two inches wide 
and four inches long ; plant of a rapid growth and regular 
shape ; flower four and a half inches in diameter, of a bright 
rose-colour; petals large and rounding in the periphery; 
those of the centre rather irregular — perfectly double, and 
blooms with ditHculty. We have observed it to bloom 
finest when a gentle heat was applied, or when the plant 
flowered in March or April. Magnificent. (Soil No. 11 
for the whole family.) 

There is another Camellia named Woodiana, with foliage 
very similar to the former, but the flower is cherry red and 
only semi-double. We beg to observe that, in giving de- 
scriptions of the camellia, we have invariably, as far as 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 251 

known, described the best variety, where there were several 
varieties under one name ; and, when at the task, we were 
under the impression that we would be able to give a de- 
scription of the beautiful Chinese variety, called Leana su- 
perba, very lately introduced to the continent ; but, to our 
great morlificaiion, the plant proved to be only a poor sin- 
gle red, which we were nursing with extra care : whereas, 
the true sort is said to be a superb marbled doubled flower. 
This is only one instance of disappointment ; but we could 
quote twenty such, that we have felt as importers, within 
four years on the article of Camellia alone. 

Ca.rmichceha australis, the only species, has very curious 
foliage, which the lilac leguminose flowers come out of, and 
continue from April to June. (Soil No. 6.) 

Ceanothus azureus is the only species of the genus worth 
cultivating ; ii blooms profusely from May to July, and has 
considerable attraction with its brilliant blue spikes of small 
flowers. (Soil No. 6.) 

Chorizemas, about ten species, foliage very variable; flow- 
ers small and papilionaceous, often very profuse ; colour red 
and yellow ; though small, they are very neat. C. nana and 
C. ilicifblia are pretty ; but nothing of the kind can exceed 
C. ovata and C. henchmunnii, with their beautiful scarlet 
blossoms, which are in great profusion ; if grown from seed, 
they will flower freely the second year ; drain the pots well. 
(Soil No. 6.) 

Cinerarias, Cape aster, about twelve belong to the green- 
house. They are herbaceous, or half shrubby, soft wooded 
plants. C.specidsa, C. omelloides, {now caWed Agathceacceles- 
tus,) C. purpiirea, and C. lanata, are among the finest of the 
species ; flowers blue or yellow ; the latter is considered the 
handsomest of the genus. The exterior petals are bright 
purple, and the interior ones white, and, with A. ccelestus, 
flowers most of the year ; flowers syngenesious and star-like. 
The herbaceous species must be treated as previously men- 



252 GREEN HOUSE. — REPOTTING, \March. 

tioned for that kind of plant. The new hybrids of this ge- 
nus are rivalHng the species, both for beauty of colour and 
size of flower; among these are, C hendersonia, C. router' 
housia, and C. grandiflura. (Soil No. 12.) 

Cinnamomum camphora is the camphor tree of commerce ; 
it is an excellent evergreen, but has no beauty in its flower. 
The foliage, when bruised, has a camphorated odour. (Soil 
No. 10.) 

Cistus, or Rock rose. There are above thirty species, 
principally natives of Europe, consequently hardy there, and 
form a great ornament to their gardens, being very abundant 
and various in flower ; but with us they will not stand the 
rigour of winter. We have no doubt, however, but, through 
time, some kinds may be grown that will withstand the 
greatest cold of the middle states ; they are low shrubby 
plants, of easy cultivation. C. ladamferus, C. sdlignus, C.po- 
polif alius, C.undulatus,3ind C.formbsus.are perhaps the best; 
the flowers are of short duration, frequently only for one 
day ; but the quantity makes up this deficiency, being con- 
stantly in flower in May and June, and sometimes flower 
again in autumn. C. creticus is most productive of the gum 
laudanum, which is secreted about its leaves and branches. 
The flowers are generally five-petaled, and some of them 
large and showy ; centre full of stamens. (Soil No. 3.) 

Citrus. This genus contains the most grand and noble of 
fruit-bearing trees : Loudon says, " the golden apples of the 
heathens, and forbidden fruit of the Jews, are supposed to 
allude to this family." They are all handsome evergreen 
shrubs or trees, bearing highly odoriferous flowers and beau- 
tiful golden fruit. In cultivation, the orange fruit is dry and 
more insipid than in the tropics, but the lemon is far superior 
in its quality. The varieties of orange are extensive, nearly 
eighty kinds being cultivated in Italy ; but, with us, the 
sweet, sour, and rough-skinned are the principal sorts, and 
more recently we cultivate the mandarin and other beauti- 
ful dwarf Chinese varieties ; also, the striped-leaved varieties 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 258 

of Bergamotte. The lemon are nearly as numerous, though 
not so apparently distinct ; it is very valuable as a culti- 
vated fruit, and should be in every green-house or conserva- 
tory. The lime and the shaddock should not be overlooked, 
as they are very ornamental, especially the latter when it 
arrives at a fruit-bearing state. (Soil No. 18, when young 
plants, and when fruit-bearing keep from it the portion of 
sand.) 

Clematis, Virgin's Bower. There are only six of these 
belonging to the green-house, all climbing plants. C arista- 
ta and C. hrachiata are the best ; flowers in racemose clus- 
ters, pure white ; foliage small ; and natives of the Cape of 
Good Hope. The foliage of C. aristata is cordate and 
blotched. Some of the hardy species and varieties make 
beautiful plants for the green-house, such as C. jibrida, C. 
sieboldi, and C. cmrulea; they are profuse bloomers and free 
growers. (Soil No. 3.) 

Clerodendronfrdgrans multiplex, frequently known under 
the name of Volkamenia japonica, which is a very different 
plant, and not supposed to be in this country. It keeps in 
a good green-house, and flowers well, frequently blooming 
during winter, and, if planted in the garden during summer, 
will flower superbly. The flowers have a delicious fra- 
grance ; if the foliage is rubbed with the hand, the smell is 
not so pleasant. The leaves are large, round, ovate, and to- 
raentose ; flowers corymbose, compact, and terminale. (Soil 
No. 12.) 

Clethra arborea and C. arhorea variegata are both fine 
shrubs ; the latter is preferable ; leaves are oblong, acumi- 
nate, and serrated, having a gold-coloured edge; flowers white, 
downy, in large branching racemose spikes, and sweet scent- 
ed; grows freely. (Soil No. 2.) 

Clidnthus punicens,* or Glory flower. This magnificent 



* A plant five feet high, and only eighteen months old, now in the beauti- 
ful conservatory of Gen. R. Patterson, of this city, has upward of fifty 

22 



254 GREEN-HOUSE, — REPOTTING. [March, 

plant a few years ago produced great excitement among Eu- 
ropean cultivators, which consequently reached this country. 
The plant sold at extravagant prices, and cost the writer up- 
ward of fifty dollars to introduce a livingplant of it,which was 
done three years ago. The plant has been cultivated in pots, 
and has not yet given general satisfaction; the leaves are smooth, 
pinnated, of a delicate green, consisting of eight pairs and an 
odd one; ihe stem is of a soft woody nature; the splendid large 
scarlet, leguminose, pea-like flowers grow in clusters, hanging 
down from the axils of the leaves on the lateral branches ; 
each flower is about two inches long. To have it in perfec- 
tion, it must be grown in large pots, or planted in the ground 
in the conservatory oi green-house, or even a good pit would 
do ; it is a native of New Zealand, and is tolerably hardy 
in the south ; it makes a magnificent hardy shrub. (Soil 
No. 10.) 

Clivea nuhilis, a tuberous herbaceous plant, closely allied 
to Brunsvigia. The flowers are said to be very splendid ; 
colour scarlet and green : although it has been in the country 
several years, we are not aware of its ever having bloomed. 
(Soil No. 11.) 

Cohcca scdndens, the only species. It is a climber of very 
rapid growth, has been known to grow above two hundred 
feet in one summer; large bell-shaped flowers; when they 
are newly expanded, they are of a pale green colour, and 
change to dark purple : will grow in the garden during sum- 
mer, bearing a continual profusion of flowers, but will not 
stand frost. When this plant becomes too large in the house, 
do not cut it close to the root, except there is a young shoot 
arising to carry ofl" the superabundant sap, for the old wood 
will not push, which will soon cause a mortification. 

The best method to adopt in such a case is, to turn back a 



racemes or clusters of flowers, rarying from five to nine on a raceme, and 
will be in full bloom in a few weeks ; this is the finest specimen we have 
heard of in this country. 



I 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 255 

shoot, and lay it in the ground to root, when it will become 
a young plant, which should always be done as soon as it 
appears unsightly. It does best to be planted in the ground, 
but will not give any satisfaction as to flowering in a pot. It 
will flower as an annual if sown in pots this month, and 
placed in a warm room or hot-bed, and planted into the gar- 
den about the middle of May ; it seeds freely. (Soil No. 11.) 

Cobkia punctata, Wampee tree, of China, named in honour 
of the celebrated Capt. Cook. The fruit is much esteemed 
in China, where it grows to about the size of a walnut, in 
bunches; leaves pinnate, ovate, lanceolate, acuminate; when 
rubbed, have a strong odour; flower small white, in race- 
mose spikes; of slow growth. (Soil No. 11.) 

Coronilla, a very few are fine species in the green-house. 
C. glauca is a celebrated plant among us, as a free and early 
flowering shrub. C. valentiana and C. imnindlis are equally 
so, flower from April to June, colour yellow; papilionaceous 
flowers in clusters ; agree best in summer with partial shade. 
Drain the pots well. (Soil No. 12.) 

Correa, five species, all very pretty dwarf shrubs, and 
flower profusely ; foliage ovate, cordate, and either rusty or 
downy beneath. C. alba and C. rufa have both white flow- 
ers a little tubular. C. pulchella is a very handsome, erect 
growing plant ; flowers large and tubular, of a bright orange 
colour, and grows freely. C. specibsa has been long admired 
as a splendid free-flowering plant ; flowers same shape as C 
'pulcMlla, but more elongated ; colour red and yellowish 
green. C. virens is a very free grower, flowers same shape 
as the last two, colour entirely green. The last three men- 
tioned are abundant flowerers, when the plants are well es- 
tablished ; having a continued succession from November to 
June, possessing the valuable requisite of flowering through 
the winter, and ought to be in every collection. They re- 
quire an airy situation and the pots to be well drained. The 
plants in summer must not be fully exposed to the sun. (Soil 
No. 6.) 



256 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

Crassula. This genus has no plant now in it attractive 
in beauty. Several beautiful plants in our collections belong 
to Rochea and Kalosdnlhus. There is a strong growing suc- 
culent plant, known in our collections as C.falcata, which is 
R.falcata. It seldom flowers ; the minor variety blooms 
profusely every year from May to August, and has showy 
scarlet flowers m terminale panicles. The plants known as 
C. coccinea and C. versicolor are now given to the genus Ka- 
losdnthus. The flowers of the former are scarlet, wax- 
like, terminale, and sessile ; those of the latter are rose and 
white, also wax-like, and are both desirable plants, requiring 
very little water during winter. (Soil No. 18.) 

Cratdg^us. There are none of these belonging to the 
green-house ; but there is a plant in the collections, known 
as C. glabra, which is Pliotinia serruldta, a native of China, 
and is a very handsome plant, has long foliage, deeply ser- 
rated, very shining. P. arbutifblia, a native of California, 
and is the finest of the genus ; flowers in large dense pani- 
cles, foliage larger than the former, and not so deeply ser- 
rated ; they are both comparatively hardy, and we soon 
expect to see them acclimated. (Soil No. 11.) 

Crtnum, several species do well in the green-house, espe- 
cially C. Mexicdnum, C. capense, and C. ascotica : they re- 
quire considerable pot room to make them do well. (Soil 
No, 12.) 

Crbwea saltgni is among one of the finest plants of 
New South Wales. It flowers at the axils of the leaves, 
colour pink, with five petals, connected by entangled hairs ; 
in flower from April to December, and frequently through 
the winter ; foliage lanceolate, and a fine green. The plant 
grows neat, and requires an airy situation : drain the pots 
well. (Soil No. 1.) 

Cunonia capnesis, the only species, and a handsome shrub, 
with large pinnated shining leaves, beautifully contrasted by 
numerous dense elongated branches of small white flowers, 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. 257 

and twigs of a red colour, having more the habit of a tropi- 
cal than of a Cape of Good Hope plant. (Soil No. 2.) 

Cupressus may be desired in collections, as erect and 
handsome growing evergreen shrubs. C. lusitdnica the 
famed cedar of Goa; Cpendulad^^ndi C.juniperoides a.ve the 
most desirable; the flowers are insignificant and yellowish; we 
have no doubt they may prove hardy. C. lusitdnica is the 
handsomest tree of the genus. Its abundant, very long di- 
chotomous branchlets distinguish it from all the evergreens 
of the conoferious tribe. (Soil No. 11.) 

Cyrtanthus, a genus of Cape bulbs, containing nine species, 
and will do very well in the green-house, but we find the 
assistance of the hot-house a great advantage. They are 
closely allied to Crinum. The tubes of the flowers are long 
and round, with various shades of orange, yellow, red, and 
green. C. odbrus, C.stridtus, C. obliquus, and C.vittdtus, 
are the finest. When the bulbs are dormant, which will be 
from October to January, they should not get any water ; be- 
fore they begin to grow, turn the bulbs out of the old earth, 
repotting it immediately. At this time they should be potted 
with the balls of earth entire, which will cause them to flow- 
er stronger. (Soil No. 12.) 

Dampieras, four species. The genus is named in honour 
of Captain W. Dampier, a famous voyager, has Lobelia-like 
flowers, either blue or purple. C. purpiirea, C. imduldta, 
and C. stricta, are the finest; the former two are shrubby; 
the latter is herbaceous ; they all flower freely. (Soil No. 6.) 

Daviesias, above ten species, principally natives of New 
South Wales, all yellow papilionaceous flowers. D. ulicina, 
D. latifblia, D. aciculdris, and D. incrassdta, are very fine 
species, flower and grow freely, and require to be well 
drained ; bloom from April to August. (Soil No. 6.) 

Dillwynias, above twelve species, and plants very little 
known. D. cinerescens, D. Jlorihunda, D. teretifblia, and 
D. phylicoides, are desirable plants; flowers small, papiliona- 
ceous, and colour yellow and red. They are very liable to 

22* 



258 OREEN-iiousE. — REPOTTING. \Marc7i. 

suffer from too much wet ; while dormant, therefore, the pots 
must he effectually drained. (Soil No. 6.) 

Diosmas. This pretty genus of heath-looking plants has 
recently been very much divided by botanical professors. 
The generas that they have been given to are Adenundra, 
Acmadenia, Agathosma, and Barosma. However, we in- 
cline to adhere to the original name, and recommend D. ca- 
intdta, D. oppositifdlia, J), rubra, D. alba, D.fragrdns, D. 
unijlora, D. serratifblia, I), speciosa, and D. pulchella. They 
arc all profuse blooming plants, with generally small flowers 
of a while lilac or pink colour. It is supposed that the dried 
leaves of pulchella is used by the Hottentots as powder to 
mix with the grease with which they anoint their bodies. 
Some travellers assert that it gives them so rank an odour, 
that they sometimes could not bear the smell of those who 
were their guides. In fact, the foliage of all, if rubbed by 
the hand while on the plant, has a very strong smell, some 
of them very agreeable, others disagreeable. They are all 
evergreen small neat growii)g shrubs. They re({uire, while 
growing luxuriantly, to have their young shoots topped to 
make them bushy ; drain all the pots well, and keep them in 
airy situations, and not crowded with other plants, or they 
will become slender and unsightly. (Soil No. 6.) 

Dipldcus puniceus. Thiss hrubby {mimulus) plant was 
introduced by Mr. Nultall from California, by seeds, in 
1830, and sent by us to England in 1837. The flowers are 
of a scarlet orange, about one inch and a half long, and pro- 
duced in pairs; from the axils of the leaves, on young wood, 
the plant requires considerable nourishment ; for the more 
rapid it grows, the more profuse are its flowers, which bloom 
from May to September, and are rather showy. In the 
southern states it will prove a hardy shrub, blooming nearly 
the whole year. (Soil No. 12.) 

Dracosna, or Dragon tree. The D. ausiralis and D.fer- 
rea will keep in the green-house, and arc attractive plants 
lor their foliage, especially the latter, which is of a purple 



Marcfl.] GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. 259 

crimson and very unique ; the flowers are on large terminal 
spikes. (Soil No. 11.) 

Doryanthus cxcclsa, a Yucca looking plant belonging to the 
natural order of Amaryllidca ; the leaves arise from the root, 
and are about three inches wide and three feet long ; the 
flowers are bright crimson, surmounted on a stem about 
twenty feet high. The plant does not bloom till it is of con- 
siderable size. (Soil No. 10.) 

Drymulras. This genus is closely allied in character and 
habits to Bdnksia, and contains above sixteen species. /). ni- 
vea has most beautiful foliage, very long and deeply indented. 
D.formusa, has a scent like the fruit of an apricot. D. ner- 
vuso, D.jloribtmda, D. armata, I), plumusa, D. Baxteriy D. 
nervosa, and D.falcata, are the most conspicuous, and all 
highly desirable plants in collections. They are very deli- 
cate of importation ; flowers are straw and orange-coloured, 
and thistle-like. Seeds in small cones. Treat them the 
same as direcled for Bdnksias. (Soil No. 6.) 

Dycklas, two species of very curious growing plants, of a 
dwarf habit with bright orange flowers ; they may be culti- 
vated with the aloe tribe, to which they have a similarity. 

D. rarijlura and D. ramotijlbra, the latter is in the country. 
(Soil No. 18.) 

Echeveria, a genus of succulent plants chiefly from Mexi- 
co and California. E. grandijlbra, flowers green and red. 

E. pulverulenta, flowers red. The foliage of this species is 
delicately covered with powder, which gives it a very beau- 
tiful appearance. E. hicolor is also a pretty species : they 
require to be kept very dry during winter. (Soil No. 10.) 

Edwdrdsias, about four species, very beautiful foliaged 
plants, and have very curious yellow flowers, but do not 
flower until the plant becomes large. E. grandijlbra, E. 
chrysbphylla, and E. micrbphylla, are the best, and are tole- 
rably hardy, though doubtful of ever being acclimated. The 
flowers are leguminose, foliage ovate, pinnate, from eight to 
forty on one footstalk, and appears to be covered with gold 



260 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

dust. The hardier they are grown, the more visible it will 
appear. (Soil No. 11.) 

Elichrysums. This genus is now extinct, and two splen- 
did species of it given to others. E. proViferum is now Phos 
nacoma jJroUfera, and has beautiful purple rayed flowers, 
and highly esteemed : the foliage small, round, ovate, smooth, 
and closely imbricated. E. spectdhile is now Aphelexis hu- 
milis, has pine-like foliage, and large light purple flowers ; 
care must be taken that they are not over-watered ; drain 
the pots well. (Soil No. 6.) 

Enkidnthus, only two species, both very fine. E. quin- 
queflbrus has large, ovate, acuminate foliage, flowers pink and 
pendulous ; very handsome. E. reticuldtus, the foliage is 
netted, and the flowers blush : they are liable, when dormant, 
to suffer from wet. Be sure to drain the pots well, and 
be sparing in water while in that state. (Soil No. 11.) 

Epdcris, above twelve species, and all very ornamental. 
E.grcmdiflora has been celebrated ever since it was known ; 
the foliage is small, flat, and acuminate ; flowers tubular and 
pendulous, bright crimson, with a tinge of white, and very 
abundant, in flower from January to June. E. pulchella is 
likewise a most beautiful plant ; foliage very small and close- 
ly set, flowers pure white, and in long spikes, sweet-scented. 
E. impressa, foliage impressed, and flowers of a rose colour. 
E. paludosa, flowers white, grows and flowers very hand- 
somely, and is very fragrant. E. purpurdscens rubra is a 
variety, with good bright red flowers. E. hetero7iema, deli- 
cate white. They are mostly erect growing plants ; flower 
from January till August, and a rough, turfy, sandy soil is 
found most congenial. They are natives of the mountainous 
districts of New South Wales. The pots must be well 
drained ; the roots will run with avidity among the pot- 
shreds. (Soil No. 6.) 

Ericas, heath. There are in cultivation in Europe above 
five hundred and fifty species and varieties of this magnifi- 
cent genus. About sixty years ago it consisted only of a 
few humble British plants, with the heath of Spain, E. Medi- 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 261 

terranea, which is at present most common in our collec- 
tions, though in a few years we may expect to see it sup- 
planted by others more splendid. 

In their native countries they are adapted to a great many 
useful purposes. In the north of Britain the poorer inhabi- 
tants cover their cabins or huts with heath, and build the 
walls with alternate layers of it and a kind of cement made 
with straw and clay. They likewise brew ale and distil 
spirits from the tender shoots ; and it has been known to be 
used in dying, tanning, and many oilier useful domestic 
purposes. Encomium on their beauty is not requisite ; they 
are almost as diversified in colour as colour itself. Many 
are graceful and elegant ; hundreds are pretty ; a few 
noble and splendid ; others grotesque, curious, and odorife- 
rous. To cultivate and propagate them is considered one of 
the most delicate branches of floriculture. Nevertheless, it 
has been said by a scientific writer, that " those who com- 
plain of the difficulty of growing the heath are ignorant peo- 
ple, who have never had a heath to grow." The most splen- 
did collection in Europe is under the care of Mr. M'Nab, of 
the Royal Botanic Garden, Edinburgh, where there are two 
large houses devoted to their culture ; and through the v/hole 
year a continued profusion of bloom is kept up. Some of 
the plants are eight feet in diameter and fourteen feet high. 
The soil used is a coarse sandy peat. Pots drained with 
potshreds, and pieces of freestone are put down the sides of 
the large pots and tubs : where these can be had they are'es- 
sential to the culture of mountainous plants, preventing them 
from being saturated with moisture, or from becoming dry, 
thus keeping the roots in a medium state ; for if once the 
roots are allowed to get thoroughly dried, no art of the gar- 
dener can recover them. This may be the true reason why 
they are said to be difficult of cultivation. 

In the summer season the pots must be kept out of the vi- 
olent sun, for in a few hours the pot would become heated, 
dry the roots, and cause death, or a brownness of foliage 



262 



GREEN-HOUSE — REPOTTING. 



[March. 



which would never again become natural. In winter too 
much fire heat will also hurt them. They only require to be 
keptfree from frost, need a great deal of air, and plenty of light ; 
consequently, should be placed near the glass, that they may 
have the benefit of all the air that is admitted. Their flowers 
are as varied in shape as variety or colour, but they all par- 
take of a wax-like nature, and are very persistant. (Soil 
No. 5 for young plants : when older. No. 6 will do better.) 
The finest and most select varieties that appear to with- 
stand the severity of the summer, are the following : 

WHITE FLOWERS. SCARLET FLOWERS. PURPLE FLOWERS. 



Arborea, 

Bowieana^ 

Cuffra, 

Conferta, 

Jesminafibra, 

Margaritdcea, 

Odordta, 

Pellucida, 

Phylicuides. 



YELLOW FLOWERS 

Capitdta, 
Epistoma, 
Grandijibra. 



Ardens, 
Coccinea, 

" grandiflbra, 
Vernlx coccinea, 
Vesiita coccinea. 

RED FLOWERS. 

Bella, 

Canalicidatay 

Curvijlbra rubra, 

Gracilis, 

Igndscens, 

Plukenetii, 

Pinea, 

Mediterrdnea. 



Amosna, 

Deniiculdta, 

Fascicularis, 

Hispidula, 

Mammosa, 

Pubescens, 

Tenella. 

VARIOUS COLOURS. 
Abetina, 
Bdccans, 
Cerinthbides, 
Criienta superba, 
Riibida, 
Tubiflbra, 
Ventricbsa superba. 



Eriabbtrya japonica, Loquat, ot Mespilus japonica, is afine 
plant, with large lanceolate, distantly serrated leaves, white 
underneath ; small white flowers on a racemose spike, and 
produces a fruit about the size of a walnut, of a fine yellow 
blush colour, and of tartish flavour. If it flowers in the au- 
tumn, it will require the heat of a hot-house to ripen the fruit, 



Mat'Ch.] GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. 263 

It is of very easy culture, and its noble aspect is never passed 
unobserved. It is perfectly hardy in the southern states, and 
fornfjs a handsonae evergreen. (Soil No. 11.) 

Erodiums, Heron's bill. There are about thirty species, 
all of a geranium character, and there are among them some 
very pretty flowering, soft wooded, shrubby, herbaceous, and 
annual plants. Only a few of them belong to the green- 
house, of which E. incarnatum, E. crassifdlium, and E. laci- 
niatum, are the finest ; culture similar to Geranium. The 
flowers of these are scarlet, pentapetalous, and veiny. (Soil 
No. 10.) 

Erythlina cristagdlli, or Coral plant. If this magnificent 
scarlet flowering plant is desired to be kept in a pot or tub, 
it must have a repotting every month till September : to keep 
it in fine blooming condition, it is worthy of extra care, as it 
will bloom three times during the season, if well treated. 
(Soil No. 18.) For other methods, see Flower Garden for 
April, May, and November. 

EscaUdnia,SL shrubby genus, of about ten species, of rather 
neat blooming plants, of a strong shrubby habit. They re- 
quire great encouragement to flower them well, if kept in 
pots : the best mode of treatment would be to plant them in 
pits with other half hardy shrubs. E. rubra, red flowering ; 
E. glandulosa, white ; and E. bifida, pink, are the finest. 
(Soil No. 12.) They are perfectly hardy south of Virginia, 
and we are not certain but they may become acclimated 
here. 

Eucalyptus, above fifty species of them, and the tallest 
growing trees of New Holland ; foliage very diversified, ge- 
nerally of a hard glaucous texture. From their rapid growth, 
they soon grow higher than the loftiest house. The most 
conspicuous are, E. cordata, E. rostrata, E. radiata, E. pidvi- 
gera, E.glbbifera, E.pulverulenta, and E. resinefera. In Van 
Dieman's Land a manufactory has been established, where 
a tannin is extracted from many of the species. The last- 
mentioned produces gum like that which the druggists call 



264 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

Kino. They ought not to be too much fostered, as it would 
in some degree retard their growth. They are of a very 
hardy nature. When large, the plants will flower freely, and 
are similar in flower to Myrtle ; many stamina, proceeding 
from a hard nut-like capsule. (Soil No. 6.) 

Euchilus ohcordatvs is the only species. Flowers similar 
to Eutaxia ; foliage almost unique, being inverse, cordate : 
time of flowering from March to June. (Soil No. 6.) 

Euonymus, one or two of this genus have been recently in- 
troduced from China, and are found to be very ornamental in 
having beautifully variegated, or rather marginated foliage. 
E.japbnicus aureus has golden-edged leaves, and E.japbni- 
cus argenteus* has silvery-edged foliage ; the flowers have 
no beauty ; the leaves are ovate, acuminate, about one inch 
and a half broad and two inches and a half long. (Soil 
No. 11.) 

Eupatbrium. There is only one species deserving of cul- 
tivation in the green-house ; flowers syngenesious, white, and 
in large flattened panicles ; very sweet-scented. The plant, 
when growing freely, in the beginning of summer, should be 
topped, which would make it more bushy ; if not, it is apt to 
grow straggling. Known, in our collections, as E. elegdns. 
(Soil No. 3.) 

Eutdxias, two species. E. myrtifblia is a most beautiful 
free-flowering evergreen shrub ; foliage small, but very neat ; 
flowers leguminose, small, and very many; colour yellow and 
red ; grows freely. The young plants should be frequently 
lopped, or they will grow naked and unsightly. E. piingens, 
similar to the other except in foliage. They flower from 
March to June, and ought to have a place in every green- 
house. Culture very easy. (Soil No. 6.) 

Ficus, a few species, are good plants for this department, 
especially F.e/asfeca; leaves smooth, shining green, frequent- 
ly six inches wide and twelve long : this is the plant that 

* This plant is in some collections as a variegated leaved camellia. 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 265 

produces the gum elastic, or Indian rubber. F. australis is 
also an excellent evergreen, with elliptic dull green foliage ; 
very rusty underneath ; they grow almost too freely. (Soil 
No. 11.) 

Fuchsia, or Ladies' Ear-drop. There are an endless va- 
riety of this lovely genus of deciduous small shrubs now cul- 
tivated, but there are only a few, very few, to surpass the 
common and celebrated Coccinea: true, many have been, and 
are, represented as far surpassing it, but, when brought to the 
test, they are, in some particular, found wanting. However, 
among the many, F.glohosa, F. elegcms, and F. Groomianaoxe 
profuse and beautiful bloomers. F.fulgens is a superb and 
distinct species ; the foliage is very different from any other 
sort^ leaves of a well-grown plant are four inches wide and 
five inches and a half long : the flowers are from two inches 
and a half to three inches long, of a pink and scarlet colour, 
and the plant is nearly tuberous : it, when in bloom, is 
very superb. F. virgata, F. thomsbnia, conica, &c., might 
be added to the list. We would recommend our readers to 
grow them from seeds when obtained : it is well known they 
will produce variety, and it is even supposed by some that 
the seeds of F. coccinea have produced by hybridizing nearly 
all the varieties of the present day, which approach one hun- 
dred ; most of the flowers are a bright scarlet, the stamens are 
encircled with a petal of bright purple, and are of very cu- 
rious construction ; they bear a dark purple berry, and are 
of the easiest cultivation ; but during summer the pots must 
be carefully kept from the sun, although the plants will not 
be affected by it. If the plants are young and growing free- 
ly, we find that a deluge of rain, and afterward a hot day, is 
their instant death. Some of them do tolerably well when 
planted in the flower-garden early in May. (Soil No. 10 
or 13.) 

GarJoquia Hookeri, a very pretty dwarf plant — native of 
iheFloridas: it blooms profusely from June to October; flowers 
are about one inch and a half long, of a tubular labiat form, of 

23 



266 GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. [Murck. 

a bright orange colour ; it is easy of culture in (soil 
No. 1.) 

Gelsemium nitidum, Carolina jasmine, a most beautiful 
climbing evergreen, flowering shrub. In the months of 
April and May it produces many large yellow trumpet-like 
blossoms of delicious fragrance. If much encouraged in 
growth, it will not flower so freely. (Soil No, 6.) 

Genista : a few of these are very pretty free-flowering 
shrubs. G. rambsus, G. canaiiensis, G. tricuspiddta, G. 
cuspidbsa, and G. umhelldta. are the finest green-house spe- 
cies. All of them have yellow legurninose flowers in great 
abundance ; leaves small, lanceolate. (Soil No. 1,) 

Gnaphdlium, everlasting. There are above ten species, 
most of ihem very splendid, persistant flowers, G. eximia 
has brilliant red flowers, G. spiralis, G. speciosissima, G. 
frnticans, G. oriantdlum, and G. imhricdtum, are all very 
fine ; pots must be well drained, (Soil No. 8.) 

Gnidias, about ten species of pretty green-house shrubs. 
G. simplex, G. sericea, G. imherhis, and G.pinifolia, flower 
the most freely; flowers straw colour, tubular, and corymbose. 
G. simplex is sweet-scented, leaves small ; the pots must be 
well drained, and care taken that they do not get either too 
wet or too dry, for the roots are very delicate. The plants 
must be kept near the glass, or they will be drawn weak. 
(Soil No. 6.) 

Gompholbbiums, a genus of very pretty delicate plants, all 
papilionaceous ; flowers generally yellow with a little red ; 
foliage very variable. G. barbigerum, G. polijn6rfu?n, G. 
latifblium, G. grandifiornm, and G. venustum, are fine : the 
pots must be well drained, and care taken that they are not 
over-watered; they grow freely. (Soil No. ti,) 

Goodenia, a genus of about twelve species, with cordate, 
serrate, alternate foliage. G. stelligera and G. sudveolens 
arc sweet-scented ; G. ovata and G. grandijlbra are the best. 
They are principally small shrubs, with terminale or axillary 
flowers, and flower during summer. (Soil No, 6.) 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 267 

Gorteria persondta is the only species that belongs to this 
genus, and is an annual. There are several plants in our 
collections known as Gorterias, but which properly are Ga- 
zania, of which there are five species. G. ringens, when 
the flowers are fully expanded, (which will only be while 
exposed to the sun, closing at night and opening again with 
the influence of the sun's rays,) is a great beauty. The rays 
of the flowers are bright orange, and the centre dark purple. 
G. pavonia has handsome foliage ; flower similar to G. rin- 
gens, except the centre of the flower being spotted, and is 
thought to be the finest, but does not flower so freely. G. 
hetero])hyUa is of the same character, except the foliage, 
which is variable, the colour orange and vermilion. They 
are dwarf-growing plants, and during the months of July, 
August, and September, are liable to damp off* at the surface 
of the earth, from the action of heat and too much water. 
Pots must be well drained, and the plants kept partially in 
the shade. Their flowers are syngenesious, and about two 
inches in diameter. (Soil No. 9.) 

Grevilleas, about thirty species, A few of them very 
handsome in flower and foliage, among which are G.^nmi- 
cea ; G. acanthifolia, (beautiful foliage ;) G. concinna, very 
pretty straw and rose-coloured flowers ; G. juniperina, gxeea 
and straw-coloured; G. lijiearis, white flowers. The flow- 
ers of the whole are curious, though not very attractive. 
Some carry their flowers in racemose spikes, others on flow- 
ering branches, which are recurved ; the petals are very small 
and rugged ; the stile longer than the appendage. They 
grow freely, flower and ripen seeds; all evergreen dwarf 
shrubs. (Soil No. 1.) 

Habrdnthus, about ten species of small South American 
bulbs, nearly allied to Amaryllis. H. Andersbnii, H. versi- 
color^ H. Candida, and H. robusta, are fine ; they are in colour 
yellow, blue, white, and lilac. We have very little doubt 
but these bulbs will do to plant out in the garden in April, 



268 GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. [March. 

and be lifted in October. Keep theni from frost. Thus 
treated, they are very desirable. (Soil No. 12.) 

Hakeas, about forty species, not generally so interesting or 
attractive as the last genus ; floAvers all white ; construction 
similar to Grevillea, but the foliage more varied. H. gibho- 
sa, H. nitida, H. saligna, H. suaveolens, sweet-scented, H. 
conculata, and H. lamberti, are the best, and afford a curious 
variety of foliage ; flower in June. Drain the pots vyell. 
(Soil No. 1.) 

Helychrysums, above forty species, chiefly belonging to 
the green-hoiise, all everlasting flowers. H. grandifibnim, 
H. arbor eum, H. fragrans, H. adoratissimmn, H.fruticanSf 
and H.fulgidum, are all very esteemed species, mostly with 
soft downy foliage. The pots should be well drained, and 
the plants kept in an airy situation, as they suffer from the 
least damp. If the flowers are cut off before they fade, they 
will retain for many years all the splendour of their beauty ; 
but if allowed to decay on the plant, they will soon become 
musty, and all their colour, fade. (Soil No. 6.) 

Hibbertias, about ten species. Three of them are known 
to be fine climbing evergreen shrubs, namely, i/. glossularice- 
folia ; H. dentata ; H. volubilis, if closely approached, has a 
disagreeable smell ; H. fascicidntn, H. saligna, and H. pe- 
dunculata, are evergreen shrubs ; they have pure yellow 
flowers of five petals, blooming from May to September. 
(Soil No. 12.) 

Hoveas, about eight species, pretty plants of New South 
Wales, blue pea-flowering evergreen shrubs ; the finest are 
H. panbsa, H. atropurpurea, H. linearis, H. rosynarinijbliay 
H' longifblia, and H. Celsii, which is the most superb, and 
flowers in abundance. They grow and flower freely ; the 
pots should be drained. (Soil No. 6.) 

Hypericums, St. John's wort, about twenty species. A 
few of them are very showy, and, with few exceptions, have 
yellow flowers. //. monogymmi, H. balearicum H.floribun- 



i 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 269 

dum, H. canariense, H. cBgyptiacum, and H. cochinchinense, 
which has scarlet flowers, are among the best, and all of 
them flower freely ; five petals, filaments many in three or 
five parcels. They are all of very easy cultivation, and 
bloom generally from April to September. (Soil No. 11.) 

Hydrangea hortensis is a well known plant, and much 
esteemed for its great profusion of very elegant, though 
monstrous, flowers. They are naturally of a pink colour, 
but under certain circumstances of culture they become blue. 
If grown in brown loam with a little sand, they will pre- 
serve their original colour ; but if grown in swamp earth with 
a little mould of decayed leaves, they will become blue.* 
The swamp earth and vegetable mould being more combined 
with aluminous salt than brown loam, is the cause of the 
change : and, when first found out, (which was merely by 
chance,) was thought a great wonder. It must have a very 
plentiful supply of water when in flower, which is produced 
on the shoots of the previous year. They will neither grow 
nor flower well if they are not kept constantly in the shade. 
When kept in the sun, the foilage is very brown ; and by 
being neglected in watering, we have seen the flowers com- 
pletely scourged. Being tolerably hardy, when the winters 
are mild, by a little protection in the open air, they will 
flower profusely ; the flowers will be very large, and in bloom 
from June to October. They are deciduous, soft-wooded 
shrubs. 

Eex, Holly, of 7. aquifblium. There are above one hun 
dred of them in cultivation in Europe, difl'ering in variega 
lion, margin, shape, and size of the leaves ; some are only 
prickly on the margin of the foilage, others prickly over all 
the surface. In Europe they are all hardy, but with us few 
or none of the varieties are so. If they become acclimated, 
they will be a great ornament to our gardens, being all low 

* Mix the iron sparks, from the blacksmith's shop, with any kind of soil, 
and they will be a beautiful blue. One and a half quarts to a bushel will do, 

23* 



270 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [Morch. 

evergreen shrubs. The most common and conspicuous va- 
rieties are the hedge-hog, stripedhedge-liog,iohiteed^ed, gold 
edged, and painted ; the flowers are white and small, berries 
yellow or red ; they do not agree with exposure to the sun. 
J. Cassine and /. vomitbria have very bitter leaves, and, 
though natives of Carolina, we have to give them the pro- 
lection of a green-house. It is said that at certain seasons 
of the year the Indians make a strong decoction of the leaves, 
which makes them vomit freely, and after drinking and vo- 
miting for a few days, they consider themselves sufficiently 
purified. (Soil No. 15.) 

lUiciums, Aniseseed tree, three species. I.foridanum has 
very sweet-scented, double purple flowers, and the plant 
grows freely and systematically if properly treated, and de- 
serves particular attention. /. 'parviflbrum has small yellow 
flowers ; /. anisatzim is so very like I. parvifiorum in every 
respect, as to make us conclude they are the same, were /. 
anisdtmn not a native of China, and the other two natives of 
Florida. When the leaves and capsules of either of them 
are rubbed, they have a very strong smell of anise ; they 
grow very freely. (Soil No. 1.) 

Indigofera ; Indigo tree, about twenty species, belong to 
the green-house, and are chiefly pretty free-flowering shrubs. 
/. denuddta, I. amcena, I. austrdlis, I. angulata, I. cdndicans, 
and I.jilifblia, are very fine ; flowers papilionaceous, in long 
panicles ; colour various, red, blue, yellow, and pink. (Sail 
No. G.) 

Isopbgons, about ten species of Pro^ea-like plants, all na- 
tives of New Holland. They are very stiff" shrubs, with 
leaves very much divided, and cone-like flowers at the ex- 
tremity of the shoots. I. formosus, I. anemonifblius, I.at- 
ienuatis, ^ndi I. poli/cephalis,are the finest; flowers are straw, 
lilac, white, and yellow coloured ; the pots must be well 
drained, and the plants not over-crowded. (Soil No. 9.) 

Jacksonias, a genus consisting of five species. The fo- 
liage is varied, and all natives of New South Wales. /. sco- 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 271 

paria, J. horrida, and /, reticulata, are the finest ; the small 
flowers come out of the young shoots, are yellow and papi- 
lionaceous ; the pots should be well drained. (Soil No. 6.) 
Jambbsa vulgaris, or Eugenia jnmbos, is a splendid ever- 
green tree, producing a fruit of an agreeable odour and called 
rose apple. /. australis has a very neat habit, and produces 
purple fruit ; they are of the earliest culture in (soil No, 12.) 
Jasminum, Jasmine. A few species of this genus are 
celebrated either for the green-house or rooms. /. odora- 
tissimutn, Azorian, has very sweet-scented yellow flowers, 
blooming from April to November. /. revolutum is the 
earliest flowering one, and of the same colour ; it is apt to 
grow straggling, and should be close pruned as soon as done 
blooming, which will be in May. /. pubigerum is also 
yellow. /. grandifibrum is frequently called Catalonian, 
and should be pruned early in spring to make it bloom well, 
especially old plants. These plants are all perfectly hardy 
in the southern states. /. officinale is a hardy climbing 
plant for arbours, walls, &c. There are several varieties of 
it. (Soil No. 3.) 

Justicias. Only a few of these belong to the green-house, 
and are very simple-looking flowers. (The most beautiful 
of them belong to the hot-house. J. nigricans, small 
striped flower ; /. orchioides and /. Adhdtoda, Malanut, are 
the only ones that are worth observation, and are very easily 
cultivated in any soil. 

Kennedias, about twelve species, all beautiful evergreen 
climbers, of the easiest culture, and flower abundantly. K. 
monophylla, blue-flowered, and K. rubicunda, crimson- 
flowered, are common in our collections. K. prostrdta, 
one-flowered scarlet, and K. coccinea, many-flowered scar- 
let, are very pretty. K. Comptonidna has splendid purple 
flowers, K. nigricans, black flowers, and K. splendens and 
K. marrydtta are thought the most superb. They have 
bright crimson flowers, and are yet rare in our collections. 
The pots should be well drained ; flowers are either in race- 



272 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [Marchr 

inose spikes, or solitary, which is rather too much distinc- 
tion for the same genus. (Soil No. 6.) 

Lachnaas, about five species, remarkable for their downy 
heads of while flowers ; leaves small, ovate, lanceolate. L. 
glaiica, L. conglomerata and L. eriocephala are the best 
species. The pots must be well drained, and in summer the 
plants protected from the sun. (Soil No. 6.) 

Lambertias, four species of very fine plants, natives of 
New Holland. L.formosa is the finest of the genus that 
we have seen ; flowers large and of a splendid rose colour. 
L. echinata is said to be finer, but has not flowered in culti- 
vation. L. uniflbra has single red flowers, and L. inermis 
orange-coloured. They are rare plants in the collections on 
this side of the Atlantic. Drain the pots well ; the foliage is 
narrow, and of a hard dry nature. (Soil No. 1.) 

Lasiopetalums, only two species. There were a few 
more, but they are now Thomasias, plants of no merit what- 
ever in regard to flower ; foliage three-lobed, small, rough, 
and rusty-like. Thomasia solandcea and T. quercifblia 
are the best species ; foliage of the former is large, cordate, 
and deeply indented ; they are all of the easiest culture. 
{Soil No. 1.) 

Laurus. A few species are green-house plants. This 
genus has been divided to Cinnambmum ; still, there are a 
few celebrated plants in the original. L. nbhilis, sweet bay, 
though hardy, is kept under protection. It will bear the 
winter with a little straw covering; notwithstanding, there 
should be a plant kept in the house in case of accident by 
frost or otherwise ; there is a variegated variety of it. L. in- 
dica, royal bay, L.foetena, L. aggregata, and L. glduca, 
are favourites. There is a species known in our collections 
as L. scdhra. The Camphor tree, known as L. camphbra, 
is Cinnamomum campliora ; the wood, leaves, and roots of 
this tree have a very strong odour of camphor. It is ob- 
tained by distillation from the roots and small branches, 
which are cut into chips, and put into a net suspended with- 



^1 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 273 

in an iron pot, the bottom of which is covered with water, 
having an earthen head fitted in it ; heat is then appHed, and 
the steam of the boiling water acting upon the contents of 
the net, elevates the camphor into the capital, where it con- 
cretes on the straws, with which this part of the apparatus is 
lined. They are all fine evergreens, (which the name de- 
notes,) and easily cultivated. (Soil No. 10.) 

Lavdndulas, Lavender, about seven species belong to the 
green-house, and a few of them very pretty soft-wooded, 
half shrubby plants, and, if touched, are highly scented. L. 
dentata has narrow serrated foliage, very neat; L.formbsa 
and L. pinnata are desirable ; blue flowers on a long spike ; 
should be kept near the glass : they are of the easiest culture. 
(Soil No. 7.) 

Lechenaultia ; two species of pretty dwarf-blooming plants. 
L.formosa is almost always a picture with its bright scarlet 
flowers and heath-like foliage, and ought to be in every col- 
lection ; it must have an airy situation and near the front 
glass ; otherwise, it will be weak and spindling, and without 
bloom. (Soil No. 19.) 

Leonbtis, Lion's-ear, four species. They have very fine 
scarlet tubular flowers, orifice-toothed. They come out in 
large whorls, and look elegant ; but neither plant nor foliage 
has an agreeable appearance. They are of the easiest cul- 
ture. L. intermedia and L. Leoniirus are the best flow- 
ering species. (Soil No. 7.) 

Leptospermums, about thirty species, all pretty New Hol- 
land evergreen dwarf shrubs, with small white flowers. L. 
baccatum, L. pendulum, L. juntperinum, L. ovcitum, L. 
stellatum, L. grandiflorum, and L. scopdrium, are the best 
of the species. The latter was used as tea by the crew of 
Captain Cook's ship. It is an agreeable bitter, with a plea- 
sant flavour, when fresh. When young plants are growing, 
they ought to be frequently topped to make them bushy, 
and kept m an airy situation, or they will be drawn and un- 
sightly. They are of very easy culture. (Soil No. 1.) 



274 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

Leucadendrons, Silver tree, above forty species, all na- 
tives of the Cape of Good Hope. They are evergreens, with 
handsome silvery-like foliage. L. argenteum (once Prbtas 
argentea) is a great beauty ; foliage white, lanceolate, and 
silky. It is a plant that has been long in cultivation, greatly 
admired, and much sought for, and is the finest of the genus. 
L. squarrosum, L. stellatum, (once Prbtea stellaris,) L, 
tortum, L. serviceum, L. marginatum, and L. plumbsum, 
(once P . parvi flora,) are all fine species. The pots must be 
well drained and the plants never over-watered. They are 
very desirable in collections for their beauty of foliage. 
(Soil No. 9.) 

Leucospermums, about eighteen species, of Proteacous 
plants, chiefly low growing, and are mostly downy or hairy ; 
flowers yellow, in terminal heads. L.form6suin,L.gran' 
diflbrmn, L. tomentosum, and L. candicans, rose-scented. 
These are fine species. For treatment, see Proteas. (Soil 
No. 9.) 

Llnums, flax, two or three species are very fine, and flow- 
er freely. L. trigynum has large yellow flowers in clusters, 
and L. ascyrifblium, whose flowers are large, blue, and 
white, and in long spikes. They bloom in February ; the 
shape of them is very like the flower vulgarly called Morn- 
ing-glory. (Soil No. 4.) 

Liparias, about five species, much esteemed for their 
beauty of foliage ; leaves ovate, lanceolate, downy or woolly ; 
flowers yellow, leguminose, and capitate. L. sphcBrica, L. 
tomentosa, L. villosa, and L. sericea, are the finest. L. 
vistita and L. villbsa are the same, although put in many 
catalogues as diff"erent species. None of them ought to be 
much watered over the foliage, as it adheres to the down, and 
causes the young shoots to damp off". Drain the pots well, 
and keep the plants in an airy situation. (Soil No. 6.) 

Lobelias. Several of them, when well treated, form pret- 
ty flowering plants ; they are principally herbaceous. The 
genus consists of about eighty species ; seventy of them are 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 275 

exotics ; many of them natives of the Cape of Good Hope, 
with httle flowers of brilliant colours. L. ccerulea, L. Thun- 
hergii, L. coryvihbsa, L. pyramiddlis, L. erines,dLnd L. illici- 
folia, are very fine species, of week growth, but flower freely. 
(Soil No. 4.) 

Lomatias, about six species ; flowers are white or straw 
colour, and similar to Grevillea, but the foliage more hand- 
some. L. silaifblia has leaves bipinnatifid and smooth, seg- 
ments wedge-shaped and cut. L. dentata and L. illicifblia 
are the finest ; the pots should be drained. (Soil No. 6.) 

Lonicera japonica. There is a plant in our collections 
known by that name, which is now Nintooa longiflbra; flow- 
ers of a straw colour, but come out white. It has been 
known to withstand the winter, but does not flower, and is 
frequently killed entirely. (Soil No. 3.) 

LophosjJermum scandens. This is a magnificent climb- 
ing soft-wooded shrub, with rosy purple, campanulate flow- 
ers, which are produced from the axils on the young wood ; 
they bloom from May to September ; leaves large, cordate, 
and tomentose ; grows rapidly, and flowers abundantly, 
(Soil No. 3.) 

Lychnis coronata is an esteemed Chinese plant ; flowers 
in abundance, pentapelatous, large, and a little indented at 
the edges ; colour a red-like orange ; flowers terminale and 
axillary. A good method of treatment is to divide the roots, 
and plant some of them in the garden ; they will flower well, 
and could be lifted in the fall, and put under protection. If 
not done so, plant them in four-inch pots, and repot them 
into those of six-inch in May. Do not expose them while 
in flower to the mid-day sun, for it will deteriorate the fine 
orange colour. (Soil No. 9.) 

Lysinhnas, four species, closely allied to Epdcris. In 
every respect treatment the same. L. pentapitalum, L. con- 
spicum, and L. rbseum, are the best ; the flowers of the 
former two are white. (Soil No. 6.) 



276 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [Murch. 

Magnblais, There are four species that require the pro- 
tection of our green-houses ; all the others are hardy. M. 
fuscata and M. annoncefblia are very similar in foliage and 
flower: the young branches and leaves oi M. fuscata is co- 
vered with a brown, rusty-like down ; the other by some is 
considered merely a variety ; flowers small, brown, and very 
sweet-scented. M. piimila is very dwarf-growing ; leaves 
large and netted ; flowers semi-double, white, pendent, and 
exceedingly fragrant. They are natives of China. We 
have several others from the east, but being deciduous are 
perfectly hardy. AI. odoratissima, now Talauma Condolii, 
is a native of the Island of Java, and considered odorife- 
rous, but it is very rare even in Europe ; said to have a straw- 
coloured flower. (Soil No. 9.) 

Manettia ; a genus of pretty climbing plants producing a 
profusion of scarlet flowers, especially C. glabra, (of Don,) 
or cordifdlia, (of Paxton.) which is a complete mass of flow- 
ers from July to October, and is a lovely object when turned 
into the borders during summer. There is now a distinct 
plant from the above, lately introduced by Mr. Hogg, which 
is said to be the true cordifdlia ; but it has not yet flowered 
in the country. (Soil No. 17.) 

Melaleucas, above thirty^pecies, and a beautiful genus of 
New Holland plants, of easy culture ; flowers come out of the 
wood-like fringes. M. elliptica, M.fidgens, scarlet, M. de- 
cussata, M. Jnjpericifdlia, M. squarrbsa, M. linarifdlia, M. 
incdna, M. tetragonia, M. thymifblia, are all very fine spe- 
cies, and flower freely if they have been grown from cut- 
tings ; the singularity of flower and diversity of foliage make 
them generally admired. (Soil No. 1.) 

Meldstoma nepalensis is a good green-house species, flow- 
ering freely during winter, of a pale blush colour, and is of 
the easiest culture. As soon as done blooming, the plant 
should be well cut in to keep it into shape. (Soil No. 1.) ■ 

Mehziesia is a family of pretty dwarf British plants, very 



March.'] green-house. — repotting. 277 

similar lo the Erica in flower, and requfring the same mode 
of treatment : they bloom in July and August. (Soil No. 6.) 

Mespilus. See Eryabotrya. 

Metrosideros, about fifteen species. Many have been add- 
ed to Callistemon. M.jibrida, M. umhellata, and M. angus- 
tifblia, are the best species, C. salignum, C. lanceolutum, 
C. semper flor ens, C.glaucum, once M. speciosa, and C.for- 
mbsum; these are all beautiful plants, with scarlet flowers. 
Other two beautiful species with white flowers have been 
given to Angophora. A. cordifblia, once M. Mspida, and A. 
lanceolata, once M. costata ; these genera are very easily dis- 
tinguished from any other Australasian shrubs, by the pecu- 
liar character of having both sides of the leaves alike. The 
flowers consist of stamens, stiles, and anthers, coming in 
hundreds out of the young wood for the length of three or 
four inches, forming a dense cone crowned with a small 
twig, hence frequently called " bottle brush plant ;" leaving 
capsules in the wood, which will keep their seeds perfect for 
a great number of years. They grow freely, and the pots 
should be well drained. (Soil No. 1.) 

Myrsines, Cape Myrtle, dwarf cape evergreen shrubs co- 
vered with snaall flowers from March to May. M. retiisa 
has purple flowers; M. rotundifblia, flowers white and purple. 
They will grow in any situation, and are of easy culture. 
(Soil No. 1.) 

Myrtus, Myrtle, is a well known and popular shrub, espe- 
cially the common varieties, and was a great favourite (even 
to adoration) among the ancients. It was the mark of au- 
thority for Athenian rulers, and is among the moderns an 
emblem of pre-eminence. They are elegant evergreen 
shrubs, with an agreeable odour. M. communis multiplex, 
double flowering, is a very neat shrub, and flowers abun- 
dantly. M. comnnmis leucocdrpa, white-fruited myrtle. 
M. itdlica varieguta, striped leaved ; M. itdlica maculdta^ 
blotch leaved, are very fine shrubs ; and M. tomentbsa, Chi- 
nese myrtle, is a magnificent erect growing shrub, with a 

24 



278 GREEN-HOUSE, — REPOTTING. [Murck, 

white down over the foliage ; the flowers are the largest of 
the genus. When they first expand they are purple, and 
afterward change to white, so that there are beautiful flow- 
ers of several shades of colour on the plant. We have not 
the smallest doubt but this species will become, in many in- 
stances, as plentiful as the common myrtle. It is more easi- 
ly grown, but cannot stand much exposure to the sun in 
summer. M. tenuifblia is a very fine plant, and a native of 
New South Wales. Myrtles in general should be sprinkled 
with water in the evenings, to keep off" the red spider, (Soil 
No, 11,) 

Nandina domestica, the only species, and a popular shrub 
in the gardens of Japan, where it is called Nandin. It has 
supra-decompound leaves, with entire lanceolate leaflets, a 
kind of foliage that is very rare ; the flowers are small, 
whitish green, in panicles, succeeded by berries of the size 
of a pea ; drain the pots well. (Soil No. 1.) 

Nerium (Oleander) is a genus of beautiful erect growing 
evergreen shrubs, of the easiest culture, and abundant in 
flower, N. oleander is the common rose-coloured single 
flowering species, from which many varieties have origi- 
nated. At present the most popular is N. oleander splen- 
dens, which has a double rose-coloured flower, N. a. striata, 
jl. pi., has double striped flowers. N. macrbphyUum has 
very large double pink flowers, N. lacteolum has very pale 
flowers. There is one that has got into our collections as 
double while, which is only semi-double. We have seen a 
white variety as double as N. o. splendeyis, but it is yet very 
rare. N. oleander elegantissimwn, a most beautiful plant, 
with deep silver-edged foliage ; and the young wood is striped 
white and green. We are not positive in respect to the 
beauiy of its flowers, but it has a high character. There are 
likewise single yellow, single white, and single blotched va- 
rieties of N. oleander. They are subject to the small white 
scaly insect, and should be frequently washed, as has been 
directed, to keep it off". (Soil No. 1 2.) 



March.] green-house — repotting. 279 

Okas, Olive, about twelve species and varieties. 0. Eu- 
ropcea longifblia is the species that is cultivated to such an 
extent in the south of France, and Italy. O. Europcaa la- 
tifolia is chiefly cultivated in Spain. The fruit is larger 
than that of Italy, but the oil is not so pleasant, which is ob- 
tained by crushing the fruit to a paste, and pressing it through 
a woollen bag, adding hot water as long as any oil is yielded. 
The oil is then skimmed off the water, and put into barrels, 
bottles, &c., for use. The tree seldom exceeds thirty feet, 
and is a branchy glaucous evergreen, and said to be of great 
longevity. Some plantations at Turin, in Italy, are sup- 
posed to have existed from the time of Pliny. It frequently 
flowers in our collections, but seldom carries fruit; flowers 
white, in small racemose axillary spikes. O capensis has 
thick large oblong foliage ; flowers white, in large terminale 
panicles. O. verrucosa, foliage flat, lanceolate, and while 
beneath, branches curiously warted. O.fragrans blooms in 
winter ; foliage and blossoms are both highly odoriferous ; 
the plant is much esteemed in China, and is said to be used 
to adulterate and flavour teas. Leaves are elliptic, lanceo- 
late, and a little serrated ; flowers white in lateral bunches. 
It is subject to the small, white scaly insect, and ought to be 
carefully kept from them by washing. O. rosea has pink 
flowers. O. paniculata is also a fine species. They are all 
very easily cultivated. (Soil No. 11.) 

Oxylbhiums, seven species, plants very similar to Callista- 
chys, with ovate, cordate, light-coloured, pubescent foliage, 
with papilionaceous flowers. O. ohtus'ifbUum has scarlet 
flowers ; O. retusum, orange flowers ; and O. ellipticum, yel- 
low flowers. They grow freely, and should be well drained ; 
flower from May to August. (Soil No. 6.) 

Passiflora ; a celebrated genus of climbing plants, called in 
common " Passion Vine." Those belonging to the green- 
house flower during summer. Several of them are both 
beautiful and profuse in bloom, especially P. Kermbsine, P. 



280 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

princepSf P. hybrida, and are three very distinct species; the 
former is of a beautiful rosy crimson colour, (Soil No. 
13.) 

Pelargoniums, Stork's Bill. This genus, so universally 
known among us as Geranium, from which it was sepa- 
rated many years ago, is a family of great extent and variety, 
for which we are principally indebted to the Cape of Good 
Hope. There are many hundred species, with upward of 
eight hundred beautiful and well-marked varieties, which 
have been obtained from seed. They are of every charac- 
ter, colour, and shade, of the most vivid description. The 
easy cultivation of the Pelargonium tribe, or Geraniums, 
as they are commonly called, has rendered them very popu- 
lar ; also the agreeableness of scent and fragrance, of which 
many of them are possessed, makes them favourites. 

Their flowering season is also of considerable duration, 
especially the bright scarlet and crimson varieties, which 
bloom from March till August, which renders them quite 
indispensable in collections. Some growers complain of 
their straggling habits ; but it is only those that do not 
know how to prune them : even some of the choice kinds of 
the present day could not be made to grow irregularly — such 
AS Perfection, Rose-mimdi, Gem, Hector, and olhers; indeed, 
within these few years, the habits and beauties of the plant 
are improved a hundred-fold, and those who are only ac- 
quainted with the old sorts would be transported with a view 
of the dazzling and beauteous colony of the new sorts that 
have been procured by hybridizing those of good habit and 
character. 

The best method to adopt in impregnating these is, to 
choose the female, one that has large flowers, of easy cultiva- 
tion, and as nearly allied in character and other habits as 
possible. When a flower of the intended female is newly 
expanded, take a pair of very fine-pointed scissors, and cutoff 
the anthers before the pollen expands ; then, as soon as the 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 281 

summit of the stile divides, apply the pollen taken from the 
anthers of the intended male plant on a very fine camel hair- 
pencil, or cut out the stigma entirely, and place the anther 
on the summit of the stile, which, if correctly done, will 
have the desired effect. As soon as the seed is ripe, sow it 
in light sandy soil; and when it has come up, take care not 
to over-water the soil, which would cause them to damp off. 
When they are about one inch high, put them into small 
pots, and treat as the other varieties. Have them all dis 
tinctly marked until they flower, which will be in the se- 
cond year from the time of sowing. 

The tuberous and fleshy stemmed species are very inte- 
resting to the discriminating inquirer. Their habit and 
constitution are so peculiar, that we have frequently won- 
dered that they have not been separated into distinct genera. 
The cultivation of them is more difficult, water being very 
prejudicial to them when they are inactive. If they are 
well managed, they flower beautifully, and the colours are 
very superior and peculiar, having frequently bright green 
and purple in the same flower. 

The following list comprehends the most desirable varie- 
ties that we have seen : 

PURE WHITE, Micans, 

Modestnm, 

MARKED OR STRIPED, WITH Pictum. 
RED, PURPLE, OR CRIMSON. 

Ada, BLUSH, 

Adelina, 

Alba multiflora, marked or striped with 
Americanum, red, &c. 

Bella Donna, Admiral Codrington, 

Bellissima, Albidum, 

Duchess of Clarence, new, Amelia, 

Imogene, Captain Cook, 

Macranthum superbum, Celestia, 

24* 



282 



GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. 



[March. 



Diversum, 

Maid of Athens, F. 

LILAC, 

OF DIFFERENT SHADES. 

Don Quixote, 
Lauretta, 
Lilac perfection, 
Navarino, R., 
Obovatum. 



Francesca, 

Gazelle, 

Georginia, 

Gem, 

Phoenix, 

Pulcherrima, 

Rosinante, 

Rosette, 

Rosa mundi, 

Sir John Broughton, 

Statira, 

Tam O'Shanter, 

Wheelerii. 



PINK. 

Adansoni, 

Britannia, 

Decora, new,^ 

Fair Maria, B., 

Incarnatum superbutn, 

Lovely Anne, 

Maid of Athens, 

Miss Annesly, 

Miss Webster, B.^ 

Ontario, 

Queen of Beauties, ra^'e. 

ROSE, 

WITH DARK LINES OR SPOTS, 

Adelina, 
Amabile superb, 
Conqueror, B., 
Diomede, 
Dulcinea, new. 



RED OR SCARLET, 

SHADED WITH ORANGE, CRIM- 
SON, OR PURPLE. 

Aladdin, 
Etna, 
Filigree, 
Ne-plus-ultra, 
Perfectum, R., 
Queen Adelaide, 
Red Rover. 

BRIGHT SCARLET, 

WITH BLACK LINES OR SPOTS. 

Adonis, 
Bellianum, 
King of Scarlets. 
Lucifer, 
Macbeth, 



March.] green-house. — REPOTTiNtt. 283 

Meteor, 

Phoebus, LARGE CRIMSON, 

Rough et Noir, 

Wellington. with very dark shades. 

Belvidere, 
FINE LARGE RED, Black Rover, 

Cicero, 
WITH BLACK LINES OR SPOTS. Lord Dcnman, 

Maria Louisa, 
Admiral Nelson, Superbissimum. 

Admiral Napier, 
Agrippina, 

Bancho, LARGE CRIMSON 

Beauty of Philadelphia, B., PURPLE, 

Concessum, good, but slender, 

Dictator, with scarlet or black 

Emperor of the west, marks. 

Flagrans or Lord Yarboro, 
Hector, Black Prince, 

Hercules, Conspicuum, 

Paragon, very rare, Don Juan, 

Perfection, Dennis\ General Washington, 

Queen of Scots, General Washington, Bolls. 

Victory, Hericartianum, 

Triumph. Humea grandiflora, 

Purpurea coerulea. 

Queen Adelaide, S. 
BRIGHT PURPLE, 

with dark lines. CLOUDED or OBSCURED, 

Albion, WITH dark purple. 

Capitatum superbum, 

Lydia, African, 

Purple Perfection. Champion of Devon, 



284 



GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. 



[March. 



DARK RED. 

Augustissimun, 
Grandissima, 
Pavoninum maximum, 
Servicia. 



Densa, 

Heroine, 

Marginatum, 

Obscurum grandiflorum. 

Speculum mundi, 

Yeatmaniana. 

ROSE RED. 

VARIOUS, CURIOUS, AND FINE 

Glaucopis, SORTS. 

Hero, Bipinatifidum, 

Lord Hill, Comptonianum, 

Lord Munster, Echinatum, 

Roseland, Maculatum, 

Van Huysen. Sanguineum, 

Tricolor, 
Tricolor major. 

There are several others very recently introduced, which 
have not bloomed so as to allow us to judge of their merits; 
but their foreign characters are highly flattering. The re- 
potting of the geranium tribe should be done as early in 
the month as possible, or even about the end of last month 
would be advisable in some seasons. (Soil No. 12, with a 
little more manure.) 

Persoonias, about sixteen species of dwarf evergreen 
shrubs ; leaves oblong or lanceolate, hairy or downy ; flow- 
ers axillary and solitary ; the pots should be well drained, 
and the plants in summer protected from the sun. P. hirsii- 
ta, P. mollis, P. territifblia, and P. lucida, are the most dis- 
tinct, and grow freely. (Soil No. 6.) 

Phormium tenax, New Zealand flax lily, the only species ; 
foliage resembhng an Iris, and very thready. In New Zea- 
land and Norfolk Island the natives manufacture from this 
plant a kind of stuff like coarse linen, cordage, &c. ; the plant 
is very hardy, and we would be nowise surprised to see it 
stand the severity of our winters. It bears exposure to the 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 285 

open air in Europe in the fifty-sixth degree of north latitude. 
The flowers are said to be yellow and lily-like ; of the easi- 
est culture. (Soil No. 7.) 

Phylicas, above twenty-five species. Several of them are 
very pretty growing evergreen shrubs, and of easy culture. 
P. horizontdlis, P. squarrosa, P. imbricdta,P . myrtifblia, P. 
callbsa, P. bicolor, and P. ericoides, are all neat growing ; 
flowers small white, in heads : drain the pots well, and keep 
them in an airy situation. The foliage of several of the spe- 
cies is downy. (Soil No. 6.) 

Phaseolus caracdlla, or snail-flower, is a very curious 
blooming plant, with flowers of a greenish yellow, all spirally 
twisted, in great profusion when the plant is well grown. 
(Soil No. 12.) 

PhcBnix dactylifera, common date palm ; a plant that at- 
tains a large size, and of rather a rugged appearance ; its fruit 
is the common well known dale. (Soil No. 12.) 

Pimeleas, about fourteen species. Most of them are high- 
ly esteemed, and are not often seen in our collections. P. 
decussdta is the finest of the genus, both in foliage and flow- 
ers, which are red, and in large terminal clusters; P. hispiduy 
P. rosea, P. linifblia, P. spicdta, and P. drwpdcea, are all 
fine species. The latter has the largest foliage, which is 
ovate and acuminate ; berry-bearing. They should be well 
drained. They are very small evergreen shrubs, with white, 
red, or pink flowers. (Soil No. 6.) 

Pistdcias, seven species of trees, principally of the south 
of Europe. There is nothing particular in their appearance, 
except their productions in their native country. P. tere- 
binthus is deciduous, and produces the Cyprus turpentine. 
P. lentiscus is the true mastich tree, which is obtained by 
cutting transverse incisions in the bark. P. vera and P. re- 
ticulata are good species; leaves pinnated; leaflets ovate, lan- 
ceolate ; easily cultivated. (Soil No. 2.) 

Pittosporums, about nine species, with handsome foliage, 
and small white flowers in clusters, which are fragrant. P. 



286 GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. [MarcJl. 

tohira is a native of China, and nearly hardy ; leaves lucid, 
obovate, obtuse, and smooth : there is a beautiful variegated 
variety of it. P. undulatum, P. cnriaccum, P. revoliitum, 
P.fidvum, and P. fcrrugineum, are very ornanneiital ever- 
greens, and will grow with the nnost simple treatment. (Soil 
No. 13.) 

Plati/lohiums, Flat Pea, four species of fine free-flowering 
plants ; flowers leguminose ; colour yellow. P.formbsum, 
P. ovatum, and P. triangulare, are the best ; the foliage of 
the former two is cordate, ovate ; the latter hastate, with 
spiny angles. (Soil No. 6.) 

Plumbagos, Lead-wort. There are only two species of 
any consequence belonging to the green-house, P. tristis and 
P. capensis. The former is a shy flowerer, but the latter 
flowers freely ; colour beautiful light blue, and flowers in 
spikes ; foliage oblong, entire, and a little glaucous ; of very 
easy culture, and continues in bloom a considerable time. 
(Soil No. 1.) 

Podahjrias, about fourteen species of pretty Cape shrubs; 
foliage oblong, obovate, and silky-like ; the flowers legumi- 
nose ; colour blue or pink. P. sericea, P. styracifdlia, P. 
cortiscans, P. argcntea, P. liparioides, and P. subhiforo, are 
the finest and most distinct species, and flower abundantly. 
(Soil No. 6.) 

Proteus, about forty-four species. The foliage of this ge- 
nus is very diversified ; flowers very large, terminal ; sta- 
mens protected by an involucrum ; many-leaved and imbri- 
cated ; which is very persistent. P. cynnroides has the 
largest flower, which is purple, green, and red. P. speciosa, 
P. umbonulis, once P. longijlolia, P. melaleilca, P. grandijib- 
ra, P. coccinea, P. cenocarpa, P. pdllens, P.formbsa, P. 
magmfica, P. speciosa rubra, and P. mellifcra, will afi"ord a 
very good variety. Tt is almost impossible to describe their 
true colour, it being so various ; red, white, straw, brown, 
green, and purple, are most predominant, and frequently to 
be seen in the same flower. The plants must be well drained; 



March.] OREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. 287 

and during warm weather be careful that they are not ne- 
glected in water, for if they are suffered to droop, they sel- 
dom recover. For this reason the pots ought not to stand 
in the strong sun ; the plants can bear it, but to the roots it 
is injurious. (Soil No. 9.) 

Fultenceas, aho\it forty species, pretty little dwarf grow- 
ing shrubs of New South Wales ; flowers small, leguminose, 
all yellow, with a little red outside of the petals. P. suhum- 
helluta, P. villbsa, P. ohcordata, P. argentea, P. plumbsa, P. 
jlexilis, shining leaved, fragrant; P. Candida, and P. stricta, 
are all fine species, and esteemed in collections. The leaves 
are all small ; they require an airy exposure, and the pots 
drained. (Soil No. 6.) 

Rliodochiton voluhile, or Lophospemum rhodochiton: this 
is a very fine climbing plant, with large tubular dark brown 
flowers, blooming from July to October ; it is of rapid growth, 
and may yet prove to be an excellent plant for the flower- 
garden. The plant must have frequent repottings to make 
it grow rapidly, for the finer it grows the more profuse will 
it flower. (Soil No. 12.) 

Rhododendrons, (Rose tree,) a magnificent genus, and 
contains some of the most superb and gigantic plants that 
adorn the green-house. At present the most admired is 
R. arboreum with its varieties. It has deep crimson 
flowers, with dark spots and flakes can)panulated, and in 
large clusters ; leaves lanceolate, acute, rough, and silvery 
beneath. R. arboreum album is very rare. R. arboreum 
superbum, flowers same shape as arboreum, colour bright 
rosy scarlet ; foliage one-third larger, but not silvery beneath ; 
grows freely, and generally thought the finest variety. R. 
arbbrea dlte-Cldrence is also very superb. R. arbor ea Rus- 
selidnum, pictum, venusium, guttdtum, tigrinum, are all very 
distinct ; but there are so many other varieties from seed that 
they will soon be so much amalgamated, that the named sorts 
will not be distinguished. A green-house without some of 
the choice varieties of this plant, is deficient of a flower 



288 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

whose beauty and grandeur is beyond the highest imagina- 
tion. It is a native of Nepaul in India, and, when found by 
Dr. Wallach, awakened the ambition of every cuhivator and 
connoisseur in Europe.* There are several other species 
lately brought from that country, which are highly valued : 
the species are, R.campanulatum,R. anthopbgon, and R.cin- 
nmnomum. They are rarely seen in oiir collections, but a 
few years will make them more plentiful. Their beauty of 
flower is beyond description. The pots should be well 
drained, and if they are large, put several pieces of sandy 
stones or poishreds around the side, for the fine fibres delight 
to twine about such, being mountainous plants. When 
growing, give copious waterings at the root. For young 
plants, (Soil No. 6.) And for blooming plants use one por- 
tion of leaf mould. 

RoeUas, pretty leafy shrubs, with blue terminals funnel- 
shaped flowers, lip-spreading ; R. cilHata, R. spicata, and R. 
pedvnculata, are the finest of the genus. The pots must be 
well drained, and care taken that they are not over-watered. 
(Soil No. 6.) 

Salvia (Sage) is an extensive genus of soft-wooded, 
shrubby, or herbaceous plants ; very few of them do well 
in the green-house, and many of them are very trifling, having 
no other attraction than the flower ; and those of the tender 
species, when compared with S.fulgens, S. splendens, S. 
cmidea, and 5'. involucrata, (which in artificial climates con- 
stitute the standard of the genus.) are not worth cultivation. 
The best method to adopt with the summer flowering kinds 
is, to plant them in the garden in May : they will grow strong 
and flower abundantly, and in the fall they can be lifted, and 
preserved during winter in pots. They neither grow nor 
flower so well as when plaiUed out, and even a slip planted 
in the ground in moist weather will root in a few days, grow, 



♦ Mr. Hogg, the eminent horticulturist of New Yorit, raised the first plant 
of arboreum from seed in England. 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 289 

and flower in a few weeks. S. spUndens is the best to se- 
lect for the purpose. Colour red or blue in spiked whorls. 
All will grow easily wiih encouragement. (Soil No. 12.) 

Scbilias,\\\Tee. species of valuable plants; S . de,ntata,W\i\x 
rosyleguminose blossoms; leaves opposite, ovate, acuminate, 
serrate ; .S. angustifblia has brown flowers; S. trapeziformus, 
leaves ovate, acute, serrulate. We do not know the colour 
of Its flowers ; the pots must be well drained, and the plants 
kept in the warmest part of the green-house, and near the 
light. (Soil No. 6.) 

Senecios. Some species of this genus are pestiferous 
weeds all over the world. They are even found near the 
limits of perpetual snow, where neither tree nor shrub is 
able to rear its head, and yet there are a few species that are 
neat lutle plants, and are worthy of a situation, namely — S. 
grandijlbius, S. v enus ties, Sii)d S. cinerdscens,\\hh the double 
while, purple, and red variety of »b\ elegans. The last three 
varieties are free flowering, but if allowed to grow several 
years, they become unsightly. Being very easily propa- 
gated, a few cuttings of them should be put in, in September, 
and in two weeks they will strike root, when they may be 
put in pots to keep through the winter, and then planted in 
the garden, continuing to renew them. The other men- 
tioned species should be frequently done the same way. Do 
not keep them damp during winter, or they will rot off. 
Give iliem an airy exposure. (Soil No. 12.) 

oullya heterophyUa : a good climbing plant with bright 
blue clusters of drooping flowers ; it is a native of California, 
and will prove a hardy plant south of latitude 36". (Soil 
No. 4.) 

S/ arrmdnnias are strong-growing green-house shrubs. 
S. africdna is a plant very common in our collections, with 
large iliree-lobed cordate leaves, hairs on both sides ; flowers 
from March to July. S. rugosa. The leaves are rugged; 
flowers of both are white, in a kind of corymb, supported by 
a long footstalk ; buds drooping, flowers erect. There is ^ 

25 



290 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [Mttfch. 

plant known in our collections as the free-flowering Sparr^ 
mdnniay (which is Entelia arborescens,) and is easily distin- 
guished from Sparrmdnnia by the leaves being cordaiC; 
acuminate, and otherwise, by all its filaments being fertile, 
and the flowers more branching, and blooming from No- 
vember to June, profusely ; very easily cultivated, and desi- 
rable. (Soil No. 12.) 

Sphceroldbiums, only two species of leafless plants, with 
yellow and red leguminose flowers, which proceed from the 
young shoots. 6'. vimineum and S. medium. They flower 
freely, and are easily cultivated. The old wood should be 
frequently cut out where it is practicable. Drain the pots. 
(Soil No.b.) 

Sprengelia incarndta,\he only species, a very prelty plant, 
allied to Epacris; foliage acuminate, embracing the siem ; 
flowers small pink, bearded, and in close spikes ; grows free- 
ly. The pots must be well drained, and the plants, when 
dormant, watered sparingly ; for if they get sodden about 
the roots, they very seldom recover. (Soil No. 6.) 

Strelitzia, or queen plant : a genus of fine plants belonging 
to the natural order of Musacea. S. regince, S. ovdta, and 
S. humilis, are the most free and beautiful flowering species, 
and are very similar, except in habit. The flower stalk is 
from one to two feet long, producing about five flowers of a 
bright yellow, having a large blue stigma, which forms a 
distinct contrast. S.juncea and S.parvijlbra are also desi- 
rable species, but are more rare than ihe former, which ought 
to be in every green-house. (Soil No. 19.) 

Streptocarpus rhexii, a free-blooming dwarf plant, of easy 
culture in soil No. 4. 

Styliaiu?n, six species of pretty htlle plants, with small 
linear leaves, and remarkable for the singidar elasticity of 
the style or column, which, when the flower is newly ex- 
panded, lays to one side, and, on being touched with a pin, 
stalls with violence to the opposite side. S.grarii 171 /folium. 
S.fruticdsu7n, S. laricifblium, and S. adndt.um, arc all free- 



I 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 291 

flowering; flowers in spii^es, very small ; colour light and 
dark pink ; blooms from April to July. S. adnatum is half 
herbaceous, and should, when growing, be kept nigh the 
glass, or it will be drawn, and the flowers become of a pale 
colour. They are all of easy cultivation. Soil No. 10.) 

Styphelias, seven species of very showy flowers, with mu- 
cronate leaves; corolla in long tubular form, having several 
bundles of hairs in it ; segments reflex and bearded. »S. tuhi- 
jlbra, crimson, S.tnjlora, crimson and green, S.adscendenst 
and S. longijlbra, are beautiful species. They grow freely 
and should be well drained, as too much water is very hurt- 
ful to them. In summer they ought not to be much exposed 
to the hot sun, or the foliage will become brown. (Soil No. 6.) 

Sutherlandiafrutescens, very similar to Sioansbnia ; flow- 
ers fine scarlet. (Soil No. 2.) 

Swainsbnas, four species of free-flowering, soft-wooded 
shrubs, natives of New South Wales. S , galigifblia, S. co- 
ronillcefblia, and <S'. astragalifblia,are red, purple, and white ; 
leguminose flowers in spikes from the axils, are of easy cul- 
ture, and deserving of a situation ; the foliage is pinnate ; 
leaflets ovate, acute. (Soil No. 2.) 

Tecbma is a genus of beautiful flowering plants, separated 
from Bignbnia. They are of easy culture and desirable ia 
all collections, T. capensis has bright orange flowers in 
large clusters, and very profuse on large plants. T. austrU' 
lis, know as Bignbnia pandbra, has while and pink flowers 
in great profusion. T.jesminoides is quite a new plant, pro- 
ducing very large clusters of white flowers with a bright 
pink centre; it is a charming plant for climbing, and the fo- 
liage is of a very agreeable shining green. The plants re- 
quire encouragement. (Soil No. 10.) 

Templetonia, a very pretty genus, containing only two 
species. T. retiisa is an erect growing shrub, with wedge- 
shaped green leaves. T. glduca, leaves glaucous, blunt, and 
a little apiculate ; flowers of both scarlet. They are legumi- 
nose plants of free growth, and should be well drained ; 
blooming from April to June. (Soil No. 6.) 



292 GREEN-HOUSE. REPOTTING. [Murck. 

Telopea speciosissimus is the only species, and was once 
chWed Embothrium speciosissimus . It is now called Telopea 
in allusion to the brilliant crintison flowers, which, from their 
large size, are seen at a great distance, and which render it 
one of the nnost conspicuous productions of New South 
Wales. The leaves are oblong, deeply toothed, veiny, and 
smooth ; wood strong; flower ovate, connate, and terminal, 
and of considerable duration. There ought to be a specimen 
of it in every collection. The pots must be well drained, 
and the plant in the extreme heat of summer not too much 
exposed to the sun. Very scarce. (Soil No. 19.) 

Testudinaria, Elephant's foot, or Hottentot's bread, two 
species, remarkable for their appearance. The root or bulb, 
if it may be so called, is of a conical shape, and divided into 
transverse sections. Those of one foot diameter are com- 
puted to be one hundred and fifty years of age. It is a 
climbing herbaceous plant, with entire reniforme leaves of 
no beauty ; flowers small ; colour green. The pots must be 
well drained, for when the plant is inactive, it is in danger 
of suffering from moisture, and ought not to get any water. 
T. elephdntiphes and T. montana are the species, natives of 
the Cape of Good Hope, and require the warmest part of the 
house. (Soil No. 10.) 

Thea : a genus celebrated over the known world as fur- 
nishing the domestic drug called Tea. C. vh'idis and C. 
bohea are said to be the species which supply the tea. Some 
have asserted that there is only one shrub used, but by exa- 
mination it may be easily perceived that there are leaves of 
various shape and texture, some of them similar to C. sasan- 
qua. Dr. Abel gives an explicit detail of the growing and 
manufacturing process of tea, from which, in compliment to 
our fair patrons, we give a few extracts : 

*' The tea districts of China extend from the twenty-se- 
venth to the thirty-first degree of north latitude. It seems 
to succeed best on the sides of mountains. The soils from 
which I collected the best specimens consisted chiefly of 
sand-stone, schistus, or granite. The plants are raised from 



March.] GREEN-HOUSE.— REPOTTING. 293 

seeds sown where they are to remain. Three or more are 
dropped into a hole four or five inches deep ; these come up 
wiihout farther trouble, and require little culture, except that 
of removing weeds, till the plants are three years old. The 
more careful stir the soil, and some manure it, but the latter 
practice is seldom adopted. The third year the leaves are 
gathered, at three successive gatherings, in Febuary, April, 
and June, and so on until the bushes become stunted or slow 
in their growth, wliich generally happens in from six to ten 
years. They are then cut in to encourage the production 
of fresh roots. 

" The gathering of the leaves is performed with care and 
selection. The leaves are plucked off one by one : at the 
first gathering only the unexpanded and lender are taken ; 
at the second those that are full-grown ; and at the third the 
coarsest. The first forms what is called in Europe imperial 
tea; but, as to the oiher names by which tea is known, the Chi- 
nese know nothing ; and the compounds and names are sup- 
posed to be made and given by the merchants at Canton, 
who, from the great number of varieties brought to them, 
have an ample opportunity of doing so. Formerly it was 
thought that green tea was gathered exclusively from C. vi- 
rilis ; but that now is doubtful, though it is certain that I here 
is what is called the green tea district and black tea district ; 
and the varieties grown in the one district differ from those 
of the other. I was told by competent persons that either 
of the two plants will afford the black or green tea of the 
shops, but that the broad thin leaved plant (C. viridis) is 
preferred for making the green tea 

"The tea leaves being gathered, are cured in houses which 

contain from five to twenty small furnaces, about three feet 

high each, having at top a large flat iron pan. There is also 

a long low table covered with mats, on which the leaves are 

laid, and rolled by workmen, who sit round it : the iron pan. 

being heated to a certain degree, by a little fire made in the 

furnace underneath, a few pounds of the fresh-gathered leaves 

25* 



294 GREEN-HOUSE. — KEPOTTiNG. [March, 

are put upon the pan ; the fresh and juicy leaves crack when 
they touch the pan, and it is the business of the operator to 
shift thetn as quickly as possible, with his bare hands, till 
they cannot be easily endured. At this instant he takes off 
the leaves with a kind of shovel resembling a fan, and pours 
them on the mats before the rollers, who, taking small quan- 
tities at a time, roll them in the palm of their hands in one 
direction, while others are fanning them, that they may cool 
the more speedily, and retain their curl the longer. This 
process is repeated two or three times, or oftener, before the 
tea is put into the stores, in order that all the moisture of the 
leaves may be thoroughly dissipated, and their curl more 
completely preserved. On every repetition the pan is less 
heated, and the operation performed more closely and cau- 
tiously. The tea is then seperated into the different kinds> 
and deposited in the store for domestic use or exportation. 

"The different sorts of black and green arise not merely 
from soil, situation, or the age of the leaf; but after winnow- 
ing the tea, the leaves are taken up in succession as they fall; 
those nearest the machine, being the heaviest, are the gun- 
powder tea ; the light dust the worst, being chiefly used by 
the lower classes. That which is brought down to Canton 
then undergoes a second roasting, winnowing, packing, &c., 
and many hundred women are employed for these purposes.'* 
Kaempfer asserts that a species of Camellia as well as Olea 
Frdgrans is used to give it a high flavour. 

Tascbnia pinnatistipula, a plant much resembling aPas- 
siflora, both in flower and habits. When planted into the 
ground, and trained up the rafters of the green-house, it makes 
a pretty appearance with its profusion of rosy blush-coloured 
flowers. (Soil No. 13.) 

Tropceolum, a genus of generally delicate growing plants, 
principally from South America. They require nicety of 
treatment to bloom them well, unless a large bulb can be 
procured, when it may be planted in a seven-inch pot, and 
will then flower without farther care by training their deli- 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 295 

cate shoots on a wire trellis, or small twigs of branches stuck 
in the pots. T. U'icolorum, T tricolbrum superbu7n, and 
T. pentapJiyllum, have beautiful scarlet flowers marked with 
yellow and black, and are superb and lovely when in bloom. 
T. brachysares and T. tuberosum have yellow flowers ; the 
roots of the latter are considered a good vegetable. (Soil 
No. 10.) 

Trevirania coccinea has a scaly tuberous root, and re- 
quires the pots to be kept entirely dry during winter : in this 
month they should be taken from the old soil and planted 
into fresh, giving gentle waterings till they begin to grow. 
The flowers are bright scarlet, blooming freely from July 
to October. (Soil No. 10.) 

Verbena. The beauty of the green-house in spring, and 
the flower-garden in summer, is greatly augmented by the 
late introduction of this lovely family of perpetual flowering 
plants. There are among them every shade of colour, from 
the richest scarlet to the purest white, and, in addition to the 
beauty and profusion of iheir flowers, several of them are 
exquisitely scented. V. chamcedryfdlia, or melindres, was 
the first scarlet species introduced, and it is yet pretty. V. 
Tweediana, bright crimson. V. incesa, rose. V. Eyreixna, 
bright pink. V. alba, white sweet-scented. V. arraniana, 
bright bluish purple. V. intermedia, rosy crimson with 
lilac centre. V. grandijlbra, bright red. V. sulpliurea, 
sulphur yellow. These varieties and species require very 
little water during winter, and should be kept on a dry airy 
shelf till February, when the pots may be enlarged, except 
those intended for the garden, which can be planted out about 
the middle of April. Cuttings of the young shoots, placed 
in sandy soil and covered with a glass, will root in a few 
weeks. The whole family should be industriously collected 
and cultivated ; for truly we are not acquainted with a tribe 
of plants that will give as much satisfaction with as little 
cost and trouble : they naturally grow on hills and elevated 
plains, so that they must not be kept wet. (Soil No. 9.) 



296 GREEN HOUSE. — REPOTTING. \Maich. 

Viminaria denudata, the only species. This plant i* 
remarkable for its twiggy appearance, but it has no foliage, 
except when growing from seed. It has at the extreniiiy of 
the twigs or shoots an ovate, lanceolate leaf, disappearing 
when the plant grows old; the flowers are small, yellow, 
coming out of the young shoots, to the astonishment of the 
beholder. It grows freely. (Soil No, 6.) 

Viburnums. A few of these are very ornamental ever- 
green shrubs, and almost hardy, V. tinus is tlie well known 
Laurestine, (or what is commonly called Laureslinus,) is of 
the easiest culture; flowers small white, and in large flattened 
panicles ; blooming from February to May, and universally 
esteemed. It will stand the winter by a little protection, 
but the flower buds being formed in the fall, the intense frost 
destroys them ; consequently, it will not flower finely, 
except it be protected from severe frost. F. lucidum 
is a good species, and superior in flower and foliage to the 
former, but does not flower so freely when the plants are 
small. When they grow large, they flower profusely. 
There is a desirable variegated variety. V. odoratissimum 
has smooth, evergreen, oblong, elliptic, distantly toothed 
leaves, and frequently a stripe in them, is sweet-scented, but 
not a free floweier. V. liirsutum has flowers similar to the 
above ; foliage ovate, with rough brown hairs on both sides, 
and very characteristic. V. strictum variagatiim is a very 
fine variety, and upright growing. These plants are all very 
desirable, blooming early in spring, and continuing for seve- 
ral tiionihs; all easily cultivated, (Soil No, 17,) 

Westringias, a genus of four species, very like the com- 
mon Rosemary. W. rosmarimfbrmis, leaves lanceolate, 
and silvery beneath ; W. longifbJia is similar ; both have 
small silvery white flowers, and are easily cultivated, (Soil 
No, 2,) 

WitshniaSy four species. W. corymhbsa is a plant that 
has stood in high estimation ever since it was known, but, 
unfortunately, there is a very inferior plant. Aristea cy- 



March.] green-house. — repotting. 297 

aneo, got into our collections under that name. The pani- 
cles of W. corymbbsa is quite smooth ; those of Aristea are 
hairy, which is itself sufficient to detect thenn ; but otherwise 
the appearance of W. corymbosa is much stronger and more 
erect growing, not inclining to push at the roots so much as 
Aristea. The foliage is lanceolate and araplexicaule, the 
leaves having much the nature and appearance of Iris. The 
plant is of easy culture, and blooms from July to November; 
colour fine blue. W. rambsa is a very fine species, similar 
to ihe above; flowers yellow and blue; plant branching. 
(Soil No. 8.) 

Yiicca aloefolia and its beautiful variety varieguta are de- 
sirable plants. They do not bloom till they have grown to 
considerable size ; but still they make a decided contrast 
among other plants ; the flowers are white and produced on 
terminal spikes. (Soil No. 11.) 

Zamias, about twenty species, eight of which belong to 
this compartment. The foliage is greatly admired, and is 
in large fronds, with oblique, lanceolate leaflets. Several of 
them glaucous. They bear headsof flowers of a brown colour 
in the centre of the plants, very like large pine cones. Z. 
liorrida, the finest, Z.pungens, Z. spiralis, and Z.latifblia, 
are the most conspicuous. They must be kept in the warm- 
est part of the green-house ; and give them large well-drained 
pots, watering sparingly during winter. They are imported 
from the Cape of Good Hope. (Soil No. 11.) All the 
plants herein named requiring to be drained, in preparing 
the pots, place first a piece of broken pot, oyster-shell, or 
any similar substitute, with the convex side on the hole of 
the pot, and then put in a few, or a handful, (according to 
the size of the pot,) of shivers of broken pots, or round gra- 
vel about the size of garden beans. Those that we have 
mentioned in this Repotting, as to be done in this or begin- 
ning of next month, is not intended to apply to plants in ge- 
neral, large and small, but to those that are young, and re- 
quire encouragement, or to those that were not shifted last 



298 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [March. 

autumn. The rools must not be diaturbed, but llie ball 
turned out entire ; and put as much earth as will raise the 
ball within about half an inch of the rim of the pot. Press 
the earth down around it with a thin narrow piece of wood, 
called a potting stick, frequently shaking it that no vacancy 
may be left. If the roots are rotten, or otherwise injured, 
take all such off. If this be the case, the plant will be sick- 
ly. Give it a new pot of a smaller size, administering water 
moderately until there are visible signs of fresh growth. 
The plants must not be disturbed while flowering; let ihe 
repotting be done afterward. Plants are, at certain stages, 
if in good health, in a state that no one can err in shiftmg 
them when desirous to hasten their growth. Those plants 
that make two or more growths during the summer may be 
repotted in the interim of any of these growths, and all 
others just before they begin to push in the spring ; that is, 
when the wood buds are perceptibly swelled. Never satu- 
rate with water fresh-potted plants. There are many kinds 
that, without injury, can be repotted when growing. When 
done potting, tie all up neatly with stakes rather higher than 
the plant, that the new shoots may be tied thereto during 
the summer, to prevent them from being destroyed by 
the wind. There may be many that do not require re- 
potting, but would be benefited by a lop-dressing. This 
should be done by probing off all the surface earth down to 
the roots, replacing it with fresh compost, suitable to the 
nature of the plant. 

When the above is done, arrange all the plants in proper 
order, and syringe them clean ; but if there are any of the 
green-fly, they must be fumigated previous to syringing. 
The pavement of the house should be cleanly and neatly 
swept every day, and washed at least once a week. Thus, 
every part of the house will be in order before the hurry of 
the garden commences. 



March.] green-house. — of enarching, &c. 299 



OF ENARCHING OR GRAFTING BY APPROACH. 

In this method of grafting the scion is not separated from 
the parent plant until it is firmly united with the stock; con- 
sequenily, they must stand contiguously. We intend the 
following method to apply directly to Camellias, as they are 
the principal plants in the green-house that are thus worked. 
The criterion for the operation is about the first of March 
or June. Place the stock contiguous to the plant where the 
graft or enarch is to taken from. If the branches, where 
the intended union is to take place, do not grow at equal 
heights, a slight stage may be erected to elevate the lower 
pot. Take the branch that is to be enarched, (the wood of 
last year is the most proper,) and bring it in contact with 
the stock; mark the parts where they are to unite, so as to 
form a pointed arch. In that part of the branch which is to 
rest against the stock, pare off the bark and part of the wood 
to about two or three inches in length, and in the side of the 
slock wliich is to receive the graft do the same, that the in- 
side rind of each may be exactly opposite, which is the first 
part where a union will take place. Bind them firmly and 
neatly together with strands of Russia malting, and protect 
the joint from the air by a coat of close composition; clay of 
the consistency of thick paint, turpentine, or wax, will equal- 
ly answer. Fuiish by fastening the grafted branch to the 
head of ihe slock or a rod. Many practitioners make a slit 
or tongue into the enarch and stock, but we find it unneces- 
sary, more tedious, and likewise more danger in breaking. 
Camellias are also grafted and budded, but these two opera- 
tions require great experience and continued attention, and 
seldom prove so successful as enarching. When they have 
perfectly taken, which will be in from three to four months, 
begin to separate them by cutting the scion a little at three 
different periods, about a week apart, separating it at the 
third time. If the head is intended to be taken off the stock, 



300 GREEN HOUSE. — WATERING. [April. 

do it in like manner. By the above method, many kinds 
can be grown on the same stock. The same plan applies to 
all evergreens. 



APRIL. 



Regarding the shifting or repotting of plants, the direc- 
tions given last month may be followed. If the plants that 
require it are not shifted, get them done as soon as possible, 
Those that were repotted last month will have taken fresh 
root in the new soil, and the advantage will soon be percep- 
tible. In order to strengthen the plants, and keep them 
from becoming drawn and spindly, admit large portions of 
air every mild day. Indeed there will be very few days in 
this month that a little air may not be given, always ob- 
serving to divide the quantity regularly over the house, in 
cool nights closing in time. About the end of the month an 
abundance of air is indispensable, leaving the sashes and 
doors open every mild night, that the plants may be inured 
to the open exposure they will have in a few weeks. 

WATERING. 

As the season advances and vegetation increases, the wa- 
terings will require to be more copious and more frequent. 
Look over all plants minutely every day, and with judicious 
care supply their wants. Those that arc of a soft shrubby 
nature, and in a free-growing state, will require a larger por- 
tion at one time than those of a hard texture, which may 
only want it every two or three days. The weather and 
situation, in some instances, may require a modification of 
these directions. Plants in general will not suffer so soon 
from being a little dry as from being over-watered. The 



April.] GREEN-HOUSE. ORANGES, &C. 30l 

health and beauty of the foliage of the plants may be much 
improved by syringing them freely three evenings in the 
week, except in moist weather, when it ought not to be done. 
The ravages of many insects also will be retarded, especially 
mildew and red spider, which will be entirely destroyed. 
If the red spider is on any of the plants particularly, take 
them aside evening and morning, and give them a good 
dashing with water through the syringe. Where there is 
mildew, after syringing the plant, dust it on the affected 
parts with flour of sulphur, and set them for a few days 
where they will be sheltered from the wind, after which 
wash off the sulphur. If the cure is not complete, renew the 
dose. Always sweep out and dry up the water in the house 
when any is spilt. The succulent plants will be in want of 
a little water about once a week, but do not overwater them, 
as there is not heat enough to absorb much moisture. If the 
soil is damp, it is quite sufficient. 



ORANGES, LEMONS, &c., 

Will, in many instances, about the end of this month, be 
showing flowers or flower buds. They must, under these 
circumstances, have plenty of air to prevent them from fall- 
ing off when entirely exposed. The reason that we see so 
much fine blossom falling to the ground where the trees are 
brought out of the house in May, is from the confinement 
ihey have had. Where there is a convenience of giving air 
from the back of the green-house, il should always be given 
in mild days, especially in those houses that have a recess 
back from the top of the sashes, for even if the sashes are let 
down every day, still the house will not be properly venti- 
lated. Any plants that are sickly and intended to be planted 
in the garden next month to renovate their growth, may be 
cut back (if not already done) as far as is required to give 
the tree a handsome form, taking care not to cut below the 

26 



302 GREEN-HOUSE. — MYRTLES, &C. [April. 

graft or inoculation. Let the operation be done with a fine 
saw and .sharp knife, smoothing the amputations that are 
made by the saw ; and if they are large, put a little well- 
made clay over the wound, to prevent the air from injuring 
it. Bees'-wax and turpentine is preferable to clay, not being 
subject to crack or fall off by the vv'eather. 

If there are any Lag erstrcemias, Pome granule, or Hydran- 
geas in the cellar, they should be brought out about the first 
of the month, and planted in their respective situations. 
Give the Hydiansea a very shady spot. It does not require 
much sun, provided it has plenty of air, and do not plant it 
into soil that has been lately manured. A large plant must 
have great supplies of water in dry weather. If the plant is 
very thick, the oldest branches may be thinned out, but do 
not cut out any of the young shoots, as they contain the 
embryo of the flower. Lagerstrcemias will flower abundantly 
without pruning, but, to have fine large spikes of flowers, 
cut in the wood of last year to about three eyes from the 
wood of the preceding year : by this they will be much finer. 
Pomegranates will only require a little of the superfluous 
wood cut out. Perhaps some of them may be desired to 
flower in pot or tubs during summer: the balls will admit 
of being much reduced, and by this a pot or tub very little 
larger will do for them. Do not give much water until they 
begin to grow. 

MYRTLES AND OLEANDERS. 

If any of these have grown irregularly, and are not head- 
ed down or otherwise pruned, as directed last monlli, it 
should now be done. Oleanders are very subject to the 
while scaly insect, and, before the heal of summer begins, 
they should be completely cleansed. This insect is likewise 
found on Myrtles, which are worse to clean, and ought to be 
minutely examined twice every year. We have observed the 
red spider on these shrubs, which makes the foliage brown 



April.] GREEN-IIOUSE. — GERANIUMS. 303 

and unsightly. If it is detected in time, syringing is an ef- 
fectual remedy. 



GERANIUMS. 

These will now begin to flower, and the sun will greatly 
deteriorate their rich colours where they are near the glass 
with a southern aspect. The glass should be white-washed, or 
covered with thin muslin, which will cast a light shade over 
them, and prolong the duration of the bloom ; but if they are 
above five feet from the glass, shading is not requisite. The 
strong kinds will be growing very luxuriantly, and require 
liberal supplies of water. When syringing, do not sprinkle 
the flowers, as it would make the colours intermingle with 
each other, and cause them to decay prematurely. If they 
have been properly attended to in that respect, it may be 
dispensed with after they have come in flower. 

Cape Bulbs. Those that flowered late in autumn, as soon, 
as the foliage begins to decay, may be set aside, and the wa- 
ter withheld by degrees. When the foliage is entirely gone, 
and the roots dry, clear them from the earth, and after lay- 
ing exposed in the shade for a few days to dry, pack them 
up in dry moss, with tlieir respective names attached, until 
August, when they may be again potted. Treat those that 
are in flower the same as directed in last month. 

Dutch Roots. All the species and varieties of these that 
have been kept in the green-house during the winter, will now 
be done flowering ; the water should be withdrawn gradually 
from them ; and then the pots turned on their sides to ripen 
the bulbs. Or, a superior method is, where there is the con- 
venience of a garden, to select a bed not much exposed. 
Turn the balls out of the pots and plant them ; the roots will 
ripen better this way than any other. Have them correctly 
marked, that no error may take place. They can be lifted 
with the other garden bulbs. 



304 GREEN-HOUSE. — INSECTS. [Api'll. 



FLOWERING PLANTS. 

The best situation for most plants while in flower is, where 
they are shaded from the sun and fully exposed to the air. 
Primroses, both European and Chinese, flower best, and the 
colours are finest, when the plants are in the front of the 
house, and entirely shaded. The Chinese Azaleas and Rho- 
dodendrons require, while in flower, a similar situation. 
Have all the shoots tied naturally to neat rods, and keep 
them clear from others by elevating them on empty pots, or 
any other subtitute. See that there are no insects upon them ; 
W they make a miserable contrast with flowers. The CaLla 
(Bthiopica should stand in water when in bloom, and even 
before flowering they will be much strengthened by it. 



INSECTS. 

Insects will, on some plants, be very perplexing. The 
weather may admit of those that are infected to be taken out 
of doors, and put into a frame in any way that is most con- 
venient. Fumigating them about fifteen minutes, if the day 
is calm, will be sufficient; but if windy, they will take half 
an hour. When done, syringe them wel 1, and put them in 
their respective situations. By the above method, the house 
will not be made disagreeable with the fumes of tobacco. 

Tie up neatly all the climbing plants. Keep those that 
are running up the rafters of the house close to the longitu- 
dinal wires. As previously observed, running plants should 
not be taken across the house, except in some instances 
where it can be done over the pathway, otherwise it shades 
the house to much. Clear off" all decayed leaves and all 
contracted foulness, that the house and plants may in this 
month have an enlivening aspect, as it is undoubtedly one of 
the most interesting seasons of the year in the green-house. 



May.] GREEN-HOUSE. FLOWERING PLANTS. 305 



FLOWERING STOCKS. 

Those that have been kept in the green-house, or in frames, 
should be planted into beds or the borders, where they will 
seed belter than if kept in the pots. The method generally 
adopted is, to select the plants that are intended for seed ; 
plant the different kinds distinctly and separately ; then take 
a few double flowering plants of each kind, which plant 
round their respective single varieties that are to be kept for 
seed. Whenever any of the colours sport, that is, become 
spotted or striped with other colours, plant such by them- 
selves, for ihey will soon degenerate the whole, and ought 
never to be seen in collections that have any pretensions to 
purity. Many have been the plans recommended as the 
best for saving and growing from seed the double varieties 
of German slock. In every method we have tried we have 
been successful and unsuccessful ; although we generally 
practise planting the double kinds beside the single, where 
ihey are intended for seed. We have no scientific reason 
for it ; not seeing what influence these monsters of flowers 
can have over a flower where the male and female organs 
are perfect ; which in these are wanting. Some say that 
the semi-double sorts are best : we have likewise found ihena 
both abortive and fruitful in the desired results. 



MAY. 



About the first of the month all the small half hardy plants 
may be taken out of the green-house, and those that are left 
will be more benefited by a freer circulation of air, which 
will enure them to exposure. The Geraniums ought to 

26* 



306 GREEN-HOUSE. — WATERING, &.C, [May- 

Stand perfectly clear of other plants, while in flower and 
growing, or they will be much drawn and spindly. 

WATERING. 

We have advanced so much on this subject, another ob- 
servation is not necessary; except as to succulents, which are 
frequently over-watered about this period. Before they be- 
gin to grow, once a week is sufficient. 

OF BRINGING OUT THE GREEN-HOUSE PLANTS. 

Those trees or plants of Orange, Lemon, Myrtle, Neriiim, 
&c., that were headed down with the intention of planting 
them into the garden, to renovate their growth, should be 
brought out and planted in the situations intended for them. 
A good light rich soil will do for either, and the balls of 
earth might be a little reduced, that, when they are lifted, 
they might go into the same pot or tub, or perhaps a less 
one. This being done, the plants, generally in a calm day 
from the 12th to the 18th of the month, should be taken out, 
carrying them directly to a situation partially shaded from the 
sun, and protected from the wind. Jn regard to a situation best 
adapted for them during summer, see hot-house this month, 
which will equally apply to green-house plants. All Prim- 
roses and Polyanthus delight in shade. The reason of so 
many plants of the D. odbra* dying, is from the effects of the 
sun and water. We keep them always in the green-house. 



♦ On examining these plants, when the first appearance of decay affected 
them, the decayed part was without exception at the surface of the soil, 
which was completely mortified, while the lop and roots were apparently 
fresh. This led us to conclude that the cause was the effect of sun and 
water on the stem. We have since kept the earth in a conical form round 
the stem, thereby throwing the water to the sides of the pot, and kept them 
in the shade. Previously to doing this, great numbers perished every 
year, and now no plants thus treated die with us. 



May.] GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING PLANTS. 307 

The large trees may be fancifully set either in a spot for 
the purpose, or through the garden. Put bricks or pieces of 
wood under the tubs to prevent thenn from rotting, and strew 
a Httle litter of any description over the surface of the soil 
to prevent evaporation, or about one inch of well decayed 
manure, which will, from the waterings, help to enrich the 
soil. A liberal supply of water twice or three times a week 
is sufficient. A large tree will take at one time from two 
to four gallons. We make this observation, for many trees 
evidently have too limited a supply. Continue to syringe 
the plants through the dry season every evening, or at least 
three times per week. All the tall plants must be tied to 
some firm support, because the squalls of wind frequently 
overturn them, and do much harm by breaking, &c. Keep 
those that are in flower as much in the shade as will pre- 
serve them from the direst influence of the sun. 



REPOTTING PLANTS. 

After the following-mentioned plants, or any assimilated 
to them, are brought out of the house, and before they are 
put in their respective stations, repot them where they are 
required to grow well. Aloes. These plants, so varied in 
character, have been divided into several genera. These are, 
Gasteria, Pachidendron, Riphidodendron, Hoiodrthia, and 
Apicra : of these there are about two hundred species and 
varieties ; to enter into any specific detail would be beyond 
our limits, especially with a tribe of plants that as yet have 
but a few patrons. (Soil No. 10.) 

ChamcErops. There are about seven species of these 
palms : four of them belong to this department, and are the 
finest of those that will keep in the green-house. They all 
Have large palmaled fronds, and require large pots or tubs to 
make them grow freely, and are tenacious of life if kept from 
frost. 



308 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING PLANTS. [Mui/, 

Gardenia. This is an esteemed genus of plants, especially 
for the double flowering varieties, which are highly odori- 
ferous, and have an evergreen shining foliage. G, jibrida 
fibre pleno, Cape Jasmine, is a plant universally known in 
our collections, and trees of it arc frequently seen above se- 
ven feet high, and five feet in diameter, blooming from June 
to October. G. rddicans, dwari Cape Jasmine, G. longifblia, 
G. multifibra, and G. latifblia, are also in several collections, 
but not so generally known ; the flowers are double, and all' 
equally fragrant. We are inclined to think they are only 
varieties of G. flbrida, of which multifibra is one of the 
finest. Any of the above will keep in the coldest part of 
the green-house, and even under the front of the stage is a 
good situation for them, where the house is otherwise crowd- 
ed during winter. They must be sparingly watered from 
November to March. Much water, while they are dormant, 
gives the foliage a sickly tinge, a state in which they are too 
frequently seen. G. rothmannia and G. Thunbergia are 
fine plants, but seldom flower ; the flowers of the former are 
spotted, and are most fragrant during night. (Soil No. 10.) 

Mesemhryanthcmum, a very extensive genus, containing 
upward of four hundred and fifty species and varieties, with 
few exceptions, natives of the Cape of Good Hope. They 
are all singular, many of them beautiful, and some splendid ; 
yet they have never been popular plants in our collections. 
The leaves are almost of every shape and form ; their habits 
vary in appearance. Some of them are straggling, others 
insignificant, and a few grotesque. When they are well 
grown, they flower in great profusion ; the colours are bril- 
liant and of every shade ; yellow and white are most preva- 
lent. Each species continues a considerable time in flower. 
The flowers are either solitary, axillary, extra axillary, but 
most frequently terminal ; leaves mostly opposite, thick, or 
succulent, and of various forms. They are sometimes kept 
in the hot-house, but undoubtedly the green-house is the 
best situation for them. They must not get water above 



June and July .'I green-house. — camellias. 309 

twice a month during winter, but while they are in flower, 
and through the summer, they require a more liberal supply, 
and they seldom need to be repotted ; once a year is suffi- 
cient. (Soil No. 18.) 

CAMELLIAS. 

These plants, when they are brought from the green- 
house, (which should be about the end of June,) ought to 
be set in a situation by themselves, that they may be the 
more strictly attended to in watering and syringing. An 
airy situation, where the sun has little effect upon them, is 
the best. They should be syringed every evening when 
there has been no rain through the day. After heavy rains 
examine the pots, and where water is found, turn the plant 
on its side for a few hours to let the water pass off, and then 
examine the draining in the bottom of the pots, which must 
be defective. 

CAPE BULBS. 

As soon as these are done flowering, and the foliage be- 
gins to decay, cease watering, and turn the pots on their 
sides, until the soil is perfectly dry ; then take out the bulbs, 
and preserve them dry until the time of planting, which will 
be about the end of August or first of September. 



JUNE AND JULY. 

The plants being out of the house, there need be little 
added under this head. Their treatment is in the general, 
and the required attention is in giving water according to 
their different constitutions and habits. Where there is no 
rain nor river water, it should stand at least one day in butts 



310 GREEN-HOUSE. — REPOTTING. [AugUSt. 

or cisterns, to take the chilly air from it, and become soft- 
ened by the surrounding atmosphere. This is more essen- 
tial to the health of the plants than is generally supposed. 
The small plants in dry weather will need water evening 
and morning. Continue regular syringings as directed last 
month. There are frequently rains continuing for several 
days, which will materially injure many plants if they are 
not turned on their sides, or defended by sash or shutters, 
until the rain is over, especially small plants. The sy- 
ringings should never be done till after the waterings at the 
roots, and they should never be more seldom than every al- 
ternate evening. Turn all the plants frequently, to prevent 
them from being drawn to one side by the sun or light. 
Carefully look over them at these turnings, to detect any in- 
sects ; and observe that the tuberose-rooted or deciduo>is 
geraniums, such as Ardens, Bicblor, Comptonia, Echinatum, 
Tristum, &c., are not getting too much water, they being 
now dormant. 



AUGUST. 



Any of the Myrtles, Oranges, Lemons, Oleanders, &c., 
that were headed down in April or May, will be pushing 
many young shoots. The plant must be carefully examined, 
to observe which of the shoots ought to be left to form the 
tree. Having determined on this, cut out all the others 
close to the stem with a small sharp knife ; and if the re- 
maining shoots are above one foot long, pinch off the tops to 
make them branch out. 

The trees that were entirely headed down should not 
have above six shoots left, which will, by being topped, 
make a sufficient quantity to form the bush or tree. 



August.] GREEN-HOUSE. — GERANIUMS, &C. 311 



GERANIUMS. 

These plants, about the first of the month, require a com- 
plete dressing. In the first place collect them all together, 
and, with a sharp knife, cut off the wood of this year to with- 
in a few eyes of the wood of last year. Citriodorum and its 
varieties do not need pruning. The plants grown from cut- 
lings during the season, that have flowered, cut them to 
about three inches from the pot. Tliis being done, have the 
earth all prepared, and potsherds or fine gravel at hand, for 
draining the delicate kinds. Choose a cloudy day for the 
operation, and turn the plants progressively out of the pots 
they are in, reducing the balls of earth so that the same pots 
may contain them again, and allow from half an inch to two 
inches, according to the size of the pot, of fresh soil around 
the ball, carefully pressing it with the potling-stick. Finish 
by levelling all neatly with the hand. Give very gentle 
waterings from a pot with a rose mouth, for a few weeks, 
until they have begun to grow. The tuberous-rooted and 
deciduous species must be very moderately supplied. Be 
careful, when watering, that the new soil does not become 
saturated with water, for, though allowed to dry again, it 
will not be so pure. When they grow afresh, expose them 
fully to the sun, turn them regularly every two weeks, to 
prevent them growing to one side. 

ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

As it is frequently very inconvenient to shift these trees 
into larger tubs in the months of March and April, this 
month is a period that is suitable, both from the growth of 
the trees and their being in the open air. It would be im- 
proper to state the day or the week, that depending entirely 
on the season. The criterion is easily observed, which is 
when the first growth is over, these trees making another 



312 GREEN-HOUSE. — ORANGES, 6CC. [AugUSt. 

growth in autumn. When they are large, they require great 
exertion, and are frequently attended with inconvenience to 
get them shifted. Where there is a quantity of ihem, the 
best plan that we have tried or seen adopted is as follows : 
Have a strong double and a single block trimmed with a 
sufficiency of rope ; make it fast to the limb of a large tree, 
or anything that projecis and will bear the weight, and as 
high as will admit of the plant being raised a few feet under 
it. Take a soft bandage and put around the stem, to pre- 
vent the bark from being bruised ; make a rope fast to it, in 
which hook the single block. Raise the plant the height of 
the tub, put a spar across the tub, and strike on the spar with 
a mallet, which will separate the tub from the ball. Then 
with a strong pointed stick probe a little of the earth from 
among the roots, observing to cut away any that are affect- 
ed by dry rot, damp, or mildew, with any very matted roots. 
Having all dressed, place a potsherds over the hole or 
holes in the bottom of the tub ; measure exactly the depth of 
the ball that remains around the plant, and fill up with earth, 
pressing it well with the hand, until it will hold the ball one 
inch under the edge of the tub. If there is from two to four 
inches of earth under it, it is quite enough. Fill all around 
the ball, and press it down with a stick, finishing neatly off 
with the hand. Observe that the stem of the tree is exactly 
in the centre. This being done, carry the tree to where it 
is intented to stand, and give it water with a rose on the pot. 
The earth will subside about two inches, thus leaving three 
inches, which will, at any time, hold enough of water for 
the tree. Trees thus treated will not require to be shifted 
again within four or five years, having in the interim got a 
few rich top-dressings. 

Frequently, in attempting to take out of the tubs those 
that are in a sickly state, all the soil falls from their roots, 
havino- no fibres attached. When there are any such, after 
replanting, put them in the green-house, and shut it almost 
close up, there give shade to the tree, and frequent sprin- 



August.] GREEN-HOUSE. — OF PRUNING, &C. 313 

klings of water, until it begins to grow, when admit more air 
gradually until it becomes hardened. Sickly trees should 
be put in very small tubs, and a little sand added to the soil. 
Give very moderate supplies of water, merely keeping the 
soil moist. Tubs generally give way at the bottom when 
they begin to decay, and in the usual method of coopering 
after this failure they are useless, the ledging being rotten, 
and M'ill not admit of another bottom. The staves should 
be made without any groove, and have four brackets nailed 
on the inside, having the bottom in a piece by itself, that it 
can be placed on these brackets, and there is no necessity of 
it being water-tight. Then when it fails, it can be replaced 
again at a trifling expense. A tub made this way will last 
out ihree or four bottoms, and is in every respect the cheap- 
est, and should be more wide than deep. When made in this 
manner they are easier shifted ; you have only to set the tub 
on a high block of wood, and drive the tub off with a mallet, 
when the tree can be easily replaced into another tub. Large 
Myrtles and Oleanders may be treated in the same manner 
as directed for the above. 



OF PRUNING ORANGES, LEMONS, &c. 

These trees will grow very irregularly, especially the 
Lemon, if not frequently dressed or pruned. Any time this 
month look over them all minutely, and cut away any of the 
small naked wood where it is too crowded, and cut all young 
strong straggling shoots to the bounds of the tree, giving it 
a round regular head. It is sometimes necessary to cut out 
a small limb, but large amputations should be avoided. 
Cover all large wounds with clay, turpentine, or bees'-wax, 
to prevent the bad eflfects of the air. 



27 



314 GREEN-HOOSE. — BEPOTTING, &C. [AugUSt, 

OF REPOTTING PLANTS. 

Any of the plants enumerated in March under this head, 
may be now done according to directions therein given, and 
which apply to all sizes. This is the proper period for re- 
potting the following : 

Cdlla, a genus of four species. None of them in our col- 
lections, and in fact not worth cultivation, except C.cethiopi' 
CO, Ethiopian Lily, which is admired for the puiiiy and 
singularity of its large white flowers, or rather spaiha, which 
is cucuUate, leaves sagittate. It is now called Richurdia 
cethiopica. The roots, which are tubers, should be entirely 
dive.sted of the soil they have been grown in, breaking off 
any small off-sets, and potting them wholly in fresh earth. 
When growing, they cannot get too much water. The plant 
will grow in a pond of water, and withstand our severest 
winters, provided the rools are kept at the bottom of the 
water. 

Cyclamen. There are eight species and six varieties of 
this genus, which consists of humble plants with very beau- 
tiful flowers. The bulbs are round, flattened, and solid, and 
arc peculiarly adapted for pots and the decorating of rooms. 
C. cbum, leaves almost round ; flowers light red ; in bloom 
from January to April. C. persicum, with its four varieties, 
flower from January to April; colour while, and some wliite 
and purple. C. Itcderctfbli u?n,lv y -]ca\od ; colour lilac ; there 
is a white variety ; flowers from September to December. 
O. EuropcEum, colour lilac, in bloom from August lo Octo- 
ber. C neapolita>n/?n, flowers red, in bloom from Jidy to 
September. These are all desirable plants. When the fo- 
liage begins to decay, withhold the accustomed supplies of 
water, keeping them in a half dry slate ; and, when growing, 
they must not be over-watered, as they are apt to rot from 
moisture. Keep them during the summer monilis in partial 
shade. The best time for potting either of the sorts is when 
the crown of the bulb begins to protrude. If the pels are 



August.] GREEN-HOUSE. OP REPOTTING, &C. 315 

becoming large, every alternate year they may be cleared 
front! the old soil, and put in smaller pots with the crown 
entirely above the ground. When the flowers fade, the pe- 
dicles twist up like a screw, enclosing the germen in the 
centre, lying close to the ground until the seeds ripen, from 
which plants can be grown, and will flower the third year. 

Lachendlia, a genus of about forty species of bulbs, all na- 
tives of the Cape of Good Hope, and grow well in our col- 
lections. The most common is L. tricolor. L. quadricolor 
and its varieties are all fine ; the colours yellow, scarlet, 
orange, and green, very pure and distinct ; L. ruhida, L. 
punctata, L. orchoides, and L. nervosa, are all fine species. 
The flowers are on a stem from a half to one foot high, and 
much in the character of a hyacinth. The end of the month 
is about the time of planting. Five-inch pots are large 
enough, and they must get very little water till they begin 
to grow. 

Oxdlis, above one hundred species of Cape bulbs, and, like 
all other bulbs of that country, they do exceedingly well in 
our collections, in which there are only comparatively a few 
species, not exceeding twenty. O. hirta, branching, of a 
vermilion colour; O.Jiahifblia, yellow ; O. elongata striped ; 
and O. amcB7ia, are those that require potting this month. 
The first of September is the most proper period for the 
others. (Soil No. 11.) 

This genus of plants is so varied in the construction of its 
roots, that the same treatment will not do for all. The root 
is commonly bulbous, and these will keep a few weeks or 
months out of the soil, according to their size. Several are 
only thick and fleshy : these ought not to be taken out of the 
pots, but kept in them, while dormant ; and about the end of 
this month give them gentle waterings. When they begin 
to grow, take the earth from the roots, and put them in fresh 
soil. In a few months the bulbs are curiously produced, the 
original bulb near the surface striking a radical fibre down 



316 GREEN-HOUSE. OBSERVATIONS. [AugUSt. 

right from its base, at the extremity of which is produced a 
new bulb for the next year's plant, the old one perishing. 

Ornithogalwn, Star of Bethlehem, about sixty species of 
bulbs, principally from the Cape of Good Hope. Many of 
them have but little attraction. The most beautiful that we 
have seen are, 0. lacteum, which has a spike about one foot 
long, of fine white flowers ; O. 'peruviana, blue flowered, 
and O. aureuvi. flowers of a golden colour, in contracted 
racemose corymbs. These three are magnificent. O. ma- 
ritimu7n is the officinale squill. The bulb is frequently as 
large as a human head, pear-shaped, and tunicated like the 
onion. From the centre of the root arise several shining 
glaucous leaves a foot long, two inches broad at base, and 
narrowing to a point. They are green during winter, and 
decay in the spring; then the flower-stalk comes out, rising 
two feet, naked half-way, and terminated by a pyramidal 
ihyrse of white flowers. The bulb ought to be kept dry 
from the end of June till now, or it will not flower freely. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Watering, and other practical care of the plants, to be 
done as heretofore described. Frequently the weather at 
the end of this month becomes cool and heavy. Dew fall- 
ing through the night will, in part, supply the syringing 
operation, but it must not be suspended altogether. Once or 
twice a week will suffice. Any of the plants that are plunged 
should -be turned every week. In wet weather observe that 
none are suff'ering from moisture. 



Sept.] GREEN-HOUSE. OF WATERING. 317 



SEPTEMBER. 

During this month every part of the green-house should 
have a thorough cleansing, which is too frequently neglected, 
and many hundreds of insects left unmolested. Topreserve the 
wood-work in good order, give it one coat of paint every year. 
Repair all broken glass, white-wash the whole interior, giving 
the flues two or three coats, and cover the stages with hot 
lime, white-wash, or oil-paint; examine ropes, pulleys, and 
weights, finishing by washing the pavement, perfectly clean. 
If there have been any plants in the house during summer, 
be sure after this cleansing that they are clean also, before 
they are returned to their respective situations. 

OF WATERING. 

The intensity of the heat being over for the season, the 
heavy dews during night will pervent so much absorption 
among the plants. They will, in general, especially by the 
end of the month, require limited supplies of water compara- 
tively to their wants in the summer months. Be careful 
among the Geraniums that were repotted in August, not to 
water them until the new soil about their roots is becoming 
dry. Syringing in this naonlh may be suspended in time of 
heavy dews, but in dry nights resort to it again. 

The herbaceous plants and those of a succulent nature must 
be sparingly supplied. The large trees that were put in new 
earth will require a supply only once a week, but in such 
quantity as will go to the bottom of the tubs. 



27* 



318 GREEN-HOUSE. STOCKS, &C. [Sept. 



PREPARING FOR TAKING IN THE PLANTS. 

About the end of the month all the plants should be ex- 
amined and cleaned in like manner as directed for those of 
the hot-house last month, which see. From the first to the 
eighth of October is the most proper time to take them into 
the gre6n-house, except those of a half hardy nature, which 
may stand out till the appearance of frost. Always endea- 
vour to have Geranium plants short and bushy, for they are 
unsightly otherwise, except where a few very large speci- 
mens are desired for show. All Myrtles and Oleanders that 
were headed down, if the young shoots are too crowded, con- 
tinue to thin them out, and give regular turnings, that all the 
heads may grow regularly. 

STOCKS AND WALL-PLOWERS, 

That are wanted to flower in the green-house, (where they 
do remarkably well,) and are in the ground, have them care- 
fully lifted before the end of the month, and planted in six 
or seven-inch pots, with light loamy soil. Place them in the 
shade till they take fresh root, and give them frequent sprin- 
klings of water. As soon as the foliagebecomes erect, expose 
them to the full sun, and treat as green-house plants. 



CHRYSANTHEMUMS. 

These very ornamental plants blooming so late, and at a 
period when there are few others in flower, one of each va- 
riety (or two ot some of the finest) should be lifted and put 
in eight-inch pots, in light loamy soil, and treated as above 
directed for stocks, &c. These will flower beautifully from 
October to December ; and, when done blooming, the pots 



Sept.] GREEN-IIOUSE. CAPE AND HOLLAND BULBS. 319 

may be plunged in ihe garden, or covered with any kind of litter^ 
until spring, when they can be divided and planted out. 



CAPE AND HOLLAND BULBS. 

About the end of this month is the period for all of these 
that are intended for the green-house to be potted We spe- 
cified some of the former last month, and will here enume- 
rate a few others. 

Bablana, a genus of small bulbs, with pretty blue, white, 
and yellow flowers. B. distica, pale blue flowers in two ranks. 
B. stricta, flowers blue and white. B. tuhiflbra is beautiful^ 
colour white and pale red. B. plicdta has sweet-scented pale 
blue flowers. There are about twenty species of them, and 
they grow from six to twelve inches high. Four-inch pots 
are suflicient for them. (Soil No. 11,) 

Gladiolus, Corn-flag, a genus of above fifty species. There 
are several very showy plants among them, and a few very 
superb. G.fiorihundus, large pink and white flowers. G. 
cardindlis, flowers superb scarlet, spotted with white. 6?. 
hyzanthius, large purple flowers. G. hldndus, flowers of a 
blush rose colour, and handsome. G. cuspiddtus, flowers 
white and purple. G. racemo^ws, flowers rose and white. G. 
psittdcinus is very magnificent, both in size and beauty of 
flower ; the flowers are striped with green, yellow, and scar- 
let, about four inches in diameter, in great profusion, on a 
stem about two feet high, and, though rare in Europe, may be 
seen in some collections in this country. The beauty of this 
genus is all centred in the flowers. (Soil No. 10.) 

Ixia, a genus containing about twenty-five species of very 
free-flowering bulbs. I.monadelpha, flowers blush and green. 
/. leucdntha, flowers large white. /. capatdta, flowers in 
heads, of a white and almost black colour. /. conica, flow- 
ers orange and velvet. /. columeldris is a beautiful shaded 
rosy purple. I. kermosina, a fine vermilion colour. /. rii- 



320 GREEN-IIOUSE. — CAPE AND HOLLAND BULBS. [Sept. 

bra cydnea, profuse flowering, red and blue. The flower 
stems are from six to twenty-four inches high. (Soil No. 

Lilium. The Chinese species of this emblem of purity is 
everywhere esteemed, and the fine Chinese sorts are very 
splendid, such as L. longiflbra, L. longiflora suaveolens, and 
L. j'lponicum, are all pure white ; L. specibsum L. lancifb- 
lium, and L. venustimi, are coloured and spotted with rose, 
red, white, and crimson, but as yet are extremely rare : fif- 
teen dollars are asked for a small root. They should be pot- 
ted in seven or eight-inch pots, and kept in a cool part of the 
green-house ; give the pots at least one inch of drainage. (Soil 
No. 11.) 

Oxdlis. AH the varieties and species may now be potted ; 
the whole are pretty spring flowers, requiring to be kept near 
the glass : among the many the following are very deserving 
of attention : O. laxulus, or rosacea, bright rose. O. Bbwii, 
bright rosy red, a large and profuse bloomer, and one of the 
finest. O. inuUiflbra and Jlorabunda are aHke ; it is a pretty 
free-flowering tuberous species. O. laxida alba, beautiful 
pure white. O. versicolor, striped. O. dippii, lilac, which 
blooms in summer. O. caparina, yellow ; there is also a 
double yellow variety, though not pretty ; for a few others see 
last month. There should be three or four bulbs planted in 
a five-inch pot, giving very little water till they begin to 
grow. They will all keep in good pits, as well as in the 
green-house. (Soil No. 11.) 

Spa7-dxis ; we are enraptured with this beautiful genus of 
small bulbs, closely allied to Lria, but more varied in co- 
lour. S. grandiflbra striata is striped with purple and while, 
»S. versicolor, colours crimson, dark purple, and yellow. S. 
tricolor, yellow, black, and scarlet. S- albida, large white, 
with black spots. S. ccelestis, bluish purple. >S'. sulphurea, 
yellow, S . 2)iirpu?-escens, purple. Treat as Oxdlis. (Soil 
No. 11.) 

Tritbnia, a genus of about twenty-five species. Few of 



Sept.] GREEN-HOUSE. HOLLAND BULBS. 321 

ihem deserve culture in regard to their beauty. T. crocata 
is in our collections as I. d'otata, which is among the finest, 
and T. zanthospila has white flowers, curiously spotted with 
yellow. (Soil No. 11.) 

Watsonia, a genus containing several species of showy 
flowers, several of which are in our collections under the 
genus Gladiolus, but the most of the species may be dis- 
tinguished from it by their flat shell-formed bulbs. W. iri- 
dijblia is the largest of the genus, and has flowers of a flesh 
colour. W. rosea is large growing, the flowers are pink, and 
on the stem in a pyramidal form. W. humilis is a pretty red 
flowering species. W.falgida, once Antholyzafidgens, has 
fine bright scarlet flowers. V^. riibens is an esteemed red 
flowering species, but scarce. (Soil No. 11.) 

These genera of bulbous plants are in general cultivation. 
There are, nodoubt, some splendid species that have notcome 
under our observation, and others which may be obtained 
from the Cape of Good Hope and China that are not known 
in any collection. There are hundreds of superb bulbs indi- 
genous to these countries, and of the same nature and habit 
as the above, that have not been seen in collections. Bulbs 
generally require very little water until they begin to grow; 
then supply moderately, and keep them near the light. Of 
the Holland or Dutch bulbs, the Hyacinth is the favourite to 
bloom in the green-house. A few of the Tulip, Narcissus, 
Iris, and Crocus, may, for variety, be also planted with any 
other that curiosity may dictate. When these are grown in 
pots, the soil should be four-eighths loam, two-eighths leaf 
mould, one-eighth decomposed manure, one-eighth sand, well 
compounded ; plant in pots from five to seven inches, keep 
the crown of the bulb above the surface of the soil, except of 
the tulip, which should be covered two inches. When these 
roots are potted, plunge them in the garden about three inches 
under ground ; mark out a space sufficient to contain them ; 
throw out the earth about four inches deep, place the pots 
therein, covering them with earth to the above depth, making 



322 GREEN-HOUSE. — OF TAKING IN, &C, [Oct. 

it in the form of a bed. Leave a trench all round to carry off 
the rain. By so doing, the bulbs will root strongly, the soil 
will be kept in a congenial state about then), and they will 
prove far superior than if done in the common method. Lift 
them from this bed on the approach of frost, or not later than 
the second week of December ; wash the pots and lake them 
into the green-house. 



OCTOBER. 

OF TAKING IN AND ARRANGING THE PLANTS. 

As observed in the previous month, let the housing of 
green-house plants now be attended to. Have all in before 
the eighth of the month, except a few of the half hardy sorts, 
which may stand until convenient. Begin by taking in all 
the tallest first, such as Oranges, Lemons, Myrtles, Oleanders, 
&CC. Limes ought to be kept in the warmest part of the 
house, otherwise they will throw their foliage. In arrange- 
ment, order is necessary to have a good effect ; and in small 
houses it ought to be neat and regular, placing the tallest be- 
hind, and according to their size graduating the others down 
to the lowest in front. Dispose the different sorts in varied 
order over the house, making the contrast as striking as pos- 
sible. Having the surface of the whole as even as practica- 
ble, with a few of the most conspicuous for shape and beauty 
protruding above the mass, which will much improve the ge- 
neral appearance, and greatly add to the effect. All succu- 
lents should be put together. In winter they will do in a 
dark part of the house, where other plants will not grow, 
studying to have the most tender kinds in the warmest part, 
and giving gentle waterings every three or four weeks. When 



Oct.\ GREEN-HOUSE. — OF TAKING IN, &C, 323 

all are arranged give them a proper syringing, after which 
wipe clean all ihe siages, benches, &c., sweeping out all litter, 
and wash clean ihe pavement, which will give to all a neat 
and becoming appearance. 

Let the waterings now be done in the mornings, as often 
and in such quantities as will supply their respective wants, 
examining the plants everyday. 

During the continuance of mild weather, the circulation of 
air must be as free as possible, opening the doors and front 
and top sashes regularly over the house. But observe in 
frosty nights to keep all close shut. Be attentive in clear- 
ing off decayed leaves and insects. 

Any plants oiLogerstrcBmiu, Sierculia, Hydrangea, Pome- 
granate, and others equally hardy, that are deciduous, may 
be kept perfectly in a dry, light, airy cellar : give frequent 
admissions of air, and one or two waterings during winter. 



OF REPOTTING. 

Anemones. Where A. nemorosa Jlbre pleno Viud A. tJialic'- 
trbides fibre pleno are kept in pots in the green-house, tl)ey 
should be turned out of the old earlli, and planted in fresh 
soil. They are both pretty, low growing, double white 
flowering plants, and require a shaded situation. The latter 
is now called Thallctrum anemonoides. (Soil No. ] 1.) 

Daphne is a genus of diminutive shrubs, mostly evergreens, 
of great beauty and fragrance. Very few species of them 
are in our collections. D. odbra, frequently called D.indica, 
is an esteemed plant for the delightful odour of its flowers, 
and valuable for the period of its flowering, being from De- 
cember to March, according to the situation ; leaves scattered, 
oblong, lanceolate, smooth ; flowers small white in many 
flowered terminal heads : there is a variety equally as fine 
with marginated foliage. D. hybrida is a species in high es- 
timation at present in Europe, but little known here, being 



324 GREEN-HOUSE. — OF REPOTTING. [Oct, 

only in a few collections ; flowers rosy purple, in terminal 
heads, and lateral bunches in great profusion, and very simi- 
lar to the former in habit and shape of flower; blooms from 
January to May, and is of a pecuhar fragrance, D. oleoides 
is what may be termed " ever-blooming :" flowers of a lilac 
colour ; leaves elliptic, lanceolate, smooth. D. laureola, 
Spurge laurel; D.pontua, D. alpina, and D. Cneorum, are 
all fine species, and in Europe are esteemed ornaments in the 
shrubbery, but they are not hardy in our vicinity. (Soil No. 

15.) 

Primula. There are a few fine species and varieties in this 
genus, adapted either for the green-house or rooms. All the 
species and varieties will keep perfectly well in a frame, ex- 
cept the China sorts. Having previously observed a few of 
the other species and varieties, we will observe the treatment 
of these. P. sinensis, now prcenitens, known commonly as 
China Primrose ; flowers pink, and in large proliferous um- 
bels, flowering almost through the whole year, but most pro- 
fusely from January to May — there is said to be a double 
variety of it. Keep them in the shade, and be careful that 
they are not over-watered during summer. As the stems of 
the plant become naked, at this repotting a few inches should 
be taken off" the bottom of the ball, and placing them in a 
larger pot, will allow the stem.* to be covered up to the leaves. 
P. p. alhijldra, colour pure white and beautiful. P. p. denit- 
jlbra. There is also a white variety of this, both similar to the 
former two, only the flower indented or fringed. All these re- 
quire the same treatment. As they only live a few years, 
many individuals, to propagate them, divide the stems, which, 
in most cases, will utterly destroy them. The best, and we 
may say the only metliod to increase them is, from seed, 
whicli they produce in abundance every year. (Soil No. 2.) 

P(2onia moutdn: this magnificent plantand its varieties are 
quite hardy with us, but most of them require the green- 
house in northern latitudes. These are P. moutdn, Tree 
Paeony ; the flower is about five inches in diameter, of a 



Oct.] GREEN-HOUSE. — CAMELLIAS. 325 

blush colour, and semi-double. P. M. Banksii is the com- 
mon Tree Paeony, and called in our collection P. Moutan ; 
it has a very large double blush flower, and is much ad- 
mired. P. M. papaveracea is a most magnificent variety; 
has large single while flowers, with purple centres. P. M. 
rosea is a splendid rose-coloured double variety, and is scarce ; 
there is also in China several other varieties, such as pur- 
ple, scarlet, and crimson, which we have not seen in cultiva- 
tion. These plants ought not to be exposed to the sun while 
in flower, as the colours become degenerated, and premature 
decay follows. 

If the Dutch bulbs intended for flowering during winter 
are not potted, have them all done as soon as possible, ac- 
cording to directions given last month. 

CAMELLIAS. 

These plants ought to have a thorough examination, and 
those that were omitted in repotting before they commenced 
growing, may be done in the early part of this month ; but it 
is not advisable, except the roots are all round the ball of 
earth, which should be turned out entire. Examine all the 
pols, stir up the surface of the earth, and take it out to the 
roots, supplying its place with fresh soil. Destroy any 
worms that may be in the pols, as they are very destructive 
to the fibres. Look over the foliage, and, with a sponge and 
water, clear it of all dust, &c. Frequently the buds are too 
crowded on these plants, especially the Double white and 
Variegated. In such case pick off" the weakest, and where 
there are two together, be careful in cutting, so that the re- 
maining bud may not be injured. 

This is the beat period of the year to make selections of 
these, as they now can be transported hundreds of miles with- 
out any material injury, if ihey are judiciously packed inclose 
boxes. In making a choice of these, keep in view to have 
distinctly marked varieties, including a few of those that are 
esteemed as stocks for producing new kinds, which are un- 
38 



326 GREEN-HOUSE. — CAMELLIA SEED. \ Oct, 

doubledly indispensable, and will reward the cultivator in a 
few years with new sorts. Besides, it will afford unbounded 
gratification to behold any of these universally admired or- 
naments of the green-house improving by our assistance and 
under our immediate observation. There is nothing to pre- 
vent any individual from producing splendid varieties in a 
few years. Mr. Hogg correctly observes, " It is very pro- 
bable in a few years we shall have as great a variety of Ca- 
mellias as there are of Tulips, Hyacinlhs, Carnations, Auri- 
culas, &c." This shrewd remark is likely to be verified 
much earlier than we anticipated. 

It has been often said that these plants are difficult of cul- 
tivation. This is unfounded ; indeed they are the reverse if 
put in a soil congenial to their nature. When highly ma- 
nured soils are given, which are poisonous to the plants, 
sickness or death will inevitably ensue ; but this cannot be 
attributed to the delicacy of their nature. We can unhesi- 
tatingly say, there is no green-house plant more hardy or 
easier of cultivation, provided they are kept at an even tem- 
perature, say from 40^^ to 45" during night, and 45" to 50" 
during day, and they are equally so in the parlour, if not 
kept confined in a room where there is a continuance of dry- 
ing fire heat, their constitution not agreeing with an arid at- 
mosphere. 

SOWING CAMELLIA SEED. 

These seeds ripen generally during September and Octo- 
ber, and must be sown as soon as ripe ; plant them about one 
inch under ground into pots filled with leaf mould, loam, 
and white sand, in equal portions ; if the pols after sowing 
can be placed into a hot-house, they will vegetate in about 
six weeks, and be ready to pot into single pots in February. 
Many of them will bloom in the second year ; but if heat is 
not accessible, keep the pots in the warmest part of the 
green-house, and give an occasional watering, and the plants 



Nov.] GREEN-HOUSE. OF AIR, (fec. 827 

will appear some time in May and June : they will be ready 
to pot into single pots in September, and after doing so put 
them into a close frame, and shade from the sun for a few 
weeks ; use at this potting only about one-fifth of sand. 



NOVEMBER. 

OF AIR AND WATER. 

Airing the house should be strictly attended to. Every 
day that there is no frost it may be admitted largely, and in 
time of slight frosts in smaller portions, never keeping it al- 
together close when the sun has any effect on the interior 
temperature of the house, which should not be allowed to 
be higher than fifty degrees. 

Water must be given in a very sparing manner. None 
of the plants are in an active state of vegetation, consequent- 
ly it will be found that looking over them thrice a week and 
supplying their wants will be sufficient. Succulents will 
need a little once in three weeks or a month. Give very 
moderate supplies to the Amaryllis that are dormant, and 
keep all these bulbs in the warmest part of the house. 

OF TENDER BULBS. 

Where there are tropical bulbs in the collection, and there 
is not the convenience of a hot-house, they may be very 
well preserved by shaking them clear of the soil. Dry them 
properly, and place them in a box of very dry sand or moss, 
and put them in a situation near the furnace, where they will 
be free from damp. These can be potted about the first of 
April. Give no water till they begin to grow, then plant 
them in the garden about the middle of May, where they 
will flower during the summer season, if they are mature. 



328 GREEN-HOUSE OBSERVATIONS. [DeC. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

If there are any of the half hardy plants exposed, have 
them taken into the house, or under the requisite protection, 
in frames, pits, cellars, &;c. The autumn flowering Cape 
bulbs should be placed near the glass, and free from the 
shade of other plants. Cleanliness through the whole house 
and among the plants ought at all times to be attended to. 



DECEMBER. 

The weather may probably be now severe, and it is" at al? 
times advisable to keep the temperature as steady and regu- 
lar as possible. The thermometer should be kept in the 
centre of the house, and free from the effects of reflection. 
As noticed last month, sun heat may be as high as 50° in the 
house, and would not be hurtful, but it should not continue 
so for any considerable time without admission of air. The 
fire heat should not exceed 45^, and never below 35^. It 
ought not to continue at that point — 36*^ is the lowest for a 
continuation that with safety can be practised, and where a 
collection of Cactii are kept, 40*^ should be the lowest. So 
that no error may occur, the temperature ought to be known 
in the coolest and warmest parts of the house, and the varia- 
tion remembered ; then whatever part of the house the ther- 
mometer is placed, a true calculation of the heat of the whole 
interior can be made. We would recommend to the inex- 
perienced to keep the thermometer in the coldest part of the 
house, A green-house compactly and closely built, and the 
lowest row of top sash all covered with shutters, (which no 
house ought to be constructed without,) will seldom require 
artificial heat ; but by being long kept close, the damp will 



Dec] GREEN-HOUSE. BULBOUS ROOTS. 329 

increase. In such case give a little fire heat, and adnnit air 
to purify the house. In fresh mild weather give liberal 
portions of air all over the house; and though there is a little 
frost, while mild, and the sun shining, the plants will be be- 
nefited by a small portion of air for the space of an hour, or 
even for half of that time. 

Whatever state the weather may be through the winter,, 
never keep the house long shut up. Thirty-six hours 
should be the longest time at once ; rather give a little fire 
heat. 

We are no advocates for keeping plants in the dark, 
and never think that our plants are receiving justice if kept 
longer in darkness than one night. 



BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Those that were plunged in the garden, if not lifted and 
brought under cover, this should now be done without delay. 
Clean the pots, and stir up the surface of the soil. Hyacinths 
grow neatest by being kept very close to the top glass ; the 
flower stems are thereby stronger and shorter. Water mo- 
derately until they begin to grow freely. 



28* 



THE 



AMERICAN FLOWER GARDEN 
DIRECTORY. 



ROOMS 



PLANTS IN ROOMS. 



To treat on llie proper management of plants in windows 
is a subject of considerable difficulty : every genus requiring 
some variation both in soil, water, and general treatment. 
However, a great part of the labour will be abridged by re- 
ferring to these subjects in the green-house culture, which is 
quite apphcable to the parlour, green-room, or veranda. If 
the room where the plants are kept is dark and close, but 
few will ever thrive ; if, on the contrary, it is light and airy, 
with the windows in a suitable aspect to receive the sun, 
plants will do nearly as well, and, in some instances, better^ 
than in a green-house. This is a well known fact, and may 
be observed every day. We have seen as fine plants of 
Cactus, Daphne, Roses, Geraniums, Callas, Laureslinus, Car- 
nations, Azaleas, and ]\Iyrtles, grown in a window from year 
to year, as ever could be grown in a green-house. Indeed, 
when there is a failure, it can be traced to one of the follow- 
ing three causes : 

1st. Want of proper light and pure air — is, perhaps, the 
most essential point of any to be considered ; for, however 
■well all other re:juisites are attended to, a deficiency in either 



ROOMS. PLANTS IN ROOMS. 331 

of these will cause the plants to grow weak, yellow, and 
sickly. Therefore, have them always placed as near the 
light as possible, and receive as much air as can be admitted, 
when the weather will allow, and, occasionally, in fine days, 
carry them out of doors and give them a sprinkling of water 
all over. 

2d. Injurious watering — does more injury to plants in 
rooms than many persons imagine ; and it is very often to be 
observed, that some individuals destroy all with too much,, 
and others kill all with too little of that nourisher of health. 
To prevent the soil ever having a dry appearance, is an ob- 
ject of great importance in the estimation of many : they, 
therefore, water to such an excess, that the soil becomes sod- 
den, and the roots consequently perish. Others, as we have 
said, run lo the opposite extreme, and do not give sufficient 
to sustain life, and this is a more common practice than that 
of too much. The best plan is, always to allow the mould 
in the pot to have the appearance of dryness, but never suf- 
ficient to make the plant droop before a supply of water is 
given, which should then be copious and thoroughly going 
to the bottom of the pot ; but always empty it out of the 
saucer or pan in which the pot stands: the water used should 
always be about the same temperature as that in which the 
plants grow ; avoid using it fresh from the pump. 

3d. Being over-potted in unsuitable soil. This is also a 
crying evil, and large pots invariably given to weak plants, 
with the view of causing them to grow ; but such practition- 
ers are like the unskilful physician who gluts the weakly 
stomach of his patient, only hastening on what they are try- 
ing to prevent. With weak plants the very reverse should 
be practised, giving small pots to encourage their roots out- 
ward : whereas, the earth in a large pot to a small plant, with 
frequent waterings, soon becomes sour and stagnated, and 
utterly obnoxious to the roots of even the strongest growing 
plants. If the directions and table of soils, in this work, are 



332 ROOMS. — PLANTS IN ROOMS. [Jan. 

properly followed up, unsuitable soils will rarely occur^ 
especially when each genus is separately treated. 

In fact, we have yet lobe convinced why all plants, with 
the exception of a few tropical, and those belonging to EricecB 
and Epacridece, will not grow and bloom well in rooms and 
windows. With the following monthly instruclions, and 
executing them properly, failure will seldom occur ; but 
where failure should occur, we would call particular atten- 
tion to the tribe of Cactii, which are varied, beautiful, and 
truly interesting, and grow admirably in dry rooms, with or 
without full exposure to the sun, and in any temperature 
from 45c> to 85^, requiring only small portions of water once 
a week in winter, and twice or thrice a week during sum- 
mer : they also only require fresh soil once a year, or even 
once in two years, for large plants, will be found sufficient. 
The variety now cultivated is truly astonishing, and we 
doubt not but, in a few years, large horticultural buildings 
will be erected for their express culture ; and, to the inexpe- 
rienced amateur, there is not a family of plants that will give 
more satisfaction, or, when properly studied, will afford great- 
er interest and amusement. 



JANUARY. 

Plants that are kept in rooms generally are such as re- 
quire a medium temperature, say from 40" to 60°. Sitting- 
rooms or parlours, about this season, are, for the most part, 
heated from 60° to 70", and very seldom has the air any ad- 
mittance into these apartments ; thus keeping the tempera- 
ture from 10° to 150 higher than the nature of the plants re- 
quire, and excluding that fresh air which is requisite to 
support a vegetative principle. Therefore, as far as pracli- 



Jan.] ROOMS. — WATERING, &ic. 333 

cable, let the plants be kept in a roonri adjoining to one 
where there is fire heat, and the intervening door can be 
opened when desirable. They will admit sometimes of be- 
ing as low as 38°. 

If they be constantly kept where there is fire, let the win- 
dow be open some inches, once a day. for a few minutes, 
thereby making the air of the apartment more congenial, 
both for animal and vegetable nature. 

WATERING, &c. 

All that is necessary is merely to keep the soil in a moist 
state, that is, do not let it get so dry that you can divide the 
particles of earth, nor so wet that they could be beat to clay. 
The frequency of watering can be best regulated by the per- 
son doing it, as it depends entirely upon the size of the pot 
or jar in proportion to the plant, whether it is too small or 
too large, and the situation it stands in, whether moist or 
arid. Never allow any quantity of water to stand in the 
flats or saucers. This is too frequently practised with plants 
in general. Such as Cdlla JEthibpica, or African Lily, will 
do well, as water is its element; {\\\keSagittaria in this coun- 
try ;) the Hydrangea and Hyacinths, when in a growing 
state, will do admirably under such treatment. Many plants 
may do well for some time, but it being so contrary to their 
nature, causes premature decay; a fetid stagnation takes 
place at the root, the foliage becomes yellow, the plant stunted,, 
and death follows. 

OF CAMELLIA JAPONICA. 

In rooms, the buds of Camellias will be well swelled, and 
on the double white and double variegated sorts perhaps they 
will be full-blown. While in that state the temperature 
should not be below 40^; if lower, they will not expand so 
well, and the expanded petals will soon become yellow and 



334 ROOMS. — OF INSECTS, &c. [Jan. 

decay. If they are where there is fire heat, they must have 
plenty of air admitted to them every favourable opportunity, 
and water freely given, or the consequence will be, that all 
the buds will turn dark brown, and fall off. It is generally 
the case, in the treatment of these beautiful plants in rooms, 
that, through too much intended care, they are entirely de- 
stroyed. They do not agree with confined air, and to sponge 
frequently will greatly promote the health of the plants and 
add to the beauty of their foliage, as it prevents the attacks 
of the red spider. 

When the flowers are expanded, and droop, tie them up 
neatly, so that the flower may be shown to every advantage. 

OF INSECTS, &c. 

Insects of various kinds will be appearing on your plants. 
For method of destruction, see Hot-house, January. It will 
not be agreeable to fumigate the room or rooms, or even to 
have the smell of tobacco near the house from this cause. 

Take a tub of soft water, (if the day is frosty, it had bet- 
ter be done m the house,) invert the plant, holding the hand, 
or tying a piece of cloth, or anything of the kind, over the 
soil in the pot, put all the branches in the water, keeping the 
pot in the hand, drawing it to and fro a few times ; take it 
out and shake it. If any insects remain, take a small fine 
brush, and brush them off, giving another dip, which will 
clean them for the present. As soon as they appear again, 
repeat the process — for nothing that we have found out, or 
heard of, can totally extirpate them. 



OE BULBOUS ROOTS IN GENERAL. 

If you have retained any of the Cape bulbs from the last 
planting, let them be put in, in the early part of the month. 
For method, see September. Those that are growing must 



Feb.] ROOMS. OF BULBOUS ROOTS, &c. 335 

be kept very near the light, that is, close to the window, or 
they will not flourish to your satisfaction. The fall-flower- 
ing oxalis may be kept on the stage, or any other place, to 
give room to those that are to flower. 

Hyacinths, Jonquils, Narcissus, Tulips, &c., will keep 
very well in a room where fire heat is constantly kept, pro- 
vided that they are close to the window. A succession of 
these, as before observed, may beautify the drawing-room 
from February to April, by having a reserved stock, in a 
cold situation, and taking a few of them every week into the 
warmest apartment. 

Wherever any of the bulbs are growing, and in the inte- 
rior of the room, remove them close to the light, observing 
to turn the pots or glasses frequently to prevent them from 
growing to one side, and giving them support as soon as the 
stems droop, or the head becomes pendent. The saucers 
under the Hyacinth and Narcissus may stand with water, 
and observe to change the water in the glasses once or twice 
a week. 

Every one that has any taste or refinement in their floral 
undertakings, will delight in seeing the plants in perfection : 
to have them so, they must be divested of every leaf that 
has the appearance of decaying — let this always be attend- 
ed to. 



FEBRUARY. 

At this season the plants cail for the most assiduous at- 
tention. If the stage has been made according to our de- 
scription in September, in very cold night it should be 
drawn to the centre of the room, or at least withdrawn from 
the window, observing every night to close the window 
dght by shutters, or some substitute equally as good. And, 



336 ROOMS. — CAMELLIAS. [Feb. 

if the temperature begins to fall below 40^, means should be 
adopieil 10 prevent it from lowering, either by putting a fire 
in the room, or opening anv adjoining apartment where fire 
is constantly kept. This latter method is the best where it 
is practicable, and ought to be studied to be made so. 

Some very injudiciously, in extreme frosls, put into the 
room, where there is no chimney, among the plants, a 
furnace of charcoal, in order to heat the room. The effect 
is, that the foliage becomes dark brown and hardened like, 
and many of the planis die, the rest not recovering until 
summer. 

Watering may be attended to according to the directions 
of January, only observing that those that begin to grow 
will absorb a little more than those that are dormant. 

Roses, especially the daily, if kept in the house, will 
begin to show flower. Use means to kill the green-fly that 
may attack them. 

Hyacinths and other bulbs must have regular attendance in 
tying up, &:c. Take care not to tie iheiii too tishily, leaving 
sulBciency of space for the stem to expand. Give those in 
the glasses their necessary supplies, and keepthem all near ihe 
light. Never keep bulbous roots, while growing, under the 
shade of any other plant. 

Camellias, whh all their varied beauties, will, in this month, 
make a splendid show. Adhere to the directions given in 
the previous month, and so that new varieties may be ob- 
tained, (see green-house, February, under the head of Ca- 
mellia, )\\\\\c\\ directions are equally applicable here. When 
the flowers are full-blown, and kepi in a temperature between 
40° and 50°, they will be perfect for the space of four, five, 
and frequently six weeks, and a good selection of healthy 
plants will continue to flower from December to Afiril. 

Be sure that there is a little air admitted al all favourable 
opportunities. 



March.] kooms. — repotting. 337 



MARCH. 

If the plants in these situations have been properly at- 
tended to by admitting air at all favourable limes, and when 
the apartment was below 40^*, a little fire heat applied to 
counteract the cold, keeping the heat above that degree, your 
attention will be rewarded by the healthy appearance of 
your plants. The weather by this time has generally be- 
come milder, so that air may be more freely admitted, espe- 
cially from ten to three o'clock. They will require a more 
liberal supply of water, but always avoid keeping them wet. 
Pick off all decayed leaves, and tie up any straggling shoots; 
give the pots a top-dressing with fresh soil, which will great- 
ly invigorate the plants, and will allow the fresh air to act 
upon the roots, which is one of the principal assistants in ve- 
getation. For those that require shifting or repotting, see 
{green-house, March ;) the plants enumerated there equally 
apply here, if they are in the collection, with this difference, 
that well-kept rooms are about two or three weeks earlier 
than the green-house. After the end of this month, where 
there is a convenience, plants will do better in windows thai 
look to the east, in which the direct rays of a hot sun are 
prevented from falling upon them, and the morning sun is 
more congenial for plants in this country than the afternoon 
sun. Where there is any dust on the leaves of any of them, 
lake a sponge and water, and make the whole clean; likewise 
divest them of all insects. The green-fly is perhaps on the 
roses ; if there are no conveniences for fumigating, wash them 
off as previously directed. Where there are only a few 
plants, these pests could be very easily kept off by examining 
the plants every day. For the scaly insect, see January. If 
they have not been cleared off, get it done directly ; for by 
the heat of the weather they will increase tenfold. 

29 



338 R00M8. — FLOWERING PLANTS. [March. 



FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Hyacinths, Tulips, Narcissus, Jonquils, and Crocus, will 
be generally in flower. The former require plenty of wa- 
ter, and the saucers under the pots should be constantly full 
until they are done blooming. The others need only be li- 
berally supplied at the surface of the pot. Give them neat 
green painted rods to support their flower stems, and keep 
ihem all near the light. The spring flowering Oxalis will 
not open except it is exposed to the full rays of the sun. The 
Lachenalia is greatly improved in colour with exposure to 
the sun, though, when in flower, its beauties are preserved 
by keeping it a little in the shade. 

Primulas, or Primrose, both Chinese and European, de- 
light in an airy exposure ; but the sun destroys the beauty of 
their flowers by making the colours fade. 

Camellias. Many of ihem will be in perfection. See 
green-house this month for a description of the finest varie- 
ties. Do not let the sun shine upon the blooms. Those 
that are done flowering will, in small pots, require to be re- 
potted. 

The Hyacinths that are in glasses must be regularly sup- 
plied with water. The roots will be very much reduced by 
this method ; therefore, when the bloom is over, if possible, 
plant them in the garden, or bury them in pots of earth, to 
ripen and strengthen the bulbs. They cannot satisfactorily 
be again flowered in glasses, and, properly, they ought not to 
be allowed to bloom in the garden next year. Those that are 
done flowering in pots can be set aside, and the usual water- 
ings gradually withdrawn. Treat all other Dutch bulbs in a 
similar manner. , 



ROOMS. DIRECTIONS, &C. 339 



APRIL, 



We remarked last month that, about this season, where it 
is convenient, an eastern window is more congenial to plants 
than a southern. The sun becomes too powerful, and the 
morning sun is preferable to that of the afternoon. West is 
also preferable to south. Some keep their flowering plants 
in excellent order at a north window. But the weather is so 
mild after this, that there is no difficulty in protecting and 
growing plants in rooms. They generally suffer most from 
want of air and water; the window must be up a few inches, 
or altogether, according to the mildness of the day. And as 
plants are liable to get covered with dust in these apartments, 
and not so convenient to be syringed or otherwise cleaned, 
take the first opportunity of a mild day to carry them to a 
shady situation, and syringe well with water such as are not 
in flower ; or, for want of a syringe, take a watering-pot 
with a rose upon it ; allowing them to stand until they drip, 
when they may be put into their respective situations ; or ex- 
pose them to a shower of rain, but avoid allowing them to be 
deluged, which would be very injurious. 



DIRECTIONS FOR PLANTS BROUGHT FROM THE GREEN- ; 
HOUSE. 

Any plants that are brought from the green-house during 
Ahe spring months ought to be as little exposed to the direct 
rays of the sun as possible. Keep them in airy situations, 
with plenty of light, giving frequent and liberal supplies of 
water. Plants may be often observed through our city 
.during this month fully exposed in the outside of a south 
window, with the blaze of a mid-day sun upon them, and 



340 ROOMS. — FLOWERING PLANTS. [Ap-ll. 

these, too, just come from the temperate and damp atmo- 
sphere of a well-regulated green-house. Being thus placed in 
an arid situation, scorched between the glass and the sun, 
whose heat is too powerful for them to withstand, the transi- 
tion is so sudden, that, however great their beauties may 
have appeared, they in a few days become brown, the flow- 
ers tarnish or decay, and the failure is generally attributed 
to individuals not at all concerned. From this and similar 
causes many have drawn the unjust conclusion, viz., that 
" plants from green-houses are of too delicate a nature to be 
exposed in rooms or windows at this early season." But 
every year gives more and more proof to the contrary. There 
are ladies in Philadelphia, and those not a few, whose rooms 
and windows at this period vie with the finest of our green- 
houses, with respect to the health, beauty, and order of their 
plants, and we might almost say in variety. Some of them 
have got above twenty kinds of Camellias in their collec- 
tions, which afford a continual beauty through the winter, 
with many other desirable and equally valuable plants.* The 
plants generally are now growing pretty freely, and are not 
so liable to suffer from liberal supplies of water, observing 
never to give it until the soil in the pot is inclining to be- 
come dry, and administering it in the evenings or morn- 
ings. 

FLOWERING PLANTS. 

Our directions last month under this head will equally 
apply now. The Chinese 7-oses and geraniums that are now 
coming plentifully into flower should be kept near the light, 
and in airy exposures, to brighten their colours, otherwise 
they will be very pale and sickly. 



* We know a gentleman in Washington city who cultivates, in great per- 
fection, about one hundred varieties of ihe japonica, and that, too, in a room 
with only one window. 



I 



May,'] ROOMS. — bringing plants out, &c. 341 



BRINGING PLANTS GUT OF THE CELLAR, &c. 

All or most of the plants that have been in the cellar 
during winter, such as Pomegranates, Lagerstrcemias, Hy- 
drangeas, Oleanders, Sweet-bay, <SfC., may be brought out to 
the open air any lime about the middle of the month. If 
any of them stand in need of larger pots or tubs, have them 
turned out, the balls reduced, and put ihem in others a little 
larger, or, where convenient, they may be planted in the 
ground. Be sure to keep the Hydrangeas in shady situa- 
tions. It will not be advisable to expose entirely the orange 
and lemon trees until the end of this or first of next month. 
Where there are any scale or foulness of any kind collected 
on the foliage or wood, have them cleaned directly before 
the heat increases the one, and to get clear of the disagree- 
able appearance of the other. 



MAY. 



All the plants will be able to withstand exposure, in the 
general state of the seasons, about the tenth of the month. 
Beffin about the first to take out the hardiest, such as LaU' 
reslinus, Hydrangeas, Roses, Primroses, Polyanthus, &c., and 
thus allow the others to stand more free and become har- 
dened to exposure. The reason that plants are so often 
seen brown, stunted, and almost half dead during summer, 
is from the exposed situation they are placed in, with the 
direct sun upon them, and too frequently from being so 
sparingly watered. There are no shrubby plants cultivated 

in pots that are benefited by full exposure to the hot sun 

29* 



343 ROOMS. — CAPE BULBS. [May. 

from this period to September. A north-eastern aspect is 
the best for every plant except Cactus, Aloe, Mesemhryan- 
the?nu77i, and such as go under the name of succulents, which 
may be fully exposed to the sun, but not to long and conti- 
nued rains. Where there are only a few plants, they should 
be conveniently placed, to allow water from a pot w^th a 
rose mouth to be poured frequently over them, which is the 
best substitute for the syringe. Daphne, Corojulla, Fuchsia, 
Camellia, Primrose, and Polyanthus, do not agree with bright 
sun through the summer. There has been a general ques- 
tion what is the cause of the death of so many of the 
Daphne odura. It may be observed, that the first place 
that shows symtoms of decay is at the surface of the soil, 
and this takes place a few weeks before there are evident 
effects of it. The cause is from the effect of heat or sun 
and water, acting on the stem at least. If the soil is drawn 
in the form of a cone round the stem, to throw off the wa- 
ter to the edges of the pot, that the stem may be dry above 
the roots, mortification does not take place, neither do they 
die prematurely when thus treated. For farther remarks, 
see green-house, this month. 



CAPE BULBS. 

Any of these that are done flowering, such as Ixia, Oxa- 
lis, Lachendlia, &c., as soon as the foliage begins to decay, 
turn the pots on their sides, which will ripen the roots, and, 
when perfectly dry, clear them from the soil, wrap them up 
in paper, wiili their names attached, and put them careful- 
ly aside until the time of planting. 



June and July.] rooms. — repotting. 343 



REPOTTING. 

Where it is required, repot Cactus, Aloe, Mesemhrydnthe' 
mums, and all other succulents, with any of the Amaryllis 
that are required to be kept in pots ; also, Cape Jasmines. For 
description of the above, see hot-house and green-house of 
this month, under the same head. 



JUNE AND JULY. 

The only attention requisite to these plants is, in giving 
water, keeping them from being much exposed to either sun 
or high winds, and preventing the attack of insects. Water 
must be regularly given every evening, when there has not 
been rain during the day. Where they are in a growing 
state, they are not liable at this season of the year to suffer 
from too much water, except in a few instances, such as the 
Lemon-scented Geranium, and those kinds that are tube- 
rose-rooted, as Ardens, Bicblor, Tristum, &c., which should 
have moderate supplies. 

All the plants ought to be turned round every few weeks 
to prevent them from growing to one side, by the one being 
more dark than the other, and keep those of a straggling 
growth tied neatly to rods. Wherever insects of any de- 
scription appear, wash them off directly. Give regular sy- 
ringings or sprinklings from the rose of a watering-pot. Be 
particularly attentive in this respect to the Camellias, which 
will keep the foliage in a healthy state. 

If the foliage of Lilium longijlbrum, or Japonicum, has 
decayed, do not water them while dormant, as they are 
easily injured by such treatment. 



344 ROOMS. ' [August. 



AUGUST. 

For the kinds of plants that require potting, we refer to 
the green-house for this month. All that are therein speci- 
fied are peculiarly adapted for rooms, and we would call at- 
tention to the genus Cyclamen, which has not been general- 
ly introduced into the collections of our ladies ; as, from the 
character and beauty of the flowers, they are very attracting 
and highly deserving of culture. Attend to the Geraniums 
as there directed, and be particular in having them cut down 
and repotted, as there fully described. The Oranges, Le- 
mons. Oleanders, and Myrtles, that are kept in cellars or 
rooms, should have the same attention in this month as di- 
rected in the green-house, which, to repeat here, would be 
occupying space unnecessarily. 

Reseda odordta, or Mignonette, is one of the most fragrant 
annuals. To have it in perfection during winter, the seed 
should be sown about the end of this month or the begin- 
ning of next, into pots of fine light earth, and sprinkled with 
water frequently. When it comes up, the plants must be 
thinned out or transplanted : the former method is preferable. 
Keep them from frost during winter, and always near the 
light. 

This will equally apply to the green-house. 

Cape bulbs, such as Sparaxis, Ixia, Oxalis, and Lachena- 
lia, should now be planted. For method and sorts, see 
green-house in August and September. 



Sept.] ROOMS. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 345 



SEPTEMBER. 

Where there is a quantity of plants to be kept in these 
apartments, they should be disposed of to the best effect, and, 
at the same time, in such a manner as will be most effectual 
to their preservation. A stage of some description is better 
than a table, and, of whatever shape or form, it ought to 
be on castors, that it may, in severe nights of frost, be drawn 
to the centre of the room. The shape may be either con- 
cave, a half circle, or one square side. The bottom step or 
table should be six inches wide and five inches deep, keeping 
each successive step one inch farther apart, to the desired 
height, which may be about six feet. Allowing the first 
step to be about two feet from the floor, there will be five 
or six steps, which will hold about fifty pots of a common 
size, A stage in the form of half a circle will hold more, 
look the handsomest, and be most convenient. We have 
seen them circular, and, when filled, appeared like a pyramid. 
These do very well, but they must be turned every day, or 
the. plants will not grow regularly. With this attention it 
is decidedly the best. Green is the most suitable colour to 
paint them. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

The directions given for the green-house this month are 
equally applicable here. The late blooming Chrysanthe- 
mums are particularly adapted for rooms. The colours are 
so varied, and many of them are dwarf-growing, and even 
neat in their habit, especially the new hybrid sorts. 



346 ROOMS. — OF BULBODS ROOTS. [Oct. 



OCTOBER. 

Have a stage or stages, as described last month, in the si- 
tuations where they are intended to remain all winter ; place 
the plants on them from the first to the eighth of this month, 
beginning with the tallest on the top, graduating to the bot- 
tom. It is desirable to place flats or saucers under each, to 
prevent the water from falling to the floor, and the water 
should be emptied from the flats of all except those of Cdlla 
and Hydrangea. The latter, while dormant, should be kept 
only a little moist. 

Previous to taking in the plants, they should be divested 
of every decayed leaf, insects, and all contracted dust, having 
their shoots neatly tied up, and every one in correct order. 
Every leaf of the Camellias ought to be sponged, and the 
plants placed in an airy exposure, and from this period till 
they begin to grow, have them exposed to the sun. If the 
flower buds are too crowded, picking off" the weakest wiM 
preserve the remainder in greater perfection, and prevent 
them, in part, from falling ofl". Do not, on any occasion, 
keep them in a room where there is much fluctuating fire 
heat, as the flower buds will not expand, except they are 
kept in an even temperature. See green-house, this month, 
more largely on this subject. 



OF BULBOUS ROOTS. 

Those that are intended to flower in glasses should be 
placed therein this month, and kept in a cool room. After 
the fibres begin to push a few shoots, the glasses may be 
taken to the warmest apartments to cause them to flower 
early. Bring a few from the coldest to the warmest every 



Nov.] ROOMS. GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 347 

two weeks, and thus a succession of bloom may be kept up 
from January to March. Hyacinths and oiher Dulch bulbs 
should now be planted in pots. See green-house for full 
directions. 

Cape Bulbs. All that are unplanted and offering to grow, 
should be put in pots forthwith. Ample directions are given 
for the planting of these in ihe two preceding months. 

Repot. Riibus roscRfblius, or Bramble-rose. They should 
have pots one size larger than those they are now in. To 
make them flower profusely, when done blooming in May, 
divideihem and put only a few stems in one pot, and repot 
ihem in this month, as above directed. 



GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 

Any herbaceous plants in the collection ought to be set 
aside, and the water in part withheld. When the stems and 
foliage are decayed, the plants may be put in a cool cellar, 
where they will not be in danger of frost, and be permitted 
to remain there until they begin to grow ; then bring them 
to the light, and treat as directed for these kinds of plants. 
Deciduous plants may be treated in a similar manner. 



NOVEMBER. 

GENERAL OBSERVATIONS. 



The remarks and instructions that are given last month 
for these apartments will equally answer here. Where the 
Dutch bulbs were omitted to be placed in glasses, they ought 
not to be longer delayed. 



348 ROOMS. [Dec. 

Oxalis. The autumn-flowering species will now be in 
bloom, and must be kept in the sun to make them expand 
freely. The neglect of this is the principal reason that these 
do not flower perfectly in rooms. 

Camellias. These plants, where there is a collection, 
flower from this period till April ; and the general desire to 
be fully acquainted with the method of their culture has in- 
duced us to be liberal in our observations on every point and 
period through the various stages of their growth and flow- 
ering. We will here only remind the inquirer, that a pure 
air and plenty of water, giving the plants frequent sprin- 
klings, are the present necessities, which only are conducive 
to their perfection. 

Attend to the turning of Geraniums and other rapidly 
growing plants, that all sides of them may have an equal 
share of light. 



DECEMBER. 

As the trying season is now approaching for all plants that 
arc kept in rooms, especially those that are desired to have 
a flourishing aspect through the winter, a few general in- 
structions (although they may have been previously ad- 
vanced) will, pe!-haps, be desirable to all those who are en- 
gaged in this interesting occupation, which forms a luxury 
through the retired hours of a winter season, and with very 
little attention many arc the beauties of vegetative nature 
that will be developed to the gratification of every reflecting 
mind. The following is a routine of every-day culture : 

Do not, at any time, admit air (except for a few moments) 
while the thermometer is below 35^, exposed in the shade. 

In time of very severe frosts the plants ought to be with- 



Dec] ROOMS. — ROSES. 349 

drawn from the window to the centre of the room during 
night. 

Never give water until the soil in the pots is inclining to 
become dry, except for Hyacinths and other Dutch bulbs 
that are in a growing state, which must be liberally sup- 
plied. 

Destroy all insects as soon as they appear : for the means of 
destruction, see next month. 

Give a little air every favourable opportunity, (that is, 
when the thermometer is above 35^, exposed in the shade,) 
by putting up the window one, two, or three inches, accord- 
ing to the state of the weather. 

Clean the foliage with sponge, and water frequently to re- 
move all dust, &c. The water thus used must not exceed 
80Q, but 60O is preferable. 

Turn the plants frequently, to prevent them growing to 
one side. 

Roses of the daily sort may be obtained early by having 
them in a warm room, that has a south window, and 
as soon as they begin to grow, admit air in small portions 
about noon every day that the sun has any effect. Such 
must be well supplied with water. 

Bulbs in glasses must be supplied with fresh water at least 
once a week, in which period they will inhale all the nutri- 
tive gas that they derive from that element, if they are in a 
growing state. 

Camellias, when in bud and flower, should never be al- 
lowed to become the least dry, neither confined from fresh 
air. The effects would be, that the buds would become 
stinted, dry, and drop off. Therefore, to have these in per- 
fection, attend strictly to watering. Give frequent airings, 
and wash the leaves occasionally with water. Never 
keep them in a room where there is a strong coal fire. 
The most of Camellias will bear 3^ of frost without the 
smallest injury, so that they are easier kept than Geraniums, 
except when they are in bloom. In that state frost will de- 

30 



350 ROOMS. — CAMELLIAS. [Dec, 

stroy the flowers. The air of a close cellar is also destruc" 
live to the buds. 

The reason that the Camellia does not bloom perfectly in 
parlours, or other heated rooms, is owing to their being too- 
warm and arid, destroying the vital vegetative principle of 
the plant, and it soon perishes. There is one way in which 
these plants can be kept perfect even in such dry places when 
the recess in the windows is of sufficient depth as to allow 
plants to stand within it, enclosing them from the apartment 
by another sash : in such a situation water could be placed, 
which would keep the atmosphere between the windows per- 
fectly moist. The verdure would be rich and the flowers 
brilliant ; and they would be completely protected from dust 
— the whole would have a very pleasing effect. Attentior> 
will be requisite to give them air during the mild part of the 
day. There are several Camellias not proper for room cul- 
ture ; those which have dry brown scaly buds are to be 
avoided, such as anemoneflora, egertonia, cleviana, fulgens, 
atroruhens ; also avoid ivoodsii, chandile?-n, and dorsetia, as 
being difficult of expanding — they are so very full of petals. 
Those most proper for room culture are, double white, con- 
chijlora, eclipse, Jimbriata, Jlorida, imbricata, malijlwa, pceo- 
niJlora,punctata, Colvillii,rossii, speciosa, variegata, and in- 
carnata. Such will be found to bloom freely and fully : 
many others might be added, but these will give an idea of 
those sorts that agree best with room culture. We cannot 
conclude our subject without giving our readers some hints 
on the eff'ect of plants in household apartments. It has been 
proven that the leaves of plants absorb carbonic acid gas by 
iheir upper surfaces, and give out oxygen by their under ones, 
thereby tending to purify the air in as far as animal life is 
concerned, because carbonic acid gas is pernicious to animals, 
and oxygen is what that life requires. It is in the light, how- 
ever, that these operations are carried on, for in the dark, 
plants give out carbonic, it does not appear that any of the 



Dec] ROOMS. — CAMELLIAS, 351 

scentless products given out by plants are injurious to hun:ian 
beings.because those who live among accumulated plants are 
not less healthy than others, but rather enjoy more unin- 
terrupted health, which, of itself, is a sufficient recommenda- 
lion for all to spend their leisure moments in so healthful and 
raUonal an enjploym^nL 



THE 



AMERICAN FLOWER GARDEN 

DIRECTORY. 



ON THE CULTURE OF THE GRAPE. 

We are not aware of any vegetable production that is more 
conducive to the luxurious gratifications and pleasures of man 
than the vine. In fact, there is no fruit so delicious appli- 
cable to so many purposes, nor any that is so agreeable to 
all palates : from the remotest ages the vine has been cele- 
brated as the emblem of plenty and the " symbol of happi- 
ness." Its quickness of growth, its great fertility, and asto- 
nishing vegetative powers, with its unknown age, has rendered 
it one of the most fruitful blessings bestowed by Providence; a 
blessing which almost every inhabitant of this union may en- 
joy, and we see no occasion to doubt but that thousands of acres 
of our fertile uplands will be converted into vineyards, pro- 
ducing the finest fruits and richest wines in the world. In- 
deed, with very little care and attention, our unsightly post 
and rail fences may be converted into grape espaliers, and 
fine wines produced at as little cost as spruce beer ; every 
square foot of surface might be made to produce a pound of 
grapes, and every post, at least, round our gardens afford am- 
ple space for one vine, which would yearly produce from 
three to nine pounds of fruit, fit either for the table or the 
wine-press. But the small space allotted in this volume wili 



ASPECT. 353 

not allow us to dilate on this fruitful subject. Our object is 
to give a few hints on the aspect, soil, propagation, and cul- 
ture of the vine, so as to produce an extra crop in the small- 
est given space. We will then consider, first, the 



ASPECT. 

As our climate gives us plenty of heat for the maturation 
of the vine, we have, therefore, more scope in aspect than 
any other country. However, the most preferable is one 
from south to east, or west. Shelter from high and often 
recurring winds is a prime consideration. Our western and 
south-western gusts of wind are very destructive to the vine 
when it is in the full vigour of growth : it dissipates all 
the accumulated secretions of the foliage, and closes its pores, 
thereby totally deranging the vital functions of the plant, 
which (although in the height of the growing season) has been 
known to be suspended for weeks. There are frequently 
many local circumstances affecting the shelter of walls and 
other buildings, which, where they exist, must determine the 
best aspect for trainingt he vine. But if there be no such 
local circumstances, we have no hesitation in stating that an 
eastern aspect is the best. On such the sun shines with full 
force during the morning, at which time there is something 
highly favourable to vegetation in his rays, which seems to 
stimulate the energies of plants in an extraordinary degree, 
and to excite them to a vigorous exertion of all the functions 
appertaining to vegetable life. 

ON SOIL. 

The soil most genial to the growth of the vine and the 
maturity of its fruit is a rich, sandy, turfy loam, about two 
feet deep, on a dry, gravelly, rocky, or sandy bottom ; the 
roots run with avidity into such sub-soils, lying secure from 

30* 



354 ON SOIL. 

the excess of moisture, which always accumulates in clayey 
or compact soils. The excrementitious matter discharged 
from the roots of a vine is very great, and if this be given 
out in close and retentive soils, they quickly become delete- 
rious, and a languid and diseased vegetation ensues : this is 
the great reason that so many failures exist. It may hence 
be inferred that vines will not thrive in a cold wet soil, nor 
one composed of stiff clay, which is easily accounted for from 
the fact that they delight only in soils easily rendered dry 
by evaporation, and free from excess of moisture, and are al- 
ways more warm, which is so genial to the growth of this 
plant. To elucidate this, we can record an instance that oc- 
curred a few years ago in this vicinity : — A vine border was 
dug out to the depth of three feet and a half, in a cold reten- 
tive clay soil, twenty inches of stone, brick, and lime rub- 
bish were put in the bottom, and the remainder filled up with 
good compost for the vines, in which they were planted, and 
grew well for two years, and produced some fruit ; finally, 
they languished, and almost died, and it was at once pro- 
nounced that fine foreign grapes would not do in this coun- 
try. But, on examining the roots of the plants, it was disco- 
vered that they were rotten from the excess of moisture 
which was retained in this pit ; for though it had been par- 
tially filled with a dry bottom, no provision was made to 
carry off the water, therefore it proved to be a complete wa- 
ter pail : a drain was necessarily dug to the full depth to 
carry off the water, and the soil generally renewed ; the vines 
were cut to within two feet of the ground ; they now (four 
years after the operation) grow luxuriantly, and produce 
abundant crops every year. Tlierefore, if the sub-soil is not 
naturally dry, it must be made so by draining, which is the 
basis of the work, filling up the bottom with a sufficient quan- 
tity of dry materials, such as stones broken moderately small, 
brick-bats, lumps of lime rubbish, oyster-shells, &c., which 
will keep them dry and warm by the free admission of air 
and solar heat, and to admit of heavy rains passing quickly 



ON SOIL. 355 

through without being retained sufficiently long to saturate 
the roots or injure the tender extremities ; having thus fur- 
nished a dry bottom, cover to the desired height with turf 
taken about three inches deep from a rich pasture ; and to 
every four loads of turf add one load of thoroughly decom- 
posed manure, at least one year old, interspersing it with 
bones of any description, oyster-shells, or any other enrich- 
ing material that undergoes slow decomposition : the whole 
must be repeatedly turned, and allowed to settle before the 
vines are planted. Extreme caution has to be exercised in 
administering bone-dust, slaughter-house offal, and other 
over-rich manures, especially if the vines are to be plant- 
ed the same or even the following season. Soils glutted 
with instant enriching manures are destructive to the vine. 
The surface of the border should have a gentle descent from 
the wall or fence : never crop your vine borders, and be care- 
ful of treading much upon them ; a board trellis should be 
laid for walking upon when the operation of pruning, tying, 
&c., takes place, which is almost daily during summer. The 
border, after it has been once made, ought never to be stirred, 
except at intervals, to keep it from becoming hard and im- 
pervious to heat or moisture ; and, when necessary, it should 
only be forked up about two inches deep, at all times taking 
care not to injure the roots. 

In dry sandy soils all that is wanted for the full perfec- 
tion of the grape is, to take out about one foot of the poor- 
est of the ground, and replace it by turf from a meadow, 
adding thereto aportion of well decomposed manure. Sweep- 
ings from turnpike .roads, where there is much travel, is 
an excellent article for incorporating with such soils ; it 
is of an enriching quality, its component parts consisting 
chiefly of sand, pulverized stones, dung, and urine, which is 
of a more lasting nature than can be found in almost any 
other compost ; it ought to be thoroughly incorporated with 
the other soil soon after it has been collected from the road, 
as all its valuable qualities will then be entirely preserved. 



356 ON SOIL. 

The foregoing remarks in the preparation of soil, if followed, 
will ensure the luxuriant growth of vines and the yearly 
production of fine crops of grapes, and, when circumstances 
will permit, should be practically adopted at all times. But 
it must not be supposed that vines will not grow and mature 
fine crops unless thus encouraged in extra prepared soils. 
Such is not the fact, for vines will do well in any soil that 
is not adhesive, and has a dry bottom ; but they grow finer 
and bear greater crops of fruit within a given space of time, 
when planted in ground that has been properly prepared for 
their reception. For instance, if two cuttings be planted, the 
one in a soil fully prepared, and the other in that of the lat- 
ter description, it will be found at the end of three years 
that the vine in the former soil is double the size of the 
latter ; consequently, the strong vine will produce two-thirds 
more fruit, and of a better quality, than the weak vine. 
This difference occurring every year, and even greater as 
the age increases, is sufficient to amply repay for all the 
trouble and expense incurred in luaking a suitable compost. 
However, the disadvantage of a poor soil may in part be com- 
pensated for by planting the vines closer together. If, indeed, 
vines could not be planted with any prospect of success, ex- 
cept in borders purposely prepared, only a very small quan 
lity of grapes would be grown, compared with what this rich 
and fertile country is capable of producing. 

Many instances occur in towns and cities, around dwell- 
ings and otherdescriptions of brick and stone erections, which 
present very favourable situations for the training of vines, but 
which, nevertheless, are so situated as to admit of little or no 
soil being placed at their roots. In such cases, if an opening 
can be made, twenty inches deep, and as many wide, it will 
be sufficient to admit of the roots of a young vine, which will 
support it till its rambling roots have found their way under 
the pavement, or along the walls to some more distant nou- 
rishment ; if a wider space can be made, it will, of course, be 
better : loosen the sides and bottom as much as possible, and 



ON THE PROPAGATION OF VINES. 357 

fill up with compost, as previously directed, and therein plant 
the vine. The surface covering, whether of brick or stone, 
may be replaced after the soil has fully settled, leaving a 
hole about six inches square to allow the stem of the plant to 
swell in its future growth. The roots soon find their way 
under the paving or along the foundation walls, and, indeed, 
in'every direction in search after food, and will extract nou- 
rishment from sources apparently barren. The fact is, that 
the roots of the vine possess an astonishing power of adapt- 
ing themselves to any situation in which they may be planted, 
provided it be a dry one. 



ON THE PROPAGATION OF VINES. 

Vines are generally propagated in the open ground by cut- 
tings and layers. 

By cuttings. At the general pruning provide cuttings of 
the preceding summer's growth; choose such as are of a me- 
dium size, well ripened, and short-jointed, cut them into 
lengths of about eighteen inches each, leaving at the ends 
not less than two inches of wood to protect the eye, place 
these temporary cuttings about three-fourths of their length 
in the ground, in a warm and sheltered situ ation, where they 
can be protected with a little litter from the severity of frost 
during winter. The best time for planting them is about 
the 25th of March in this latitude, earlier or later if more 
south or north : if intended to plant the cutting where 
the plant is to remain, which is the most preferable method, 
prepare them in the following manner : 

By cutting them into lengths of tree buds each, and let 
the uppermost bud have an inch of blank wood remaining to 
protect it, the extremity of which must be cut in a slanting 
manner, and the slanting side opposite to the buds, to throw 
off the moisture : the end that is to be inserted in the ground 
cut transversely just under the bud, and the cutting will 



358 ON THE PROPAGA.TION OF VINES. 

be complete ; the cuttings being thus prepared, plant them 
forthwith ; if intended to reuiain, place two in each space, 
inserting them in the ground so as the second eye may be 
about half an inch under the soil, which must be pressed 
close, when it will, most frequently, be found that the eye 
thus placed will grow first and strongest, when the upper 
eye can be displaced ; if both the cuttings grow, cut off the 
weakest. During May, June, and July, care must betaken 
to keep the cuttings constantly moist ; soap-suds or drainings 
of the dung-hill can be used for the purpose once a week, 
but not oftener, using rain or river water for general waterings. 
If the soil should sink down and leave the buds higher than 
abovementioned, more must be added to keep them as di- 
rected. To prevent the ground from becoming hard by re- 
peated waterings, and also to retain a regular moisture about 
the cutting, cover the soil with shells, litter, or any such 
substitute, which will greatly promote the vegetating pow- 
ers of the scion. As soon as they have made shoots six 
inches long, water may be more sparingly applied, and the 
shoots must be carefully tied to some support, and their 
tendrils and lateral shoots should be cut off, the latter to 
■within one eye of the main stem : about the first of Novem- 
ber cut every plant down to within two eyes of the cutting. 
But if the plants are intended to be removed, they should 
be planted in such a situation as to be shaded from the mid- 
day sun ; from four to six hours a day of sun is quite suffi- 
cient. A spot sheltered from severe winds is also most 
desirable. When transplanted, be careful of their small 
roots, and choose a mild day, about the first of April, (or 
earlier, is a good season,) for the operation. 

By layers. This is a very expeditious mode of growing 
young vines, provided the shoots be laid in pots ; but vines 
raised from shoots, laid down in the open ground, should be 
avoided as the worst of all plants : they make but few roots, 
and, when removed, these nearly all die off from being cut 
at the extremities in lifting, and the second year of such a 



ON THE PROPAGATION OF VINES. 359 

plant is not much in advance of a good cutting. To grow 
vines by laying the shoots in pots, the following directions, 
if followed, will ensure success : For each intended layer pro- 
cure a seven-inch pot, or a small box of a similar, or even 
larger size, prepare some fine rich sandy mould, containing 
a great portion of decayed leaves, then take the shoot and 
run it through the hole in the bottom of the pot till you come 
to the last three buds ; close up the aperture round the shoot 
with moss, cotton, or any elastic substance, and then fill up 
the pot or box to within half an inch of the top with the 
prepared soil, having previously secured it in a safe and level 
position ; and, where it can be conveniently watered during 
the season, this must be attended to at least once a day, 
Wl)en there is not time for this attendance, the pot or box 
should be plunged under ground, and the layer placed there- 
on, and firmly secured, so that its own force will not raise it^ 
up, then cover up the shoots at least three inches, leaving space 
for occasionally holding some liquid nourishment. Shoots 
may be thus laid any time from the first of March to the 
first of April. It must be clearly understood that the suc- 
cess of the operation depends entirely on keeping the mould 
in the pots moist, treating it as directed for watering cuttings. 
The plant may be separated from the vine about the first of 
September, and instantly planted into its desired locality, or 
put into a larger vessel, and there remain till planting season ; 
the following year displace the tendrils and laterals as di- 
rected for cuttings, and in pruning cut it down to within 
three eyes of the ground. We may safely assert, that it is 
a species of strangling to a vine in the first three years of its 
growth, to be sparing of the knife, allowing, at once, small 
weak shoots to be laid in to form in a day (comparatively) 
a plant that is expected to withstand the vicissitude of ages, 
and produce yearly its quantum of fruit ; but more of this 
when treating of pruning. 

By eyes. This is our most favourite method of propa- 
gating plants of this most valuable fruit. Early in the month 



360 ON ERECTIONS, &C. 

of March we cut the shoots into eyes, leaving about an inch 
of wood on each extremity, and plant those with their eyes 
uppermost into pots, and place them in a hot or cold 
frame, prepared for the purpose ; plant? from a single eye 
may easily be made to grow six feet in one season, by con- 
stant repotting and nourishing. The plants thus growing 
are decidedly the best rooted, forming more capillary fibres, 
consequently more nutritious support to the vine is absorbed 
in the same given period of time ; they also form shorter 
joints, and are capable of producing more fruit on a plant of 
the same size. We are aware that some start at this idea, 
and say that in a few years it is not observed. It reminds 
us very much of the son of the " Isle of the Ocean," when 
asked how old his brother was, replied, he was so much, but 
in two years he would be " the same age." Nevertheless, 
this method of propagating may not be generally accessible, 
the former two plans being at the command of every one. 



ON ERECTIONS FOR THE SUPPORT AND PROTECTION OF 
THE VINE IN OUT-DOOR CULTURE. 

To limit the proper height for training grapes would be a 
preposterous idea, for they can be perfectly cultivated in this 
country on any height from four to forty feet : indeed, on a 
wall of the former, we have thirty sorts of grapes growing 
luxuriantly, and fruiting in the most profuse manner. Some 
of the vines, four years old, which have produced from six 
to nine bunches of fine fruit, which only occupy, after 
pruning, a space of about eighteen inches square. 

Walls of brick are decidedly the most preferable for the 
perfection of the grape ; and if they be built for the express 
purpose, the most judicious distribution of materials would 
be in the erection of several low walls, not more than seven 
feet high. For the purpose of pruning, training, &c., walls 
of this height are far preferable than those of a greater. 



ON ERECTIONS, &C. 361 

and if built to run directly south or north, the entire surface 
of both sides may be judiciously covered. The eastern 
aspect would render a sure and abundant early crop : those 
on the western side would not be so productive, and more 
liable to be affected by our frequent severe westerly gales. 
When in bloom, or when the fruit is ripening, would be the 
period that they would be most liable to suffer. However, 
as they would frequently produce a full crop, an astonishing 
quantity of fruit may be produced on a very small space of 
ground by erecting walls of this description, built parallel to, 
and not far distant from, each other — say, at the nearest, from 
twenty to twenty-five feet. If from local causes bricks can- 
not be had, a good substitute will be found in strong ranges 
of plank fencing made of well-seasoned wood, and closely 
jointed, having three or four good coats of oil paint : grapes 
raised in this way will be nowise inferior to those pro- 
duced on walls : indeed we would prefer such to any wall 
of stone that could be erected, it being of a more even surface 
and more convenient for training, and not giving harbour for 
insects, &c. A very great advantage will be derived by 
having a coping on the wall or fence, projecting eight or ten 
inches, turning on a pivot, so as it can be used in time of 
heavy dashing rains while the vines are in bloom, or when 
the fruit is ripening, which are the only periods that it will 
be of actual service, for all dews and light rains are indispen- 
sable to the health and maturity of the vine ; and if the 
fence is north and south, the light and heat excluded by it 
would be a serious draw-back on the ripening of the fruit. 
We say, therefore, if it is not on a pivot, the plants will be 
better without it, unless it have only one or two inches of a 
projection, the dripping from the coping will fall on the fo- 
liage, and that will carry it entirely free from the fruit ; but 
we urge the great utility and even necessity for moveable 
coping. Espaliers or trellises are in common use for the 
training of the vine, also arbours : the former suits admi- 
rably in small gardens where it is not desirable to go to ex- 

31 



262 ON TRANSPLANTING THE VINE. 

pense, but the latter should be avoided as the worst possible 
construction for growing grapes; the interior is always filled 
with a current of cold air highly prejudicial to the nnaturi- 
ty of fine fruits ; but for coarse grapes it is a matter of little 
consequence, as they are at best only fit for producing shade. 
Upright trellises in city gardens may be made eight feet 
high, with the spars not more than six inches apart, and 
these should be make of the very best materials, and sup- 
ported every three feet by uprights : strong wire makes an 
elegant substitute for the cross slats, which, if kept well 
painted, will not suffer by corrosion. We have seen an ele- 
gant new erection by a tasteful grape amateur, and think it 
will answer a very good purpose : it consists of an upright 
double trellis, about one foot wide at the bottom, tapering to 
one bar at the top, running north and south, which is about 
eifht feet high ; from which, on each side, there is fixed a 
small projecting sash at an angle about 48^^, which keeps the 
vines perfectly secure from deluging rains, and even con- 
centrates more solar heat for their maturity. The whole has 
a light and rather imposing effect ; its practical utility re- 
mains to be tried, as it is but lately finished : there is no ap- 
parent doubt but it will prove very beneficial in its results. 



ON TRANSPLANTING THE VINE. 

The best period of the year for transplanting is during the 
months of October or March. The longer its removal is 
postponed after these periods, the more injurious will be the 
effects of transplanting. Admitting the ground has been pre- 
pared according to directions formerly given, dig a hole 
about twenty inches deep, and as wide as will admit of the 
roots, if possible, to their full extension, without crippling in 
any manner. If any of them are injured in lifting, they must 
be cut back to soundness : fill up the hole to within twelve 
inches of the top, set the vine in the hole thus made, with 



ON PRUNING. 363 

its stem about six inches from the wall or fence, and let the 
plant be cut even with the ground, or, where there is plenty 
of space, and the plant two or more feet long, plant the root 
at a distance from where the stem of the vine is desired, and 
then disbud the young shoot, except the uppermost three, lay 
it down its full length, bringing the terminal buds to where 
the plant is wanted ; by this method the whole extent of the 
shoot will make roots, and be of infinite service for the far- 
ther growth and support of the plant. When the eyes thus 
left grow, displace the weakest two, leaving the strongest for 
the permanent plant. We have seen old vines laid down in 
this manner for the distance of thirty feet, and, in two years, 
formed plants of most astonishing vigour and production. If 
the vine has been grown in a pot, shake the ball of earth 
from the roots, among which place, with care, new and fresh 
soil, taking the plant and giving it several shakes to settle it 
well about the roots, which will encourage the plant to put 
forth new roots for its farther support. Transplanting should 
always be done in dry and mild weather, and when the soil 
is mellow and free. During the removal the roots must be 
carefully kept from exposure ; the atmosphere would dry up 
their tender extremities, and cause much injury ; and, when 
vines are brought from a distance, this precaution ought to 
be carefully put in practice. Its first season's growth should 
be confined to one stem only, carefully cutting off all lateral 
shoots within one eye of the main shoot, as directed on the 
subject of propagation. 



ON PRUNING. 

The first year's growth of a transplanted vine should, in 
November, be cut down within four inches of the ground, 
and, on the appearance, cover the plant with about three 
inches of stable litter, allowing it to remain in this state 
till the middle of March. The plant will now push strongly, 



364 ON PRUNING. 

and two of the best shoots should be trained their full length 
during summer, carefully nipping off tendrils and laterals, 
and, at all times, securing the shoots from the effects of high 
winds. If walls are used for training, there should be slats 
fixed about one inch from the wall to tie the shoots thereto, 
using soft material for the purpose of tying : if the vines should 
show fruit, cut it off. 

Having the previous season retained two well-grown shoots 
from near the surface of the ground, you will now, in No- 
vember, tie these in a horizontal position, about six or eight 
inches above the surface, cutting them at nearly two feet dis- 
tance from the main stem. In the following month, February, 
when the weather is mild, displace every alternate bud, ob- 
serving that it is those on the under side of the shoot. If 
everything has been attended to in soil, planting, and 
pruning that we have advanced, there may be expected to 
arise four shoots from each of these horizontal branches, which, 
if any show fruit, it must be cut off : these young shoots must 
be trained upright during summer, being careful to displace 
every other as they appear. Some approve of training these 
young upright shoots in a serpentine form, which, in our opi- 
nion at present, is of little consequence ; but top them about 
the end of August, or earlier if they are to the desired height. 
In November of the third summer's growth, you may now 
prune for fruit as above stated. Your horizontal branches 
will have fully matured four luxuriant upright shoots. Cut 
two of these alternately within one eye of the horizontal 
shoot, which will produce wood to be fruited the following 
year, and lay in the other two, in a serpentine form for fruit, 
to about three feet in length. The vine has now assumed the 
form in which it is permanently to remain, and it may be con- 
sidered as the foundation of a system of alternately fruiting 
four shoots, and training four out their full length every year, 
which method maybe continued every year without any 
alteration. After several years, if it is thought proper, the 
arms may be lengthened by the training in of a shoot at their 



ON PRUNING. 365 

extremities, and managing it in the same manner as when 
the arms were first formed ; but it is not advisable that the 
branches should be far extended, which would ultimately 
prove injurious to those branches arising from the bosom of 
the vine. This system of pruning and training the vine we 
do not advocate as something new or original, but one which 
we have seen in full and successful practice twenty years ago. 
By procuring well-grown plants in pots, one year may be 
gained on the above calculation ; for you can prune, and at 
once take two shoots to prepare for laying the foundation of 
your future plant ; but more than this cannot be accom- 
plished. We are aware that many of our readers are already 
startled at this tedious method of fruiting vines, and have al- 
most concluded to have fruit the first year or none. Such 
are too frequently the conclusions of many ; but, as sure as they 
practice it, they as invariably meet with a failure, and that in 
avery few years. The practiceof training vines to getthem up 
to the top of arbours, &c., cannot be done with fine vines with- 
out risk. As we have already said, it may and will do with our 
native kinds, but no other. The general system of spur- 
pruning has many advantages in in-door culture, but does not at 
all agree with growing grapes in the open air. Our limits do 
not admit of giving in detail our reasons for so saying, but 
those who doubt may go on in the old way, giving the sys- 
tem herein advised a trial with one plant only, and we gua- 
ranty that in less than five years their old vines are headed 
down to the stump, to begin on a system that yearly renews 
itself, and can be perpetuated for ages on the same vine, 
which may be said to " renew its youth every year." In 
fact, it recommends itself by simplicity— by the small num- 
ber of wounds annually made— by the clear and handsome 
appearance of the vine, and by the great ease with which it is 
managed— its occupying but a small space. We therefore 
conclude this subject with the following few general rules : 
Use a knife of the best description, and let it be perfectly 

' 31* 



366 ON MANURE. 

sharp ; cut always upward and in a sloping direction, al- 
ways leave about an inch of blank wood beyond a ternoi- 
nal bud, and let the cut be on the opposite side of the bud. 
In pruning out an old branch, cut it even with the parent 
limb, that the wound may quickly heal. Never prune in 
frosty weather, nor in the months of March, April, or May. 
Let the general fall pruning take place about the end of Oc- 
tober or first of November ; after which, stir up the ground, 
and let a good coaling of fresh stable manure be laid thereon, 
which will both protect the roots that are near the surface, 
and also enrich the soil ; but if stable manure cannot be pro- 
cured, leaves from the woods are an excellent substitute, 
which, after decomposition, form a vegetable manure very 
enriching, and one very congenial to the vine ; this being 
done, nothing more is required till the first of March, when 
the roughest must be removed, and the decomposed particles 
forked into the borders. It may be proper to state, that in 
more northern latitudes and greater altitudes than Philadel- 
phia, it will be necessary to lay down the vines after pruning, 
during winter, and give them a light covering of litter, straw, 
leaves, or mats, which will completely protect them from the 
severest frost ; although it is not altogether the severity that 
destroys, but the alternate frost and sun acting on the plant 
every twenty-four hours, which overcomes the vitality of 
the plant ; and another fell-destroyer is, when we have a mild 
February and a severe March. When such occurs, which is 
but rarely, the vines must all be protected by mats while 
there is danger. 

ON MANURE. 

This subject has been very recently indulged in to a de- 
structive extent. We could record instances of soils strong- 
ly impregnated with very enriching manures, being almost 
death to the plant ; very rich soils are adhesive and reten- 
tive of moisture, which is destruction to the roots of the vine. 



ON MANURE. 367 

The celebrated Brassin, conductor of the royal vinery of 
France, used to practise enriching his vine borders with ex- 
citing manures: he now finds that cleansing of ditches, grass- 
turf, and road sweepings, mixed well together and allowed to 
ferment for a year, is far preferable. He now uses it en- 
tirely as an annual dressing ; but, in our opinion, this cannot 
be continued for any length of time, unless the border is also 
yearly reduced ; consequently, manures that are of slow de- 
composition are preferable, and nothing that we are acquaint- 
ed with excels bones of every description ; but these are not 
always at hand in quantity. When to be obtained, they 
should always be put to a good purpose — an annual winter 
top-dressing of manure of a few inches, and the roughest re- 
moved in the spring, digging in the remainder not over four 
inches deep, which will encourage the roots to the surface, 
where they will be greatly benefited by solar heat and air. 
Liquid manures are highly valuable where immediate effect 
is required : they contain all the soluble parts of manure in 
such a state as to admit of being taken up by the plant as 
soon as applied. These are urine, which may be used pure 
any time from the first of November to February when 
the ground is not frozen ; but if used at any other period, 
must be diluted with its equal quantity of water. Drainings 
of manure-heaps and soap-suds can be used at all times, but 
not loo frequently. Soot dissolved in water, in the propor- 
tion of one to twelve, is an exceedingly strong manure, and 
very stimulating ; but all these exciting manures must be 
cautiously applied, as excess is very injurious to the fertility 
of the vine ; and although one of the grossest feeders in na- 
ture, even possessing the appetite of a glutton, it can be 
satiated and destroyed. 



368 DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE, &C. 



DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE OF GRAPES MOST SUITABLE. 
FOR OPEN AIR CULTURE. 

Golden Chasselas, Chasselas de Fontainhleau, D'Arhoyce 
or Royal Muscadine. Bunches medium size, with very small- 
shoulders, berries of a moderate size, round, when ripe, turn- 
ing to a bright amber colour, having a thin skin, a soft flesh, 
and a rich juice. This is an exceedingly fine grape, a free 
bearer, is very hardy, and ripens early ; it may be considered 
one of the best white grapes for out-door culture. 

White chasselas or white muscadine. Bunches medium 
size, shouldered, and well formed. Berries round and of a 
good size, juicy, rich, and well flavoured ; it ripens about the 
middle or toward the end of September, and is an excellent 
hardy grape, and fully equal to the former. We consider 
this grape the same as the Malmsey Muscadine. 

White sweet water, (early.) Bunches rather large ; berries 
of a good size, round, of a white colour, and, when perfectly 
ripe, especially when exposed, they are shaded with a light 
russet colour ; they grow close on the bunches, and when de- 
sired to have large berries, the bunches must be well thinned^ 
juice very saccharine and luscious. We consider this the 
very best white grape for walls ; it is an excellent bearer, 
makes good short-jointed wood, and is very early. We 
have had it perfectly ripe on a south wall the first day of 
September. 

White Muscat of Alexandria, Jerusalem Muscat, Malaga. 
Bunches large, but short and well shouldered ; berries large, 
oval, and, when perfectly ripe, (which will not be till Octo- 
ber,) are of a pale amber colour, often without stones, skirt 
rather thick, the flesh firm, juice not plentiful, but of a sweet, 
highly musky, delicious, and peculiar flavour. It is an extra 
fine grape, and requires a warm situation. It does not bear 
so freely as the former two. 

White Frontignac or Frontignan. Bunches long and nar- 



DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE, &C. 369 

row, without shoulders, rather closely set, of a dull white 
or greenish yellow, and covered with a powdering bloonn, 
juice very sugary and rich, with a delightful spicy flavour. 
It ripens in September, and delights in a dry soil. 

White Hamburg, White Lisbon, White Poj'tugal. Bunches 
very large, short, and loosely formed : berries large and oval, 
skin thick, of a greenish white colour, flesh firm, juice sweet, 
slightly mixed with acid, one of our latest white grapes. 
The plans is of a strong robust habit, and an excellent 
bearer. 

Austrian Muscat. Bunches large and tapering : berries 
round, of a russet white colour, skin thin, juice rich and 
musky, and of excellent flavour. It ripens about the second 
week of September, and is an excellent bearer. 

Black Frontignac, Violet Frontignac, Muscat Noir. 
Bunches small and short : berries round, and grow close in 
bunches, skin black, covered with a fine light bloom, flesh 
lender and juicy, of a rich vinous spicy flavour. 

Black Hamburg. Bunches tolerably large, with short 
compact shoulders, tapering to a point : berries large, of an 
oval form, skin rather thick, very nearly black, and covered 
with a blue bloom ; flesh tender, sweet, and of a rich vinous 
flavour : ripens about the first of October, but will hang on 
the vine till frost. This is, in every respect, one of the 
finest black grapes that can be grown in the open air : it is 
also a constant bearer. The leaves in the fall are mottled 
with green and yellow. 

Black Prince. Bunches rather long and generally shoul- 
dered : berries oval, and of a good size ; skin rather thick, of 
a dark purple, and covered with a thick bloom ; flesh white, 
sweet, juicy, and well flavoured : ripe about the first of Oc- 
tober. 

Black Lombardy, West's St. Peter''s. Bunches long and 
well shouldered : berries large, round, and of a regular size ; 
skin thin and very black, juice plentiful and of a very high 



370 DESCRIPTIVE CATALOGUE, &C. 

flavour ; is perfectly ripe about the middle of October, and 
will keep on the vines till frost. 

Black Muscadine, Black Chasselas, Violet Chasselas 
Bunches about the size and shape of the Golden Chasselas: 
berries perfectly round and covered with a blue bloom: flesh 
juicy and of a very rich flavour : ripens about the first of Oc- 
tober. 

Frankendale. Bunches large, with small shoulders, and 
rather longer than the Black Hamburg : berries round and 
closely set ; skin deep purple, approaching to black, covered 
with a thin blue bloom ; flesh tender, sweet, rich, and of a 
luscious flavour : it is a great bearer, and fully ripe about the 
end of September or first of October. 

Grizzly Frontignac, Muscat Gris. Bunches of a medium 
size, with small shoulders : berries round, of a light brown 
colour, intermixed with red and yellow; \he juice is exceed- 
ingly rich, and possesses a high spicy flavour : it ripens about 
the middle of September. 

Hansteretto. Bunches large and well formed: berries also 
large and perfectly round, of a jet black colour when per- 
fectly ripe ; flesh rather juicy and of a rich flavour ; leaves 
deeply lobed and a little downy underneath. An excellent 
hardy grape, but inferior in quality to the Black Hamburg : 
ripe about the first of October. 



GENERAL INDEX. 



Acacia, 165, 222. 

Acmadenia, 258. 

Aconitum, 35. 

Adam's Needle, 48. 

Adanandra, 258. 

Adonis, 34. 

Agapanthus, 222. 

Agathea, 251. 

Agattiosma, ?.58. 

Air plants, 206. 

Alligator Pear, 186. 

Allspice tree, 177, 198. 

Aloe, 223, 307. 

Alonsoa, 223. 

Aloysia, 224. 

Alpina, 159. 

Alstroemeria, 224. 

Althaea, 16, 17. 

Amaryllis, 104, 119, 121, 139, 224. 

American cowslip, 39. 

Amomum, 159. 

Amocharis, 232. 

Araorpha, 16. 

Ampelopsis, 93. 

Anagyris, 226. 

Anemone, 14,34, 51, 131,323. 

Aniseseed tree, 270. 

Annesl^ia, 165. 

Annuals, 62, 118, 130. 

" for hot-bed, 25. 

" hardy, 28. 
Antbericum, 35. 
Antirrhinum, 34. 
Apicra, 307, 



April Flower-garden, 61. 

" green-house, 300, 

" hot-house, 162. 

" rooms, 339. 
Araucaria, 226. 
Arborvitse, 106. 

Arbutus, or strawberry tree, 227. 
Ardisia, 166. 
Areca, 166. 
Arislea, 296.' 
Aristolochia, 90, 167. 
Armeria, 46. 
Ascldpias, 35. 
Aster, 227. 
Astraphjea, 167. 
AtragSne, 90. 
Aiicuba, 227. 

August Flower-garden, 127. 
" green-house 310. 
« hot-house, 199, 
" rooms, 344. 
Auricula, 14, 44, 50, 119, 140. 
" character of a fine, 99. 
Autumn blooming bulbs, 121. 
Azalea, 11, 227, 
Babiana, 319. 
Bffickia, 229. 
Bamboo cane, 167. 
Bambiisa, 167. 
Banana tree, 188. 
BanistSria, 167. 
Banksia, 229. 
Barbadoes cherry, 187. 
Bark pit, 148. 



372 



INDEX. 



Barosma, 229, 258. 

Barringtonia, 168. 

Beaumontia, 168. 

Beaufortia, 229. 

Bee larkspur, 38. 

Begonia, 230. 

Bellis, 35. 

Belladonna, 121. 

Benthamia, 230. 

Biennials, 32, 62. 

Bignonia, 92, 194, 291. 

Billardifira, 230. 

Bithwort, 90, 167. 

Bletia, 168, 230. 

Boronia, 331. 

Bosea, 231. 

Bouvardia, 230, 

Box edgings, how to make, 31, 107. 

Brachysema, 231. 

Bramble rose, 347. 

Brassia, 207. 

Brompton stock, 42. 

Brownia, 168. 

Brunfelsia, 168. 

Brugmansia, 231. 

Brunia, 231. 

Brunsvigia, 232. 

Budding roses, 124. 

Buddlea, 169. 

Bulbous roots, 49, 96. 

" preparing ground for, 130. 

" planting, 131. 

" autumn blooming, 121. 
Buonapartoa, 168. 
Buphone, 232. 
Burchellia, 232. 
Cactus, 169. 
Cabbage tree, 166. 
Calathea, 169. 
Calceolaria, 232. 
Calla, 314. 
Callistemon, 277. 
Callicoma, 233. 
Ciltha, 35. 
Cape bulbs, 213, 215, 221, 303. 

'« myrtle, 277. 
Caprifojium, 93. 
Carissa, 173. 
Catasetum, 207. 
Carolinia 173. 
Carolina jasmine, 266. 
Caryota, 174. 
Cattleya, 207. 
Calothamnus, 233. 
Carmichfelia, 251. 
Camellia, 192,211, 325. 
" seed, 326. 



Camellia described, 233, 

" for seed, 216. 

" repotting, 216, 
Campdnuia, 14, .36. 
Camphor tree, 272. 
Canna, 159, 169. 
Carnations, 14, 49, 127, 140. 
" on laying, 123. 

" character of a fine, 122, 

Ceanothus, 251. 
Centranthus, 47. 
(^erbera, 174. 
Cereus, 170, 198. 
Cerop^gia, 173. 
Chamaerops, 307. 
Chelone, 36. 
Cherianthus, 36. 
Choriz^ma, 251. 
Chrysanthemum, 36, 318. 
Chinese hybrid roses, 63. 
Cineraria, 251. 
Cinnamomum, 186, 252. 
Cistern, of a water, 203. 
Cistus, 252, 
Citrus, 252. 
clematis, 37, 90, 253. 
C'erodendrum, 174, 253. 
Clethera, 253. 
Clianthus, 253. 

climbing plants described, 90. 
Clivia, 254. 
Cobosa, 254. 
Coffea, 174, 
Coffee tree, 174. 
Colchicum, 121. 
Colutea, 17. 
Combretum, 175. 
Convolvulus, 182. 
Cookia, 255. 
Coreopsis, 37. 
Corn flag, 319. 
Coronilla, 255. 
Coral plant, 178. 
Corrda, 255. 
Corypha, 175. 
Cowslip, 44. 
Crassuia, 256. 
Cralfpgus, 256. 
Crinum, 175, 256. 
Crocus, 121, 132. 
Croton, 176. 
Crowea, 256. 
Crown imperial, 128. 
Cunonia, 256. 
Cupressus, 257. 
CurcOima, 159. 
Cycas, 176. 



INDEX. 



373 



Cyclamen, 314. 

Cydonia, 136. 

Cymbidium, 230. 

Cypripedium, 176. 

Cyrtanthus, 257. 

Cylisus, 17. 

Dahlia, arrangement of the, 112. 

" character of a fine, 117. 

" introduction of the, 109. 

" lifting of the, 138. 

" names of the choice, 114. 

" propagation of the, 110. 
Daisy, 14, 35. 
Dampiera, 257. 
Daphne, 323. 

Daphne odora, death of, 306. 
Dale palm, 190, 285. 
Daviesia, 257. 
Day lily, 40. 

December flower garden, 143. 
" green-house, 328. 
" hot-house, 204. 
" rooms, 348. 
Delphinium, 38. 
Dendrobium, 207. 
Dianthus, 38. 
Dictamnus, 38. 
Digitalis, 39. 
DilRnia, 176. 
Dillwynia, 257. 
Dionsea, 11, 159. 
Diosma, 258. 
Diplacus, 258. 
Dodecatheon, 39. 
Double rocket, 14. 
Doryanthus, 259. 
Dracffina, 177, 258. 
Dracocephalum, 39. 
Dragon's head, 39. 
Dragon's tree, 177, 258. 
Dry.andra, 259. 
Dutchman's pipe, 90. 
Dutch roots, 303. 
Dyckia, 259. 
Echeveria, 259. 
Echinacactus, 170. 
Edgings of bo.T, 107. 

" of various plants, 33. 
Edwardsia, 259. 
Elephant's foot, 292. 
Eiichrysum, 260. 
Erabothrium, 292. 
Enarching, 299. 
Enkianthus, 260. 
Entelea, 290. 
Epacris, 260. 



32 



Epidendrum. 207. 
Epiphyllum, 172, 198. 
Epiphytes, 206. 
Eranthemum, 177. 
Erica, 260, 262. 
Eriobotrya, 262. 
Erodium, 263. 
Erythrina, 139, 178, 263. 
Escallonia, 263. 
Eucalyptus, 263. 
Euchilus, 264. 
Eucomis, 213. 
Eugenia, 177, 183, 271. 
Eupatorium, 39, 264. 
Euphorbia, 178. 
Eutaxia, 264. 
Evergreen hedges, 106, 127. 

" planting, 21, 94. 
Fan palm, 175. 
February flower garden, 1'6. 

" green-house, 215. 

" hot-house, 157. 

" rooms, 335. 
Ferraria, 215. 
Ficus, 179, 264. 
Fig tree. 179. 
Firing, 150. 

Flower garden, on laying out, 9. 
Flower de luce, 41, 133. 
Flowering stocks, 305. 
Flues, on constructing, 146. 
Fox glove, 39. 
Fritiliaria, 128. 
Fiichsia, 265. 
Fuel, 150. 
Funkia, 40. 

Furnace, on constructing, 146. 
Gardenia, 179, 308. 
Garden, on laying out a flower, 9. 
Garddquia, 265. 
Gasteria, 223, 307. 
Geissom^ria, 180. 
Gels^mium, 266. 
Genista, 17, 266. 
Geraniums, 303, 310, 311. 
Gesndria, 159. 
Geum, 40. 

Gladiolus, 103, 213, 215, 319. 
Glazing, 149. 
Gloriosa, 160. 
Gloxinia, 169. 
Glycine, 91. 
Gnaphalium, 266. 
Gnidia, 266. 
Gongora, 207. 
Gompholobium, 266. 



374 



INDEX. 



Gooddnia, 266. 

Gorteria, 267. 

Grafting, 60. 

Grape vine, aspect for the, 353. 

« culture of the, 352. 

'* erections for the, 360. 

•' list of the best, 368. 

" manuring the, 366. 

" propagating the, 357. 

" on pruning the, 363. 

" soil for the, 360. 

" transplanting the, 362 
Grass plats and walks, 58. 
Gravel walks, 60. 
Green-house, on erecting a, 209. 
Green-house plants, on bringing out, 
306. the, 

Green-house plants, on taking in 

322. 
Grevillea, 267. 
Gum elastic tree, 265. 
Habeniiria, 11. 
Habranthus, 267. 
Hiikea, 268. 

Heartsease, culture of, 101. 
Hcdera, 92. 
Hedges, 106. 
Hedychium, 159. 
Helic(ma, 180. 
Helichrysum, 268. 
Helitrupium, 180. 
Hemerociilis, 40. 
Hemimeris, 223. 
Herbaceous plants, descriptions of, 

34. 
Heritifira, 180. 
Heron's bill, 263. 
Hibbertia, 268. 
Hibiscus, 41, 180. 
Holland bulbs, 121. 
Holly, 269. 
Honeysuckle, 17. 
Hot-bed, framing, how to prepare, 23 

" how to sow seed in a, 24. 
Hot-house, on the erection of a, 145. 

" on repairing the, 200. 

Hottentot's bread, 292. 
Hot water, heating by, 147, 
Hovea, 268. 
Howarthia, 307. 
Hoya, 181. 

Hyacinth, character of a fine, 87. 
Hyacinths, effects of careless plant 
ing, 22. 

" on lifting the, 118. 

'• on planting the, 132. 



Hybrid roses, list of, 64. 
Hydrangea, 269, 302, 323. 
Hypericum, 268. 
Ilex, 269. 
Indigofera, 270. 
Indigo tree, 270. 
Insects, 158, 304. 

" their destruction, 152. 
Imhofia, 232. 
Ipomsea, 182. 
Iris, 41, 133. 
Irish ivy, 92. 
Ismene, 182. 
Isopogon, 270. 
Ixia, 213, 215, 319. 
Ix(>ra, 182. 
Jacarandia, 183. 
Jacksonia, 270. 
JacobiEa lily, 104. 
Jambosa, 183, 271. 
January flower garden, 13. 

" green-house, 210. 

" hot-house, 149. 

" rooms, 332. 
Jasmine, 93. 184, 271. 
Jasminum, 93, 184, 271. 
Jatropha, 184. 
Johnquil, 133. 

June and July flower garden, 121. 
" green-house, 309. 

" hot-house, 198, 

" rooms, 243. 

Justicia, 185,271. 
Kalosanthus, 256. 
KennMia, 271. 
Kosmpffiria, 159. 
Lachenalia, 213, 305. 
Ladies' ear-drop, 265. 
Ladies' slipper, 176. 
Lachna3a, 272. 
Lagerstrocmia, 22, 302, 323. 
Lamb6rtia, 272. 
Lantana, 185. 
Lasiopetalum, 272. 
Lantania, 185. 
Laiirus, 186, 272. 
Lavandula, 273. 
Lechenaiiltia, 273. 
Leadwort, 286. 

Lemon tree, 212, 219, 311, 313, 
Leonotis, 273. 
Leptospcrmum, 273. 
Leucadendron, 274. 
Liatris, 41. 
Lilium, 11, 133, 320. 
Lily, 133, 320. 



INDEX. 



375 



Linum, 274. 
Lion's ear, 273. 
Liparia, 274. 
Lobelia, 274. 
Lomatia, 275. 
Looking-glass plant, 180. 
Lonicera, 93. 
Lophospermum, 275, 287. 
Loquat, 262. 
Lychnis, 42, 275. 
LysinSma, 275. 
Lythrum, 42. 
Mangifera, 186. 
Magnolia, 276. 
Mahogany tree, 194. 
Malpigia, 187. 
Mammillaria, 170, 198. 
Manettia, 276. 
Mango tree, 186. 
Mar nta, 169. 
Marica, 187. 
March flower garden, 22. 

" green-house, 218. 

•' hot-house, 161. 

" rooms, 337. 
Mathiola, 42. 
May flower garden, 109. 

" green-house, 305. 

" hot-house, 164. 

" rooms, 341. 
Maxill^ria, 207. 
Melaleuca, 276. 
Mealstoma, 187, 276. 
Melocactus, 170. 
Menzie.sia, 276. 
Mesembryanthemum, 308. 
Mespilus, 262. 
Metrosideros, 277. 
Mignonette, sow for winter, 344. 
Mimosa, 165, 222. 
Mimulus, 42. 
Monardia, 42. 
Monk's hood, 35. 
Monkey flower, 42. 
Musa, 162, 188. 
Myrsine, 277. 
Myrtus, 188, 277. 
Myrtle, 220, 277, 302. 
Nandina, 278. 
Napolitan violet, 47. 
Narcissus, 133. 
Nepenthes, 189. 
N^rium, 278. 
New Zealand flax, 284. 
Night blooming cereus, 171. 



Norfolk Island pine, 226. 
November flower garden, 183, 
" green-house, 327. 

" hot-house, 203. 
" rooms, 347. 
October flower garden, 131. 

" green-hoase, 322. 

" hot-house, 203. 

" rooms, 346. 
CEnothdra, 43. 
Olea, 279. 

Oleander, 220, 278, 302. 
Olive, 279. 
Oncidium, 207. 
Opuntia, 172, 198. 
Orange trees, 212, 219, 311, 313. 
Orchideous plants, 206. 
Ornithogalum, 316. 
Oxalis, 315, 320. 
Oxslip, 44. 
Oxylobium, 279. 
Pachidendron, 307. 
Paeonia, 134, 324. 
Paeony, 134, 324. 
Palm, 175. 

Pancratium, 182, 189, 
Pandanus, 189. 
Pansy, culture of the, 101. 
Passifldra, 94, 190, 279. 
Passion vine, 94, 190, 279. 
Pelargonium, 280. 

" list of, 281. 

Pentst^mon, 14. 
Perennials, 34. 
Pereskia, 173, 
Periploca, 92. 
Persoonia, 284. 
Phlox, 43. 
Photinia, 256. 
Phylica, 285. 
Physic nut, 184. 
Phoenix, 190, 285. 
Phormium, 284. 
Phrynium, 159. 
Pimelea 285. 
Pimenta. 188. 
Pinks, 14, 127, 140. 

" on laying, 123. 
Pink, character of a fine, 100. 
Pistacia, 285. 
Pitcher plant, 189. 
Pittosporum, 285. 
Plantain tree, 188. 
Planting evergreens, 137. 

" roses, 51. 



376 



INDEX. 



Planting shrubs, 19, 57, 142. 
Plants, of bringing out the hot-house, 
196. 

" taking in hot-house, 201. 
Platylobiuin, 286. 
Plumbago, 191, 286. 
Plum^ria, 191. 
Podalyria, 286. 
Poinsettia, 178, 191. 
Poivrea, 175. 
Polianthus, 100, 
Pomegranate, 302, 323. 
Polyanthus, 14, 119, 139. 

" character of a fine, 100. 

Polyspora, 192. 
Pjotentilla, 45. 
Primrose, 44, 49, 119, 139. 
Primula, 44, 324. 
Protea, 286. 

Protecting plants in the garden, 141. 
" seedling bulbs, 141. 

" plants on walls, 143. 

Pruning, 15, 16. 
Pterospermum, 192. 
Pultenoea, 287. 
Pyrus, 136. 
Queen stock, 42. 
Ranunculus, 14, 51. 

" character of a fine, 98. 

Renanthdra, 207. 

Repotting green-house plants, 221, 
307, 314, 323, 
" hot-house plants^ 159, 

163, 164. 199. 
Rhododendron, 11, 287. 
Rhodochiton, 287. 
Rhus, 17. 
Richardia, 314. 
RiphidodendroD, 307. 
Robinia, 17. 

Rochea, 2.56. ; 

Rock-work, 12. 
Rock rose, 252. 
Roella, 288. 
Rondelitia, 192. 

Rooms, treatment of plants in, 330. 
Roscoea, 192. 
Rose apple, 183. 

" tree, 287. 
Rosemary, 29G. 
Roses, planting a fence of, 13. 

« budding, 124. 

'« Chinese ever-blooming, 71. 

" climbing, 57, 83, 84. 

" of grafting, 69, 

*' hardy garden, list of, 52. 



Roses, hybrid, list of, 64. 

" I'islede bourbon, 70, 71. 

«' microphylla, 87. 

'' musk-scented, 82 

'' noisette, 79, 80. 

'' odorata, or tea, 76, 77. 

«' perpetual, 67, 68. 

'' planting of, 51, 89. 
Riibus, 347. 
Ruellia, 193. 
Russ^lia, 193. 
Sage, 288. 
Sago palm, 176, 193. 
Sdgus, 193. 
Salvia, 288. 
Saponaria, 45. 
Sarrac^nia, 11. 
Sashes, materials for, 148. 
Saxifraga, 45. 
Scottia, 289. 
Screw pine, 189. 
Senecio, 289. 

September flower garden, 129. 
" greenhouse, 317. 

" hot-house, 200. 

♦' rooms, 345. 

Shrubs, deciduous, 94. 
" planting, 57. 
" evergreen, 21, 94. 
Shutters of, 149, 205. 
Silene, 45. 
Silk vine, 92. 
Silver tree, 274. 
Snail flower, 285. 
Sollya, 289. 
Solandra, 193. 
Sowing seeds of bulbs, 128. 
Snapdragon, 34. 
Sparrrainnia, 289. 
Spardxis, 320. 
Sphaerolobium, 290. 
Spiraea, 46. 
SpreiktMia, 104. 
Sprengelia, 290. 
Stanhopia, 207. 
Star of Bethlehem, 316. 
St. Barnos lily, 35. 
St. Johnswort, 268. 
Stutice, 46. 

Stage for windows, 345, 
Sterciilia, 323. 
Sterenbergia, 121. 
Stock jelly. 14, 42. 
Stork's bill, 280. 
Strelitzia, 193, 290. 
Streptocarpus, 290. 



INDEX. 



377 



Strophanthus, 194. 

Sutherlandia, 291. 

Stylidium, 290. 

Styphelia, 291. 

Swainsona, 291. 

Sweet William, 38. 

Swiet^nia, 194. 

Sword lily, 103. 

TabernsBmont^na, 194. 

Tacsonia, 294. 

Tanner'3 bark, 140. 

Taxanthema, 46. 

Tea plant, 292. 

Tecdma, 92, 194, 291. 

Telopea, 292. 

Templetonia, 291. 

Testudinaria, 292. 

Thalictrum, 323. 

Th^a, 292. 

Thrift, 46. 

Thrinax, 195. 

Thija, 106. 

Thunbergia, 195. 

Tiger flower, 105. 

Tigridia, 105. 

Trad esc antia, 195. 

Trevirania, 295. 

Tritonia, 320. 

Trollius, 46. 

Tropoeolum, 294. 

Tub for orange trees, &c., 312. 

Tube rose, 100, 119, 139. 

Tulip, character of a fine, 97. 



Tulip, lifting, 118. 

" planting, 136. 

" soil for the, 135. 
Urania, 195. 
Valeriana, 47. 
Vanda, 207. 
Verbena, 224, 295. 
Veronica, 47. 
Viburnum, 16, 17, 296. 
Viminaria, 296. 
Viola, 47, 101. 
Virgin's bower, 37, 90, 253. 
Volkameria, 253. 
Wachendorfia, 213. 
Walks, 105, 137. 

" how to make, 11. 
Wall-flower, 14, 36, 120. 
Wampee tree, 255. 
Watering the dahlia, 126. 

" planU, 151, 211, 219, 300. 
Watsonia, 321. 
Wax plant, 181. 
Westringia, 296. 
Wind flower, 34. 

Windows, culture of plants in, 349. 
Wistdria, 91. 
Witsenia, 296. 
Wolf's-bane, 35. 
Yucca, 48, 297. 
Zamia, 195, 297. 
Zingiber, 159. 
Zygopetalum, 207. 



32* 



LIST OF HARDY SHRUBS, 

SEE PAGE 57. 

Those marked thus *, require protection in winter, and those 
marked thus t, shade in summer. 



Amorpha, 


Bastard indigo. 


HlB^lSCUS, 


Althaea. 


fruiticosa, 


shrubby. 


syriacus. 


Althsea frutax. 


Amy'gdalus, 


Almond. 


var. var. 




nana, 


dwarf. 


Hydr'angea, 




pumila, 


double-flowering. 


all the varieties. 


aersica, 


peach-leared. 


t* hortensis, 


garden. 


Andromeda, 




'Ilex, 


Holly. 


all the species. 




var. var. 




Az'alea, 


American honey- 


Jasm^inum, 


Jasmine. 




suckle. 


fruticans. 


shrubby. 


all the hardy species. 


officinale. 


climbing white^ 


Aucu'ba, 


Gold tree. 


Junip'erus, 


Juniper. 


+ japonica, 


Japan. 


suecica, 


Swedish. 


B'erberis, 




virginicus, 


Virginian. 


all the species. 




Ka'lmia, 


American laurel. 


Bu'xus, 


Box tree. 


glauca, 


glaucous. 


two species. 




latifolia, 


broad- leaved. 


Calyc'anthus, 


Sweet-scented 


La^urus, 


Laurel. 




shrub. 


* nobilis, 


sweet-bay. 


floridus, 


purple-flowered. 


var. var. 




precox, 




Lavend'ula, 


Lavender. 


var. var. 


early. 


spica, 


spike-flowered. 


Casti'nea, 


Chestnut-tree. 


Magn^olia. 




pumila, 


dwarf. 


purpiirea, 


purple. 


Ce'rcis, 


Judas tree. 


Kobus, 


slender. 


canadensis. 




gracilis. 




Chiona'nthds. 


Fringe tree. 


grandiflora. 


large-flowered. 


virginica, 


common. 


var. var. 




Cle'thra, 




Thomsoniana, 


hybrid. 


all the hardy species. 


conspicua, 


zoulan. 


CoRNCS, 


Dogwood. 


soulangeana, 


hybrid. 


florida. 


large-flowered. 


Philad'elphus, 


mock-orange. 


sangiiinea. 


bloody. 


grandiflora. 


large-flowered. 


Crataegus, 




mana, 


dwarf. 


several species 




variegatus, 


variegated. 


Cotoneaster, 




P^mus, 


Pine or Fir tree. 


all are fine. 




balsamea. 


balm of Gilead. 


Cy'tisus, 




Pinckne'ya, 


Georgia bark tree 


all the species. 




pubens, 


downy. 


Da'phne. 




Pru'nus, 


Cherry. 


mezerium, 


red. 


* lusitanica, 


Portugal laurel. 


var. var. 


white-flowering. 


* lauroc^rasus, 


English laurel. 




fine. 


P'yrus, 




Dutzia scabra, 


red, white, and pur- 


all are very fine. 




ple. 


Rhododendron. 


Rose-bay. 


GORD'ONIA, 


Franklinia. 


catawbi^nse, 


Catawba. 


pubdscens, 


downy. 







LIST OF HARDY SHRUBS, &C. 



379 



daiiricum, 

var. var. 

ponticum, 

var. var. 

maximum. 
Rh^us, 

cotinus, 
Ri'bes. 

aureum, 

sanguineum, 

ROBINIA, 

hispida, 

SoRBUS. 

h^ybrida, 

Spir^^a. 
tomenfosa, 
bella, 
fnitex, &c. 



daurian. 

pink. 

common. 
Sumach, 
mist tree. 

fragrant, 
bloody. 
Locust tree, 
rose-acacia. 

mountain-ash — a 
beautiful shrub. 

tomentose. 
red -flowered, 
showy. 



Symph'ora, 

racem^osa, 

glomerata, 
Syr^inga, 

all the species. 
Ta'xus, 

baccata. 

hibernica, 

Thu'ja. 

occidentalis, 

orient'alis, 
Ti'llia, 

parvif'olia, 

coccinea, 
Viburnum. 

opulus, 

var. 

rosea, 



Snow-berry, 
white-berried, 
red-berried. 
Lilac. 

Yew. 

a handsome, erect 
growing evergreen, 
arbor-vitae. 
American. 
Chinese. [tree. 
Lime or Linden 
small-leaved, 
scarlet. 

guelder-rose. 

rose-coloured. 



LIST OF VERONICAS. 





SEE PAGE 47. 


Veronica. 


Sweed-well. 


incarnata, 


officinalis, 


officinal. 


carnea. 


cham'agdrys, 


Germander. 


leucantha, 


media, 


long-spiked. 


bellidioides, 


incana. 


hoary. 


verna. 


6legans, 


elegant. 


am'osna, 


spicata, 


spiked. 


pulchella. 


grandis, 


large white. 





flesh-coloured. 

pale red. 

white-flowered. 

daisy-leaved. 

vernal. 

fine-blue. 

neat. 



TABLE OF SOILS. 

The following compound of soils are adapted to the nature of the Plant* 
contained in this work : 



Number. 


Savanna 




Loam. 




Leaf. 




Sand. 




Manure 


1 


2 


- 


1 




- 


. 


_ 


. 


_ 


2 


_ 


. 


3 




2 


- 


_ 


. 


_ 


3 


- 


. 


4 




- 


- 


i 


. 


1 


4 


_ 


. 


2 




1 


. 




- 


_ 


6 


all 


. 


- 




_ 


. 


_ 


. 


_ 


6 


3 


. 


1 




_ 


. 


_ 


. 


_ 


7 


_ 


. 


3 




1 


. 




. 


_ 


8 


4 


. 


I 




- 


. 




. 


_ 


9 


_ 


. 


2 




2 


. 




. 


_ 


10 


1 


. 


1 




1 


. 




. 


_ 


11 


_ 


. 


3 




2 


- 




. 


_ 


12 


_ 


. 


3 




1 


. 




. 


1 


13 


2 


. 


2 




1 


. 




. 


1 


14 


- 


- 


4 




- 


. 




- 


_ 


15 


_ 


. 


4 




2 


. 




. 


_ 


16 


4 


. 


- 




1 


. 




. 


_ 


17 


- 


- 


5 




1 


- 




. 


1 


18 


_ 


. 


1 




1 


- 




. 


1 


19 


1 


- 


1 




- 


- 


- 


- 


- 



REMARKS ON THE NATURE OF SOILS USED IN THE ABOVE TABLE. 



Peat or Savanna sail — is of a dark colour, with a large portion of wrhite sand 
incorporated with it, and is found frequently in New Jersey. A mixture 
of two-thirds black earth from the woods and one-third of pure white 
sand will be similar to it, and may be used as a substitute, but is not ex- 
actly of the same nature. 

Loam — is of a light brown colour, and is that from the top of old pastures or 
commons, which should lie one year, and be frequently turned before 
using. It ought not to be from a clay bottom, and merely three inches of 
the turf taken. 

Leaf mould — is that which is to be found on the surface of the ground in 
woods, and is the decomposed leaves. It may be termed nearly of first 
rate importance in vegetation. 

Sand — is a substance that is generally known, and that which is found on 
the surface is decidedly the best. If il is from a pit, it must be spread 
out, and frequently turned, that it may assimulate with the atmosphere be- 
fore using ; four months will be sufficient. 

Manure — before using, must be decomposed to very fine particles. It will 
require two years, during which time it must be often turned, and the 
longer it lays it will be the finer and more congenial. 



ROBERT BUIST, 

NURSERYMAN AND FLORIST. 

City establishmenl, No.liO South Twelfth-street, Philadelphia. 

Particular attention is paid to the most valued stock of 
Camellias, Pelargoniums, Roses, and Dahlias ; the different 
varieties of which, from his extended personal acquaintance 
in Europe, he is enabled always to receive by the earliest 
opportunity. Also, choice fruits, such as Apricots, Peaches, 
and Nectarines on Plum stocks. Pears, Cherries, Grape 
vines, &c. 

He returns his very sincere acknowledgments to his friends 
for their kind and extensive patronage, and trusts that, by 
pursuing the path of moderation and integrity, he will be 
able to retain and extend their custom. 

To ffive his distant friends an idea of the extent of his 
green-house department, he assures them that he has up- 
ward of 12,000 square feet of glass occupied in his city gar- 
den and nursery, which enables him to fulfil the most ex- 
tensive orders. 

CHOICE PI-OWER SEEDS AND DAHLLIA ROOTS ; 

HYACINTHS, TULIPS, AND OTHER DUTCH BULBS. 

N, B, — A.11 orders must be accompained with cash or re- 
sponsibility. — Cash discount, 10 per cent. 

Plants carefully packed and shipped to any port of North 
or South America. 



WORKS ON GARDENING, AGRICULTURE, 6cc., 

FOR SALE BY 

E. L. CAREY & A. HART. 
LOUDON'S 

ENCYCLOPiEDIA OF PLANTS; 

Comprising the Description, Specific, Character. Culture, History, Appli- 
cation in the Arts, and every other desirable Particular, respecting 
all the Plants Indigenous to, Cultivated in, or Introduced 
into, Britian. 

With nearly 10,000 Engravings on Wood. Second Edition, corrected. 

One large vol. 8vo., boards. 

The most useful and popular botanical work that has ever appeared in the 
English language. — Jameson's Philosophical Jonrnal. 

LOUDON, J. C. Encyclopsedia of Agriculture ; comprising the Theory 
and Practice of the Valuation, Transfer, Laying out. Improvement, and 
Management of Landed Property ; and the Cultivation and Economy of 
the Animal and Vegetable Productions of Agriculture ; including the 
latest Improvements ; a General History of Agriculture in all Countries ; 
and a Statistical View of its Present State ; with Suggestions for its Future 
Progress. One large vol. 8vo. With nearly 1,300 Engravings on Wood. 
3d edition. 

LOUDON, J. C. An Encylopaedia of Gardening ; comprising the Theory 
and practice of Horticulture, Floriculture, Arboriculture, and Landscape 
Gardening ; including all the latest Improvements ; a General History of 
Gardening in all Countries ; and a Statistical View of its Present State ; 
with Suggestions for its Future Progress in the British Isles. New edi- 
tion, greatly enlarged and improved ; with nearly 1,000 Engravings on 
Wood. 1 vol. 8vo. 

LOUDON, J. C. Hortus Britannicus ; a Catalogue of all the Plants Indi- 
genous to, Cultivated in, or Introduced into, Britain. Part 1. — The Lin- 
naean Arrangement, in which nearly 30,000 Species are enumerated, &c. ; 
preceded by an Introduction to the Linnaean System. Part 2. — The Jus- 
sieuean Arrangement of nearly 4,000 Genera ; with an Introduction to the 
Natural History System, and a Description of each order. 8vo., cloth. 

LOUDON, J. C. Arboretum et Fruticetum Britannicum ; or, the Trees 
and Shrubs of Great Britain, Native and Foreign, Pictorially and Bota- 
nically delineated, and Scientifically and Popularly described ; with their 



( 3 ) 

Propagation, Culture, Management and Uses in liie Arts, in Useful and 
Ornamental Plantations, and in Landscape Gardening. Preceded by a 
Historical and Geographical Outline of the Trees and Shrubs of Tempe- 
rate Climates throughout the World. Eight thick volumes, 8vo., (four 
of Letter-press and four of Plates,) consisting of above 3,000 Pages of 
Letter-press, above 400 Octavo Plates of Trees, and upward of 2500 
Wood-cuts of Trees and Shrubs. 

LOUDON, J. C. The Suburban Gardener and Villa Companion ; adapted 
for Grounds from one perch to fifty acres and upward in extent, and in- 
tended for the instruction of those who know little of gardening and rural 
affairs. By J. C. Loudon, F. L. S., H. S., &c. 1 vol. 8vo., cloth, let- 
tered. 

LOW, DAVID. Elements of Practical Agriculture ; comprehending the 
Cultivation of Plants, the Husbandry of Domestic Animals, and the Eco- 
nomy of the Farm. 1 vol. 8vo., 2d edition, with Alterations and Addi- 
tions, and above 200 Wood-cuts, cloth, lettered. 

SIR H. DAVY'S Elements of Agricultural Chemistry. 6th edition. 

HORTUS WOBURNENSIS. The Flower and Fruit Gardens Pleasure 
Grounds, &c., &c. At Woburn Abbey, the Seat of the Duke of Bedford. 
By James Forbes, A. L. S. C. M. H. S., &c., Principal Gardener at Woburn 
Abbey. Illustrated by numerous Views, Plans, &c. One Vol. 

SINCLAIR'S HORTUS GRAMINEUS WOBURNENSIS. ,To which 
will be added, for the first time, "The Weeds of Agriculture." By Mr. 
Houlditch and Mr. Sinclair. Forming 1 vol.Svo., illustrated with many 
Plates, beautifully coloured from Nature. 

ON THE NATURE AND PROPERTY OF SOILS, and the best means 
of permanently increasing their productiveness, and on the Rent and Profits 
of Agriculture. By John Morton. 

ROGERS' FRUIT CULTIVATOR, &c., or a practical and Accurate De- 
scription of the best Species and Varieties of Fruit with plain Directions for 
Planting. Training, Forcing, and Pruning, &c. Third edition. 

THE GREEN-HOUSE, HOT-HOUSE, AND STOVE including selected 
lists of the most beautiful spec.es of Exotic Flowering Plants and directions 
for their cultivation. By C. M'Intosh. 1 vol. Illustrated by numerous 
Plates, beautifully coloured. 

THE FLOWER GARDEN, including selected lists of the most desirable 
plants, with full directions for their cultivation, designs for gardens, &c., lUus- 
trated by coloured Plates. 

PAXTON'S PRACTICAL TREATISE on the cultivation of the Dahlia. 

THE FRUIT, FLOWER, AND KITCHEN G-\RDEN. By Patrick Neill. 
1 vol. 

M'MAHON'S American Gardener's Calendar, adapted to the Climate and 
Seasons of the United States. 1 vol. 8vo. 

HINTS ON ORNAMENTAL GARDENING. Consisting of a series of 
d^sTgns for Garden Buildings, useful and decorative Gates, Fences, Raihngs, 



( 4 ) 

&c. Remarks on Rural Architecture, &>c. By J. B. Papworth. 1 vol. 
Coloured Plates. 

ALSO, 

A variety of Works of " The Breeding, Rearing, Treatment, &c., of Cattle, 
Horses," &c., and numerous Works on Rural Architecture. Illustrated by 
coloured Engravings. 

THE FOSSIL FLORA OF GREAT BRITAIN; or, Figures and Descrip- 
tions of the vegetable remains found in a fossil state in Great Britain. By John 
Lindley, Ph. D., &c., and W. Hutton, F. G. S., &c. 3 Vols. Plates. 

AN INTRODUCTION TO BOTANY. By J. Lindley, F. R. S., &c. 2d 

edition. 

A NATURAL SYSTEM OF BOTANY ; or. Systematic views of the Orga- 
nization, Natural Affinities, and Geographical Distribution of the whole 
Vegetable Kingdom, together with the Uses of the most impoitanl Spe- 
cies in Medecine, The Arts, Rural and Domestic Economy. By J. Lind- 
ley, F. L. S., &c. Second edition, with additions. 

A CATALOGUE OF ALL THE PLANTS Indigenous, cultivated in, or 
introduced to Britain. Part 1. The Linnaoan Arrangement, in which nearly 
30,000 species are enumerated : with the Systematic name and authority, 
accentuation, derivation of generic names, literal English of specific names, 
synonymes, systematic and English of both genera and species ; habit and 
habitation in the Garden ; mode of Propagation, &c. Part 2. The Jus- 
sieuean Arrangement of nearly 4,000 genera, &c. By J. C. Loudon. 

THE FLORA OF LONDON. Containing a concise description of the 
Phanogamous British Plants, which grow spontaneously in the vicinity of 
the Metropolis, &c. By A. Irvine. 

SYSTEMATIC ARRANGEMENT and Description of the Plants of North 
America, By F. Pursh. 2 vols. 

THE POMOLOGICAL MANUAL; or, Treatise on Fruits ; containing de- 
scriptions of a great number of the most valuable varieties for the Orchard 
and Garden. By W. R. Prince. 

THE THEORY OF HORTICULTURE ; or, an exposition of the Phy- 
siologiciil Principles on which the operations of Gardening are conducted. 
By Professor John Lindley. 1 vol. 8vo. 

I/THE LADIES' COMPANION TO THE FLOWER GARDEN, being an 
U alphabetical arrangement of all the Ornamental Plants usually grown in 
I Gardens and Shrul/licries, with full directions for their culture. By Mrs. 
[ Loudon. 

A POCKET BOTANICAL DICTIONARY, comprising the names, history, 
and culture of all Plants known in Britain, with a full explanation of Tech- 
nical terms. By John Paxton. 1 vol. 12mo. 

THE QUEEN OF FLOWERS ; or, the History of the Rose, with coloured 
Illustrations. 

AN INTRODUCTION TO THE STUDY OF BOTANY. By Sir James 
E. Smith, M. D., &c., seventh edition, revised. By IV, J. Hooker. 8vo. 
Plates, 



\^k2 



